HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series Service Manual ENWW Laser Jet

User Manual: HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP shared.swissparts.ch - /Manuals/HP/LaserJet/Color Laserjet/

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 878

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

COLOR LASERJET ENTERPRISE CM4540
MFP SERIES

Service Manual

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540
MFP Series
Service Manual

Trademark Credits

Adobe®, Acrobat®, and PostScript® are
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation
without prior written permission is
prohibited, except as allowed under the
copyright laws.

Corel® is a trademark or registered
trademark of Corel Corporation or Corel
Corporation Limited.

The information contained herein is subject
to change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and
services are set forth in the express warranty
statements accompanying such products and
services. Nothing herein should be
construed as constituting an additional
warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical
or editorial errors or omissions contained
herein.
Part number: CC419-90987
Edition 1, 10/2010

Intel® Core™ is a trademark of Intel
Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
Java™ is a US trademark of Sun
Microsystems, Inc.
Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows® XP,
and Windows Vista® are U.S. registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
PANTONE® is Pantone, Inc's checkstandard trademark for color.
UNIX® is a registered trademark of The
Open Group.
ENERGY STAR® and the ENERGY STAR®
mark are registered U.S. marks.

Conventions used in this guide
TIP: Tips provide helpful hints or shortcuts.
NOTE: Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task.
CAUTION: Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging
the product.
WARNING! Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal
injury, catastrophic loss of data, or extensive damage to the product.

ENWW

iii

Conventions used in this guide

ENWW

Table of contents

1 Theory of operation .......................................................................................................... 1
Basic operation ........................................................................................................................ 2
Sequence of operation ............................................................................................... 4
Engine-control system ................................................................................................................ 5
DC controller ............................................................................................................ 6
Solenoids .................................................................................................. 6
Clutches .................................................................................................... 7
Switches ................................................................................................... 7
Sensors ..................................................................................................... 8
Motors ...................................................................................................... 9
Fans ...................................................................................................................... 10
High-voltage power supply ....................................................................................... 12
Low-voltage power supply ........................................................................................ 14
Overcurrent/overvoltage protection ............................................................ 15
Safety ..................................................................................................... 15
Voltage detection ..................................................................................... 15
Sleep (powersave) mode ........................................................................... 15
Low-voltage power supply failure ............................................................... 16
Fuser control ........................................................................................................... 16
Fuser temperature control .......................................................................... 17
Fuser sleeve temperature protection ............................................................ 17
Failure detection ...................................................................................... 19
Fuser unit identification ............................................................................. 19
Fuser unit life detection ............................................................................. 20
Laser/scanner system ............................................................................................................. 21
Laser/scanner failure ............................................................................................... 22
Protective-glass cleaners ........................................................................................... 22
Image-formation system ........................................................................................................... 24
Image-formation process .......................................................................................... 26
Step 1: Pre-exposure ................................................................................. 27
Step 2: Primary charging .......................................................................... 27
Step 3: Laser-beam exposure ..................................................................... 28
ENWW

Step 4: Development ................................................................................ 28
Step 5: Primary transfer ............................................................................ 29
Step 6: Secondary transfer ........................................................................ 29
Step 7: Separation ................................................................................... 30
Step 8: Fusing ......................................................................................... 30
Step 9: ITB cleaning ................................................................................. 31
Step 10: Drum cleaning ............................................................................ 31
Print cartridge ......................................................................................................... 31
Developing-roller engagement and disengagement ..................................................... 33
Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) unit ............................................................................. 34
Primary-transfer-roller engagement and disengagement ................................. 35
ITB cleaning ............................................................................................ 37
Calibration ............................................................................................................. 37
Color-misregistration control ...................................................................... 38
Image-stabilization control ......................................................................... 39
Pickup, feed, and delivery system ............................................................................................. 40
Pickup-and-feed unit ................................................................................................ 44
Cassette pickup ........................................................................................ 44
Cassette-presence detection ........................................................ 45
Cassette lift operation and cassette paper-presence detection ......... 46
Cassette multiple-feed prevention ................................................. 47
Multipurpose tray pickup ........................................................................... 47
Paper feed .............................................................................................. 48
Skew-feed prevention ................................................................. 50
Paper detection ......................................................................... 50
Feed speed control .................................................................... 51
Fusing and delivery unit ........................................................................................... 52
Loop control ............................................................................................ 52
Pressure-roller pressurization control ........................................................... 54
Duplexing unit ........................................................................................................ 55
Duplexing reverse and feed control ............................................................ 55
Duplex print operation .............................................................................. 56
Jam detection ........................................................................................................................ 58
Optional paper feeders .......................................................................................................... 61
Motor control .......................................................................................................... 63
Paper-feeder pickup and feed operation .................................................................... 64
Paper-size detection and cassette-presence detection ................................................... 66
Paper-feeder cassette lift operation ............................................................................ 67
Paper feeder jam detection ....................................................................................... 68
Document feeder/scanner assembly ......................................................................................... 70
Scanner subsystem .................................................................................................. 70

ENWW

Document feeder/scanner motor and fan control ......................................................... 71
Legal detection sensor sequence ............................................................................... 72
Fan timing sequence ................................................................................................ 72
Optical assembly operation ...................................................................................... 73
Image data path ..................................................................................................... 73
Document feeder/scanner paper path and sensors ...................................................... 74
Document feeder pick mechanism ............................................................................. 75
3-bin stapling mailbox ............................................................................................................ 76
Motor control .......................................................................................................... 78
Failure detection ..................................................................................................... 79
Delivery operation ................................................................................................... 80
Staple operation ...................................................................................... 81
Stapler .................................................................................................... 86
Output bin 3 lift operation ......................................................................... 87
Stacker mode ......................................................................................................... 88
Mailbox/job separator mode ................................................................................... 89
Jam Detection ......................................................................................................... 90
Automatic Delivery .................................................................................................. 91
2 Removal and replacement .............................................................................................. 93
Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 94
Removal and replacement strategy ........................................................................................... 94
Electrostatic discharge ............................................................................................................ 95
Required tools ........................................................................................................................ 95
Before performing service ....................................................................................................... 96
After performing service .......................................................................................................... 96
Post-service test ...................................................................................................................... 97
Print-quality test ....................................................................................................... 97
Parts removal order ................................................................................................................ 98
Customer self repair (CSR) components ................................................................................... 100
Control panel ....................................................................................................... 100
Print cartridges ...................................................................................................... 103
Toner-collection unit ............................................................................................... 104
Formatter PCA ...................................................................................................... 106
Fax card .............................................................................................................. 107
Remove the fax card ............................................................................... 107
Hard drive ........................................................................................................... 108
Remove the hard drive ............................................................................ 108
Tray .................................................................................................................... 111
Fuser ................................................................................................................... 112
Feed and separation rollers (Trays 2-5) .................................................................... 113

ENWW

vii

Pickup roller (Tray 1) ............................................................................................. 114
Reinstalling the pickup roller (Tray 1) ....................................................................... 117
Secondary transfer roller ........................................................................................ 118
Reinstall the transfer roller ....................................................................... 119
Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) ................................................................................. 120
Standard output bin ............................................................................................... 123
Output bin bezel ................................................................................................... 124
Remove the output bin bezel .................................................................... 124
ASY-TRY-F-BASE-SP (document feeder tray extender) .................................................. 124
ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover) ................................................................. 125
ASY-ROL-FE-FEED-SP (pickup roller) .......................................................................... 125
ASY-HLD-REV-PAD-SP (pickup roller pad) and ASY-SP-REV-SPR (spring) ......................... 126
External panels, covers, and doors ......................................................................................... 127
Identification and location ...................................................................................... 127
S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) ............................................................................. 128
ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) ............................................................. 129
ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) ........................................................... 131
S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) ................................................................................ 133
Fan cover ............................................................................................................. 134
Remove the fan cover ............................................................................. 135
Lower-left cover ..................................................................................................... 136
Left cover ............................................................................................................. 137
Remove the left cover .............................................................................. 137
Right-front cover .................................................................................................... 138
Remove the right-front cover ..................................................................... 138
Reinstall the power button ........................................................ 139
Front-door assembly .............................................................................................. 140
Remove the front-door assembly ............................................................... 140
Right-rear cover .................................................................................................... 143
Remove the right-rear cover ..................................................................... 143
Rear cover ........................................................................................................... 144
Remove the rear cover ............................................................................ 144
Right-door assembly .............................................................................................. 145
Document feeder .................................................................................................................. 150
ASY-LVR-FE-EMP-SP (paper present flag) ................................................................... 150
Document feeder ................................................................................................... 151
Remove the document feeder ................................................................... 151
Reinstall the document feeder ................................................................... 152
ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover) ........................................... 153
Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover) ........... 153
ASY-TRY-SP (tray assembly) .................................................................................... 155

viii

ENWW

Remove the ASY-TRY-SP (tray assembly) .................................................... 155
ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly) .................................................................. 157
Remove ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly) ....................................... 157
ASY-PBA-RELAY-SB (document feeder PCA) ............................................................... 159
Remove the ASY-PBA-RELAY-SB (document feeder PCA) ............................... 159
ASM-IF-SP (document feeder cable) ......................................................................... 160
Remove the ASM-IF-SP (document feeder cable) ......................................... 161
ASY-HNG-L-SP (document feeder left hinge) .............................................................. 162
Remove the ASY-HNG-L-SP (document feeder left hinge) .............................. 162
ASY-HNG-R-SP (document feeder right hinge) ........................................................... 163
Remove the ASY-HNG-R-SP (document feeder right hinge) ........................... 163
ASY-FAN-SP (document feeder fan) ......................................................................... 164
Remove the ASY-FAN-SP (document feeder fan) ......................................... 164
ASY-MOT-FE-SP (motor) .......................................................................................... 165
Remove the ASY-MOT-FE-SP (motor) .......................................................... 165
ASY-MOT-RE-SP (document feeder motor) ................................................................. 166
Remove the ASY-MOT-RE-SP (motor) ......................................................... 166
ASY-DFSENS-SP (document feeder open sensor) ........................................................ 167
Remove the ASY-DFSENS-SP (document feeder open sensor) ........................ 167
ASY-GIDREV-SPR-SP (document feeder jam access plate) ............................................ 168
Remove the ASY-GIDREV-SPR-SP (document feeder jam access plate) ............ 168
ASY-BASE_SB (base assembly) ............................................................................... 169
Remove the ASY-BASE_SB (base assembly) ............................................... 169
Scanner .............................................................................................................................. 170
Scanner filter cover and scanner filter ...................................................................... 170
Scanner assembly ................................................................................................. 171
Remove the scanner ................................................................................ 171
Scissor hinge assemblies ........................................................................................ 174
S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) ............................................................. 176
Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) ............................. 176
S-PBA-SCB (SCB) ................................................................................................... 179
Remove the S-PBA-SCB (SCB) ................................................................... 179
S-ASM-USB (USB control panel cable) ...................................................................... 181
Remove the S-ASM-USB (USB control panel cable) ...................................... 181
S-HNG-LIFT-R (scanner release assembly) ................................................................. 183
Remove the S-HNG-LIFT-R (scanner release assembly) ................................. 183
S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top) .................................................................................. 184
Remove the S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top) .................................................. 184
S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size sensor) ................... 185
Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2
(size sensor) .......................................................................................... 185

ENWW

S-ASSY-INV (inverter) ............................................................................................. 188
Remove the S-ASSY-INV (inverter) ............................................................. 188
S-FAN-MFB-30E-05A-006 (inverter fan) .................................................................... 190
Remove the S-FAN-MFB-30E-05A-006 (inverter fan) .................................... 190
ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) .............................................................. 191
Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) .............................. 191
S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly) ................................................................... 195
Remove the S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly) ................................... 195
S-FAN-D06037600G-001 (scanner fan) .................................................................. 197
Remove the S-FAN-D06037600G-001 (scanner fan) .................................. 197
Internal assemblies ............................................................................................................... 199
IPTU .................................................................................................................... 199
Remove the IPTU .................................................................................... 199
Cassette feed guide ............................................................................................... 202
Secondary transfer assembly .................................................................................. 204
Reinstall the secondary transfer assembly .................................................. 205
Separation pad (Tray 1) ......................................................................................... 206
Remove the separation pad (Tray 1) ......................................................... 206
Registration density (RD) sensor assembly ................................................................. 209
Remove the RD sensor assembly ............................................................... 209
Registration assembly ............................................................................................ 213
Remove the registration assembly ............................................................. 214
Residual-toner-feed motor ....................................................................................... 218
Remove the residual-toner-feed motor ........................................................ 218
Residual-toner duct and feed assembly ..................................................................... 219
Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly ..................................... 219
Cartridge fan and environmental sensor ................................................................... 222
Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor ................................... 222
Toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly ............................................ 226
Remove the toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly ............. 226
Delivery fan .......................................................................................................... 228
Remove the delivery fan .......................................................................... 228
Intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover ........................................................... 229
Remove the Intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover ........................... 229
Delivery assembly ................................................................................................. 231
Remove the delivery assembly .................................................................. 231
Reinstall the delivery assembly .................................................. 234
Duplex-drive assembly ........................................................................................... 235
Remove the duplex-drive assembly ........................................................... 235
Power-supply fan ................................................................................................... 236
Remove the power-supply fan .................................................................. 236

ENWW

Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) ................................................................... 237
Remove the image scanner supply unit (PSU) and fan ................................. 238
Interconnect board (ICB) ........................................................................................ 239
Remove the ICB ...................................................................................... 239
DC controller PCA only .......................................................................................... 241
Remove the DC controller PCA only .......................................................... 241
Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) ............................................................................. 243
Remove the low-voltage power supply ....................................................... 243
DC controller PCA and tray .................................................................................... 248
Remove the DC controller PCA and tray .................................................... 248
High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) .............................................................. 250
Remove the high-voltage power supply lower ............................................. 250
Reinstall the high-voltage power supply lower ............................. 254
Developing-disengagement motor ........................................................................... 255
Remove the developing-disengagement motor ............................................ 255
Exhaust fan and fan duct ........................................................................................ 256
Remove the exhaust fan and fan duct ........................................................ 256
Reinstall the exhaust fan and fan duct ....................................................... 258
Pickup motor ........................................................................................................ 259
Remove the pickup motor ........................................................................ 259
Lifter-drive assembly .............................................................................................. 260
Remove the lifter-drive assembly ............................................................... 261
Lifter base assembly .............................................................................................. 263
Remove the lifter base assembly ............................................................... 263
Reinstall the lifter base assembly .............................................................. 264
Tray-pickup drive assembly ..................................................................................... 266
Remove the tray-pickup drive assembly ..................................................... 266
Tray-pickup assembly ............................................................................................. 268
Remove the tray-pickup assembly ............................................................. 269
Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) ............................................................................... 275
Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) ................................................ 276
Laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) .............................................................................. 279
Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) ............................................... 280
Reinstall the protective glass cleaner (PGC) actuators ................... 283
High-voltage power supply upper (HVPS-T) ............................................................... 286
Remove the high-voltage power supply upper ............................................ 286
Reinstall the high-voltage power supply upper ............................. 288
Yellow, magenta, cyan, and black drum motors ........................................................ 289
Remove the yellow, magenta, cyan, and black drum motors ........................ 289
Fuser motor .......................................................................................................... 290
Remove the fuser motor ........................................................................... 291

ENWW

ITB motor ............................................................................................................. 292
Remove the ITB motor ............................................................................. 292
Main-drive assembly .............................................................................................. 293
Remove the main-drive assembly .............................................................. 294
Reinstall the main-drive assembly ............................................... 298
Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet) ........................................ 303
Front door (optional paper feeder) .......................................................................... 303
Rear cover (optional paper feeder) .......................................................................... 305
Right-front cover (optional paper feeder) .................................................................. 306
Right door (optional paper feeder) .......................................................................... 307
Left cover (optional paper feeder) ............................................................................ 309
Remove the left cover (optional paper feeder) ............................................ 309
Right cover (optional paper feeder) ......................................................................... 311
Remove the right cover (optional paper feeder) .......................................... 311
Rear-right cover (optional paper feeder) ................................................................... 312
Remove the rear-right cover (optional paper feeder) ................................... 312
Pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) .................................................................. 313
Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) .................................. 313
Lifter assembly (optional paper feeder) ..................................................................... 316
Remove the lifter assembly (optional paper feeder) ..................................... 316
Lifter-drive assembly (optional paper feeder) ............................................................. 317
Remove the lifter-drive assembly (optional paper feeder) ............................. 317
Pickup motor assembly (optional paper feeder) ......................................................... 318
Remove the pickup motor (optional paper feeder) assembly ......................... 318
Controller PCA (optional paper feeder) .................................................................... 319
Remove the controller PCA (optional paper feeder) ..................................... 319
Optional 500-sheet paper feeder assembly ............................................................................. 321
Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder) ....................................................................... 321
Right-front cover (500-sheet paper feeder) ................................................................ 321
Left cover (500-sheet paper feeder) ......................................................................... 322
Remove the left cover (500-sheet paper feeder) .......................................... 322
Right cover (500-sheet paper feeder) ....................................................................... 323
Remove the right cover (500-sheet paper feeder) ........................................ 323
Front cover (500-sheet paper feeder) ....................................................................... 324
Pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) ................................................................ 325
Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) ............................... 325
Lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) .................................................................. 328
Remove the lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) ................................... 328
Reinstall the lifter assembly ...................................................................... 329
Reinstall the lifter assembly ....................................................... 329
Lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) .......................................................... 330

xii

ENWW

Remove the lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) ........................... 330
Pickup motor assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) ....................................................... 331
Remove the pickup motor (500-sheet paper feeder) assembly ...................... 331
Controller PCA (500-sheet paper feeder) .................................................................. 332
Remove the controller PCA (500-sheet paper feeder) .................................. 332
Stapling mailbox .................................................................................................................. 333
Stapling mailbox front cover ................................................................................... 333
Stapling mailbox rear cover ................................................................................... 334
Stapling mailbox door ........................................................................................... 335
Holder connector .................................................................................................. 335
Remove the holder connector ................................................................... 336
Top cover ............................................................................................................. 337
Remove the top cover ............................................................................. 337
Output bin 3 ......................................................................................................... 338
Stapling mailbox PCA ............................................................................................ 340
Stapler assembly ................................................................................................... 343
Remove the stapler assembly ................................................................... 343
Stamp solenoid ..................................................................................................... 344
Remove the stamp solenoid ..................................................................... 344
Output bin sensor PCA .......................................................................................... 346
Remove the output bin sensor PCA ........................................................... 346
Stacking panel ...................................................................................................... 348
Remove the stacking panel ...................................................................... 348
Jogger assembly ................................................................................................... 350
Remove the jogger assembly ................................................................... 350
Flapper guide assembly ......................................................................................... 352
Remove the flapper guide assembly .......................................................... 353
Flapper assembly .................................................................................................. 354
Remove the flapper assembly ................................................................... 355
MBM output bin assembly ...................................................................................... 356
Remove the MBM output bin assembly ...................................................... 356
Output bin 3 drive assembly ................................................................................... 358
Remove the output bin drive assembly ....................................................... 358
Output bin solenoid ............................................................................................... 361
Remove the output bin solenoid ................................................................ 361
3 Solve problems ............................................................................................................. 363
Solve problems checklist ....................................................................................................... 364
Administration Menu Map ..................................................................................................... 366
Troubleshooting process ........................................................................................................ 367
Determine the problem source ................................................................................. 367

ENWW

xiii

Pre-troubleshooting checklist .................................................................... 367
Troubleshooting flowchart ....................................................................... 369
Power subsystem ................................................................................................... 370
Power-on checks .................................................................................... 370
Power-on troubleshooting overview ............................................ 370
Control-panel checks ............................................................................................. 372
Scanning subsystem .............................................................................................. 373
Tools for troubleshooting ....................................................................................................... 374
Component diagnostics .......................................................................................... 374
LED diagnostics ...................................................................................... 374
LED indicators ......................................................................... 374
Engine diagnostics ................................................................................. 375
Defeating interlocks ................................................................. 375
Disable cartridge check ........................................................... 376
Engine-test button .................................................................... 376
Paper-path test ....................................................................................... 378
Manual sensor test ................................................................................. 378
Front-door switch ..................................................................... 380
Right-door switch ..................................................................... 381
Registration sensor .................................................................. 382
Fuser loop 1 and 2 sensors ...................................................... 383
Fuser output sensor .................................................................. 384
Duplexer refeed sensor ............................................................ 386
IPTU-bin-full sensor ................................................................... 387
Developer alienation sensor ...................................................... 388
Fuser pressure-release sensor .................................................... 389
ITB alienation sensor ................................................................ 390
IPTU feed sensor ..................................................................... 392
Scanner open sensor ............................................................... 392
Tray/Bin manual sensor test .................................................................... 393
Tray 1 paper sensor ................................................................ 395
Tray 2 paper sensor ................................................................ 396
Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors ....................................... 397
Tray 2 paper size switches ....................................................... 398
Tray 3 paper sensor ................................................................ 399
Tray 3 feed sensor ................................................................... 399
Tray 3 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors ....................................... 400
Tray 3 paper size switches ....................................................... 401
Tray 4 paper sensor ................................................................ 401
Tray 4 feed sensor ................................................................... 402
Tray 4 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors ....................................... 402

xiv

ENWW

Tray 4 paper size switches ....................................................... 403
Tray 5 paper sensor ................................................................ 403
Tray 5 feed sensor ................................................................... 404
Tray 5 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors ....................................... 404
Tray 5 paper size switches ....................................................... 405
5V laser and 24V interlock and logic switches (and power switch) 406
New ITB sensor ....................................................................... 410
Tray 3, 4, and 5 right door switch ............................................. 412
Paper-path sensors test ............................................................................ 413
Print/stop test ........................................................................................ 414
Scanner tests ......................................................................................... 414
Scanner tests .......................................................................... 414
Scanner sensor tests ................................................................. 415
Document feeder paper present sensor ...................................... 416
Document feeder Y (length) sensor ............................................. 416
Document feeder jam cover sensor ............................................ 417
Flatbed Y (length) sensor .......................................................... 418
Flatbed cover angle sensor ....................................................... 419
Flatbed cover sensor ................................................................ 420
Document feeder registration sensor .......................................... 421
Document feeder exit sensor ..................................................... 421
Document feeder read sensor ................................................... 422
Component tests ..................................................................................... 422
Control-panel tests ................................................................... 422
Component test (special-mode test) ............................................ 422
Stapler/stacker ....................................................................... 424
Diagrams ............................................................................................................. 426
Block diagrams ...................................................................................... 426
Plug/jack locations ................................................................................. 430
Location of connectors ............................................................................ 432
DC controller connector locations .............................................. 432
Controller PCA (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet optional paper
feeders) .................................................................................. 434
Stapler/stacker PCA ................................................................ 435
IPTU PCA ............................................................................... 436
Locations of major components ................................................................ 437
General timing chart ............................................................................... 451
Circuit diagrams .................................................................................... 452
Internal print-quality test pages ................................................................................ 458
Print-quality-troubleshooting pages ............................................................ 458
Diagnostics page ................................................................................... 461

ENWW

Cleaning page ....................................................................................... 462
Configuration pages ............................................................................... 462
Configuration page ................................................................. 462
HP embedded Jetdirect page .................................................... 464
Embedded protocol page ......................................................... 465
Finding important information on the configuration pages ............ 466
Color-band test ...................................................................................... 466
Print-quality troubleshooting tools ............................................................................ 467
Repetitive defects ruler ............................................................................ 467
Calibrate the product .............................................................................. 468
Control panel menus .............................................................................................. 469
Navigate the Administration menu ........................................................... 469
Interpret control-panel messages ............................................................................. 470
Control-panel message types ................................................................... 470
Control-panel messages .......................................................................... 470
Clear All Blocked Numbers ...................................................... 470
Clear Event Log ....................................................................... 470
Replace Supplies ..................................................................... 471
Cleaning Page ........................................................................ 471
10.00.70 Printing past very low ............................................... 471
10.0X.90 Replace .................................................... 472
10.0X.Y0 Supply memory error ................................................ 472
10.XX.69 very low To continue, touch “OK” ................ 473
10.YY.60 cartridge low ............................................... 473
11.00.YY Internal clock error To continue, touch “OK” ................ 474
13.WX.EE Door open jam ........................................................ 474
13.WX.FF Jam ........................................................................ 474
13.WX.YZ Fuser Area Jam ....................................................... 475
13.WX.YZ Fuser wrap jam ....................................................... 476
13.WX.YZ Jam below control panel Clear jam, then touch "OK" . . 476
13.WX.YZ Jam in left cover ...................................................... 477
13.WX.YZ Jam in lower bin area .............................................. 478
13.WX.YZ Jam in top cover area .............................................. 478
13.WX.YZ Jam in Tray 1 Clear jam, then touch "OK" ................. 478
13.WX.YZ Jam in Tray ...................................................... 478
13.WX.YZ Jam inside lower right door ...................................... 479
13.WX.YZ Jam inside output accessory bridge ........................... 479
13.WX.YZ Jam inside right door ............................................... 480
13.WX.YZ Jams inside lower right door ..................................... 480
13.WX.YZ Jams inside right door .............................................. 481
13.WX.YZ Staple jam inside left cover ...................................... 482

xvi

ENWW

20.00.00 Insufficient memory: To continue, touch
“OK” ..................................................................................... 482
21.00.00 Page Too Complex To continue, touch “OK” ............... 483
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 483
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 483
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 483
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 484
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 484
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 484
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 485
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 485
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 485
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 485
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 486
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 486
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 486
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 487
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 487
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 487
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 488
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 488
30.01.YY Scanner Failure ........................................................ 488
31.01.02 Jam in document feeder ............................................ 489
31.01.03 Document feeder pick error ....................................... 489
40.00.01 USB I/O buffer overflow To continue, touch “OK” ........ 490
40.00.02 Embedded I/O buffer overflow To continue, touch
“OK” ..................................................................................... 490
40.00.03 EIO buffer overflow To continue, touch “OK” ........ 490
40.00.04 EIO bad transmission To continue, touch “OK” ..... 490
40.00.05 Embedded I/O bad transmission To continue, touch
“OK” ..................................................................................... 491
41.02.00 Error To continue, touch “OK” ................................... 491
41.03.YZ Unexpected size in tray ...................................... 491
41.05.YZ Unexpected type in tray ..................................... 492
41.07.YZ Error To continue, touch “OK” .................................... 493
42.XX.YY Error ....................................................................... 494
44.01.XX Error ....................................................................... 494
44.03.XX Error ....................................................................... 494
44.10.XX Error ....................................................................... 495
44.34.XX Error ....................................................................... 495
44.92.XX Error ....................................................................... 495

ENWW

xvii

47.00.XX Error ....................................................................... 495
47.01.XX Error ....................................................................... 496
47.02.XX Error ....................................................................... 496
47.03.XX Error ....................................................................... 496
47.04.XX Error ....................................................................... 497
47.06.XX Error ....................................................................... 497
47.WX.YZ Printer Calibration Failed To continue, touch “OK” ...... 497
48.01.XX Error ....................................................................... 498
48.03.XX Error ....................................................................... 498
48.05.XX Error ....................................................................... 499
49.21.49 The device has a detection problem ............................ 499
49.XX.YY Error To continue turn off then on ................................ 499
50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on ...................... 500
50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on ...................... 501
50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on ...................... 501
50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on ...................... 502
50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on ...................... 502
50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on ...................... 503
50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on ...................... 504
50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on ...................... 504
50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on ...................... 505
51.00.YY Error To continue turn off then on ................................ 505
52.00.00 Error To continue turn off then on ............................... 506
52.20.00 Error To continue turn off then on ............................... 506
53.10.0X Unsupported DIMM .................................................. 507
54.XX.YY Error ....................................................................... 507
54.XX.YY Error ....................................................................... 507
54.XX.YY Error ....................................................................... 507
54.XX.YY Error ....................................................................... 508
54.XX.YY Error ....................................................................... 508
54.XX.YY Error ....................................................................... 509
54.XX.YY Error ....................................................................... 509
54.XX.YY Error ....................................................................... 510
55.00.05 Engine Firmware RFU Error To continue turn off then
on ......................................................................................... 510
55.00.YY DC Controller Error To continue turn off then on ........... 510
55.00.YY DC Controller Error To continue turn off then on ........... 511
56.00.01 Illegal Input Printer Error To continue turn off then on .... 511
56.00.YY Error To continue turn off then on ................................ 511
58.00.04 Error To continue turn off then on ............................... 512
59.00.B0 Cleaning motor error Replace Toner Collection Unit ...... 512

xviii

ENWW

59.00.YY Error To continue turn off then on ................................ 512
59.0X.50 Error To continue turn off then on ................................ 513
59.0X.60 Error To continue turn off then on ................................ 514
60.00.0Y Tray lifting error ................................................ 514
62.00.00 No system To continue turn off then on ........................ 515
65.80.A1 Output accessory disconnected .................................. 515
66.80.YY failure ............................................ 515
69.11.YY Error To continue, touch “OK” .................................... 516
70.00.00 Error To continue turn off then on ............................... 516
79.XX.YY Error To continue turn off then on ................................ 516
80.0X.YY Embedded JetDirect Error To continue turn off then on ... 517
80.YYYY EIO Error To continue turn off then on .......................... 517
98.00.0X Corrupt data in X volume ........................................... 517
99.00.01 Upgrade not performed file is corrupt ......................... 518
99.00.02 Upgrade not performed timeout during receive ............ 518
99.00.03 Upgrade not performed error writing to disk ................ 519
99.00.04 Upgrade not performed timeout during receive ............ 519
99.00.05 Upgrade not performed timeout during receive ............ 519
99.00.06 Upgrade not performed error reading upgrade ............ 520
99.00.07 Upgrade not performed error reading upgrade ............ 520
99.00.08 Upgrade not performed error reading upgrade ............ 520
99.00.09 Upgrade canceled by user ........................................ 521
99.00.10 Upgrade canceled by user ........................................ 521
99.00.11 Upgrade canceled by user ........................................ 521
99.00.12 Upgrade not performed the file is invalid .................... 521
99.00.13 Upgrade not performed the file is invalid .................... 522
99.00.14 Upgrade not performed the file is invalid .................... 522
99.09.60 Unsupported disk ..................................................... 522
99.09.61 Unsupported disk ..................................................... 523
99.09.62 Unknown disk .......................................................... 523
99.09.63 Incorrect disk ........................................................... 523
99.09.64 Disk malfunction ....................................................... 523
99.09.65 Disk data error ......................................................... 524
99.09.66 No disk installed ...................................................... 524
99.09.67 Disk is not bootable please download firmware ........... 524
99.09.68 Expecting secondary disk .......................................... 525
full Remove all paper from bin ................................. 525
destinations received 1 copy .............................................. 525
Accept bad signature? ............................................................. 525
Authentication required ............................................................ 526
Authentication required to use this feature .................................. 526

ENWW

xix

Bad optional tray connection .................................................... 526
Calibrating... .......................................................................... 526
Calibration reset pending ......................................................... 526
Card slot device failure To clear touch “OK” .............................. 527
Card slot file system is full ........................................................ 527
Card slot is write protected ....................................................... 527
Card slot not initialized ............................................................ 527
Cartridge ship mode ................................................................ 527
Checking engine ..................................................................... 528
Checking output device ............................................................ 528
Checking paper path ............................................................... 528
Chosen personality not available To continue, touch “OK” ........... 528
Cleaning disk % complete Do not power off ......................... 528
Cleaning... ............................................................................. 529
Clearing activity log ................................................................ 529
Clearing paper path ................................................................ 529
Clearing paper path ................................................................ 529
Close front door ...................................................................... 529
Close lower right door ............................................................. 530
Close right door ...................................................................... 530
Close top cover ....................................................................... 530
Close upper right door ............................................................. 530
Code CRC error Send full RFU on port ................................ 531
Color RFU failed Send full RFU on port ................................ 531
Communication Lost ................................................................. 531
Connect output accessory ......................................................... 531
Cooling device ....................................................................... 532
Data received ......................................................................... 532
Data received To print last page press “OK” .............................. 532
Digital send communication error .............................................. 532
Digital send communication error .............................................. 533
Document feeder bin full .......................................................... 533
Document feeder kit low ........................................................... 533
Document feeder kit very low To continue, touch “OK” ................ 533
Document feeder top cover open ............................................... 533
EIO disk initializing .......................................................... 534
EIO disk not functional ...................................................... 534
EIO disk spinning up ......................................................... 534
EIO device failure ................................................................... 534
EIO device failure To clear touch “OK” ...................................... 535
EIO file operation failed ........................................................... 535

ENWW

EIO file system is full ................................................................ 535
EIO is write protected .............................................................. 535
EIO not initialized ................................................................... 535
Event log is empty ................................................................... 536
Expected drive missing ............................................................. 536
External device initializing ........................................................ 536
Fax is disabled – ignoring call .................................................. 536
Finisher low on finishing agent .................................................. 536
Finishing process not functional ................................................. 537
Flatbed cover open .................................................................. 537
Fuser Kit Low .......................................................................... 537
Fuser Kit Very Low To continue, touch “OK” ............................... 537
Gateways failed ...................................................................... 538
Gateways OK ......................................................................... 538
Genuine HP cartridge installed .................................................. 538
Genuine HP supply installed ..................................................... 538
HP Secure drive disabled ......................................................... 539
Incompatible ............................................................ 539
Incompatible Supplies .............................................................. 540
Initializing scanner... Please wait .............................................. 540
Initializing... ........................................................................... 540
Install cartridge ........................................................... 540
Install Fuser Unit ...................................................................... 541
Install Supplies ........................................................................ 541
Install Transfer Unit .................................................................. 541
Internal disk device failure To clear touch “OK” .......................... 542
Internal disk file operation failed ............................................... 542
Internal disk file system is full .................................................... 542
Internal disk is write protected ................................................... 542
Internal disk not found ............................................................. 543
Internal disk not functional ........................................................ 543
Internal disk not initialized ........................................................ 543
Internal disk spinning up .......................................................... 543
Job not stapled due to mixed sizes ............................................ 544
Load Tray 1 [Type] [Size] ......................................................... 544
Load Tray 1 [Type] [Size] To continue, touch “OK” ...................... 544
Load Tray 1 [Type] [Size] To use another tray, touch "Options" .... 544
Load Tray : [Type], [Size] ................................................... 544
Load Tray : [Type], [Size] To use another tray, touch
"Options" ............................................................................... 545
Loading program Do not power off ................................... 545

ENWW

xxi

Manually feed output stack Then touch "OK" to print second side . 545
Manually feed: .................................................. 546
Manually feed: To continue, touch “OK” .............. 546
Manually feed: To use another tray, press “OK” .... 546
Moving solenoid To exit press ................................................... 547
Moving solenoid and motor To exit press ................................... 547
Output Bin Full ........................................................................ 547
Paperless Mode ...................................................................... 547
Paused… Press to Resume ........................................................ 548
Performing Color Band Test… ................................................... 548
Performing Paper Path Test… .................................................... 548
Please wait… Canceling test ..................................................... 548
Printing CMYK samples… ......................................................... 548
Printing Color Usage Log... ...................................................... 549
Printing Demo Page... .............................................................. 549
Printing Diagnostics Page... ...................................................... 549
Printing PQ Troubleshooting… .................................................. 549
Printing Registration Page… ..................................................... 549
Printing RGB samples… ........................................................... 550
Printing stopped To continue, touch “OK” ................................... 550
Printing…engine test ................................................................ 550
Processing... ........................................................................... 550
Processing... copy of .................................................. 550
Processing... from tray ...................................................... 551
RAM disk device failure To clear touch “OK” .............................. 551
RAM disk file operation failed To clear touch “OK” ..................... 551
RAM disk file system is full To clear touch “OK” .......................... 551
RAM disk is write protected To clear touch “OK” ........................ 551
RAM disk not initialized ........................................................... 551
Ready .................................................................................... 552
Reattach output bin .................................................................. 552
Receiving Upgrade .................................................................. 552
Remove all print cartridges To exit press ..................................... 552
Remove at least one print cartridge To exit press ......................... 552
Remove shipping sheet ............................................................. 553
Remove USB accessory ............................................................ 553
Replace DIMM MEM test failure ......................................... 553
Replace Fuser Kit ..................................................................... 553
Replace staple cartridge ........................................................... 554
Replace Toner Collection Unit ................................................... 554
Replace Transfer Kit ................................................................. 554

xxii

ENWW

Resend external accessory firmware .......................................... 555
Resend Upgrade ..................................................................... 555
Restoring factory settings .......................................................... 555
Restricted from printing in color ................................................. 555
RFU Load Error Send full RFU on port .................................. 556
ROM disk device failed To clear touch “OK” .............................. 556
ROM disk file operation failed To clear touch “OK” ..................... 556
ROM disk file system is full To clear touch “OK” .......................... 556
ROM disk is write protected To clear touch “OK” ........................ 556
ROM disk not initialized ........................................................... 557
Rotating Motor To exit press ......................................... 557
Rotating Motor To exit press ......................................... 557
Rotating Motor ........................................................................ 557
Rotating Motor To exit press ..................................................... 557
Sanitizing disk % complete Do not power off ........................ 558
Size mismatch in Tray ....................................................... 558
Sleep mode on ....................................................................... 558
Staple Cartridge low ............................................................... 558
Staple Cartridge very low ......................................................... 558
Staple Cartridge very low To continue, touch “OK” ..................... 559
Supplies in wrong position ....................................................... 559
Supplies low ........................................................................... 559
Supplies very low To continue, touch “OK” ................................. 559
The Device Fan Has Failed ....................................................... 560
Toner collection unit almost full .................................................. 560
Too many jobs in queue ........................................................... 560
Too many pages in job to staple ............................................... 560
Transfer Kit low ....................................................................... 561
Transfer Kit very low To continue, touch “OK” ............................. 561
Tray empty ....................................................................... 561
Tray empty: [Type], [Size] ................................................. 561
Tray open ........................................................................ 562
Tray overfilled Remove excess paper .................................. 562
Tray overfilled To use another tray, press “OK” .................... 562
Troubleshooting To exit press .................................................... 562
Type Mismatch Tray ................................................................ 563
Unable to Install ...................................................................... 563
Unsupported drive installed ...................................................... 563
Unsupported supply in use ........................................................ 564
Unsupported supply installed .................................................... 564
Unsupported tray configuration ................................................. 564

ENWW

xxiii

Unsupported USB accessory detected Remove USB accessory ....... 564
Upgrade complete To continue turn off then on ........................... 565
Upper bin full ......................................................................... 565
USB accessory needs too much power Remove USB Accessory
and Turn Off then On .............................................................. 565
USB accessory not functional .................................................... 565
USB hubs are not fully supported Some operations may not work
properly ................................................................................. 566
USB is write protected To clear touch “OK” ................................ 566
USB needs too much power ...................................................... 566
USB not initialized ................................................................... 566
USB storage accessory removed Clearing any associated data ..... 566
USB storage device failure To clear touch “OK” .......................... 566
USB storage file operation failed To clear touch “OK” ................. 567
USB storage file system is full .................................................... 567
Used supply in use .................................................................. 567
Used supply installed ............................................................... 567
Waiting for tray to lift ....................................................... 568
Windows Login Required to Use this Feature .............................. 568
Wrong cartridge in slot ................................................ 568
Event log messages ............................................................................................... 570
Print an event log ................................................................................... 570
Show an event log ................................................................................. 570
Sample event log ................................................................................... 571
Clear the event log ................................................................................. 571
Event log message table .......................................................................... 572
Clear jams .......................................................................................................................... 581
Prevent jams ......................................................................................................... 581
Jam locations ........................................................................................................ 582
Clear jams in the document feeder .......................................................................... 584
Clear paper jams in the stapler/stacker assembly ..................................................... 585
Clear staple jams .................................................................................................. 587
Clear jams in the output bin area ............................................................................ 589
Clear jams from under the scanner assembly ............................................................ 589
Clear jams in the right door .................................................................................... 591
Clear jams in Tray 1 .............................................................................................. 594
Clear jams in Trays 2, 3, 4, or 5 ............................................................................ 596
Clear jams in the lower-right door (Trays 3, 4, or 5) .................................................. 597
Jam causes and solutions ....................................................................................... 598
Jams in the fuser and transfer area ........................................................... 598
Jams in the duplex area .......................................................................... 600

xxiv

ENWW

Jams in Tray 1, Tray 2 and internal paper path .......................................... 602
Jams in Tray 3, 4, and 5 ......................................................................... 603
Change jam recovery ............................................................................................ 608
Paper does not feed automatically .......................................................................................... 609
Product feeds multiple sheets ................................................................................................. 610
Use manual print modes ....................................................................................................... 611
Solve image-quality problems ................................................................................................ 614
Print quality examples ............................................................................................ 614
Clean the product ................................................................................................................ 620
Clean the paper path ............................................................................................ 620
Clean the scanner glass ......................................................................................... 620
Clean the fuser ..................................................................................................... 622
Solve performance problems ................................................................................................. 623
Solve connectivity problems ................................................................................................... 624
Solve direct-connect problems ................................................................................. 624
Solve network problems ......................................................................................... 624
Service mode functions ......................................................................................................... 625
Service menu ........................................................................................................ 625
Product resets ....................................................................................................... 629
Restore factory settings ............................................................................ 629
Preboot menu options ........................................................................................................... 631
Solve fax problems ............................................................................................................... 638
Is your fax set up correctly? .................................................................................... 638
What type of phone line are you using? .................................................... 638
Are you using a surge-protection device? .................................................. 638
Are you using a phone company voice-messaging service or an answering
machine? .............................................................................................. 639
Does your phone line have a call-waiting feature? ...................................... 639
Check fax accessory status ..................................................................................... 639
Fax feature is not operating .................................................................................... 640
General fax problems ............................................................................................ 640
Problems with receiving faxes ................................................................................. 641
Problems with sending faxes ................................................................................... 642
Error codes .......................................................................................................... 643
Fax error messages ............................................................................................... 643
Send-fax messages ................................................................................. 645
Receive-fax messages ............................................................................. 647
Fax reports ........................................................................................................... 648
Fax activity log ...................................................................................... 648
Billing code report .................................................................................. 649
Blocked fax list report ............................................................................. 649

ENWW

xxv

Speed dial list report .............................................................................. 649
Fax call report ....................................................................................... 649
Clear the fax activity log ......................................................................... 649
Service settings ..................................................................................................... 650
Settings in the Troubleshooting menu ........................................................ 650
Settings in the Resets menu ...................................................................... 650
Firmware upgrades ............................................................................................... 650
Product updates ................................................................................................................... 651
Determine the installed revision of firmware .............................................................. 651
Perform a firmware upgrade ................................................................................... 651
Use the HP Embedded Web Server .......................................................... 651
Use a USB storage device with the preboot menu ....................................... 652
Use a USB storage device with the Device Maintenance menu ..................... 653
4 Parts and diagrams ...................................................................................................... 655
Order parts, accessories, and supplies ................................................................................... 656
Part numbers ....................................................................................................................... 657
Accessories .......................................................................................................... 657
Supplies and maintenance kits ................................................................................ 657
Cables and interfaces ............................................................................................ 658
Customer self repair (CSR) parts .............................................................................. 659
Service kits ........................................................................................................... 661
Unique components ............................................................................................... 663
Screws ................................................................................................................................ 664
How to use the parts lists and diagrams .................................................................................. 665
External covers, panels, and doors ......................................................................................... 666
Right door assembly ............................................................................................................. 668
Front door assembly ............................................................................................................. 670
Internal components ............................................................................................................. 672
Internal components (1 of 7) ................................................................................... 672
Internal components (2 of 7) ................................................................................... 674
Internal components (3 of 7) ................................................................................... 676
Internal components (4 of 7) ................................................................................... 678
Internal components (5 of 7) ................................................................................... 680
Internal components (6 of 7) ................................................................................... 682
Internal components (7 of 7) ................................................................................... 684
Cassettes 2-5 ........................................................................................................ 686
Paper pickup assembly .......................................................................................... 688
Tray 1 paper pickup assembly ................................................................................ 690
Registration assembly ............................................................................................ 692
Secondary transfer assembly .................................................................................. 694

xxvi

ENWW

Intermediate paper transfer unit (IPTU) ..................................................................... 696
Delivery assembly ................................................................................................. 698
Fuser assembly ..................................................................................................... 700
PCAs ................................................................................................................... 702
Stapling mailbox .................................................................................................................. 704
External covers, panels, and doors (SSMBM) ............................................................ 705
Top door assembly (SSMBM) .................................................................................. 707
Main body (SSMBM; 1 of 2) .................................................................................. 709
Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2) .................................................................................. 711
PCAs (SSMBM) ..................................................................................................... 713
500-sheet paper feeder ........................................................................................................ 716
External covers, panels, and doors (1x500-SPF) ........................................................ 717
Main body (1x500-SPF) ......................................................................................... 719
1x500 and 3x500 paper feeders .......................................................................................... 722
Paper feeders ....................................................................................................... 722
External covers, panels, and doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF) ...................................... 724
Main body (1x500PF) ........................................................................................... 726
Main body (3x500PF) ........................................................................................... 728
Document feeder/scanner ..................................................................................................... 730
Document feeder/scanner assemblies ...................................................................... 730
Scanner inverter assembly ...................................................................................... 732
Scanner assembly (1 of 6) ...................................................................................... 734
Scanner assembly (2 of 6) ...................................................................................... 736
Scanner assembly (3 of 6) ...................................................................................... 738
Scanner assembly (4 of 6) ...................................................................................... 740
Scanner assembly (5 of 6) ...................................................................................... 742
Scanner assembly (6 of 6) ...................................................................................... 744
Document feeder assembly (1 of 5) ......................................................................... 746
Document feeder assembly (2 of 5) ......................................................................... 748
Document feeder assembly (3 of 5) ......................................................................... 750
Document feeder assembly (4 of 5) ......................................................................... 752
Document feeder assembly (5 of 5) ......................................................................... 754
Alphabetical parts list ........................................................................................................... 756
Numerical parts list .............................................................................................................. 769
Appendix A Service and support ..................................................................................... 783
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement ............................................................................. 784
HP's Premium Protection Warranty: LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement .................. 785
Color LaserJet Fuser Kit, Transfer Kit, and Roller Kit Limited Warranty Statement ........................... 786
Data stored on the print cartridge ........................................................................................... 787
End User License Agreement .................................................................................................. 788

ENWW

xxvii

OpenSSL ............................................................................................................................. 790
Customer self-repair warranty service ..................................................................................... 791
Customer support ................................................................................................................. 792
Appendix B Product specifications ................................................................................... 793
Physical specifications .......................................................................................................... 794
Electrical specifications ......................................................................................................... 794
Acoustic specifications .......................................................................................................... 794
Environmental specifications .................................................................................................. 795
Skew specifications .............................................................................................................. 795
Appendix C Regulatory information ................................................................................. 797
FCC regulations ................................................................................................................... 798
Environmental product stewardship program ........................................................................... 799
Protecting the environment ...................................................................................... 799
Ozone production ................................................................................................. 799
Power consumption ............................................................................................... 799
Paper use ............................................................................................................. 799
Plastics ................................................................................................................. 799
HP LaserJet print supplies ....................................................................................... 799
Return and recycling instructions ............................................................................. 800
United States and Puerto Rico .................................................................. 800
Multiple returns (more than one cartridge) .................................. 800
Single returns .......................................................................... 800
Shipping ................................................................................ 800
Non-U.S. returns .................................................................................... 801
Paper .................................................................................................................. 801
Material restrictions ............................................................................................... 801
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union ...... 802
Chemical substances ............................................................................................. 802
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) ......................................................................... 802
For more information ............................................................................................. 802
Declaration of Conformity ..................................................................................................... 803
Declaration of Conformity (fax models) ................................................................................... 805
Certificate of volatility ........................................................................................................... 807
Types of memory ................................................................................................... 807
Volatile memory ..................................................................................... 807
Non-volatile memory .............................................................................. 807
Hard-disk-drive memory .......................................................................... 807
Safety statements ................................................................................................................. 808
Laser safety .......................................................................................................... 808
xxviii

ENWW

Canadian DOC regulations .................................................................................... 808
VCCI statement (Japan) .......................................................................................... 808
Power cord instructions .......................................................................................... 808
Power cord statement (Japan) ................................................................................. 808
EMC statement (China) .......................................................................................... 809
EMC statement (Korea) .......................................................................................... 809
EMI statement (Taiwan) .......................................................................................... 809
Laser statement for Finland ..................................................................................... 809
GS statement (Germany) ........................................................................................ 810
Substances Table (China) ....................................................................................... 810
Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (Turkey) ............................................. 810
Additional statements for telecom (fax) products ....................................................................... 811
EU Statement for Telecom Operation ....................................................................... 811
New Zealand Telecom Statements ........................................................................... 811
Additional FCC statement for telecom products (US) .................................................. 811
Telephone Consumer Protection Act (US) .................................................................. 812
Industry Canada CS-03 requirements ...................................................................... 812
Japan Telecom Mark ............................................................................................. 813
Index ............................................................................................................................... 815

ENWW

xxix

xxx

ENWW

List of tables

Table 1-1

Sequence of operation ............................................................................................................ 4

Table 1-2

Solenoids .............................................................................................................................. 6

Table 1-3

Switches ................................................................................................................................ 7

Table 1-4

Sensors ................................................................................................................................. 8

Table 1-5

Motors .................................................................................................................................. 9

Table 1-6

Fans ................................................................................................................................... 10

Table 1-7

High-voltage power supply circuits ......................................................................................... 12

Table 1-8

Converted DC voltages ......................................................................................................... 15

Table 1-9

Fuser components ................................................................................................................. 16

Table 1-10 Primary-transfer-roller engagement states ............................................................................... 35
Table 1-11 Image-stabilization controls .................................................................................................. 39
Table 1-12 Print mode and feed speed .................................................................................................. 51
Table 1-13 Paper sizes ........................................................................................................................ 56
Table 1-14 Jams that the product detects ............................................................................................... 59
Table 1-15 Electrical components for the paper feeder ............................................................................ 63
Table 1-16 Pickup feed components (1 x 500-sheet paper feeder) ............................................................ 64
Table 1-17 Electrical components for the 3-bin stapling mailbox ............................................................... 77
Table 1-18 Delivery components (3-bin stapling mailbox) ........................................................................ 80
Table 3-1

Pre-troubleshooting checklist ................................................................................................ 367

Table 3-2

Troubleshooting flowchart .................................................................................................... 369

Table 3-3

Manual sensor diagnostic tests ............................................................................................. 378

Table 3-4

Tray/bin manual sensor test ................................................................................................. 393

Table 3-5

Paper-path sensors diagnostic tests ....................................................................................... 413

Table 3-6

Component test details ........................................................................................................ 423

Table 3-7

Formatter PCA ................................................................................................................... 431

Table 3-8

DC controller connectors ..................................................................................................... 432

Table 3-9

Controller PCA connectors ................................................................................................... 434

Table 3-10 Important information on the configuration pages ................................................................. 466
Table 3-11 Paper path sensor locations ............................................................................................... 583
Table 3-12 Causes and solutions for fuser delivery delay jams ............................................................... 598
Table 3-13 Causes and solutions for wrapping jams ............................................................................. 598
Table 3-14 Causes and solutions for fuser delivery stationary jams .......................................................... 598

ENWW

xxxi

Table 3-15 Causes and solutions for residual media jams ...................................................................... 599
Table 3-16 Causes and solutions for pickup delay jams 2 ...................................................................... 599
Table 3-17 Causes and solutions for pickup stationary jams ................................................................... 600
Table 3-18 Causes and solutions for duplexing reverse jams .................................................................. 600
Table 3-19 Causes and solutions for duplex repick jams ........................................................................ 600
Table 3-20 Causes and solutions for residual media jams ...................................................................... 601
Table 3-21 Causes and solutions for pickup delay jam 1: tray pickup ..................................................... 602
Table 3-22 Causes and solutions for pickup stationary jams ................................................................... 603
Table 3-23 Causes and solutions for pickup delay and pickup stationary jams ......................................... 603
Table 3-24 Causes and solutions for residual media jams ...................................................................... 604
Table 3-25 Causes and solutions for IPTU delivery delay jams ................................................................ 605
Table 3-26 Causes and solutions for IPTU stationary jams ...................................................................... 605
Table 3-27 Causes and solutions for stapler/stacker feed delay jams ...................................................... 606
Table 3-28 Causes and solutions for stapler/stacker stationary jams ....................................................... 606
Table 3-29 Causes and solutions for stapler/stacker residual paper jams ................................................ 607
Table 3-30 MP modes under the Adjust Paper Types sub menu ............................................................... 611
Table 3-31 MP modes under the Optimize submenu ............................................................................. 612
Table 3-32 Preboot menu options (1 of 6) ............................................................................................ 631
Table 3-33 Preboot menu options (2 of 6) ............................................................................................ 633
Table 3-34 Preboot menu options (3 of 6) ............................................................................................ 634
Table 3-35 Preboot menu options (4 of 6) ............................................................................................ 635
Table 3-36 Preboot menu options (5 of 6) ............................................................................................ 636
Table 3-37 Preboot menu options (6 of 6) ............................................................................................ 637
Table 3-38 Send-fax messages ........................................................................................................... 645
Table 3-39 Receive-fax messages ........................................................................................................ 647
Table 4-1

Service kits ........................................................................................................................ 661

Table 4-2

110 V and 220 V unique components .................................................................................. 663

Table 4-3

Common fasteners ............................................................................................................. 664

Table 4-4

External covers, panels, and doors; ...................................................................................... 667

Table 4-5

Right door assembly ........................................................................................................... 669

Table 4-6 Front door assembly ........................................................................................................... 671
Table 4-7

Internal components (1 of 7) ................................................................................................ 673

Table 4-8

Internal components (2 of 7) ................................................................................................ 675

Table 4-9

Internal components (3 of 7) ................................................................................................ 677

Table 4-10 Internal components (4 of 7) .............................................................................................. 679
Table 4-11 Internal components (5 of 7) .............................................................................................. 681
Table 4-12 Internal components 6 of 7 ................................................................................................ 683
Table 4-13 Internal components 7 of 7 ................................................................................................ 685
Table 4-14 Cassette .......................................................................................................................... 687
Table 4-15 Paper pickup assembly ..................................................................................................... 689
Table 4-16 Tray 1 paper pickup assembly ........................................................................................... 691

xxxii

ENWW

Table 4-17 Registration assembly ........................................................................................................ 693
Table 4-18 Secondary transfer assembly ............................................................................................. 695
Table 4-19 Intermediate paper transfer unit (IPTU) ................................................................................. 697
Table 4-20 Delivery assembly ............................................................................................................. 699
Table 4-21 Fuser assembly ................................................................................................................. 701
Table 4-22 PCAs .............................................................................................................................. 703
Table 4-23 External covers, panels, and doors (SSMBM) ....................................................................... 706
Table 4-24 Top door assembly (SSMBM) ............................................................................................. 708
Table 4-25 Main body (SSMBM; 1 of 2) ............................................................................................. 710
Table 4-26 Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2) ............................................................................................. 712
Table 4-27 PCAs (SSMBM) ................................................................................................................ 714
Table 4-28 Paper feeders .................................................................................................................. 718
Table 4-29 Main body (1x500-SPF) .................................................................................................... 720
Table 4-30 Paper feeders .................................................................................................................. 723
Table 4-31 External covers, panels, and doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF) ................................................. 725
Table 4-32 Main body (1x500PF) ....................................................................................................... 727
Table 4-33 Main body (3x500PF) ....................................................................................................... 729
Table 4-34 Document feeder/scanner assemblies ................................................................................. 731
Table 4-35 Scanner inverter assembly ................................................................................................. 733
Table 4-36 Scanner assembly (1 of 6) ................................................................................................. 735
Table 4-37 Scanner assembly (2 of 6) ................................................................................................. 737
Table 4-38 Scanner assembly (3 of 6) ................................................................................................. 739
Table 4-39 Scanner assembly (4 of 6) ................................................................................................. 741
Table 4-40 Scanner assembly (5 of 6) ................................................................................................. 743
Table 4-41 Scanner assembly (6 of 6) ................................................................................................. 745
Table 4-42 Document feeder assembly (1 of 5) ..................................................................................... 747
Table 4-43 Document feeder assembly (2 of 5) ..................................................................................... 749
Table 4-44 Document feeder assembly (3 of 5) ..................................................................................... 751
Table 4-45 Document feeder assembly (4 of 5) ..................................................................................... 753
Table 4-46 Document feeder assembly (5 of 5) ..................................................................................... 755
Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list ....................................................................................................... 756
Table 4-48 Numerical parts list ........................................................................................................... 769
Table B-1

Product dimensions ............................................................................................................. 794

Table B-2

Power requirements ............................................................................................................ 794

Table B-3

Power consumption (average, in watts)1246 ............................................................................. 794

Table B-4

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series13 ................................................................ 794

Table B-5

Media registration and image placement accuracy ................................................................. 795

ENWW

xxxiii

xxxiv

ENWW

List of figures

Figure 1-1

Relationship between the main product systems ......................................................................... 2

Figure 1-2

System block diagram ............................................................................................................ 3

Figure 1-3

Engine-control system ............................................................................................................. 5

Figure 1-4

DC controller block diagram ................................................................................................... 6

Figure 1-5

High-voltage power supply circuits ........................................................................................ 12

Figure 1-6

Low-voltage power-supply circuit ........................................................................................... 14

Figure 1-7

Fuser components ................................................................................................................ 16

Figure 1-8

Fuser temperature-control circuit ............................................................................................ 17

Figure 1-9

Laser/scanner system ........................................................................................................... 21

Figure 1-10

Protective-glass cleaners (PGCs) .......................................................................................... 23

Figure 1-11

Image-formation system ...................................................................................................... 24

Figure 1-12

Image-formation drive system .............................................................................................. 25

Figure 1-13

Image-formation process .................................................................................................... 26

Figure 1-14

Pre-exposure ..................................................................................................................... 27

Figure 1-15

Primary charging ............................................................................................................... 27

Figure 1-16

Laser-beam exposure ......................................................................................................... 28

Figure 1-17

Development ..................................................................................................................... 28

Figure 1-18

Primary transfer ................................................................................................................. 29

Figure 1-19

Secondary transfer ............................................................................................................ 29

Figure 1-20

Separation ....................................................................................................................... 30

Figure 1-21

Fusing .............................................................................................................................. 30

Figure 1-22

ITB cleaning ...................................................................................................................... 31

Figure 1-23

Drum cleaning .................................................................................................................. 31

Figure 1-24

Print-cartridge system ......................................................................................................... 32

Figure 1-25

Developing-roller engagement and disengagement control ..................................................... 33

Figure 1-26

ITB unit ............................................................................................................................. 34

Figure 1-27

Three states of primary-transfer-roller engagement and disengagement ..................................... 36

Figure 1-28

ITB cleaning process .......................................................................................................... 37

Figure 1-29

Toner patterns for calibration .............................................................................................. 38

Figure 1-30

Paper path ....................................................................................................................... 40

Figure 1-31

Switches and sensors for the pickup, feed, and delivery system ............................................... 41

Figure 1-32

Motors and solenoids for the pickup, feed, and delivery system .............................................. 42

ENWW

xxxv

Figure 1-33

Three main units of the pickup, feed, and delivery system ....................................................... 43

Figure 1-34

Pickup-and-feed unit ........................................................................................................... 44

Figure 1-35

Cassette-pickup mechanism ................................................................................................ 45

Figure 1-36

Cassette lift mechanism ...................................................................................................... 46

Figure 1-37

Multiple-feed prevention ..................................................................................................... 47

Figure 1-38

Multipurpose tray pickup mechanism ................................................................................... 48

Figure 1-39

Paper-feed mechanism ....................................................................................................... 49

Figure 1-40

Skew-feed prevention ......................................................................................................... 50

Figure 1-41

Fuser and delivery unit ....................................................................................................... 52

Figure 1-42

Loop-control mechanism ..................................................................................................... 53

Figure 1-43

Pressure-roller pressurization control .................................................................................... 54

Figure 1-44

Duplexing unit ................................................................................................................... 55

Figure 1-45

Duplex reverse and feed control .......................................................................................... 56

Figure 1-46

Jam detection sensors ........................................................................................................ 58

Figure 1-47

1 x 500 optional paper feeder ........................................................................................... 61

Figure 1-48

3 x 500-sheet optional paper feeder .................................................................................... 62

Figure 1-49

Signals for the paper feeder ............................................................................................... 62

Figure 1-50

Paper-feeder pickup and feed operation ............................................................................... 64

Figure 1-51

Paper-feeder cassette lift ..................................................................................................... 67

Figure 1-52

Jam detection (1 x 500-sheet paper feeder) .......................................................................... 68

Figure 1-53

Jam detection (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder) .......................................................................... 69

Figure 1-54

Scanner subsystem ............................................................................................................ 70

Figure 1-55

Optical assembly operation ................................................................................................ 73

Figure 1-56

Image data path ............................................................................................................... 73

Figure 1-57

Document feeder/scanner paper path and sensors ................................................................ 74

Figure 1-58

3-bin stapling mailbox ....................................................................................................... 76

Figure 1-59

Signals for the 3-bin stapling mailbox .................................................................................. 76

Figure 1-60

3-bin stapling mailbox delivery operation ............................................................................. 80

Figure 1-61

3-bin stapling mailbox stapler operation (1 of 4) ................................................................... 82

Figure 1-62

3-bin stapling mailbox stapler operation (2 of 4) ................................................................... 83

Figure 1-63

3-bin stapling mailbox stapler operation (3 of 4) ................................................................... 84

Figure 1-64

3-bin stapling mailbox stapler operation (4 of 4) ................................................................... 85

Figure 1-65

3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for the stapler ........................................................................ 86

Figure 1-66

3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for output bin 3 lift operation ................................................... 87

Figure 1-67

3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for stacker mode .................................................................... 88

Figure 1-68

3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for mailbox/jam separation .................................................... 89

Figure 1-69

3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for jam detection ................................................................... 90

Figure 2-1

Phillips and pozidrive screwdriver comparison ........................................................................ 95

Figure 2-2

Parts removal order (1 of 2) .................................................................................................. 98

Figure 2-3

Parts removal order (2 of 2) .................................................................................................. 99

Figure 2-4

Remove the control panel (1 of 3) ........................................................................................ 100

xxxvi

ENWW

Figure 2-5

Remove the control panel (2 of 3) ........................................................................................ 100

Figure 2-6

Remove the control panel (3 of 3) ........................................................................................ 101

Figure 2-7

Incorrect installation of the control panel .............................................................................. 102

Figure 2-8

Correct installation of the control panel ................................................................................ 102

Figure 2-9

Remove the print cartridge (1 of 2) ...................................................................................... 103

Figure 2-10

Remove the print cartridge (2 of 2) .................................................................................... 103

Figure 2-11

Remove the toner-collection unit (1 of 4) ............................................................................. 104

Figure 2-12

Remove the toner-collection unit (2 of 4) ............................................................................. 104

Figure 2-13

Remove the toner-collection unit (3 of 4) ............................................................................. 105

Figure 2-14

Remove the toner-collection unit (4 of 4) ............................................................................. 105

Figure 2-15

Remove the formatter ....................................................................................................... 106

Figure 2-16

Remove the fax card ........................................................................................................ 107

Figure 2-17

Remove the hard drive (1 of 3) .......................................................................................... 108

Figure 2-18

Remove the hard drive (2 of 3) .......................................................................................... 109

Figure 2-19

Remove the hard drive (3 of 3) .......................................................................................... 109

Figure 2-20

Remove the tray (1 of 2) ................................................................................................... 111

Figure 2-21

Remove the tray (2 of 2) ................................................................................................... 111

Figure 2-22

Remove the fuser (1 of 2) ................................................................................................. 112

Figure 2-23

Remove the fuser (2 of 2) ................................................................................................. 112

Figure 2-24

Remove the Pickup and feed rollers (Trays 2-5) .................................................................... 113

Figure 2-25

Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (1 of 5) ........................................................................... 114

Figure 2-26

Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (2 of 5) ........................................................................... 114

Figure 2-27

Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (3 of 5) ........................................................................... 115

Figure 2-28

Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (4 of 5) ........................................................................... 115

Figure 2-29

Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (5 of 5) ........................................................................... 116

Figure 2-30

Incorrect position of cover ................................................................................................ 117

Figure 2-31

Correct position of cover .................................................................................................. 117

Figure 2-32

Remove the transfer roller (1 of 3) ..................................................................................... 118

Figure 2-33

Remove the transfer roller (2 of 3) ..................................................................................... 118

Figure 2-34

Remove the transfer roller (3 of 3) ..................................................................................... 119

Figure 2-35

Reinstall the transfer roller ................................................................................................. 119

Figure 2-36

Remove the intermediate transfer belt (1 of 4) ..................................................................... 120

Figure 2-37

Remove the intermediate transfer belt (2 of 4) ..................................................................... 120

Figure 2-38

Remove the intermediate transfer belt (3 of 4) ..................................................................... 121

Figure 2-39

Remove the intermediate transfer belt (4 of 4) ..................................................................... 122

Figure 2-40

Remove the standard output bin ........................................................................................ 123

Figure 2-41

Remove output bin bezel .................................................................................................. 124

Figure 2-42

Remove the document feeder tray extender ......................................................................... 124

Figure 2-43

Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover) .......................................................... 125

Figure 2-44

Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover) .......................................................... 125

Figure 2-45

Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover) .......................................................... 126

ENWW

xxxvii

Figure 2-46

Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover) .......................................................... 126

Figure 2-47

External panels, covers, and doors; identification and location ............................................. 127

Figure 2-48

Remove S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) (1 of 2) ............................................................... 128

Figure 2-49

Remove S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) (2 of 2) ............................................................... 128

Figure 2-50

Remove ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (1 of 4) ................................................ 129

Figure 2-51

Remove ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (2 of 4) ................................................ 129

Figure 2-52

Remove ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (3 of 4) ................................................ 130

Figure 2-53

Remove ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (4 of 4) ................................................ 130

Figure 2-54

Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (1 of 5) ......................................... 131

Figure 2-55

Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (2 of 5) ......................................... 131

Figure 2-56

Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (3 of 5) ......................................... 132

Figure 2-57

Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (4 of 5) ......................................... 132

Figure 2-58

Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (5 of 5) ......................................... 133

Figure 2-59

Remove S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) (1 of 2) .................................................................. 133

Figure 2-60

Remove S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) (2 of 2) .................................................................. 134

Figure 2-61

Remove upper left cover ................................................................................................... 135

Figure 2-62

Remove the lower-left cover .............................................................................................. 136

Figure 2-63

Remove the left cover ....................................................................................................... 137

Figure 2-64

Remove the right-front cover (1 of 2) .................................................................................. 138

Figure 2-65

Remove the right-front cover (2 of 2) .................................................................................. 138

Figure 2-66

Reinstall the power button ................................................................................................. 139

Figure 2-67

Remove the front-door assembly (1 of 5) ............................................................................. 140

Figure 2-68

Remove the front-door assembly (2 of 5) ............................................................................. 141

Figure 2-69

Remove the front-door assembly (3 of 5) ............................................................................. 141

Figure 2-70

Remove the front-door assembly (4 of 5) ............................................................................. 142

Figure 2-71

Remove the front-door assembly (5 of 5) ............................................................................. 142

Figure 2-72

Remove the right-rear cover .............................................................................................. 143

Figure 2-73

Remove the rear cover ..................................................................................................... 144

Figure 2-74

Remove the right-door assembly (1 of 9) ............................................................................. 145

Figure 2-75

Remove the right-door assembly (2 of 9) ............................................................................. 145

Figure 2-76

Remove the right-door assembly (3 of 9) ............................................................................. 146

Figure 2-77

Remove the right-door assembly (4 of 9) ............................................................................. 146

Figure 2-78

Remove the right-door assembly (5 of 9) ............................................................................. 147

Figure 2-79

Remove the right-door assembly (6 of 9) ............................................................................. 147

Figure 2-80

Remove the right-door assembly (7 of 9) ............................................................................. 148

Figure 2-81

Remove the right-door assembly (8 of 9) ............................................................................. 148

Figure 2-82

Remove the right-door assembly (9 of 9) ............................................................................. 149

Figure 2-83

Remove the ASY-LVR-FE-EMP-SP (paper present flag) (1 of 2) ................................................. 150

Figure 2-84

Remove the ASY-LVR-FE-EMP-SP (paper present flag) (2 of 2) ................................................. 150

Figure 2-85

Remove the document feeder (1 of 3) ................................................................................. 151

Figure 2-86

Remove the document feeder (2 of 3) ................................................................................. 151

xxxviii

ENWW

Figure 2-87

Remove the document feeder (3 of 3) ................................................................................. 152

Figure 2-88

Reinstall the document feeder ............................................................................................ 152

Figure 2-89

Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover) (1 of 2) ........................ 153

Figure 2-90

Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover) (2 of 2) ........................ 154

Figure 2-91

Remove the ASY-TRY-SP (tray assembly) (1 of 2) .................................................................. 155

Figure 2-92

Remove the ASY-TRY-SP (tray assembly) (2 of 2) .................................................................. 156

Figure 2-93

Remove the ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly) (1 of 3) ................................................ 157

Figure 2-94

Remove the ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly) (2 of 3) ................................................ 158

Figure 2-95

Remove the ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly) (3 of 3) ................................................ 158

Figure 2-96

Remove the ASY-PBA-RELAY-SB (document feeder PCA) ........................................................ 159

Figure 2-97

Remove the ASM-IF-SP (document feeder cable) (1 of 2) ....................................................... 161

Figure 2-98

Remove the ASM-IF-SP (document feeder cable) (2 of 2) ....................................................... 161

Figure 2-99

Remove the ASY-HNG-L-SP (document feeder left hinge) ....................................................... 162

Figure 2-100 Remove the ASY-HNG-L-SP (document feeder right hinge) ................................................... 163
Figure 2-101 Remove the ASY-FAN-SP (document feeder fan) ................................................................ 164
Figure 2-102 Remove the ASY-MOT-FE-SP (motor) ................................................................................. 165
Figure 2-103 Remove the ASY-MOT-RE-SP (motor) ................................................................................. 166
Figure 2-104 Remove the ASY-DFSENS-SP (document feeder open sensor) ............................................... 167
Figure 2-105 Remove the ASY-GIDREV-SPR-SP (document feeder jam access plate) ................................... 168
Figure 2-106 Remove the ASY-BASE_SB (base assembly) ....................................................................... 169
Figure 2-107 Remove the scanner filter (1 of 2) .................................................................................... 170
Figure 2-108 Remove the scanner filter (2 of 2) .................................................................................... 170
Figure 2-109 Remove the scanner assembly (1 of 6) ............................................................................. 171
Figure 2-110 Remove the scanner assembly (2 of 6) ............................................................................. 172
Figure 2-111 Remove the scanner assembly (3 of 6) ............................................................................. 172
Figure 2-112 Remove the scanner assembly (4 of 6) ............................................................................. 173
Figure 2-113 Remove the scanner assembly (5 of 6) ............................................................................. 173
Figure 2-114 Remove the scanner assembly (6 of 6) ............................................................................. 174
Figure 2-115 Remove the scissor hinge assembly (1 of 3) ...................................................................... 174
Figure 2-116 Remove the scissor hinge assembly (2 of 3) ...................................................................... 175
Figure 2-117 Remove the scissor hinge assembly (3 of 3) ...................................................................... 175
Figure 2-118 Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) (1 of 4) ........................................ 176
Figure 2-119 Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) (2 of 4) ........................................ 177
Figure 2-120 Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) (3 of 4) ........................................ 178
Figure 2-121 Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) (4 of 4) ........................................ 178
Figure 2-122 Remove the S-PBA-SCB (SCB) (1 of 2) .............................................................................. 179
Figure 2-123 Remove the S-PBA-SCB (SCB) (2 of 2) .............................................................................. 180
Figure 2-124 Remove the S-ASM-USB (USB control panel cable) (1 of 2) ................................................. 181
Figure 2-125 Remove the S-ASM-USB (USB control panel cable) (2 of 2) ................................................. 182
Figure 2-126 Remove the S-HNG-LIFT-R (scanner release assembly) ......................................................... 183
Figure 2-127 Remove tub top ............................................................................................................. 184

ENWW

xxxix

Figure 2-128 Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size sensor) (1 of
4) ..................................................................................................................................................... 185
Figure 2-129 Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size sensor) (2 of 4) 186
Figure 2-130 Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size sensor) (3 of 4) 186
Figure 2-131 Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size sensor) (4 of 4) 187
Figure 2-132 Remove the S-ASSY-INV (inverter) (1 of 2) ........................................................................ 188
Figure 2-133 Remove the S-ASSY-INV (inverter) (2 of 2) ........................................................................ 189
Figure 2-134 Remove the S-FAN-MFB-30E-05A-006 (inverter fan) ........................................................... 190
Figure 2-135 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (1 of 6) ......................................... 191
Figure 2-136 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (2 of 6) ......................................... 192
Figure 2-137 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (3 of 6) ......................................... 192
Figure 2-138 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (4 of 6) ......................................... 193
Figure 2-139 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (5 of 6) ......................................... 193
Figure 2-140 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (6 of 6) ......................................... 194
Figure 2-141 Remove the S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly) (1 of 3) ............................................... 195
Figure 2-142 Remove the S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly) (2 of 3) ............................................... 196
Figure 2-143 Remove the S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly) (3 of 3) ............................................... 196
Figure 2-144 Remove the S-FAN-D06037600G-001 (scanner fan) (1 of 2) .............................................. 197
Figure 2-145 Remove the S-FAN-D06037600G-001 (scanner fan) (2 of 2) .............................................. 198
Figure 2-146 Remove the IPTU (1 of 5) ................................................................................................ 199
Figure 2-147 Remove the IPTU (2 of 5) ................................................................................................ 200
Figure 2-148 Remove the IPTU (3 of 5) ................................................................................................ 200
Figure 2-149 Remove the IPTU (4 of 5) ................................................................................................ 201
Figure 2-150 Remove the IPTU (5 of 5) ................................................................................................ 201
Figure 2-151 Remove the cassette feed guide (1 of 3) ........................................................................... 202
Figure 2-152 Remove the cassette feed guide (2 of 3) ........................................................................... 203
Figure 2-153 Remove the cassette feed guide (3 of 3) ........................................................................... 203
Figure 2-154 Remove the secondary transfer assembly (1 of 3) .............................................................. 204
Figure 2-155 Remove the secondary transfer assembly (2 of 3) .............................................................. 204
Figure 2-156 Remove the secondary transfer assembly (3 of 3) .............................................................. 205
Figure 2-157 Reinstall the secondary transfer assembly ......................................................................... 205
Figure 2-158 Remove the separation pad (1 of 6) ................................................................................. 206
Figure 2-159 Remove the separation pad (2 of 6) ................................................................................. 206
Figure 2-160 Remove the separation pad (3 of 6) ................................................................................. 207
Figure 2-161 Remove the separation pad (4 of 6) ................................................................................. 207
Figure 2-162 Remove the separation pad (5 of 6) ................................................................................. 208
Figure 2-163 Remove the separation pad (6 of 6) ................................................................................. 208
Figure 2-164 Remove the RD sensor assembly (1 of 7) .......................................................................... 209
Figure 2-165 Remove the RD sensor assembly (2 of 7) .......................................................................... 209
Figure 2-166 Remove the RD sensor assembly (3 of 7) .......................................................................... 210
Figure 2-167 Remove the RD sensor assembly (4 of 7) .......................................................................... 210

ENWW

Figure 2-168 Remove the RD sensor assembly (5 of 7) .......................................................................... 211
Figure 2-169 Remove the RD sensor assembly (6 of 7) .......................................................................... 211
Figure 2-170 Remove the RD sensor assembly (7 of 7) .......................................................................... 212
Figure 2-171 Remove the registration assembly (1 of 8) ........................................................................ 214
Figure 2-172 Remove the registration assembly (2 of 8) ........................................................................ 214
Figure 2-173 Remove the registration assembly (3 of 8) ........................................................................ 215
Figure 2-174 Remove the registration assembly (4 of 8) ........................................................................ 215
Figure 2-175 Remove the registration assembly (5 of 8) ........................................................................ 216
Figure 2-176 Remove the registration assembly (6 of 8) ........................................................................ 216
Figure 2-177 Remove the registration assembly (7 of 8) ........................................................................ 217
Figure 2-178 Remove the registration assembly (8 of 8) ........................................................................ 217
Figure 2-179 Remove the residual-toner-feed motor ............................................................................... 218
Figure 2-180 Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly (1 of 4) ................................................. 219
Figure 2-181 Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly (2 of 4) ................................................. 220
Figure 2-182 Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly (3 of 4) ................................................. 220
Figure 2-183 Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly (4 of 4) ................................................. 221
Figure 2-184 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (1 of 7) ............................................... 222
Figure 2-185 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (2 of 7) ............................................... 223
Figure 2-186 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (3 of 7) ............................................... 223
Figure 2-187 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (4 of 7) ............................................... 224
Figure 2-188 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (5 of 7) ............................................... 224
Figure 2-189 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (6 of 7) ............................................... 225
Figure 2-190 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (7 of 7) ............................................... 225
Figure 2-191 Remove the toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly (1 of 3) ......................... 226
Figure 2-192 Remove the toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly (2 of 3) ......................... 227
Figure 2-193 Remove the toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly (3 of 3) ......................... 227
Figure 2-194 Remove the delivery fan ................................................................................................. 228
Figure 2-195 Remove the intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover (1 of 2) ....................................... 229
Figure 2-196 Remove the intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover (2 of 2) ....................................... 230
Figure 2-197 Remove the delivery assembly (1 of 4) ............................................................................. 231
Figure 2-198 Remove the delivery assembly (2 of 4) ............................................................................. 232
Figure 2-199 Remove the delivery assembly (3 of 4) ............................................................................. 232
Figure 2-200 Remove the delivery assembly (4 of 4) ............................................................................. 233
Figure 2-201 Reinstall the delivery assembly ........................................................................................ 234
Figure 2-202 Remove the duplex-drive assembly ................................................................................... 235
Figure 2-203 Remove the power-supply fan (1 of 2) .............................................................................. 236
Figure 2-204 Remove the power-supply fan (2 of 2) .............................................................................. 237
Figure 2-205 Remove the image scanner supply unit (PSU) and fan (1 of 2) ............................................. 238
Figure 2-206 Remove the image scanner supply unit (PSU) and fan (2 of 2) ............................................. 238
Figure 2-207 Remove the ICB (1 of 2) ................................................................................................. 239
Figure 2-208 Remove the ICB (2 of 2) ................................................................................................. 240

ENWW

xli

Figure 2-209 Remove the DC controller PCA only ................................................................................. 242
Figure 2-210 Remove the low-voltage power supply (1 of 8) .................................................................. 243
Figure 2-211 Remove the low-voltage power supply (2 of 8) .................................................................. 244
Figure 2-212 Remove the low-voltage power supply (3 of 8) .................................................................. 244
Figure 2-213 Remove the low-voltage power supply (4 of 8) .................................................................. 245
Figure 2-214 Remove the low-voltage power supply (5 of 8) .................................................................. 245
Figure 2-215 Remove the low-voltage power supply (6 of 8) .................................................................. 246
Figure 2-216 Remove the low-voltage power supply (7 of 8) .................................................................. 246
Figure 2-217 Remove the low-voltage power supply (8 of 8) .................................................................. 247
Figure 2-218 Remove the DC controller PCA and tray (1 of 3) ............................................................... 248
Figure 2-219 Remove the DC controller PCA and tray (2 of 3) ............................................................... 249
Figure 2-220 Remove the DC controller PCA and tray (3 of 3) ............................................................... 249
Figure 2-221 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (1 of 7) ........................................................ 250
Figure 2-222 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (2 of 7) ........................................................ 251
Figure 2-223 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (3 of 7) ........................................................ 252
Figure 2-224 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (4 of 7) ........................................................ 252
Figure 2-225 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (5 of 7) ........................................................ 253
Figure 2-226 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (6 of 7) ........................................................ 253
Figure 2-227 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (7 of 7) ........................................................ 254
Figure 2-228 Reinstall the high-voltage power supply lower ................................................................... 254
Figure 2-229 Remove the developing-disengagement motor ................................................................... 255
Figure 2-230 Remove the exhaust fan and fan duct (1 of 3) ................................................................... 256
Figure 2-231 Remove the exhaust fan and fan duct (2 of 3) ................................................................... 257
Figure 2-232 Remove the exhaust fan and fan duct (3 of 3) ................................................................... 257
Figure 2-233 Reinstall the exhaust fan and fan duct .............................................................................. 258
Figure 2-234 Remove the pickup motor ............................................................................................... 259
Figure 2-235 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (1 of 3) .......................................................................... 261
Figure 2-236 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (2 of 3) .......................................................................... 261
Figure 2-237 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (3 of 3) .......................................................................... 262
Figure 2-238 Remove the lifter base assembly (1 of 2) .......................................................................... 263
Figure 2-239 Remove the lifter base assembly (2 of 2) .......................................................................... 264
Figure 2-240 Reinstall the lifter base assembly (1 of 2) .......................................................................... 264
Figure 2-241 Reinstall the lifter base assembly (2 of 2) .......................................................................... 265
Figure 2-242 Remove the tray-pickup drive assembly (1 of 3) ................................................................. 266
Figure 2-243 Remove the tray-pickup drive assembly (2 of 3) ................................................................. 267
Figure 2-244 Remove the tray-pickup drive assembly (3 of 3) ................................................................. 267
Figure 2-245 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (1 of 11) ....................................................................... 269
Figure 2-246 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (2 of 11) ....................................................................... 269
Figure 2-247 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (3 of 11) ....................................................................... 270
Figure 2-248 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (4 of 11) ....................................................................... 270
Figure 2-249 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (5 of 11) ....................................................................... 271

xlii

ENWW

Figure 2-250 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (6 of 11) ....................................................................... 271
Figure 2-251 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (7 of 11) ....................................................................... 272
Figure 2-252 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (8 of 11) ....................................................................... 272
Figure 2-253 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (9 of 11) ....................................................................... 273
Figure 2-254 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (10 of 11) ..................................................................... 273
Figure 2-255 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (11 of 11) ..................................................................... 274
Figure 2-256 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (1 of 5) ........................................................... 276
Figure 2-257 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (2 of 5) ........................................................... 276
Figure 2-258 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (3 of 5) ........................................................... 277
Figure 2-259 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (4 of 5). .......................................................... 278
Figure 2-260 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (5 of 5) ........................................................... 278
Figure 2-261 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (1 of 5) .......................................................... 280
Figure 2-262 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (2 of 5) .......................................................... 281
Figure 2-263 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (3 of 5) .......................................................... 281
Figure 2-264 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (4 of 5) .......................................................... 282
Figure 2-265 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (5 of 5) .......................................................... 283
Figure 2-266 Reinstall the PGC actuators (1 of 5) ................................................................................. 283
Figure 2-267 Reinstall the PGC actuators (2 of 5) ................................................................................. 284
Figure 2-268 Reinstall the PGC actuators (3 of 5) ................................................................................. 284
Figure 2-269 Reinstall the PGC actuators (4 of 5) ................................................................................. 285
Figure 2-270 Reinstall the PGC actuators (5 of 5) ................................................................................. 285
Figure 2-271 Remove the high-voltage power supply upper (2 of 2) ........................................................ 286
Figure 2-272 Remove the high-voltage power supply upper (1 of 2) ........................................................ 287
Figure 2-273 Reinstall the high-voltage power supply upper ................................................................... 288
Figure 2-274 Remove the yellow, magenta, cyan, and black drum motors ............................................... 289
Figure 2-275 Remove the fuser motor .................................................................................................. 291
Figure 2-276 Remove the ITB motor (1 of 2) ......................................................................................... 292
Figure 2-277 Remove the main-drive assembly (1 of 7) .......................................................................... 294
Figure 2-278 Remove the main-drive assembly (2 of 7) .......................................................................... 294
Figure 2-279 Remove the main-drive assembly (3 of 7) .......................................................................... 295
Figure 2-280 Remove the main-drive assembly (4 of 7) .......................................................................... 295
Figure 2-281 Remove the main-drive assembly (5 of 7) .......................................................................... 296
Figure 2-282 Remove the main-drive assembly (6 of 7) .......................................................................... 296
Figure 2-283 Remove the main-drive assembly (7 of 7) .......................................................................... 297
Figure 2-284 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (1 of 7) ......................................................................... 298
Figure 2-285 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (2 of 7) ......................................................................... 298
Figure 2-286 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (3 of 7) ......................................................................... 299
Figure 2-287 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (4 of 7) ......................................................................... 300
Figure 2-288 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (5 of 7) ......................................................................... 301
Figure 2-289 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (6 of 7) ......................................................................... 301
Figure 2-290 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (7 of 7) ......................................................................... 302

ENWW

xliii

Figure 2-291 Remove the front door (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2) ....................................................... 303
Figure 2-292 Remove the front door (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2) ....................................................... 304
Figure 2-293 Remove the rear cover (optional paper feeder) .................................................................. 305
Figure 2-294 Remove the right-front cover (optional paper feeder) .......................................................... 306
Figure 2-295 Remove the right door (optional paper feeder) (1 of 3) ...................................................... 307
Figure 2-296 Remove the right door (optional paper feeder) (2 of 3) ...................................................... 307
Figure 2-297 Remove the right door (optional paper feeder) (3 of 3) ...................................................... 308
Figure 2-298 Remove the left cover (optional paper feeder) (1 of 3) ........................................................ 309
Figure 2-299 Remove the left cover (optional paper feeder) (2 of 3) ........................................................ 310
Figure 2-300 Remove the left cover (optional paper feeder) (3 of 3) ........................................................ 310
Figure 2-301 Remove the right cover (optional paper feeder) ................................................................. 311
Figure 2-302 Remove the rear-right cover (optional paper feeder) ........................................................... 312
Figure 2-303 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (1 of 5) ............................................. 313
Figure 2-304 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (2 of 5) ............................................. 314
Figure 2-305 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (3 of 5) ............................................. 314
Figure 2-306 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (4 of 5) ............................................. 315
Figure 2-307 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (5 of 5) ............................................. 315
Figure 2-308 Remove the lifter assembly (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2) ................................................. 316
Figure 2-309 Remove the lifter assembly (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2) ................................................. 316
Figure 2-310 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2) ......................................... 317
Figure 2-311 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2) ......................................... 317
Figure 2-312 Remove the pickup motor assembly (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2) .................................... 318
Figure 2-313 Remove the pickup motor assembly (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2) .................................... 318
Figure 2-314 Remove the controller PCA (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2) ................................................ 319
Figure 2-315 Remove the controller PCA (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2) ................................................ 320
Figure 2-316 Remove the rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder) ............................................................... 321
Figure 2-317 Remove the right-front cover (500-sheet paper feeder) ........................................................ 321
Figure 2-318 Remove the left cover (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 2) ..................................................... 322
Figure 2-319 Remove the left cover (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 2) ..................................................... 322
Figure 2-320 Remove the right cover (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 2) ................................................... 323
Figure 2-321 Remove the right cover (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 2) ................................................... 323
Figure 2-322 Remove the rear-right cover (500-sheet paper feeder) ........................................................ 324
Figure 2-323 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 5) ........................................... 325
Figure 2-324 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 5) ........................................... 326
Figure 2-325 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (3 of 5) ........................................... 326
Figure 2-326 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (4 of 5) ........................................... 327
Figure 2-327 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (5 of 5) ........................................... 327
Figure 2-328 Remove the lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 2) .............................................. 328
Figure 2-329 Remove the lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 2) .............................................. 328
Figure 2-330 Reinstall the lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) ......................................................... 329
Figure 2-331 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 2) ...................................... 330

xliv

ENWW

Figure 2-332 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 2) ...................................... 330
Figure 2-333 Remove the pickup motor assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) ............................................. 331
Figure 2-334 Remove the controller PCA (500-sheet paper feeder) ......................................................... 332
Figure 2-335 Remove the stapling mailbox front cover .......................................................................... 333
Figure 2-336 Remove the stapling mailbox rear cover ........................................................................... 334
Figure 2-337 Remove the stapling mailbox door ................................................................................... 335
Figure 2-338 Remove the holder connector .......................................................................................... 336
Figure 2-339 Remove the top cover ..................................................................................................... 337
Figure 2-340 Remove the output bin (1 of 3) ........................................................................................ 338
Figure 2-341 Remove the output bin (2 of 3) ........................................................................................ 338
Figure 2-342 Remove the output bin (3 of 3) ........................................................................................ 339
Figure 2-343 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (1 of 5) ........................................................................ 340
Figure 2-344 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (2 of 5) ........................................................................ 340
Figure 2-345 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (3 of 5) ........................................................................ 341
Figure 2-346 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (4 of 5) ........................................................................ 341
Figure 2-347 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (5 of 5) ........................................................................ 342
Figure 2-348 Remove the stapler assembly .......................................................................................... 343
Figure 2-349 Remove the stamp solenoid (1 of 2) ................................................................................. 344
Figure 2-350 Remove the stamp solenoid (2 of 2) ................................................................................. 345
Figure 2-351 Remove the output bin sensor PCA (1 of 2) ....................................................................... 346
Figure 2-352 Remove the output bin sensor PCA (2 of 2) ....................................................................... 347
Figure 2-353 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (1 of 3) ............................................................... 348
Figure 2-354 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (2 of 3) ............................................................... 349
Figure 2-355 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (3 of 3) ............................................................... 349
Figure 2-356 Remove the jogger assembly (1 of 3) ............................................................................... 350
Figure 2-357 Remove the jogger assembly (2 of 3) ............................................................................... 351
Figure 2-358 Remove the jogger assembly (3 of 3) ............................................................................... 351
Figure 2-359 Remove the flapper guide assembly (1 of 2) ..................................................................... 353
Figure 2-360 Remove the flapper guide assembly (2 of 2) ..................................................................... 353
Figure 2-361 Remove the flapper guide assembly (1 of 2) ..................................................................... 355
Figure 2-362 Remove the flapper guide assembly (2 of 2) ..................................................................... 355
Figure 2-363 Remove the MBM output bin assembly (1 of 3) .................................................................. 356
Figure 2-364 Remove the MBM output bin assembly (2 of 3) .................................................................. 357
Figure 2-365 Remove the MBM output bin assembly (3 of 3) .................................................................. 357
Figure 2-366 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (1 of 4) ............................................................... 358
Figure 2-367 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (2 of 4) ............................................................... 359
Figure 2-368 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (3 of 4) ............................................................... 359
Figure 2-369 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (4 of 4) ............................................................... 360
Figure 2-370 Remove the output bin solenoid ....................................................................................... 361
Figure 3-1

Diagnostic test (1 of 2) ....................................................................................................... 375

Figure 3-2

Diagnostic test (2 of 2) ....................................................................................................... 376

ENWW

xlv

Figure 3-3

Engine-test button .............................................................................................................. 377

Figure 3-4

Manual sensor test ............................................................................................................. 379

Figure 3-5

Test the front-door switch .................................................................................................... 380

Figure 3-6

Test the right door switch .................................................................................................... 381

Figure 3-7

Test the TOP sensor (1 of 2) ................................................................................................ 382

Figure 3-8

Test the TOP sensor (2 of 2) ................................................................................................ 382

Figure 3-9

Fuser loop 1 and 2 sensors location .................................................................................... 383

Figure 3-10

Test the loop sensors ........................................................................................................ 383

Figure 3-11

Fuser output sensor flag location ....................................................................................... 384

Figure 3-12

Test the fuser output sensor (1 of 2) .................................................................................... 384

Figure 3-13

Test the fuser output sensor (2 of 2) .................................................................................... 385

Figure 3-14

Test the duplexer refeed sensor ......................................................................................... 386

Figure 3-15

Test the IPTU-bin-full sensor ............................................................................................... 387

Figure 3-16

Developer alienation sensor connector J87 ......................................................................... 388

Figure 3-17

Test the fuser pressure-release sensor ................................................................................. 389

Figure 3-18

Test the ITB alienation sensor (1 of 4) ................................................................................. 390

Figure 3-19

Test the ITB alienation sensor (2 of 4) ................................................................................. 390

Figure 3-20

Test the ITB alienation sensor (3 of 4) ................................................................................. 391

Figure 3-21

Test the ITB alienation sensor (4 of 4) ................................................................................. 391

Figure 3-22

IPTU feed sensor test ........................................................................................................ 392

Figure 3-23

Tray/Bin sensor test ......................................................................................................... 394

Figure 3-24

Test the Tray 1 paper sensor ............................................................................................. 395

Figure 3-25

Tray 2 paper sensor location ............................................................................................ 396

Figure 3-26

Test the Tray 2 paper-present sensor .................................................................................. 396

Figure 3-27

Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors location ................................................................... 397

Figure 3-28

Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2 ........................................................................................... 397

Figure 3-29

Test the Tray 2 paper size switches .................................................................................... 398

Figure 3-30

Tray 3 paper sensor location ............................................................................................ 399

Figure 3-31

Tray 3 feed sensor location .............................................................................................. 399

Figure 3-32

Test the Tray 3 feed sensor ............................................................................................... 400

Figure 3-33

Tray 3 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors location ................................................................... 400

Figure 3-34

Tray 3 paper size switches location ................................................................................... 401

Figure 3-35

Tray 4 paper sensor location ............................................................................................ 401

Figure 3-36

Tray 4 feed sensor location .............................................................................................. 402

Figure 3-37

Tray 4 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors location ................................................................... 402

Figure 3-38

Tray 4 paper size switches location ................................................................................... 403

Figure 3-39

Tray 5 paper sensor location ............................................................................................ 403

Figure 3-40

Tray 5 feed sensor location .............................................................................................. 404

Figure 3-41

Tray 5 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors location ................................................................... 404

Figure 3-42

Tray 5 paper size switches location ................................................................................... 405

Figure 3-43

Test the new ITB sensor .................................................................................................... 410

xlvi

ENWW

Figure 3-44

Test the new ITB sensor .................................................................................................... 411

Figure 3-45

Test the right door switch .................................................................................................. 412

Figure 3-46

Paper path sensors .......................................................................................................... 413

Figure 3-47

Document feeder paper present sensor test ......................................................................... 416

Figure 3-48

Document feeder jam cover sensor test ............................................................................... 417

Figure 3-49

Flatbed cover sensor test .................................................................................................. 420

Figure 3-50

Product cross section ........................................................................................................ 426

Figure 3-51

Optional paper feeder (1 x 500-sheet) ............................................................................... 427

Figure 3-52

Optional paper feeder (3 x 500-sheet) ............................................................................... 428

Figure 3-53

Stapler/stacker ............................................................................................................... 429

Figure 3-54

Formatter PCA ................................................................................................................ 431

Figure 3-55

DC controller connector locations ...................................................................................... 432

Figure 3-56

Controller PCA connectors ................................................................................................ 434

Figure 3-57

External panels, covers, and doors; identification and location ............................................. 437

Figure 3-58

Major component locations (1 of 4) ................................................................................... 438

Figure 3-59

Major component locations (2 of 4) ................................................................................... 439

Figure 3-60

Major component locations (3 of 4) ................................................................................... 440

Figure 3-61

Major component locations (4 of 4) ................................................................................... 441

Figure 3-62

Motors, fans, and rollers component locations .................................................................... 442

Figure 3-63

PCA component locations ................................................................................................. 443

Figure 3-64

Stapler/stacker component locations (1 of 3) ...................................................................... 444

Figure 3-65

Stapler/stacker component locations (2 of 3) ...................................................................... 445

Figure 3-66

Stapler/stacker component locations (3 of 3) ...................................................................... 446

Figure 3-67

Optional paper feeder (1 x 500-sheet) component locations (1 of 2) ..................................... 447

Figure 3-68

Optional paper feeder (1 x 500-sheet) component locations (2 of 2) ..................................... 448

Figure 3-69

Optional paper feeder (3 x 500-sheet) component locations (1 of 2) ..................................... 449

Figure 3-70

Optional paper feeder (3 x 500-sheet) component locations (2 of 2) ..................................... 450

Figure 3-71

General timing chart ........................................................................................................ 451

Figure 3-72

General circuit diagram (1 of 2) ....................................................................................... 452

Figure 3-73

General circuit diagram (2 of 2) ....................................................................................... 453

Figure 3-74

Paper feeder circuit diagram (1 X 500-sheet) ...................................................................... 454

Figure 3-75

Paper feeder circuit diagram (3 X 500-sheet) ...................................................................... 455

Figure 3-76

IPTU circuit diagram ........................................................................................................ 456

Figure 3-77

Stapler/stacker circuit diagram ......................................................................................... 457

Figure 3-78

Print-quality troubleshooting procedure ............................................................................... 458

Figure 3-79

Yellow print-quality troubleshooting page ........................................................................... 459

Figure 3-80

Yellow comparison page .................................................................................................. 459

Figure 3-81

Black print-quality troubleshooting page ............................................................................. 460

Figure 3-82

Configuration page ......................................................................................................... 463

Figure 3-83

HP embedded Jetdirect page ............................................................................................ 464

Figure 3-84

Embedded protocol page ................................................................................................. 465

ENWW

xlvii

Figure 3-85

Repetitive defects ruler ..................................................................................................... 467

Figure 3-86

Sample event log ............................................................................................................ 571

Figure 3-87

Jam locations .................................................................................................................. 582

Figure 3-88

Paper path sensor locations .............................................................................................. 583

Figure 4-1

External covers, panels, and doors ...................................................................................... 666

Figure 4-2

Right door assembly .......................................................................................................... 668

Figure 4-3

Front door assembly .......................................................................................................... 670

Figure 4-4

Internal components 1 of 7 ................................................................................................. 672

Figure 4-5

Internal components 2 of 7 ................................................................................................. 674

Figure 4-6

Internal components 3 of 7 ................................................................................................. 676

Figure 4-7

Internal components 4 of 7 ................................................................................................. 678

Figure 4-8

Internal components 5 of 7 ................................................................................................. 680

Figure 4-9

Internal components 6 of 7 ................................................................................................. 682

Figure 4-10

Internal components 7 of 7 ............................................................................................... 684

Figure 4-11

Cassettes 2-5 .................................................................................................................. 686

Figure 4-12

Paper pickup assembly .................................................................................................... 688

Figure 4-13

Tray 1 paper pickup assembly .......................................................................................... 690

Figure 4-14

Registration assembly ....................................................................................................... 692

Figure 4-15

Secondary transfer assembly ............................................................................................ 694

Figure 4-16

Intermediate paper transfer unit (IPTU) ................................................................................ 696

Figure 4-17

Delivery assembly ............................................................................................................ 698

Figure 4-18

Fuser assembly ................................................................................................................ 700

Figure 4-19

PCAs ............................................................................................................................. 702

Figure 4-20

Stapling mailbox ............................................................................................................. 704

Figure 4-21

External covers, panels, and doors (SSMBM) ...................................................................... 705

Figure 4-22

Top door assembly (SSMBM) ............................................................................................ 707

Figure 4-23

Main body (SSMBM; 1 of 2) ............................................................................................ 709

Figure 4-24

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2) ............................................................................................ 711

Figure 4-25

PCAs (SSMBM) ............................................................................................................... 713

Figure 4-26

500-sheet paper feeder .................................................................................................... 716

Figure 4-27

External covers, panels, and doors (1x500-SPF) .................................................................. 717

Figure 4-28

Main body (1x500-SPF) ................................................................................................... 719

Figure 4-29

Paper feeders ................................................................................................................. 722

Figure 4-30

Paper feeder external covers, panels, and doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF) ............................. 724

Figure 4-31

Main body (1x500PF) ...................................................................................................... 726

Figure 4-32

Main body (3x500PF) ...................................................................................................... 728

Figure 4-33

Document feeder/scanner assemblies ................................................................................ 730

Figure 4-34

Scanner inverter assembly ................................................................................................ 732

Figure 4-35

Scanner assembly (1 of 6) ................................................................................................ 734

Figure 4-36

Scanner assembly (2 of 6) ................................................................................................ 736

Figure 4-37

Scanner assembly (3 of 6) ................................................................................................ 738

xlviii

ENWW

Figure 4-38

Scanner assembly (4 of 6) ................................................................................................ 740

Figure 4-39

Scanner assembly (5 of 6) ................................................................................................ 742

Figure 4-40

Scanner assembly (6 of 6) ................................................................................................ 744

Figure 4-41

Document feeder assembly (1 of 5) .................................................................................... 746

Figure 4-42

Document feeder assembly (2 of 5) .................................................................................... 748

Figure 4-43

Document feeder assembly (3 of 5) .................................................................................... 750

Figure 4-44

Document feeder assembly (4 of 5) .................................................................................... 752

Figure 4-45

Document feeder assembly (5 of 5) .................................................................................... 754

ENWW

xlix

ENWW

Theory of operation

●

Basic operation

●

Engine-control system

●

Laser/scanner system

●

Image-formation system

●

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

●

Jam detection

●

Optional paper feeders

●

Document feeder/scanner assembly

●

3-bin stapling mailbox

Basic operation
The product routes all high-level processes through the formatter, which stores font information,
processes the print image, and communicates with the host computer.
The basic product operation comprises the following systems:
●

The engine-control system, which includes the power supply and the DC controller printed circuit
assembly (PCA)

●

The laser/scanner system, which forms the latent image on the photosensitive drum

●

The image-formation system, which transfers a toner image onto the paper

●

The media feed system, which uses a system of rollers and belts to transport the paper through the
product

●

Option (optional paper feeder)

Figure 1-1 Relationship between the main product systems

Laser/scanner system

Image-formation system
Engine control system
Media-feed system

Option

The interconnect board (ICB) provides connections from the formatter to the following components:
●

DC controller (DCC)

●

Scan control board (SCB)

●

Control panel, USB walkup port, USB hardware integration pocket through a USB cable

The formatter receives +12 volts from the low voltage power supply (LVPS).

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

The document feeder/scanner receives 24 volts from the scanner power supply, which is powered by
an AC line from the LVPS.
The intermediate paper transport unit (IPTU) receives +24 volts and 3.3 volts from the DCC.
The Stapler/Stacker receives +24 volts and the JetLink control lines for communications from the DCC.
Figure 1-2 System block diagram

ENWW

Basic operation

Sequence of operation
The DC controller PCA controls the operating sequence, as described in the following table.
Table 1-1 Sequence of operation
Period

Duration

Description

Waiting

From the time the power is turned on,
the door is closed, or when the product
exits Sleep mode until the product is
ready for printing

●

Heats the fuser sleeve in the fuser

●

Pressurizes the pressure roller in the
fuser

●

Detects the print cartridges

●

Moves the ITB and developing unit
to the home position

●

Cleans the ITB and secondary
transfer roller

●

The product is in the Ready state.

●

The product enters Sleep mode if
the sleep command is received
from the formatter.

●

The product calibrates if it is time
for an automatic calibration.

●

Activates the high-voltage power
supply

●

Prepares each laser/scanner unit

●

Warms the fuser to the correct
temperature

●

Forms the image on the
photosensitive drums

●

Transfers the toner to the paper

●

Fuses the toner image onto the
paper

●

Moves the last printed sheet into
the output bin

●

Stops the high-voltage power
supply

●

Stops each laser/scanner unit

●

If another print command is
received, the product enters the
initial rotation period when the last
rotation is complete.

Standby

Initial rotation

Printing

Last rotation

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

From the end of the waiting sequence or
the last rotation until the formatter
receives a print command or until the
product is turned off

From the time the formatter receives a
print command until the paper enters the
paper path

From the time the first sheet of paper
enters the paper path until the last sheet
has passed through the fuser

From the time the last sheet of paper
exits the fuser until the motors stop
rotating

ENWW

Engine-control system
The engine-control system receives commands from the formatter and interacts with the other main
systems to coordinate all product functions. The engine-control system consists of the following
components:
●

DC controller

●

Low-voltage power supply

●

High-voltage power supply

●

Fuser control

Figure 1-3 Engine-control system
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

LASER SCANNER SYSTEM

DC controller

IMAGE-FORMATION SYSTEM
Low-voltage power supply
Formatter

High-voltage power supply

MEDIA FEED SYSTEM

Fuser control
OPTION

ENWW

Engine-control system

DC controller
The DC controller controls the operational sequence of the product.
Figure 1-4 DC controller block diagram
Motor

Fan

Solenoid

Motor

High-voltage
power supplyT

ITB unit

Clutch
Secondary
transfer roller

Solenoid

Cartridge
(Y/M/C/K)

Switch

Motor

High-voltage
power supplyD

Photointerrupter
DC controller

Fan

Sensor

LED
Fixing unit

Option

Low-voltage
power supply

AC input

Operation panel

Fan
ICB

Sub power
supply unit

Image Scanner

NVRAM

Formatter

Laser scanner unit

Motor
Photointerrupter

IPTU controller
Fan

Solenoids
Table 1-2 Solenoids

Component abbreviation

Component name

SL1

Primary transfer roller disengagement solenoid

SL2

Duplex reverse solenoid

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Table 1-2 Solenoids (continued)
Component abbreviation

Component name

SL3

Multipurpose-tray pickup solenoid

SL4

Cassette pickup solenoid

Clutches
Component abbreviation

Component name

CL1

Duplex re-pickup clutch

Switches
Table 1-3 Switches
Component abbreviation

Component name

SW1

5V interlock switch

SW2

24V interlock switch

SW3

Power switch

SW4

Cassette media size switch

SW5

Front door switch

SW6

Right door switch
Test print switch

ENWW

Engine-control system

Sensors
Table 1-4 Sensors
Component abbreviation

Component name

SR1

Yellow drum home position sensor

SR2

Magenta drum home position sensor

SR3

Cyan drum home position sensor

SR4

Black drum home position sensor

SR5

Fuser delivery sensor

SR7

Fuser pressure release sensor

SR8

MP-tray-media-presence sensor

SR9

Primary-transfer-roller disengagement sensor

SR10

New ITB sensor

SR11

Developer alienation sensor

SR14

Loop sensor 1

SR15

Loop sensor 2

SR20

Top of page (TOP) sensor

SR21

Media sensor

SR22

Duplex re-pickup sensor

SR23

Tray 2 paper surface 1 sensor

SR24

Tray 2 paper surface 2 sensor

SR25

Tray 2 paper present sensor

SR26

IPTU media full sensor

SR27

IPTU media feed sensor

SR28

Image scanner unit open sensor
RD sensor
Environment sensor (temperature and humidity)
Yellow toner-level sensor
Magenta toner-level sensor
Cyan toner-level sensor
Black toner-level sensor
Residual toner full sensor

TH4

Laser scanner temperature sensor

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Motors
The product has 13 motors. The motors drive the components in the paper-feed and image-formation
systems.
Table 1-5 Motors

ENWW

Abbreviation

Name

Purpose

Failure detection

ITB motor

Drives the ITB and residual
toner feed screw

Yes

Fuser motor

Drives the fuser sleeve,
pressure roller, fuser pressure
roller, and primary transfer
roller disengagement

Yes

Y drum motor

Drives the photosensitive
drum (yellow), developing
roller (yellow), and primary
charging roller (yellow)

Yes

M drum motor

Drives the photosensitive
drum (magenta), developing
roller (magenta), and primary
charging roller (magenta)

Yes

C drum motor

Drives the photosensitive
drum (cyan), developing
roller (cyan), and primary
charging roller (cyan)

Yes

Bk drum motor

Drives the photosensitive
drum (black), developing
roller (black), and primary
charging roller (black)

Yes

Lifter motor

Drives the lifter for the
cassette

Yes

Cyan/black scanner motor

Drives the scanner mirror in
the cyan/black laser scanner

Yes

Yellow/magenta scanner
motor

Drives the scanner mirror in
the yellow/magenta laser
scanner

Yes

M10

Developing disengagement
motor

Drives the developing unit
disengagement

M11

Duplex reverse motor

Drives the duplex reverse
roller and duplex feed roller

M12

Residual toner-feed motor

Drives the residual toner feed
screw

Yes

Engine-control system

Table 1-5 Motors (continued)
Abbreviation

Name

Purpose

Failure detection

M13

Pickup motor

Drives the cassette pickup
roller, MP tray pickup roller,
feed roller, and cassette
separation roller

M14

IPTU feed motor

Drive the IPTU feed rollers
and IPTU delivery roller

The DC controller determines if a motor has failed and notifies the formatter when it encounters the
following conditions:
The DC controller detects a failure by monitoring a motor:
●

Startup failure: the motor does not reach a specified speed within a specified time from when the
motor starts.

●

Rotational failure: the rotational speed of the motor is not in the specified range for a specified
time after the motor reaches a specified speed.

●

Lock detection (for the residual toner feed motor): the value of the motor drive signal voltage is not
in the specified range for a specified time.

The DC controller detects a failure by monitoring a part related to the motor:
●

Developing disengagement motor: A specified signal is not detected from the developing
disengagement sensor during a developing assembly operation.

●

Lifter motor: The cassette media stack surface sensor does not detect the media surface within a
specified time period after the lifter motor starts.

●

Scanner motor: The scanner motor does not reach a specified speed within a specified period
after the scanner assembly starts.

●

A specified beam-detect (BD) interval is not detected during a print operation.

Fans
The product has eight fans for preventing the temperature from rising in the product.
Table 1-6 Fans

Abbreviation

Name

Cooling area

Type

Speed

FM1

Power supply fan

Around the power
supply unit

Intake

Full/half

FM2

Cartridge fan

Around the cartridges

Intake

Full/half

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Table 1-6 Fans (continued)
Abbreviation

Name

Cooling area

Type

Speed

FM3

Exhaust fan 2

Around the delivery
assembly

Exhaust

Full/half

FM4

Exhaust fan 1

Around the cartridge

Exhaust

Full/half

FM5

Sub power supply fan

Around the sub power
supply

Intake

Full

FM6

IPTU fan 1

Around the IPTU media
feed unit and the
product delivery
assembly

Intake

Full

FM7

IPTU fan 2

Around the product
delivery assembly

Exhaust

Full

FMx

Formatter fan

Formatter area

The DC controller determines if there is a fan failure and notifies the formatter if the fan locks for a
specified time from when the fan starts.

ENWW

Engine-control system

High-voltage power supply
The DC controller controls the high-voltage power supply to generate biases. The high-voltage power
supply delivers the high-voltage biases to the following components used to transfer toner during the
image-formation process:
●

Primary-charging roller (in the cartridge)

●

Developing roller (in the cartridge)

●

Primary-transfer roller

●

Secondary-transfer roller

Figure 1-5 High-voltage power supply circuits
Primary transfer
bias circuit

High-voltage power supply T

Secondary transfer
bias circuit

Primary transfer roller

Secondary transfer roller

DC controller

ITB

Print cartridge

Developing bias
circuit

High-voltage power supply D Primary charging
bias circuit

The high-voltage power supply contains several separate circuits.
Table 1-7 High-voltage power supply circuits

Circuit

Description

Primary-charging-bias generation

The primary charging bias negatively charges the surface of the photosensitive
drum to prepare for image formation. The primary-charging-bias circuit in the highvoltage power supply generates the biases for each color.

Developing-bias generation

The developing bias adheres toner to an electrostatic latent image formed on the
photosensitive drum. The developing-bias circuit in the high-voltage power supply
generates the biases for each color.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Table 1-7 High-voltage power supply circuits (continued)

ENWW

Circuit

Description

Primary-transfer-bias generation

The primary transfer bias transfers the toner from each photosensitive drum onto the
ITB. The primary transfer bias circuit in the high-voltage power supply generates the
biases for each color.

Secondary-transfer-bias generation

The secondary transfer bias transfers the toner image from the ITB onto the paper.
The secondary transfer bias circuit in the high-voltage power supply generates the
bias. The reversed bias transfers residual toner on the secondary transfer roller back
to the ITB. The residual toner on the ITB is deposited in the toner collection box.

Engine-control system

Low-voltage power supply
The low-voltage power-supply circuit converts the AC power from the wall receptacle into the DC
voltage that the product components use. The product has two low-voltage power-supplies for 110 Volt
or 220 Volt input.
Figure 1-6 Low-voltage power-supply circuit
AC input
DC controller
Fuse
Noise filter

Fuser control
circuit

Fuse
Noise filter

PSTYP100
ZEROX

Zerocross
circuit

+24VB

24RMT

SW2

+24VA
Rectifying
circuit

+24V
generation
circuit

Rectifying
circuit

+5V
generation
circuit

SW1

+5VB

+5VC

Protection circuit

+12V
generation
circuit

+3.3V
generation
circuit

+3.3V

Switching
circuit
Protection circuit

Low-voltage power supply

Remote switch
control circuit

+3.3VS

PWROFF
PWRSWON
+12VA

ICB

Formatter

Power switch

The low-voltage power supply converts the AC power into three DC voltages, which it then subdivides,
as described in the following table.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Table 1-8 Converted DC voltages
Main DC voltage

Sub-voltage

Behavior

+24 V

+24 VA

Constantly supplied

+24 VB

Interrupted when the front door or right
door open

+5 VB

Constantly supplied

+5 VC

Interrupted when the front door or right
door open

3.3 V

Constantly supplied

3.3 VS

Stopped during Sleep (powersave)
mode

+5 V

+3.3 V

Overcurrent/overvoltage protection
The low-voltage power supply stops supplying the DC voltage to the product components whenever it
detects excessive current or abnormal voltage from the power source. If DC voltage is not being
supplied from the low-voltage power supply, the protective function might be running. In this case, turn
the power off and unplug the power cord. Do not turn the power switch on until the root cause is found.
The DC controller notifies the formatter of a low-voltage power supply failure when the protective
function is activated. In addition, the low-voltage power supply circuit and the fuser control unit have a
fuse to protect against overcurrent. If overcurrent flows into the AC line, the fuse blows to stop AC
power.

Safety
For personal safety, the product interrupts 24 VB power to the fuser, high-voltage power supply, and
motors, in addition to +5 VC to the laser scanners when the front or right door is opened. The power
switch is on the dc line so that the ac power flows even if the power switch is turned off. Unplug the
power cord before disassembling the product.

Voltage detection
The product detects the power supply voltage that is connected to the product. The DC controller
monitors the POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (PSTYP100) signal and detects power supply voltage, whether
100 V or 200 V, to control the fuser operation.

Sleep (powersave) mode
Sleep mode conserves energy by stopping the power to several components when the product is idle. If
the DC controller detects voltage that is too high when the product is in Sleep mode, it determines that
the low-voltage power supply has failed, and it notifies the formatter.

ENWW

Engine-control system

Low-voltage power supply failure
The DC controller determines a low-voltage power supply failure and notifies the formatter when the
low-voltage power supply does not supply +24 V.

Fuser control
The fuser heater-control circuit and the fuser heater safety circuit control the fuser temperature according
to commands from the DC controller.
Figure 1-7 Fuser components
Pressure roller

TH3
TP1

Low-voltage power
supply unit

TH1

DC controller

H1
TH2
FUSER HEATER
CONTROL signal

Fuser heater
control circuit

FUSER TEMPERATURE signal

Fuser heater
safety circuit

Fuser sleeve

Table 1-9 Fuser components
Type of component

Abbreviation

Name

Function

Heaters

Fuser heater

Heats the fuser sleeve.

Thermistors

TH1

Main thermistor

Detects the center temperature of
the fuser sleeve.

TH2

Sub thermistor 1

TH3

Sub thermistor 2

Detects the temperature at one
end of the fuser heater.

TP1

For the fuser heater

(Contact type)

Thermoswitches
(Contact type)

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

Opens in the event of high
temperature fault

ENWW

Fuser temperature control
The fuser temperature control maintains the target surface temperature of the fuser sleeve.
Figure 1-8 Fuser temperature-control circuit
Fuser

Low-voltage power supply
Fuse

/ZEROX

Zerocross
circuit

FSRD1

Fuser sleeve unit
Fuser heater
control circuit

Relay

TH1
TH2

/RLD

Relay
control
circuit

TP1

TH3

CPU
H1

Current
detection
circuit

Pressure
roller

Relay
FSR_CURRMS
Fuser heater safety circuit
FSRSAFE1

H1: Fuser heater
TP1:Thermoswitch
TH1: Main thermistor
TH2: Sub thermistor 1
TH3: Sub thermistor 2

Fuser heater safety circuit

FSRSAFE2

Fuser control circuit
/FSRNEW
/FSRSNS
FSRTH3
FSRTH2
FSRTH1

Fuser heater
safety circuit

DC controller

Fuser sleeve temperature protection
The fuser heater controls the temperature of the fuser sleeve. The DC controller detects the center area
temperature by monitoring the main thermistor. The DC controller controls the FIXING HEATER
CONTROL (FSRD1) signal, so that the fuser sleeve remains at the targeted temperature.
●

ENWW

Protective function: The protective function detects rising temperatures in the fuser and
interrupts power to the fuser heater. The following four protective components prevent the fuser
sleeve and pressure roller from excessive rising temperature:
◦

DC controller

◦

Fuser heater safety circuit

Engine-control system

●

◦

Current detection circuit

◦

Thermoswitch

DC controller: The DC controller monitors the detected temperature of the main thermistor and
sub thermistors. The DC controller deactivates the FIXING HEATER CONTROL signal and releases
the relay to interrupt power supply to the fuser heater under the following conditions:
◦

TH1: 230° C (446° F) or higher

◦

TH2: 285° C (545° F) or higher

◦

TH3: 285° C (545° F) or higher

Fuser-heater safety circuit: The fuser heater safety circuit monitors the detected temperature
of the sub thermistors. The fuser heater safety circuit releases the relay to interrupt power supply to
the fuser heater under the following conditions:
◦

TH2: 290° C (554° F) or higher

◦

TH3: 290° C (554° F) or higher

●

Current-detection protection circuit: The current detection circuit monitors the current flowing
through the fuser heater control circuit. The current detection circuit deactivates the fuser heater
control circuit to interrupt power supply to the fuser heater when it detects the current higher than a
specified value.

●

Thermoswitch: If the temperature in the heaters is abnormally high, and the temperature in the
thermoswitches exceeds a specified value, the contact to the thermoswitch breaks. Following are
the thresholds for each thermoswitch:
◦

TP1: 270° C (518° F) or higher

NOTE: When the thermoswitches reach this temperature, the temperature on the fuser rollers is about
320° C (608° F).

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Failure detection
The DC controller determines a fuser unit failure, deactivates the FIXING HEATER CONTROL signal,
releases the relay to interrupt power supply to the fuser heater, and notifies the formatter of a failure
status when it encounters any of following conditions:
●

●

Abnormally high temperatures: Temperatures are too high for any of the following
components, at any time:
◦

TH1: 230° C (446° F) or higher

◦

TH2: 285° C (545° F) or higher

◦

TH3: 285° C (545° F) or higher

Abnormally low temperatures: Temperatures are too low at any of the following
components after the product has initialized.
◦

TH1: 120° C (248° F) or lower

◦

TP2 or TP3: 100° C (212° F) or lower

●

Abnormal temperature rise: The DC controller determines an abnormal temperature rise if
the detected temperature of TH1 does not rise 2° C within a specified time after the fuser motor is
turned on, or if the detected temperature of the thermistors does not rise to a specified temperature
for a specified time after the fuser motor is turned on.

●

Thermistor open: The DC controller determines a thermistor open if:

●

◦

The detected temperature of TH1 is kept at 12° C (53° F) or lower for a specified time after
the fuser motor is turned on.

◦

The detected temperature of TH2 is kept at 4° C (39° F) or lower for a specified time.

◦

The detected temperature of TH3 is kept at 4° C (39° F) or lower for a specified time.

Drive-circuit failure: The DC controller determines a drive-circuit failure:
◦

If the detected power supply frequency is out of a specified range when the product is turned
on or during the standby period

◦

If the current detection circuit detects a current value that is out of a specified range

Fuser discrepancy: The DC controller determines a fuser type mismatch when it detects an
unexpected power supply voltage.

Fuser unit identification
The product detects the type and presence of the fuser. The DC controller detects whether the fuser is
installed and its type by monitoring the FIXING UNIT IDENTIFICATION (FSRSNS) signal when the
product is turned on or when the right door is closed. The DC controller determines a low-voltage
power supply failure and notifies the formatter when it fails to detect the type or presence of the fuser.

ENWW

Engine-control system

NOTE: This product detects if the correct fuser for the product is installed. The fuser from a different
product (for example, the HP Color LaserJet CP 3525 Series printer) can be installed in this product, but
it will not correctly function.

Fuser unit life detection
The product detects the remaining life of a fuser. The DC controller recognizes a new fuser from the
NEW FIXING UNIT (/FSRNEW) signal. The DC controller determines a fuser's end of life and then
notifies the formatter when a specified number of pages has been printed after the fuser was replaced.
NOTE: The product detects a new fuser using a fusible link that breaks down after 100 pages of
printing. If a new fuser is installed for troubleshooting purposes, be sure to remove it before printing
100 pages.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Laser/scanner system
The laser/scanner system forms the latent electrostatic image on the photosensitive drums according to
the VIDEO signals sent from the formatter. The product has two laser/scanners: one for yellow and
magenta and the other for cyan and black.
The main components of the laser/scanner system are the laser unit and the scanner motor unit, which
are controlled by the signals sent from the DC controller.
Figure 1-9 Laser/scanner system
Photosensitive drum (Y)

Photosensitive drum (M)

BD sensor
Yellow laser
Magenta laser

SCANNER MOTOR
CONTROL signal

BDI signal

LASER CONTROL signal

VIDEO signal

Laser unit

Protective glass

Scanner motor unit

Scanner mirror

DC controller

Formatter

ENWW

Laser/scanner system

Laser/scanner failure
The DC controller determines that a laser/scanner has failed when any of the following conditions
occurs:
●

Laser failure: The detected laser intensity does not match a specified value when the product
initializes.

●

Scanner motor startup failure: The scanner motor does not reach a specified rotation within
a specified period from when the laser scanner starts driving.

●

Scanner-motor abnormal rotation: When a specified BD interval is not detected during a
print operation, a BD error is determined. If the BD interval does not recover within a specified
period after the BD error occurs, the product determines a scanner motor abnormal rotation.

The laser/scanner system does not have a mechanical laser shutter. For safety reason, the product has
a interlock switch. The interlock switch is turned off to interrupt +5 V power supply to the laser/scanner
system, when the front or right door is open.

Protective-glass cleaners
Each laser/scanner has two openings which allow the laser beam to pass to the surface of the
photosensitive drum. These openings are covered by protective glass. When the protective glass gets
dirty (for example, by paper dust or toner) a protective-glass cleaner (PGC) cleans them.
NOTE: When a glass is dirty, streaks appear on the printed page in the process direction.
The PGC is a cleaning pad which slides along the laser shutter. With the front door open, the laser
shutter is positioned over the glass. As a print cartridge is inserted, the cleaning pad is pushed down
and wipes the glass. When the front door is closed after cartridge insertion, the laser shutter (and PGC)
move away from the glass which allows the laser beam to pass through the glass.
When the front door is opened, the laser shutter and PGC move back into position over the glass.
When the cartridge is pulled out, the cleaning pad is returned to its starting position at the front of the
cartridge opening.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Figure 1-10 Protective-glass cleaners (PGCs)

ENWW

Laser/scanner system

Image-formation system
The image-formation system creates the printed image on the paper. The system consists of the
following components:
●

Print cartridges

●

ITB

●

Secondary transfer roller

●

Fuser

●

Laser /scanner units

The DC controller controls the laser scanner unit and each of the high-voltage power supplies to form
the toner image on the photosensitive drum surface, according to the VIDEO signals. The toner image is
then transferred to the print-media and fused.
Figure 1-11 Image-formation system
High-voltage power supply T

Fuser

ITB

DC controller

Secondary
transfer roller

Laser scanner unit

Print cartridge

High-voltage power supply D

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Figure 1-12 Image-formation drive system
M2 Fuser motor

Primary
charging
roller
Developing
roller

M3
Y drum motor

ENWW

M4
M drum motor

M5
C drum motor

M6
Bk drum motor

M1
ITB motor

Image-formation system

Image-formation process
The image-formation system consists of ten steps divided into six functional blocks.
Figure 1-13 Image-formation process
High-voltage power supply T

Fusing unit

DC controller

ITB

Secondary
transfer roller

Laser scanner unit

Cartridge

High-voltage power supply D
Functional block

Steps

Description

Latent image formation

1. Pre-exposure

An invisible latent image forms on the
surface of the photosensitive drums.

2. Primary charging
3. Laser-beam exposure
Development

4. Development

Toner adheres to the electrostatic latent
image on the photosensitive drums.

Transfer

5. Primary transfer

The toner image transfers to the ITB and
later to the paper.

6. Secondary transfer
7. Separation
Fusing

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

8. Fusing

The toner fuses to the paper to make a
permanent image.

ENWW

Functional block

Steps

Description

ITB cleaning

9. ITB cleaning

Residual toner is removed from the ITB.

Drum cleaning

10. Drum cleaning

Residual toner is removed from the
photosensitive drums.

Step 1: Pre-exposure
Light from the pre-exposure LED strikes the surface of the photosensitive drum to remove any residual
electrical charges from the drum surface.
Figure 1-14 Pre-exposure
LED

Photosensitive drum

Step 2: Primary charging
The primary-charging roller contacts the photosensitive drum and charges the drum with negative
potential.
Figure 1-15 Primary charging
Primary charging roller

Photosensitive drum

ENWW

Primary charging bias

Image-formation system

Step 3: Laser-beam exposure
The laser beam strikes the surface of the photosensitive drum in the areas where the image will form.
The negative charge neutralizes in those areas, which are then ready to accept toner.
Figure 1-16 Laser-beam exposure
Laser beam

Step 4: Development
Toner acquires a negative charge as the developing cylinder contacts the developing blade. Because
the negatively charged surface of the photosensitive drums have been neutralized where they have
been struck by the laser beam, the toner adheres to those areas on the drums. The latent image
becomes visible on the surface of each drum.
Figure 1-17 Development
Developing blade

Developing roller

Developing bias

Photosensitive drum

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Step 5: Primary transfer
The positively charged primary-transfer rollers contact the ITB, giving the ITB a positive charge. The ITB
attracts the negatively charged toner from the surface of each photosensitive drum, and the complete
toner image transfers onto the ITB.
Figure 1-18 Primary transfer

Primary transfer bias

Primary transfer roller
ITB
Photosensitive
drum

Step 6: Secondary transfer
The paper acquires a positive charge from the secondary-transfer roller, and so it attracts the negatively
charged toner from the surface of the ITB. The complete toner image transfers onto the paper.
Figure 1-19 Secondary transfer
Secondary transfer
opposed roller
ITB

Paper

Secondary transfer roller
Secondary transfer bias

ENWW

Image-formation system

Step 7: Separation
The stiffness of the paper causes it to separate from the ITB as the ITB bends. The static-charge
eliminator removes excess charge from the paper to make sure that the toner fuses correctly.
Figure 1-20 Separation
Secondary transfer
opposed roller
ITB

Paper
Static charge
eliminator
Secondary transfer roller

Step 8: Fusing
To create the permanent image, the paper passes through heated, pressurized rollers to melt the toner
onto the page.
Figure 1-21 Fusing
Fuser sleeve
Fuser heater
Toner

Paper

Pressure roller

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Step 9: ITB cleaning
The cleaning blade scrapes the residual toner off the surface of the ITB. The residual toner feed screw
deposits residual toner in the toner collection box.
Figure 1-22 ITB cleaning
Residual toner feed screw
ITB

Cleaning blade

Step 10: Drum cleaning
The cleaning blade scrapes the residual toner off the surface of the photosensitive drum, and toner is
deposited in the toner collection box in the cartridge.
Figure 1-23 Drum cleaning
Cleaning blade

CRG toner collection box

Photosensitive
drum

Print cartridge
Each print cartridge is filled with toner and consists of the following components:

ENWW

●

Photosensitive drum

●

Developing unit

●

Developing roller

●

Primary-charging roller

Image-formation system

The DC controller rotates the drum motor to drive the photosensitive drum, developing roller, and the
primary-charging roller.
Figure 1-24 Print-cartridge system
DC controller

M10
Developing
disengagement
motor

SR11:
Developing disengagement sensor

Developing unit
SR1/SR2/SR3/SR4:
Drum home position sensor

M3/M4/M5/M6:
Drum motor
Primary charging roller

Memory
tag

Developing roller

The DC controller rotates the drum motor to drive the photosensitive drum, developing unit, and primary
charging roller.
The memory tag is a non-volatile memory chip that stores information about the usage for the print
cartridge. The product reads and writes the data in the memory tag.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

The DC controller determines a memory tag error and notifies the formatter when it fails to either read
from or write to the memory tag.
●

Cartridge presence detection: The DC controller detects the presence of the cartridges by
monitoring the memory tag. The DC controller notifies the formatter when a cartridge is missing or
installed in the incorrect slot.

●

Toner level detection: The DC controller detects the remaining toner in a cartridge by the optical
detection method and then notifies the formatter of the remaining toner level.

●

Cartridge life detection: The DC controller detects the cartridge life by monitoring the total
operating time or remaining toner level of the print cartridge. The DC controller determines a
cartridge end of life and notifies the formatter when total operating time of the cartridge reaches a
specified time or the cartridge runs out of toner.

Developing-roller engagement and disengagement
The product can print in full-color mode or in black-only mode. To print in black-only mode, the product
disengages the developing rollers in the cyan, magenta, and yellow print cartridges which maximizes
the life of the cartridges.
Figure 1-25 Developing-roller engagement and disengagement control
DC controller

Developing
M10 disengagement
motor

SR11
Developing disengagement sensor

Developing unit

Photosensitive drum

Developing disengagement cam

Developing unit is disengaged

ENWW

Developing unit is engaged

Image-formation system

The developing-roller engagement and disengagement control operates as follows: When the product is
turned on and when each print job is completed, all four of the developing units are disengaged from
the photosensitive drums.
●

The drive of the developing disengagement motor rotates the developing disengagement cam.

●

As the cam rotates, the developing unit engages with or separates from the photosensitive drum.

When the print mode is full color, the developing units engage with the drums. When the print mode is
black-only, only the black developing units engages with the drum.
The DC controller determines a developing disengagement motor failure and notifies the formatter when
it does not detect a specified signal from the developing disengagement sensor during the developing
unit engagement and disengagement operation.

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) unit
The ITB unit accepts the toner images from the photosensitive drums and transfers the completed image
to the paper. The ITB unit has the following main components:
●

ITB

●

ITB drive roller

●

ITB-drive roller

●

Primary-transfer roller

●

ITB cleaner

The ITB motor drives the ITB drive roller, which rotates the ITB. The motion of the ITB causes the primary
transfer rollers to rotate. The ITB cleaner cleans the ITB surface.
Figure 1-26 ITB unit
DC controller
ITB
ITB cleaner

M1 ITB motor

ITB drive roller

Primary transfer roller

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Primary-transfer-roller engagement and disengagement
The sequence of the primary-transfer-roller engagement and disengagement control is as follows:
1.

The fuser motor turns on the primary-transfer disengagement solenoid and rotates the primarytransfer-roller disengagement cam.

As the cam rotates, the Y/M/C primary-transfer-roller slide plate or the Bk primary-transfer-roller
slide plate moves to the right or left, which causes the primary-transfer roller to move up or down.

The ITB engages with or separates from the photosensitive drum depending on the movement of
the primary-transfer rollers.

Depending on the requirements of the print job, the primary-transfer rollers engage with the ITB so it
can receive toner from the photosensitive drums. The primary-transfer roller has three engagement
states.
Table 1-10 Primary-transfer-roller engagement states
All rollers disengaged

The ITB is disengaged from all the four photosensitive drums. This state is the home
position for the ITB unit.

All rollers engaged

The ITB is engaged with all four photosensitive drums. The state for full-color
printing.

Black roller engaged

The ITB is engaged with only the black photosensitive drum. The state for blackcolor mode printing .

The DC controller determines a primary-transfer-roller disengagement failure and notifies the formatter
when it does not detect a signal from the primary-transfer disengagement sensor even though the
primary-transfer disengagement solenoid is turned on.
If the DC controller does not receive the expected signal from the ITB home-position sensor when the
primary-transfer-roller engages or disengages, but the primary-transfer-roller disengagement motor is
rotating, the DC controller determines that the primary-transfer-disengagement mechanism has failed,
and notifies the formatter.
The DC controller detects whether the ITB unit is new by monitoring the new ITB unit sensor. The DC
controller determines the ITB unit is at end of life and notifies the formatter when a specified number of
pages are printed after the ITB unit is replaced. If swapping ITB units between two products for
troubleshooting purposes, be sure to return the ITB units to their original products to maintain the correct
life count.
NOTE: A new ITB has a flag that causes the ITB life counter to be reset. When an ITB is installed in
the product, it cannot be removed and used again as a new ITB.
The DC controller detects the presence of an ITB unit by monitoring the primary-transfer-roller
disengagement sensor. The DC controller turns on the primary-transfer disengagement solenoid for
specified times during an initial rotation period when the following events occur:

ENWW

●

The product is turned on.

●

The product exits sleep mode.

●

The door is closed.
Image-formation system

The DC controller determines the absences of an ITB unit and notifies the formatter when it does not
detect a specified signal from the new primary transfer-roller disengagement sensor.
Figure 1-27 Three states of primary-transfer-roller engagement and disengagement
DC controller

ITB
SR9:
Primary transfer
disengagement sensor

SL1

Fuser motor

Primary transfer
disengagement solenoid

Photosensitive drum

Primary transfer roller
Primary transfer roller disengagement cam

YMC primary transfer roller slide plate

Bk primary transfer roller slide plate

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

ITB cleaning
The cleaning blade in the ITB cleaner scrapes the residual toner off the ITB surface. The residual toner
feed screw deposits the residual toner to the residual toner feed unit. The ITB motor and the residual
toner feed motor drive the screw. The DC control detects whether the toner collection box is full, using
the residual-toner full sensor, and then notifies the formatter.
Figure 1-28 ITB cleaning process
Cleaning blade
ITB cleaner

ITB motor

ITB

Residual toner
feed screw
M12
Residual toner
feed motor

Residual toner feed unit

DC controller

Residual toner full sensor

Toner collection box

Calibration
The product calibrates itself to maintain excellent print quality. Calibration corrects color-misregistration
and color-density variation.
During calibration, the product places a specific pattern of toner on the surface of the ITB. Sensors at
the end of the ITB read the toner pattern to determine if adjustments are necessary.
NOTE: The product performs a drum-speed adjustment (DSA) during the full calibration operation.
The DSA compensates for variations between each drum and the speed of the ITB surface.

ENWW

Image-formation system

Color-misregistration control
Internal variations in the laser/scanners can cause the toner images to become misaligned. The colormisregistration control corrects the following problems:
●

Horizontal scanning start position

●

Horizontal scanning magnification

●

Vertical scanning start position

The DC controller forms a pattern of toner on the surface of the ITB and measures a misaligned length
with the RD sensor.
Figure 1-29 Toner patterns for calibration

RD sensor

ITB

Pattern of toner

The DC controller signals the formatter to perform the color-misregistration control when one of the
following events occur:
●

A cartridge or the ITB is replaced.

●

A specified number of pages have printed.

●

The formatter sends a command.

The DC controller determines an RD sensor failure and notifies the formatter if it detects data from the
RD sensor that is not in a specified range, when the product is turned on or when the colormisregistration control starts.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Image-stabilization control
NOTE: The product contains a thermal sensor, located within the TCU level detection sensor, which
monitors the temperature in the cartridge area and uses this information to make adjustments during
CPR control.
Environmental changes or deterioration of the photosensitive drums and toner can cause variations in
the image density. The image-stabilization control reduces these fluctuations.
Table 1-11 Image-stabilization controls
Image density control (DMAX)

This control corrects variations in image density related to deterioration of the
photosensitive drum or the toner. The DC controller adjusts the high-voltage biases
to correct the problem under the following conditions:
The image-stabilization control calibrates each high-voltage bias to stabilize the
fluctuations in image density caused by deterioration of the photosensitive drums or
toner or because of environmental changes. The DC controller determines the
product's environment based on the surrounding temperature and humidity data
from the environment sensor. The DC controller calibrates the biases according to
the detected environment and usage condition of the print cartridge to obtain an
appropriate image. The DC controller determines an environment sensor failure and
notifies the formatter when it detects environmental data from the environment
sensor with out of specified value. The DC controller commands the formatter to
control the image density under the following conditions

Image halftone control (DHALF)

●

The temperature of the main thermistor is too low when the product is turned
on.

●

A print cartridge or the ITB is replaced.

●

A specified number of pages have printed.

●

After a specific period of the completion of a previous DMAX

●

The environment changes for a specified condition after a previous DMAX.

The formatter performs this control to calibrate the halftone, based on the halftonedensity measurements, under the following conditions:
●

The formatter sends a command.

●

DMAX is completed.

The DC controller determines an RD sensor failure and notifies the formatter if it
detects data from the RD sensor out of a specified range.

The DC controller determines a RD sensor failure and notifies the formatter if it detects an out-ofspecified-data value from the RD sensor when the product is turned on or when the color misregistration
control starts.

ENWW

Image-formation system

Pickup, feed, and delivery system
The pickup, feed, and delivery system uses a series of rollers to move the paper through the product.
Figure 1-30 Paper path
Simplex media path
Duplex media path

Duplex reverse roller

Pressure roller
Fixing sleeve

Secondary transfer roller

MP tray pickup roller
Cassette feed roller
Cassette pickup roller
MP tray separation pad
Cassette separation roller

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Figure 1-31 Switches and sensors for the pickup, feed, and delivery system
SR26
SR27

SR5
SR14
SR15

SR22

SR20

SR21

SR8
SW4

SR25

SR23
SR24

ENWW

Abbreviation

Component

SR5

Fuser delivery sensor

SR8

MP tray media presence sensor

SR14

Loop sensor 1

SR15

Loop sensor 2

SR20

Top of page (TOP) sensor

SR21

Media sensor

SR22

Duplex re-pickup sensor

SR23

Cassette-media stack-surface sensor 1

SR24

Cassette-media stack-surface sensor 2

SR25

Cassette presence sensor

SR26

IPTU media full sensor

SR27

IPTU media feed sensor

SW4

Cassette media size switch

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

Figure 1-32 Motors and solenoids for the pickup, feed, and delivery system
M14

M11

SL2

Duplex flapper

Pickup arm
SL4
Lifter

CL1
SL3

Abbreviation

Component

ITB motor

Fuser motor

Lifter motor

M11

Duplex reverse motor

M13

Pickup motor

M14

IPTU feed motor

CL1

Duplex re-pickup clutch

SL2

Duplex reverse solenoid

SL3

Multipurpose tray pickup solenoid

SL4

Cassette pickup solenoid

CL1

Duplex re-pick clutch

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

M13

ENWW

The pickup, feed, and delivery system is divided into the following three blocks:
●

Pickup-and-feed block: From each pickup source to the fuser inlet

●

Fuser-and-delivery block: From the fuser to the delivery destination

●

Duplex block: From the duplex reverse unit to duplex re-pickup unit (for duplex models only)

Figure 1-33 Three main units of the pickup, feed, and delivery system
Fusing-and-delivery block

Duplex block

Pickup-and-feed block

ENWW

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

Pickup-and-feed unit
The pickup-and-feed unit picks an individual sheet of paper from the multipurpose tray or the cassettes,
carries it through the secondary-transfer unit, and feeds it into the fuser.
Figure 1-34 Pickup-and-feed unit
Simplex media path
Duplex media path

Pickup-and-feed block

Cassette pickup
The sequence of steps for the cassette-tray pickup operation is the following:

The product is turned on or the cassette is inserted.

The cassette lift-up operation raises the lifting plate so paper can be picked up.

The pickup motor rotates when a print command is received from the formatter.

The cassette pickup roller, cassette feed roller, and cassette separation roller rotate.

The cassette pickup solenoid turns on at a specified time.

The cassette pickup cam rotates.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

As the pickup arm lowers, the cassette pickup roller touches the surface of the paper stack.

One sheet of paper feeds into the product.

Figure 1-35 Cassette-pickup mechanism
DC controller

Cassette pickup cam
Pickup motor

M13
Cassette feed roller

Cassette feed roller
Cassette pickup roller

Pickup arm

Cassette pickup solenoid

SL1

Cassette pickup roller
Cassette separation roller

Cassette pickup solenoid
Pickup arm

Cassette separation roller

Cassette-presence detection
The product detects the size of the paper loaded in the cassette and the presence of the cassette by
monitoring the cassette media size switch. The DC controller notifies the formatter when it determines
the absence of the cassette.
Paper size

ENWW

Cassette media size switch
Top switch

Center switch

Bottom switch

Universal

OFF

Executive

OFF

Letter

OFF

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

Paper size

Cassette media size switch
Top switch

Center switch

Bottom switch

Legal

OFF

Cassette absence

OFF

Cassette lift operation and cassette paper-presence detection
The product keeps the paper stack surface at the correct pickup position. The cassette lift-up operation
is performed under the following conditions:
●

The product is turned on

●

The cassette is inserted

●

The paper stack surface in the cassette lowers

Figure 1-36 Cassette lift mechanism
DC controller

Cassette media stack surface sensor 1
Cassette media stack surface sensor 2
SR24

SR23

Lifter motor

Cassette media
presence sensor
SR1

Cassette media stack surface sensor lever
Cassette media presence sensor lever

Lifting plate
Lifter

The operational sequence of the cassette lift-up is as follows:
1.

The lifter motor rotates and the lifter moves up.

When the cassette-media stack surface sensor 2 detects the stack surface of media, the lifter motor
stops.

The lifter motor rotates again to lift the lifter when the cassette-media stack surface sensor 1 detects
the stack surface and then lowers during printing.

When a cassette-media stack surface sensors does not detect the stack surface within a specified time
period after the lifter motor starts rotating, the DC controller determines a lifter motor failure and notifies
the formatter

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Cassette multiple-feed prevention
In the cassette, a separation roller prevents multiple sheets of paper from entering the paper path. The
cassette pickup roller drives the separation roller through a sheet of paper.
The rotation of the cassette feed roller through the sheet drives the cassette separation roller. Because it
is equipped with a torque limiter, only one sheet is fed into the product.
The low friction force between the sheets weakens the driving force from the cassette feed roller.
Therefore, the separation roller is driven by its own driving force and holds back any multiple-fed sheets
from the cassette.
Figure 1-37 Multiple-feed prevention
Cassette feed roller
Cassette pickup roller
Cassette separation roller
follows the cassette feed roller
Driving force from
the pickup motor

Print-media
Cassette separation roller

Normal-feed

Multiple-feed

Multipurpose tray pickup
The product picks up one sheet of paper from the MP tray.
The sequence of steps for the multipurpose tray pickup operation as follows:

ENWW

The pickup motor reverses when a print command is received from the formatter.

When the DC controller turns on the MP tray pickup solenoid, the MP tray pickup roller rotates
and the lifting plate lifts.

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

As the lifting plate rises, the paper is picked up.

The multipurpose tray separation pad removes any multiple-fed sheets, and one sheet is fed into
the product.

The MP-tray media-presence sensor (SR8) detects whether paper is present in the MP tray.
Figure 1-38 Multipurpose tray pickup mechanism
DC controller

Pickup motor M13

SL2
MP tray pickup solenoid

MP tray media presence sensor
SR8

MP tray pickup roller

Lifting plate

MP tray separation pad

Paper feed
After the pickup operation, the paper feeds through the product and into the fuser.

The paper picked up from the cassette is fed to the registration unit as the pickup motor rotates.
The paper picked up from the multipurpose tray is fed to the registration unit as the pickup motor
rotates. The duplex model has the duplex feed clutch. The driving force of the pickup motor is
transmitted to the duplex re-pickup roller by turning on the clutch.

The registration shutter corrects the skew-feed.

When the TOP sensor detects the leading edge of paper, the DC controller stops the paper so that
the media sensor detects the type of paper.

The DC controller controls the rotational speed of the pickup motor to align the paper with the
leading edge of the toner image on the ITB.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

The ITB motor rotates the ITB.

The toner image on the ITB is transferred onto the paper, and the paper is fed to the fuser.

The DC controller notifies the formatter of a paper size mismatch error when the paper length detected
by the TOP sensor does not match the paper size specified by the formatter.
Figure 1-39 Paper-feed mechanism
DC controller

ITB

M1
Media sensor

Pickup motor M13

TOP sensor
SR20

ITB motor

Registration shutter
Duplex re-pickup roller

Duplex re-pickup clutch
CL1

Registration front feed roller

ENWW

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

Skew-feed prevention
The product can straighten the paper without slowing the feed operation.
1.

The leading edge of paper strikes the registration shutter, and the leading edge is aligned with the
shutter.

As the feed rollers keep pushing the paper, the paper warps.

When the force is great enough, the registration shutter opens, and the paper passes through and
straightens

Figure 1-40 Skew-feed prevention
Registration shutter
Registration shutter

Paper

Paper detection
The product detects the type of paper by monitoring the media sensor. The media sensor detects the
glossiness of paper by the reflected light and the thickness of paper by transmitted light. The DC
50

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

controller identifies the type of paper (for example, plain paper, light paper, heavy paper, glossy
paper, glossy film, or overhead transparency) and switches to the correct print mode. The DC controller
determines a media mismatch error and notifies the formatter under the following condition:
Simplex printing
●

The specified print mode is overhead transparency (OHT), but the media sensor detects another
paper type.

●

The specified print mode is not auto or OHT, but the media sensor detects OHT.

Duplex printing
●

The media sensor detects OHT.

The DC controller flashes the media sensor during the initial rotation period under the following
conditions:
●

The product is turned on

●

The product exits Sleep mode

When the light intensity is not a specified value, the DC controller determines a media-sensor failure
and notifies the formatter.
Feed speed control
For the best print quality, the product adjusts the feed speed depending on the paper type.
Table 1-12 Print mode and feed speed

ENWW

Print mode

Feed speed

Media sensor detection

Normal

1/1

Yes

Heavy media 1

3/4

Heavy media 2

1/2

Yes

Heavy media 3

1/3

Yes

Light media 1

1/1

Yes

Glossy media 1

1/3

Yes

Glossy media 2

1/3

Yes

Glossy media 3

1/4

Yes

Glossy film

1/4

Yes

Envelope

1/2

OHT

1/4

Yes

Label

1/2

Designated media 1

1/2

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

Fusing and delivery unit
The fusing and delivery unit fuses the toner onto the paper and delivers the printed page into the output
bin. The following controls ensure optimum print quality:
The face-down tray media full sensor on the output bin detects whether the tray is full of printed pages.
The DC controller notifies the formatter when the sensor is on for a specified time.
Figure 1-41 Fuser and delivery unit
Simplex media path
Duplex media path

Fusing-and-delivery block

IPTU media full sensor
SR26

Loop control
The loop control stabilizes the paper feed operation before the paper enters the fuser. If the pressure
roller rotate slower than the secondary transfer roller, the paper loop increases and an image defect or
paper crease occurs. If the pressure roller rotate faster than the secondary transfer roller, the paper
loop decreases and a vertical scanning magnification failure occurs because the pressure roller pulls
the paper.
To prevent these problems, loop sensor 1 and loop sensor 2 detect the paper loop before the paper
enters the fuser. The DC controller adjusts the rotational speed of the fuser motor according to the
output signals from the loop sensors and maintains the paper loop. Loop sensor 1 is for light media,

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

and loop sensor 2 is for heavy media. The DC controller slows the fuser motor when the sensor is off
and speeds up the sensor when the sensor is on.
Figure 1-42 Loop-control mechanism
Pressure roller
SR15: Loop sensor 2

For heavy media

SR14: Loop sensor 1

For light media

Sensor flag
Sensor flag
Pressure roller
Loop sensor 1,2

Sensor flag
ITB
Secondary transfer roller
r

ENWW

The pressure roller rotates faster
than the secondary transfer roller

The pressure roller rotates slower
than the secondary transfer roller

Loop sensor: OFF

Loop sensor: ON

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

Pressure-roller pressurization control
To prevent excessive wear on the pressure roller and help with jam-clearing procedures, the pressure
roller pressurizes only during printing and standby. The DC controller reverses the fuser motor. The
fuser motor rotates the fuser pressure-release cam.
Figure 1-43 Pressure-roller pressurization control
DC controller

Fuser motor

SR7

Fuser pressure release cam
Pressure roller

Fuser sleeve

Pressurized

Depressurized

The pressure roller depressurizes under the following conditions:
●

The product is turned off

●

Any failure occurs

●

During powersave mode

●

When a paper jam is detected

If the DC controller does not sense the fuser pressure-release sensor for a specified period after it
reverses the fuser motor, it notifies the formatter that a fuser pressure-release mechanism failure has
occurred.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Duplexing unit
The duplexing unit reverses the paper and feeds it through the paper path to print the second side.
Figure 1-44 Duplexing unit
Simplex media path
Duplex block

Duplex media path

Duplexing reverse and feed control
The duplex reverse control reverses the paper after the first side is printed and feeds it to the duplex repickup position to print the second side of the page.

ENWW

At a specified time after the first side of a page is printed, the duplex reverse motor rotates, and
the duplex reverse solenoid is turned on.

The duplex flapper moves, and the paper is fed to the duplex reverse unit.

After a specified period of time, the duplex reverse motor is reversed, and the paper is fed to the
duplex feed unit.

The duplex reverse motor and the pickup motor move the paper to the duplex re-pickup position.

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

The duplex reverse motor and the duplex feed clutch stop, and the paper feed operation pauses.

After a specified period of time, the duplex reverse motor rotates, and the duplex feed clutch is
turned on. The paper is then picked up again.

Figure 1-45 Duplex reverse and feed control
Duplex reverse unit

M11
SL2

Duplex reverse motor

Duplex reverse
solenoid
Duplex flapper

Duplex feed unit

Pickup motor
CL1

M13

Duplex re-pickup
clutch
Duplex re-pickup position

Simplex media path
Duplex media path

Duplex print operation
The product has the following two duplex-media-feed modes depending on the paper sizes:
●

One-sheet mode: Prints one sheet that is printed on two sides in one duplex print operation

●

Two-sheet mode: Prints two sheets that are printed on two-sides in one duplex print operation

Table 1-13 Paper sizes
Paper size

Duplex media feed mode

One-sheet operation

Letter

Two-sheet operation

B5
Executive
Legal

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

One-sheet operation

ENWW

The formatter specifies the duplex-media-feed mode for each two-sided print job. Duplex printable
media size (A4, Letter, B5, Legal and Executive) and designated print mode (Auto, Normal, Heavy
media 1, Heavy media 2 (120 g/m2 or lighter), Glossy media 1, Glossy media 2, Glossy media 3,
Glossy film, Designated media 1, and Designated media 2) must be specified.

ENWW

Pickup, feed, and delivery system

Jam detection
The product uses the following sensors to detect the paper as it moves through the paper path and to
report to the DC controller if the paper has jammed.
●

Fuser delivery sensor (SR5)

●

Top of page (TOP) sensor (SR20)

●

Loop sensor 1 (SR14)

●

Loop sensor 2 (SR15)

●

Duplex re-pickup sensor (SR22)

●

IPTU media full sensor (SR26)
NOTE: SR26 sensor is not used on products that have a stapling mailbox is installed.

●

IPTU media feed sensor (SR27)

Figure 1-46 Jam detection sensors
Simplex media path
Duplex media path

SR26
SR27

SR5
SR14
SR15

SR22

SR20

The product determines that a jam has occurred if one of these sensors detects paper at an
inappropriate time. The DC controller stops the print operation and notifies the formatter.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Table 1-14 Jams that the product detects
Jam

Description

Pickup delay jam

The TOP sensor does not detect the leading edge of the paper within a
specified time (including two retries) after the pickup operation from the
cassette, multipurpose tray, or optional paper feeder starts.

Pickup stationary jam

The TOP sensor does not detect the trailing edge of the paper within a
specified time from when it detects the leading edge.

Fuser delivery delay
jam

The fuser delivery sensor does not detect the leading edge of the paper
within a specified period after the TOP sensor detects the leading edge.

Fuser delivery
stationary jam

The fuser delivery sensor does not detect the trailing edge of the paper
within a specified period after it detects the leading edge.

Wrapping jam

After detecting the leading edge of the paper, the fuser delivery sensor
detects the absence of paper, and it has not yet detected the trailing edge.

Residual paper jam

One of the following sensors detects paper presence during the
initialization sequence:
●

Fuser delivery sensor

●

Loop sensor 1

●

Loop sensor 2

One of the following sensors detects paper presence during the an
automatic delivery operation:

ENWW

●

Fuser delivery sensor

●

TOP sensor

●

Loop sensor 1

●

Loop sensor 2

●

Duplex re-pickup sensor

●

IPTU media feed sensor

Door open jam

A door is open while paper is moving through the product.

Duplexing re-pickup
jam 1

The duplex re-pickup sensor does not detect the leading edge of the paper
within a specified period after the media reverse operation starts in the
duplex reverse unit.

Duplexing re-pickup
jam 2

The TOP sensor does not detect the leading edge of the paper within a
specified period after the paper is re-picked.

IPTU delivery delay jam
1

The IPTU media feed sensor does not detect the leading edge of paper
within a specified time period after the fusing delivery sensor detects the
leading edge.

IPTU delivery delay jam
2

The IPTU media full sensor does not detect the leading edge of paper
within a specified period after the IPTU media feed sensor detects the
leading edge.

Jam detection

Table 1-14 Jams that the product detects (continued)
Jam

Description

IPTU delivery stationary
jam 1

The IPTU media feed sensor does not detect the trailing edge of paper
within a specified period after it detects the leading edge.

IPTU delivery stationary
jam 2

The IPTU media feed sensor detects a paper absence yet it does not detect
the trailing edge of paper after it detects the leading edge.

Automatic delivery: The product automatically clears paper if the TOP sensor, duplex re-pickup sensor,
IPTU media feed sensor, or PD media feed sensors detect residual paper during initialization.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Optional paper feeders
Three types of optional paper feeders are available for the product:
●

1 x 500 sheet paper feeder

●

1 x 500 sheet paper feeder and cabinet

●

3 x 500 paper feeder and stand

The operational sequence of the paper feeders is controlled by the paper feeder controller.
Figure 1-47 1 x 500 optional paper feeder

PD feed roller
PD pickup roller

PD separation roller

ENWW

Optional paper feeders

Figure 1-48 3 x 500-sheet optional paper feeder

PD feed roller
PD pickup roller

PD separation roller

Figure 1-49 Signals for the paper feeder
Paper deck
Motor
+3.3V
DC controller

+24V

Solenoid
Paper deck
controller
Photointerrupter
Switch

The input trays contain several motors, solenoids, sensors, and switches, as described in the following
table.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Table 1-15 Electrical components for the paper feeder
Component
type

Abbreviation

Component name

Motors

PD lifter motor 1

PD pickup motor

PD lifter motor 2 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

PD lifter motor 3 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SL1

PD pickup solenoid 1

SL2

PD pickup solenoid 2 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SL3

PD pickup solenoid 3 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR1

Tray 3 paper surface sensor 1

SR2

Tray 3 paper surface sensor 2

SR3

Tray 3 paper present presence sensor

SR4

Tray 3 feed sensor

SR5

Tray 4 paper surface sensor 1 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR6

Tray 4 paper present sensor (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR7

Tray 4 feed sensor (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR8

Tray 4 paper surface sensor 2 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR9

Tray 5 paper surface sensor 1 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR10

Tray 5 feed sensor (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR11

Tray 5 paper present sensor (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR12

Tray 5 paper surface sensor 2 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SW1

PD right door switch

SW2

PD media size switch 1 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SW3

PD media size switch 2 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SW4

PD media size switch 3 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

Solenoids

Sensors

Switches

Motor control
The 1 x 500-sheet paper feeder has two motors, and the 3 x 500-sheet paper feeder has four motors
for feeding paper.
Component

PD lifter motor 1

ENWW

Drives

Failure
detection

Lifter of the upper cassette

Optional paper feeders

Component

Drives

Failure
detection

PD lifter motor 2 (3 x 500-sheet paper
feeder only)

Lifter of the middle cassette

PD lifter motor 3 (3 x 500-sheet paper
feeder only)

Lifter of the lower cassette

PD pickup motor

PD pickup roller, PD feed roller, and PD
separation roller

Paper-feeder pickup and feed operation
The paper feeder picks up one sheet from the paper-feeder cassette and feeds it to the product.
Figure 1-50 Paper-feeder pickup and feed operation
M2

SR4

Pickup arm
SR2
SR3
SW2

SR1
SL1

Table 1-16 Pickup feed components (1 x 500-sheet paper feeder)
Component

PD lifter motor 1

PD pickup motor

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Table 1-16 Pickup feed components (1 x 500-sheet paper feeder) (continued)
Component
SL1

PD pickup solenoid 1

SR1

Tray 3 paper surface sensor 1

SR2

Tray 3 paper surface sensor 2

SR3

Tray 3 paper presence sensor

SR4

Tray 3 paper present sensor

SW2

Tray 3 paper size switches

M2
Pickup arm
SR2
SR3
SW2

SR1

SR4

SL1
SR7

SR8

M1
SR6
SW3

SR5

SW1
SL2
SR10

SR9

M3
SR11
SW4

SR12

SL3

Components

ENWW

PD lifter motor 1

PD pickup motor

PD lifter motor 2 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

PD lifter motor 3 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SL1

PD pickup solenoid 1

SL2

PD pickup solenoid 2

Optional paper feeders

SL3

PD pickup solenoid 3

SR1

Tray 3 paper surface sensor 1

SR2

Tray 3 paper surface sensor 2

SR3

Tray 3 paper presence sensor

SR4

Tray 3 paper presence sensor

SR5

Tray 4 paper surface sensor 1 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR6

Tray 4 paper surface sensor 2 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR7

Tray 4 feed sensor (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR8

Tray 4 media-stack-surface sensor (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR9

Tray 5 paper surface sensor 1 (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR10

Tray 5 feed sensor (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR11

Tray 5 paper present sensor (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SR12

Tray 5 media-stack-surface sensor (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SW1

Tray 3, 4, and 5 right door switch

SW2

Tray 3 paper size switches (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SW3

Tray 4 paper size switches (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

SW4

Tray 5 paper size switches (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder only)

Paper-size detection and cassette-presence detection
The paper feeder detects the size of paper loaded in the paper feeder and the presence of the cassette
using the PD media size switch.
Paper size

Paper-feeder cassette media-size switch settings
Top switch

Center switch

Bottom switch

Universal

Off

Executive

Off

Letter

Off

Legal

Off

No cassette

Off

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Paper-feeder cassette lift operation
The paper feeder keeps the paper stack surface at the correct pickup position. The cassette lift
operation occurs under the following conditions:
●

The product is turned on.

●

The cassette is inserted.

●

The paper stack surface of the cassette lowers.

The sequence occurs as follows:
1.

The PD lifter motor rotates and the lifter moves up.

When the tray media-stack-surface sensor detects the stack surface of the paper, the PD lifter motor
stops.

The PD lifter motor rotates again to lift the lifter when the PD cassette media-stack-surface sensor
detects the stack surface, and then lowers during printing.

If a tray media-stack-surface sensor does not detect a stack surface within a specified period after the
PD lifter motor starts rotating, the paper feeder driver determines that the PD lifter motor has failed and
through the DC controller notifies the formatter.
Figure 1-51 Paper-feeder cassette lift
PD cassette media stack surface sensor 1
SR1/SR5/SR12

PD cassette media stack surface sensor 2
SR2/SR8/SR9

PD cassette media presence sensor
SR3/SR6/SR11

PD cassette media stack surface sensor lever
PD cassette media presence sensor lever

Lifting plate
M1/M3/M4
PD lifter motor

Lifter

The paper-feeder driver notifies the formatter if either of the paper-feeder media-stack surface sensors
fails to detect the stack surface within a specified period from when a lift-up operation starts.

ENWW

Optional paper feeders

Paper feeder jam detection
The 1 x 500-sheet paper feeder uses the Tray 3 paper presence sensor (SR4) to detect the presence of
paper and to check whether paper has jammed.
Figure 1-52 Jam detection (1 x 500-sheet paper feeder)

SR4

The 1 x 500-sheet paper feeder detects the following jams:
●

1 x 500-sheet PD pickup delay jam: Tray 3 feed sensor does not detect the leading edge of paper
within a specified time (including two retries) after the pickup operation starts.

●

1 x 500-sheet PD pickup stationary jam: Tray 3 feed sensor does not detect the trailing edge of
paper within a specified time after the sensor detects the leading edge.

●

1 x 500-sheet PD residual paper jam: Tray 3 feed sensor detects the presence of paper for a
specified time during an automatic delivery operation.

The 3 x 500-sheet paper feeder uses the following sensors to detect the presence of paper and to check
whether paper has jammed.

●

Tray 3 paper presence sensor (SR4)

●

Tray 4 feed sensor (SR7)

●

Tray 5 feed sensor (SR10)

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Figure 1-53 Jam detection (3 x 500-sheet paper feeder)

SR4

SR7

SR10

The 3 x 500-sheet paper feeder detects the following jams:

ENWW

●

3 x 500-sheet PD pickup delay jam: One of the tray feed sensors does not detect the leading edge
of paper within a specified time (including two retries) after the pickup operation starts.

●

3 x 500-sheet PD pickup delay jam 2: Tray 3 feed sensor does not detect the leading edge of
paper within a specified time (including two retries) after the pickup operation starts.

●

3 x 500-sheet PD pickup stationary jam 1: Tray 4 or 5 feed sensors do not detect the trailing edge
of paper within a specified time after the sensor detects the leading edge.

●

3 x 500-sheet PD pickup stationary jam 2: Tray 3 feed sensor does not detect the trailing edge of
paper within a specified time after the sensor detects the leading edge.

●

3 x 500-sheet PD residual paper jam: Tray 3, 4, or 5 feed sensors detect the presence of paper
for a specified time during an automatic delivery operation.

●

3 x 500-sheet PD door open jam: The door is open during paper feed operation.

Optional paper feeders

Document feeder/scanner assembly
The document feeder/scanner assembly consists of a document feeder and flatbed scanner. The
document feeder can feed 50 pages of letter or A4 size paper at speeds up to 57 images per minute in
simplex and 24 images per minute in duplex. The document feeder features legal size detection and
customer replaceable feed and separation rollers and pads. The flatbed scanner also includes legal
detection and does not require a scanner lock for transport. The sensors and motors in both the
document feeder and flatbed scanner are controlled and monitored by the SCB that is located on the
rear of the flatbed scanner. The copy process board (CPB) is integrated on the formatter. Image data is
sent to the formatter through the scanner cable connected to the interconnect board (ICB).

Scanner subsystem
Figure 1-54 Scanner subsystem

The scan control board (SCB), located on the rear of the scanner, provides control of both the scanner
and document feeder components. The scanner power supply—located on the rear of the printer above
the DCC—provides a +24v current. The formatter supplies a 3.3v current to keep sensors energized
while the +24v current is turned off during Sleep. The optical unit contains a Xenon lamp that is driven
by a fan-cooled inverter power supply.
The scan control board (SCB), located on the rear of the scanner, provides control of both the scanner
and document feeder components. The scanner power supply—located on the rear of the printer above
the DCC—provides a +24v current. The formatter supplies a 3.3v current to keep sensors energized
while the +24v current is turned off during Sleep. The optical unit contains a Xenon lamp that is driven
by a fan-cooled inverter power supply.
70

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

The relay PCA in the document feeder provides connections only to the various components such as
fans, motors, and sensors. The control and monitoring of these components takes place on the SCB.

Document feeder/scanner motor and fan control
Component

Purpose

Type

Rotation

Timing

Failure
detection

Carriage motor

Drives the carriage

Step motor

Clockwise

Initializing

Clockwise

Scanning mono

Clockwise

Scanning color

Counterclockwise

Return

Counterclockwise

Separation

Clockwise

Feeding

Clockwise

Scanning mono
(600 x 300)

Clockwise

Scanning mono
(600 x 600)

Clockwise

Scanning color
(600 x 300)

Clockwise

Scanning color
(600 x 600)

Counterclockwise

Scanning mono
(600 x 300)

Counterclockwise

Scanning mono
(600 x 600)

Counterclockwise

Scanning color
(600 x 300)

Counterclockwise

Scanning color
(600 x 600)

Clockwise

Switch back for
duplex scanning

Feed motor

Read motor

ENWW

Drives the pick,
separation, and
registration rollers

Drives the feed
and delivery rollers

Step motor

Scanner fan

Cools the lamp
and CCD

DC motor

Clockwise

Turns on when
lamp is on

Yes

Document feeder
fan

Cools the motor
and solenoid

DC motor

Clockwise

Feeding originals

Yes

Inverter fan

Cools the inverter

DC motor

Clockwise

Turns on when
lamp is on

Yes

Document feeder/scanner assembly

Legal detection sensor sequence
The legal detection status displays in the following circumstances:
●

Document feeder legal detection:
◦

●

When the document feeder legal sensor is turned on.

Flatbed legal detection:
◦

When the flatbed legal sensor is turned on while the flatbed angle sensor is opened.

◦

When the flatbed angle sensor is closed but the flatbed legal sensor is turned on.

Fan timing sequence
Fan activated timing
Fans are activated as follows:
●

The image scanner fan is activated when the carriage motor or lamp is turned on.

●

The document feeder fan is activated when the feed motor or read motor is activated.

●

The inverter fan is activated when the carriage motor or lamp is activated.

Fan lock failure detection
The scanner, document feeder, and inverter fans have the following failure detection features:

●

The fan is turned on. After 5 seconds, the scanner controller begins observing the fan lock signal.

●

The fan fails in an error condition. After 5 seconds, the lock condition is detected.

●

The scanner completes the job even if the scanner recognizes errors during the job.

●

After completing the job, the scanner shifts to the error status and transfers the failure information
to the formatter.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Optical assembly operation
Figure 1-55 Optical assembly operation
Document

Reflector

Scanner lamp

Glass

Inverter circuit

CCD

CPU
Scanner controller

Lens

Second mirror

First mirror

Third mirror

Carriage home position sensor

The optical assembly contains the lamp, mirrors, lens, and charge-coupled device (CCD). As the optical
assembly moves across the original, the lens focuses the reflected image onto the CCD. The optical
assembly home position is detected by the carriage home position sensor. During document feeder
copying, the optical assembly remains near the home position and the product moves the paper across
the document feeder glass strip.

Image data path
Figure 1-56 Image data path

The product transfers the analog data produced by the CCD/image sensor to the analog front end
(AFE), which is a PCA that converts this information to digital form. The digital data exits the scanner
assembly and then passes through the scan control board (SCB) to the copy processor board (CPB),
which is located on the formatter.

ENWW

Document feeder/scanner assembly

Document feeder/scanner paper path and sensors
Figure 1-57 Document feeder/scanner paper path and sensors

ADF paper present

FB cover angle sensor
FB cover sensor
Delivery Tray
ADF sensor

Carriage Home Position sensor

FB Y (length) sensor

Jam detection sequence
1.

A jam error occurs in the document feeder.

The feed and read motors stop immediately.

The error bit of the scanner status is set. The status information is sent to the CPB.

Document feeder operation is terminated.

The error bit is held until the jam is cleared.

Clearing a jam
1.

Open the jam-access cover and then remove the paper.

After the jam-access cover is closed, the error bit is cleared if the sensors detect no media.

Document feeder jam detection

After initialization or after the jam-access cover is opened and then closed, the registration sensor,
read sensor, or exit sensor are checked for residual paper.

The paper did not reach the registration sensor within the standard time. After feeding paper from
the input tray, paper is transferred. The motor is stopped if the registration sensor does not detect
paper. The motor reverses and attempts to refeed the paper. A pick error occurs if the registration
sensor continues to fail to detect paper after the refeed attempt. If there is paper ahead of jammed
paper in the paper path, the pick error occurs after the preceding paper is scanned and ejected.

Document feeder sensors detect errors in the following situations:

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Sensor

Description

Registration sensor

A jam is detected when the registration sensor does not
detected the leading edge of paper when turning paper
over during the duplexing process.
A jam is detected when the registration sensor does not
detected the trailing edge of paper.

Read sensor

A jam is detected when the read sensor does not detected
the leading edge of paper.
A jam is detected when the read sensor does not detected
the trailing edge of paper.

Exit sensor

A jam is detected when the exit sensor does not detected
the leading edge of paper.
A jam is detected when the exit sensor does not detect the
trailing edge of paper.

Jam-access cover open jam: A jam error occurs if the jam cover is opened while paper is being
fed through the document feeder.

Document feeder open jam: A jam error occurs if the document feeder is open while a paper is
being fed through the document feeder.

Document feeder pick mechanism

ENWW

The pickup-roller picks up a page from the input tray.

If multiple pages are picked up, the separation roller and separation pad separates them to
prevent feeding of multiple pages.

After the page reaches the registration sensor, the pickup and separation rollers stop and
registration and read rollers start.

Document feeder/scanner assembly

3-bin stapling mailbox
The 3-bin stapling mailbox installs on the delivery assembly and delivers paper to the output bin. The 3bin stapling mailbox has two modes:
●

Stacker mode

●

Mailbox/job separator mode

Stapling is available for both modes.
Figure 1-58 3-bin stapling mailbox
Stamp
Output bin 1 delivery roller
Output bin 2 delivery roller
Output bin flapper
Stapler/Stacker feed roller 1
Inlet flapper

Stapler/Stacker feed roller 2
Output bin 3 lower delivery roller

Alignment roller

Output bin 3 upper delivery roller

Figure 1-59 Signals for the 3-bin stapling mailbox
Stapler/Stacker
Motor
+24V
Formatter

DC controller

Solenoid
Stapler/Stacker
controller

Photointerrupter

Switch

The 3-bin stapling mailbox contains several motors, solenoids, sensors, and switches.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Table 1-17 Electrical components for the 3-bin stapling mailbox
Component
type

Abbreviation

Component name

Motors

Stapler motor

Jogger motor

Paddle motor

Stapler/Stacker feed motor

Stapler/Stacker lifter motor

SL1

Stamp solenoid

SL2

Inlet solenoid

SL3

Output bin solenoid

SR1

Output bin 3 delivery sensor

SR2

Stapler/Stacker media feed sensor 1

SR3

Output bin 3 media full sensor

SR4

Alignment roller sensor

SR5

Stapler/Stacker media feed sensor 2

SR6

Jogger sensor

SR7

Output bin 3 upper delivery roller sensor

PS2501

Output bin 1 media presence sensor

PS2502

Output bin 2 media full sensor

PS2503

Output bin 2 media presence sensor

PS2504

Output bin 1 media full sensor

PS2601

Output bin 3 higher limit sensor

PS2602

Output bin 3 lower limit sensor

Solenoids

Sensors

Stapler sensor
Staple presence sensor
Staple ready sensor
Switches

ENWW

SW1

Stapler/Stacker door switch

3-bin stapling mailbox

Motor control

Jogger motor

Paddle motor
Stapler/Stacker feed motor
Stapler/Stacker lifter motor

Stapler motor

The 3-bin stapling mailbox has five motors for paper feed, paper delivery, and staple operation.
Component

Failure
detection

Stapler motor

Stapler

Yes (type 2)1

Jogger motor

Jogger guide

Yes (type 2)

Paddle motor

Alignment roller, disengagement of the
alignment roller, and disengagement of
the output bin 3 lower delivery roller

Yes (type 2)

Stapler/Stacker feed motor

Stapler/Stacker feed roller, Stapler/
Stacker delivery roller, output bin 3
upper delivery roller, and the output bin
3 lower delivery roller

Output bin 3

Yes (type 2)

Stapler/Stacker lifter motor
1

Drives

When the motor
fails a jam occurs.

There are two methods for detecting motor failure. Type 1 detects failure by monitoring the motor. Type 2 detects failure by
monitoring a related part of the motor.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Failure detection
The controller detects a motor failure by monitoring a part related to the motor. If the controller
determines a motor failure or motor-related part failure, it notifies the formatter when it encounters the
following conditions:

ENWW

●

Stapler motor: The stapler sensor is not sensed for a specified period of time after the stapler motor
starts rotating.

●

Jogger motor: The jogger sensor is not sensed for a specified period of time after the jogger motor
starts rotating.

●

Paddle motor: The output bin 3 upper delivery roller sensor is not sensed for a specified period of
time after the paddle motor is rotated. The alignment roller sensor is not sensed for a specified
period of time after the paddle motor is reversed.

●

Stapler/Stacker lifter motor: The output bin 3 higher limit sensor or output bin 3 media full sensor
is not sensed for a specified period of time after the stapler/stacker lifter motor is rotated. The
output bin 3 higher limit sensor, output bin 3 lower limit sensor, or output bin 3 media full sensor is
not sensed for a specified period from when the stapler/stacker lifter motor is reversed.

3-bin stapling mailbox

Delivery operation
The 3-bin stapling mailbox has two modes.
●

Stacker mode: The printed page is delivered to output bin 3 first and then delivered to the
subsequent output bins.

●

Mailbox/job separator mode: The printed page is delivered to the specified output bin for each
print job.

Figure 1-60 3-bin stapling mailbox delivery operation
Output bin 1
M5
PS2504
PS2501

Output bin 2

PS2503

SW1

PS2502
SR6

SR7 SR4

SL3
SR5

SR3

Output bin 3

SR1
PS2601

SR2

SL1

M6
PS2602

SL2

Table 1-18 Delivery components (3-bin stapling mailbox)
Component

Stapler motor

Jogger motor

Paddle motor

Stapler/Stacker feed motor

Stapler/Stacker lifter motor

SL1

Stamp solenoid

SL2

Inlet solenoid

SL3

Output bin solenoid

SR1

Output bin 3 delivery sensor

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Table 1-18 Delivery components (3-bin stapling mailbox) (continued)
Component
SR2

Stapler/Stacker media feed sensor 1

SR3

Output bin 3 media full sensor

SR4

Alignment roller sensor

SR5

Stapler/Stacker media feed sensor 2

SR6

Jogger sensor

SR7

Output bin 3 upper delivery roller sensor

PS2501

Output bin 1 media presence sensor

PS2502

Output bin 2 media full sensor

PS2503

Output bin 2 media presence sensor

PS2504

Output bin 1 media full sensor

PS2601

Output bin 3 higher limit sensor

PS2602

Output bin 3 lower limit sensor
Stapler sensor
Staple presence sensor
Staple ready sensor

SW1

Stapler/Stacker door switch

Staple operation
The staple operation staples 2 to 30 sheets of printed pages together into one set and then delivers it to
the output bin 3. This staple operation is available for both stacker mode and mailbox/job separator
mode.
The staple sequence is as follows:
1.

ENWW

The stapler/stacker controller rotates the paddle motor to disengage the output bin 3 upper
delivery roller from the output bin 3 lower delivery roller.

3-bin stapling mailbox

The printed page from the product is fed to the staple tray.
Figure 1-61 3-bin stapling mailbox stapler operation (1 of 4)

Stapler/Stacker feed motor M5
Output bin 3 upper delivery rolle
r
Output bin 3 delivery roller sensor
Stapler/Stacker feed roller 2
Paddle motor
M4

SR7

Output bin 3 lower delivery rolle
r

Staple tray

The controller determines an output bin 3 upper delivery roller failure and notifies the formatter
through the DC controller when it does not detect the output bin 3 upper delivery roller sensor for
a specified period after the paddle motor starts rotating.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

The printed page on the staple tray is aligned. For horizontal alignment, the jogger motor rotates
and moves the jogger guide. For vertical alignment, the paddle motor is reversed and the
alignment roller pushes the page.
Figure 1-62 3-bin stapling mailbox stapler operation (2 of 4)

Jogger guide

Jogger sensor
SR6

Paddle motor

Jogger motor M3
Alignment roller sensor
SR4

Staple tray

Alignment roller

The controller determines a paddle motor failure and notifies the formatter through the DC
controller when it does not detect the alignment roller sensor for a specified period after the
paddle motor starts rotating.

ENWW

After alignment, the stamp solenoid is driven and the stamp holds the page.

Step 1 to 4 repeat for a specified number of pages.

3-bin stapling mailbox

After all of the pages are aligned, the pages are stapled together while being held with the stamp.
Figure 1-63 3-bin stapling mailbox stapler operation (3 of 4)

Stamp solenoid
SL1
Stamp

Staple tray

The paddle motor rotates, and the output bin 3 upper delivery roller touches the stapled pages.

The stapler/stacker feed motor rotates to rotate the output bin 3 upper delivery roller and the
output bin 3 lower delivery roller. Accordingly, the set of printed-pages is delivered to output bin
3.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

The stapler/stacker feed motor starts rotating while the jogger motor is reversed and the jogger
guide moves to its home position.
Figure 1-64 3-bin stapling mailbox stapler operation (4 of 4)

Stapler/Stacker feed motor

Jogger guide

Jogger motor

Paddle motor

Output bin 3 media full sensor
SR3

Output bin 3
M6

Stapler/Stacker lifter motor

PS2602
Output bin 3 lower limit sensor

Output bin 3 upper delivery roller
Output bin 3 lower delivery roller

The output bin 3 media full sensor on output bin 3 detects whether the bin is full. The stapler/
stacker controller determines that the media stack surface is high and reverses the stapler/stacker
lifter motor to lower output bin 3 when the output bin 3 media full sensor is on for a specified
period. If the output bin 3 lower limit sensor is turned on at this time, the stapler/stacker controller
determines an output bin 3 media full and notifies the formatter through the DC controller.
The stapler/stacker controller determines a jogger motor failure and notifies the formatter through
the DC controller when it does not detect the jogger sensor for a specified period after the jogger
motor starts rotating.

ENWW

3-bin stapling mailbox

Stapler
The stapler consists of the staple cartridge and the stapler assembly. The staple cartridge holds up to
5,000 staples. The staple presence sensor detects the presence of staple. The staple ready sensor
detects whether the stapler is in the correct position to staple. The staple assembly is equipped with the
stapler motor. When the stapler/stacker controller rotates the stapler motor, the staple arm lowers and
staple operation begins. The stapler sensor detects the position of the staple arm.
Figure 1-65 3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for the stapler
Stapler/Stacker controller
Staple cartridge

Staple arm

Staple
Staple unit
Staple presence sensor
Stapler sensor

Staple ready sensor

Stapler motor

The stapler/stacker controller determines a stapler motor failure and notifies the formatter through the
DC controller when it does not detect the stapler sensor for a specified period after the stapler motor
starts rotating. The stapler/stacker controller determines a stapler jam and notifies the formatter through
the DC controller if it senses the stapler sensor after a specified period of time from when the stapler
motor starts rotating and then if the stapler sensor recovers within a specified period of time from when
the stapler motor is reversed.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Output bin 3 lift operation
Figure 1-66 3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for output bin 3 lift operation

Output bin 3

Output bin 3
media full sensor
SR3
PS2601
Output bin 3 higher limit sensor
M6
Stapler/Stacker lifter motor

PS2602
Output bin 3 lower limit sensor

The operational sequence of the output bin 3 lift operation is as follows:
1.

The stapler/stacker lifter motor rotates if both the output bin 3 higher limit sensor and the output
bin 3 media full sensor are off when the product is turned on until following conditions occur:
●

The output bin 3 higher limit sensor detects the output bin 3.

●

The output bin 3 media full sensor detects paper.

The stapler/stacker lifter motor is reversed if either the output bin 3 higher limit sensor or the
output bin 3 media full sensor is on, or if both sensors are on when the product is turned on to
lower the output bin 3 to a specified level.

ENWW

When the printed pages are stacked on the output bin 3, and the output bin 3 media full sensor
detects the paper, the stapler/stacker lifter motor is reversed to lower the output bin 3 to a
specified level.

The stapler/stacker controller notifies the formatter through the DC controller when the output bin 3
media full sensor detects paper. The output bin 3 lowers to the position of the output bin 3 lower
limit sensor.

3-bin stapling mailbox

The stapler/stacker controller determines a stapler/stacker lifter motor failure. The controller notifies the
formatter through the DC controller when it encounters the following conditions after the stapler/stacker
lifter motor starts rotating:
●

Output bin 3 does not reach the output bin 3 higher limit sensor within a specified period of time.

●

The output bin 3 media full sensor does not detect paper
.

The stapler/stacker controller determines a stapler/stacker lifter motor failure. The controller notifies the
formatter through the DC controller when the following sensor is not sensed after the stapler/stacker
lifter motor is reversed:
●

Output bin 3 higher limit sensor

●

Output bin 3 lower limit sensor

●

Output bin 3 media full sensor

Stacker mode
Stacker mode does not designate an output bin. It delivers the printed page to the output bin 3 first and
then to the next bin up.
When the output bin 3 media full sensor detects that output bin 3 is full, the 3-bin stapling mailbox
delivers to output bin 2. When the output bin 2 media full sensor detects that the output bin 2 is full, the
3-bin stapling mailbox delivers to output bin 1.
Figure 1-67 3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for stacker mode

Output bin 1 media full sensor
PS2504
Output bin 2
media full sensor
PS2502

Output bin 3
media full sensor
SR3

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

The stapler/stacker controller determines a if the 3-bin stapling mailbox is full and notifies the formatter
through the DC controller when it encounters the following condition:
●

The output bin 1 media full is detected.

●

The staple operation is designated when the output bin 3 is full of paper.

Mailbox/job separator mode
The mailbox/job separator mode delivers the printed page to the designated bin for each print job.
Figure 1-68 3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for mailbox/jam separation

Output bin 1 media full sensor
PS2504
Output bin 2
media full sensor
PS2502

Output bin 3
media full sensor
SR3

The stapler/stacker controller determines if the 3-bin stapling mailbox is full and notifies the formatter
through the DC controller when it encounters the following condition:

ENWW

●

The designated output bin media full is detected.

●

The staple operation is designated when output bin 3 is full of paper.

3-bin stapling mailbox

Jam Detection
The 3-bin stapling mailbox uses the following sensors to detect the presence of paper and to check
whether paper is being fed correctly or has jammed:
●

Output bin 3 delivery sensor (SR1)

●

Stapler/stacker media feed sensor 1 (SR2)

●

Stapler/stacker media feed sensor 2 (SR5)

Figure 1-69 3-bin stapling mailbox sensors for jam detection

SR5

SR1
SR2

The stapler/stacker detects the following jams:

●

Stapler/Stacker feed delay jam 1: The stapler/stacker media feed sensor 1 does not detect the
leading edge of paper within a specified period of time after the fixing delivery sensor in the
product detects the leading edge.

●

Stapler/Stacker feed delay jam 2: The stapler/stacker media feed sensor 2 does not detect the
leading edge of paper within a specified period of time after the fixing delivery sensor in the
product detects the leading edge.

●

Stapler/Stacker feed stationary jam 1: The stapler/stacker media feed sensor 1 does not detect
the trailing edge of paper within a specified period of time after it detects the leading edge.

●

Stapler/Stacker feed stationary jam 2: The stapler/stacker media feed sensor 2 does not detect
the trailing edge of paper within a specified period of time after it detects the leading edge.

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

●

Stapler/Stacker feed stationary jam 3: The output bin 3 delivery sensor does not detect the trailing
edge of paper within a specified period of time from when the stapler/stacker feed motor starts
rotating after a staple operation.

●

Stapler/Stacker residual paper jam: Any one of the following sensors detects a presence of paper
for a specified period of time during an automatic delivery operation:
◦

Output bin 3 delivery sensor

◦

Stapler/Stacker media feed sensor 1

◦

Stapler/Stacker media feed sensor 2

Automatic Delivery
The stapler/stacker automatically clears the paper if any one of the following sensors detects the
residual paper during the initial sequence after the stapler/stacker is turned on or after the door is
closed.

ENWW

●

Output bin 3 delivery sensor

●

Stapler/Stacker media feed sensor 1

●

Stapler/Stacker media feed sensor 2

3-bin stapling mailbox

Chapter 1 Theory of operation

ENWW

Removal and replacement

●

Introduction

●

Removal and replacement strategy

●

Electrostatic discharge

●

Required tools

●

Before performing service

●

After performing service

●

Post-service test

●

Parts removal order

●

Customer self repair (CSR) components

●

External panels, covers, and doors

●

Document feeder

●

Scanner

●

Internal assemblies

●

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

●

Optional 500-sheet paper feeder assembly

●

Stapling mailbox

Introduction
This chapter describes the removal and replacement of field-replaceable units (FRUs) only.
Replacing FRUs is generally the reverse of removal. Occasionally, notes and tips are included to
provide directions for difficult or critical replacement procedures.
HP does not support repairing individual subassemblies or troubleshooting to the component level.
Note the length, diameter, color, type, and location of each screw. Be sure to return each screw to its
original location during reassembly.
Incorrectly routed or loose wire harnesses can interfere with other internal components and can become
damaged or broken. Frayed or pinched harness wires can be difficult to find. When replacing wire
harnesses, always use the provided wire loops, lance points, or wire-harness guides and retainers.

Removal and replacement strategy
WARNING! Turn the product off, wait 5 seconds, and then remove the power cord before
attempting to service the product. If this warning is not followed, severe injury can result, in addition to
damage to the product. The power must be on for certain functional checks during troubleshooting.
However, disconnect the power supply during parts removal.
Never operate or service the product with the protective cover removed from the laser/scanner
assembly. The reflected beam, although invisible, can damage your eyes.
The sheet-metal parts can have sharp edges. Be careful when handling sheet-metal parts.
CAUTION: Do not bend or fold the flat flexible cables (FFCs) during removal or installation. Also, do
not straighten pre-folds in the FFCs. You must fully seat all FFCs in their connectors. Failure to fully seat
an FFC into a connector can cause a short circuit in a PCA.
NOTE: To install a self-tapping screw, first turn it counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread
pattern, and then carefully turn it clockwise to tighten. Do not overtighten. If a self-tapping screw-hole
becomes stripped, repair the screw-hole or replace the affected assembly.
TIP: For clarity, some photos in this chapter show components removed that would not be removed to
service the product. If necessary, remove the components listed at the beginning of a procedure before
proceeding to service the product.

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Electrostatic discharge
CAUTION:

Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Look for the ESD reminder

when removing product parts. Always perform service work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat, or
use an ESD strap. If an ESD workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the
sheet-metal chassis before touching an ESD-sensitive part.
Protect the ESD-sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the product.

Required tools
●

#2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152-mm (6-inch) shaft length

●

Small flat blade screwdriver

●

Needle-nose pliers

●

ESD mat or ESD strap (if one is available)

●

Penlight (optional)

●

USB thumbdrive

CAUTION: Always use a Phillips screwdriver (callout 1). Do not use a pozidrive screwdriver
(callout 2) or any motorized screwdriver. These can damage screws or screw threads.
Figure 2-1 Phillips and pozidrive screwdriver comparison

ENWW

Electrostatic discharge

Before performing service
●

Remove all media from the product.

●

Turn off the power using the power switch.

●

Unplug the power cable and interface cable or cables.

●

Place the product on an ESD workstation or mat, or use an ESD strap (if one is available). If an
ESD workstation, mat, or strap is not available, ground yourself by touching the sheet-metal
chassis before touching an ESD-sensitive part.

●

Remove the print cartridges. See Print cartridges on page 103.

●

Remove the tray cassette or cassettes. See Tray on page 111.

After performing service
●

Plug in the power cable.

●

Reinstall the print cartridges.

●

Reinstall the tray cassette or cassettes.

●

If the optional paper feeder was installed, place the product on the feeder.
WARNING! The product is heavy. Do not try to separate the product from the optional paper
feeder by yourself. Three people are required to lift the product off of the feeder.

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Post-service test
Perform the following test to verify that the repair or replacement was successful.

Print-quality test

ENWW

Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.

Make sure that the tray contains clean, unmarked paper.

Attach the power cord and interface cable or interface cables, and then turn on the product.

Verify that the expected startup sounds occur.

Print a configuration page, and then verify that the expected printing sounds occur.

Print a demo page, and then verify that the print quality is as expected.

Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify that the output meets expectations.

If necessary, restore any customer-specified settings.

Clean the outside of the product with a damp cloth.

Post-service test

Parts removal order
Figure 2-2 Parts removal order (1 of 2)

Roller cover

Standard output bin
Output bin bezel
S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover)
ASY-CBR-F-SP (ADF front cover)
ASY-CBR-F-R-SP (ADF rear cover)
S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover)
ADF
Scanner
Fan cover

Control panel
Standard output bin

S-CVR-REAR
Output bin bezel

ADF

Standard output bin

Scanner assembly
Fan cover

Right-front cover
ADF
Lower left cover
Standard output bin

Output bin bezel

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Standard output bin
Pickup roller

Output bin bezel
Right door assembly

ITB

Secondary transfer
assembly

ITB

Secondary transfer
assembly

Residual-toner duct
and feed assembly

Toner-collection unit

ITB

Residual-toner-feed motor
Cartridge fan
Toner-collection sensor

ITB
Standard output bin
Toner-collection unit

Standard output bin
Output bin bezel
Standard output bin

Delivery fan

Standard output bin

Output bin bezel

Left cover

Cassette feed guide
IPTU
Separation pad (Tray 1)
Registration density (RD) sensor

ADF

Scanner assembly

Standard output bin

Output bin bezel

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Output bin bezel
Fan cover
Output bin bezel

S-CVR-REAR
Lower-left cover
Lower-left cover

Left cover
Fan cover

Left cover

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

ADF

Scanner
assembly
Fan cover

Delivery assy

Fuser

ITB

Standard output bin

Output bin bezel

S-CVR-REAR

Duplex-drive assy

Fuser

ITB

Standard output bin

Output bin bezel

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Power-supply (PS) fan
Image scanner power
supply unit (PSU)

Standard output bin

Output bin bezel

S-CVR-REAR

Lower-left cover

Left cover

ADF

S-CVR-REAR

Lower-left cover

Fan cover

Rear cover

ADF

Scanner
assembly

Interconnect board (ICB)

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Rear cover

ADF

DC controller (DCC)
Low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Standard output bin

Output bin bezel

S-CVR-REAR

Lower-left cover

Fan cover

Rear cover

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Lower-left cover

Fan cover

Rear cover

ADF

High-voltage power supply
(HVPS)-lower

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

High-voltage power supply
(HVPS)-upper

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Developing-disengagement motor

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Exhaust fan and fan duct
Pickup motor

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Lifter-drive assembly

Formatter

ITB

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Lifter base assembly

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Tray-pickup drive assembly

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Tray-pickup assy

Formatter

ITB

S-CVR-REAR

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Laser Scanner (Y/M)

TCU

ITB

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Laser scanner (C/Bk)

TCU

ITB

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Drum motors
Fuser motor
ITB motor
Main drive

S-CVR-REAR

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Formatter

S-CVR-REAR

Fan cover

Lower-left cover

Left cover

Rear cover

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Figure 2-3 Parts removal order (2 of 2)

ADF

Scanner

IPTU

Residual-toner Delivery fan
feed motor

ADF

Scanner

IPTU

Delivery Fan

ADF

Scanner

IPTU

Delivery Fan

IPTU

Scanner assy IPTU

Delivery Assembly

Delivery Fan

Scanner assy Image scanner power
supply unit (PSU)
ADF

ENWW

Image scanner (PSU)

ICB

Scanner assy Image scanner (PSU)

Scanner

ICB

LVPS

ADF

Scanner assy

Image scanner (PSU)

ADF

Scanner assy

Image scanner (PSU)

ICB

DCC and tray

ADF

Scanner assy

Image scanner (PSU)

ICB

LVPS

HVPS-lower

ADF

Scanner

Image scanner (PSU)

ICB

LVPS

HVPS-lower

ADF

Scanner assy

Image scanner (PSU)

ICB

LVPS

Rear cover

ADF

Scanner assembly

ICB

LVPS

ADF

Scanner

Image scanner (PSU)

ICB

LVPS

Registration
assembly

ICB

HVPS-lower

ADF

Scanner assy

HVPS-lower

ADF

Scanner

Secondary transfer
assembly

Rear cover

ADF

Scanner assembly

Cartridge fan Toner collection
ICB
and environ- sensor and scannermental sensor thermistor assembly

LVPS

HVPS-lower

Exhaust fan
and fan duct

Rear cover

ADF

Scanner assembly

Toner collection
ICB
sensor and scannerthermistor assembly

LVPS

HVPS-lower

Exhaust fan
and fan duct

Laser/scanner
assy (Y/M)

HVPS-upper

Drum motors

LVPS

HVPS-lower

ADF

Scanner assy

Image scanner (PSU) ICB

LVPS

DCC

HVPS-upper

ADF

Scanner assy

Image scanner (PSU) ICB

LVPS

DCC

HVPS-upper

ADF

Scanner assy

Image scanner (PSU) ICB

LVPS

DCC

HVPS-upper

ADF

Scanner assy

Image scanner (PSU) ICB

LVPS

DCC

HVPS-lower Exhaust fan
and duct

Parts removal order

Customer self repair (CSR) components
Control panel
1.

Lift the control panel.
Figure 2-4 Remove the control panel (1 of 3)

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-5 Remove the control panel (2 of 3)

100

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Disconnect one connector, and then move the control panel to the right to remove.
Figure 2-6 Remove the control panel (3 of 3)

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

101

When reinstalling the control panel, make sure the bracket fits correctly on the product.
Figure 2-7 Incorrect installation of the control panel

Figure 2-8 Correct installation of the control panel

102

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Print cartridges
CAUTION: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash clothing in cold
water. Hot water sets toner into fabric.
1.

Open the front door. Make sure that the door is completely open.
Figure 2-9 Remove the print cartridge (1 of 2)

Grasp the print-cartridge handle and pull out to remove.
CAUTION: Do not touch the green roller. Doing so can damage the cartridge. Do not expose
the cartridge to strong light. Cover the cartridge with a sheet of paper to protect it from light.
Reinstallation tip Align the print cartridge with its slot and insert the print cartridge until it
clicks into place.
Figure 2-10 Remove the print cartridge (2 of 2)

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

103

Toner-collection unit
NOTE: The toner-collection unit is designed for a single use. Do not try to empty the toner-collection
unit and reuse it. Doing so could cause toner to spill inside the product and result in reduced print
quality. For recycling information, see the product user guide.
1.

Open the front door. Make sure that the door is completely open.
Figure 2-11 Remove the toner-collection unit (1 of 4)

Grasp the top of the toner-collection unit and remove it from the product.
Reinstallation tip Insert the bottom of the replacement unit into the product first and then push
the top of the unit until it clicks into place. If the toner-collection unit is installed incorrectly, the front
door will not close completely.
Figure 2-12 Remove the toner-collection unit (2 of 4)

104

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

To prevent toner spills, place the blue cap (callout 1) over the blue opening at the top of the unit
(callout 2).
Figure 2-13 Remove the toner-collection unit (3 of 4)

Figure 2-14 Remove the toner-collection unit (4 of 4)

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

105

Formatter PCA
CAUTION:

ESD sensitive component.

Turn the product off and disconnect the power and interface cable or interface cables.

Unscrew the formatter thumb screws, and then firmly pull the formatter from the product. Place the
formatter on a clean, flat, grounded surface.
Figure 2-15 Remove the formatter

Remove the hard drive and fax card from the existing formatter and reinstall on the new formatter.
See Fax card on page 107 and Hard drive on page 108.

NOTE: When reinstalling the formatter, push firmly on the right side to make sure the formatter is
seated.

106

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Fax card
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter PCA. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

Remove the fax card
CAUTION:
▲

ESD sensitive component.

Lift the inside edge of the fax card and then remove.
Figure 2-16 Remove the fax card

Reinstallation tip Make sure that the fax card is installed correctly. If it is installed incorrectly, it
can cause the formatter PCA to not connect properly when it is reinstalled. If this occurs, the product
displays a 30.01.YY Scanner Failure error message (error log message 30.01.42).

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

107

Hard drive
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter PCA. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

Remove the hard drive
CAUTION:
1.

ESD sensitive component.

Disconnect three connectors.
Figure 2-17 Remove the hard drive (1 of 3)

108

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release one tab.
Figure 2-18 Remove the hard drive (2 of 3)

Rotate the hard drive assembly away from the formatter until the slots in the hinges are aligned
with the elongated hinge pins, and then slide the hard drive assembly off the hinge pins.
Figure 2-19 Remove the hard drive (3 of 3)

Upgrade the firmware to the new hard drive.

Upgrade the firmware

ENWW

Go to www.hp.com/go/cljcm4540mfp_firmware and follow the onscreen steps to download the
most recent firmware upgrade files for your product.

Copy the firmware update file to a portable USB flash memory storage device (thumb drive).

Customer self repair (CSR) components

109

Reinstall the formatter with the new hard drive and reconnect the power cord and network
connection.

Turn the product on.

Press and hold the Stop

Press the 9 button to highlight the Administrator menu, and then press the 6 button.

Press the 9 button to highlight the Download menu, and then press the 6 button.

Insert the portable USB storage device with the firmware update file on it.

button when all of the LEDs illuminate solid.

NOTE: If the error message No USB Thumbdrive Files Found appears on the control-panel
display, you might need to connect the storage device to the external USB connection on the
formatter.
9.

Press the 9 button to highlight the USB Thumbdrive menu, and then press the 6 button.

10. Press the 9 button to highlight the firmware update file, and then press the 6 button.
NOTE: The upgrade process can take up to 10 minutes to complete.
TIP: If there is more than one firmware update file on the storage device, make sure that you
select the correct file for this product.
11. When the message Complete appears on the control-panel display, press the 5 button three
times.
12. When the message Continue appears on the control-panel display, press the 6 button. The product
will initialize.
13. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

110

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Tray
NOTE: Use this procedure to remove Tray 2 and the optional Trays 3, 4, and 5.
1.

Pull the tray straight out of the product until it stops.
Figure 2-20 Remove the tray (1 of 2)

Push the tray in slightly, carefully lift up to release it, and then remove the tray.
Figure 2-21 Remove the tray (2 of 2)

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

111

Fuser
CAUTION: The fuser might be hot. Allow enough time after turning off the product power for the
fuser to cool.
NOTE: The product detects a new fuser using a fusible link that blows after 100 pages have been
printed. If a new fuser is installed for troubleshooting purposes, be sure to remove it before printing
100 pages.
1.

Open the right-door assembly.
Figure 2-22 Remove the fuser (1 of 2)

Grasp the handles and squeeze the blue release levers.
Pull the fuser straight out of the product to remove it.
Figure 2-23 Remove the fuser (2 of 2)

112

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Feed and separation rollers (Trays 2-5)
CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy roller surface unless you are replacing the roller. Skin oils on the
roller can cause paper pickup problems.
1.

Locate the feed and separation rollers for the tray.
TIP: You do not have to separate the product from the feeder to remove these rollers. Remove
the cassette, and then reach up into the cavity to remove the rollers.

Release two tabs, and then remove the rollers.
Reinstallation tip When you reinstall the rollers, make sure that the rollers snap into place.
Figure 2-24 Remove the Pickup and feed rollers (Trays 2-5)

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

113

Pickup roller (Tray 1)
CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy roller surface unless you are replacing the roller. Skin oils on the
roller can cause paper pickup problems.
1.

Open Tray 1.
Figure 2-25 Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (1 of 5)

Push the top edge of the cover to release the tabs.
Figure 2-26 Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (2 of 5)

114

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Open the right-door assembly, and then remove the cover.
Figure 2-27 Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (3 of 5)

Release the two blue tabs.
Figure 2-28 Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (4 of 5)

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

115

Rotate the roller body away from the product to remove it.
Figure 2-29 Remove the pickup roller (Tray 1) (5 of 5)

116

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Reinstalling the pickup roller (Tray 1)
▲

When reinstalling the pickup roller, make sure the roller cover is installed correctly. Incorrect
installation can cause paper to jam.
Figure 2-30 Incorrect position of cover

Figure 2-31 Correct position of cover

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

117

Secondary transfer roller
CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy roller surface unless you are replacing the roller. Skin oils on the
roller can cause image quality problems.
1.

Open the right-door assembly.
Figure 2-32 Remove the transfer roller (1 of 3)

Use the blue lever to lower the secondary transfer assembly.
Figure 2-33 Remove the transfer roller (2 of 3)

118

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Grasp the roller shaft collars, and lift the transfer roller off of the product.
Figure 2-34 Remove the transfer roller (3 of 3)

1
2

Reinstall the transfer roller
When you reinstall the transfer roller, make sure that the pins on the shaft collars align with the holes in
the mounting assembly. After installing the new transfer roller, remove the protective cover.
Figure 2-35 Reinstall the transfer roller

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

119

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
CAUTION: Do not touch the black-plastic belt. Skin oils and fingerprints on the belt can cause printquality problems. Always place the ITB on a flat surface in a safe and protected location.
1.

Open the right-door assembly.
Figure 2-36 Remove the intermediate transfer belt (1 of 4)

Use the blue lever to lower the secondary transfer assembly.
Figure 2-37 Remove the intermediate transfer belt (2 of 4)

120

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Grasp the small handles on the ITB and then pull the ITB out of the product until two large handles
expand along the right- and left-side of the ITB.
Figure 2-38 Remove the intermediate transfer belt (3 of 4)

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

121

Grasp the large handles on the ITB and then pull the ITB straight out of the product to remove it.
CAUTION: The ITB is a sensitive component. Be careful when handling the ITB so that it is not
damaged. Always place the ITB in a safe and protected location.
Figure 2-39 Remove the intermediate transfer belt (4 of 4)

Reinstallation tip If you are installing a replacement ITB, make sure that you remove the
packing tape (callout 1) and the protective cover sheet (callout 2).

122

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Standard output bin
▲

Lift and pull the output bin to remove.
Figure 2-40 Remove the standard output bin

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

123

Output bin bezel
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123

Remove the output bin bezel
▲

Release two latches, and then slide the bezel up to remove.
Figure 2-41 Remove output bin bezel

ASY-TRY-F-BASE-SP (document feeder tray extender)
▲

Pull the tray extender out, lift, and then remove.
Figure 2-42 Remove the document feeder tray extender

124

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover)
1.

Open the jam access cover.

Release the cover latch (callout 1). Lower the cover (callout 2) and then pull (callout 3) the cover to
remove.
Figure 2-43 Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover)

ASY-ROL-FE-FEED-SP (pickup roller)
▲

Open the jam access cover (callout 1). Release the left side of the roller (callout 2) and remove
(callout 3).
Figure 2-44 Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover)

3
2

ENWW

Customer self repair (CSR) components

125

ASY-HLD-REV-PAD-SP (pickup roller pad) and ASY-SP-REV-SPR
(spring)
1.

Open the jam access cover.

Release one tab.
Figure 2-45 Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover)

Slide the pad (callout 1) and then lift back edge to remove (callout 2). Remove the spring if
necessary.
Figure 2-46 Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP (pickup roller cover)

126

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors
Identification and location
Figure 2-47 External panels, covers, and doors; identification and location

1
2

7
8

ENWW

9
10

11
12

Item

Description

Item

Description

ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (see
ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover)
on page 129)

Right-door assembly (see Right-door assembly
on page 145)

Control-panel assembly (see Control panel
on page 100).

Rear top cover (see S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear
cover) on page 128

Front-door assembly (see Front-door assembly
on page 140)

Fan cover (see Fan cover on page 134)

Tray (see Tray on page 111)

Rear cover (see Rear cover on page 144)

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (see
ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131)

Lower-left cover (see Lower-left cover
on page 136)

Right-rear cover (see Right-rear cover
on page 143)

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) (see S-CVR-LEFT
(scanner left cover) on page 133)

Right-front cover (see Right-front cover
on page 138)

Left cover (see Left cover on page 137)

External panels, covers, and doors

127

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover)
1.

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-48 Remove S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) (1 of 2)

Release one tab, and then remove the scanner cover.
Figure 2-49 Remove S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) (2 of 2)

128

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover)
1.

Lift the jam cover.
Figure 2-50 Remove ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (1 of 4)

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-51 Remove ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (2 of 4)

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

129

Open the document feeder and then remove two screws.
Figure 2-52 Remove ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (3 of 4)

Close the document feeder and then remove the document feeder front cover.
Figure 2-53 Remove ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (4 of 4)

130

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
1.

Open the jam cover.
Figure 2-54 Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (1 of 5)

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-55 Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (2 of 5)

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

131

Open the document feeder and then remove one screw.
Figure 2-56 Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (3 of 5)

Release one tab (callout 1) and then lift the document feeder rear cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-57 Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (4 of 5)

132

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the document feeder rear cover.
Figure 2-58 Remove the ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (5 of 5)

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover)
1.

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-59 Remove S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) (1 of 2)

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

133

Lift the scanner left cover to remove.
Figure 2-60 Remove S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) (2 of 2)

Fan cover
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

134

●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the fan cover
▲

Remove one screw and then remove the fan cover.
Figure 2-61 Remove upper left cover

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

135

Lower-left cover
▲

Remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the lower-left cover
(callout 3).
Figure 2-62 Remove the lower-left cover

1
2

136

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Left cover
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

Remove the left cover
1.

Open the front-door assembly. Open or remove Tray 2.

Remove four screws, and then remove the left cover.
Figure 2-63 Remove the left cover

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

137

Right-front cover
Remove the right-front cover
NOTE: Be careful. When removing the cover, do not dislodge the power button. If the button is
dislodged, see Reinstall the power button on page 139 to reinstall it.
1.

Open the right-door and front door assemblies.

Release three tabs.
Figure 2-64 Remove the right-front cover (1 of 2)

Lift the right-front cover to remove
Figure 2-65 Remove the right-front cover (2 of 2)

138

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Reinstall the power button
Snap the power button into the holders on the cover. Make sure that the spring is correctly installed.
Figure 2-66 Reinstall the power button

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

139

Front-door assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Right-front cover. See Right-front cover on page 138

Remove the front-door assembly
1.

Open the front-door assembly.

Release the right link arm by pushing the two segments together and then releasing.
Figure 2-67 Remove the front-door assembly (1 of 5)

140

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Squeeze the tab on the left link arm using needle nose pliers to release it from the front door
assembly.
NOTE: Hold the link arm firmly when releasing to prevent it from snapping against the front of
the product.
Figure 2-68 Remove the front-door assembly (2 of 5)

Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-69 Remove the front-door assembly (3 of 5)

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

141

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-70 Remove the front-door assembly (4 of 5)

Remove the front-door assembly.
Figure 2-71 Remove the front-door assembly (5 of 5)

142

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Right-rear cover
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Standard output bin. See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner on page 170.

●

Intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover. See Intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover
on page 229.

Remove the right-rear cover
1.

Open the right-door assembly.

Release two tabs and rotate the cover to remove.
Figure 2-72 Remove the right-rear cover

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

143

Rear cover
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

Remove the rear cover
▲

Remove one screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the cover to the right to
remove.
Figure 2-73 Remove the rear cover

1
2

144

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Right-door assembly
1.

Open the right-door assembly.
Figure 2-74 Remove the right-door assembly (1 of 9)

Remove three screws.
Figure 2-75 Remove the right-door assembly (2 of 9)

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

145

Remove the hinge assembly.
Reinstallation tip When the hinge is reinstalled, make sure that the tab (callout 1) is correctly
positioned on the door.
Figure 2-76 Remove the right-door assembly (3 of 9)

Remove the hinge cover.
Figure 2-77 Remove the right-door assembly (4 of 9)

146

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release one pin, and then release the link arm (callout 1).
CAUTION: The link arm is spring loaded. Hold the arm securely (as shown) to prevent the
spring from abruptly retracting.
Figure 2-78 Remove the right-door assembly (5 of 9)

Release one tab, and then remove the cover (callout 1).
TIP: Lift up on the secondary transfer assembly to make removing the cover easier.
Figure 2-79 Remove the right-door assembly (6 of 9)

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

147

Disconnect two connectors.
Figure 2-80 Remove the right-door assembly (7 of 9)

Lift two link arms to release.
Figure 2-81 Remove the right-door assembly (8 of 9)

148

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Slide the right-door assembly toward the front of the product and remove.
Figure 2-82 Remove the right-door assembly (9 of 9)

ENWW

External panels, covers, and doors

149

Document feeder
ASY-LVR-FE-EMP-SP (paper present flag)
1.

Open the jam access cover.

Release the flag from the hinge.
Figure 2-83 Remove the ASY-LVR-FE-EMP-SP (paper present flag) (1 of 2)

Pull the flag to release and remove.
Figure 2-84 Remove the ASY-LVR-FE-EMP-SP (paper present flag) (2 of 2)

150

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Document feeder
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

Remove the document feeder
1.

Remove one screw (callout 1) and disconnect two connectors (callout 2).
Figure 2-85 Remove the document feeder (1 of 3)

1
2
1

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-86 Remove the document feeder (2 of 3)

ENWW

Document feeder

151

From the rear of the product, lift the document feeder to remove.
Figure 2-87 Remove the document feeder (3 of 3)

Reinstall the document feeder
▲

Make sure the cable retainer is installed inside the cavity.
Figure 2-88 Reinstall the document feeder

152

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover). See ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover)
on page 129.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover)
1.

Remove one stepped screw.
Figure 2-89 Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover) (1 of 2)

ENWW

Document feeder

153

Lift the cover slightly, and then pull the cover toward the front of the product to remove.
Figure 2-90 Remove the ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover) (2 of 2)

154

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-TRY-SP (tray assembly)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

Remove the ASY-TRY-SP (tray assembly)
1.

Open the jam-access cover.

Disconnect one connector (callout 1) and release the cable from the cable guides (callout 2).
Figure 2-91 Remove the ASY-TRY-SP (tray assembly) (1 of 2)

ENWW

Document feeder

155

Release the pin from the hinge (callout 1) and then remove the tray assembly (callout 2).
Figure 2-92 Remove the ASY-TRY-SP (tray assembly) (2 of 2)

2
1

156

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover). See ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover)
on page 129.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover). See ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document
feeder jam-access cover) on page 153.

Remove ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly)
1.

Remove one screw (callout 1), release one clamp (callout 2), and then disconnect six connectors
(callout 3).
Figure 2-93 Remove the ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly) (1 of 3)

1
2

4
1
1

ENWW

Document feeder

157

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-94 Remove the ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly) (2 of 3)

Remove five screws, and then remove the assembly.
Figure 2-95 Remove the ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly) (3 of 3)

158

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-PBA-RELAY-SB (document feeder PCA)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Remove the ASY-PBA-RELAY-SB (document feeder PCA)
CAUTION:
▲

ESD-sensitive part.

Disconnect seven connectors (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the PCA.
Figure 2-96 Remove the ASY-PBA-RELAY-SB (document feeder PCA)

ENWW

Document feeder

159

ASM-IF-SP (document feeder cable)
Before proceeding, remove the following components

160

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the ASM-IF-SP (document feeder cable)
▲

Remove one screw (callout 1), release the cable guides (callout 2), disconnect two connectors
(callout 3), release one tab (callout 4). Remove the document feeder cable.
Figure 2-97 Remove the ASM-IF-SP (document feeder cable) (1 of 2)

4
2

NOTE: When reinstalling the cable, make sure to correctly wrap the cable in the toroid.
Figure 2-98 Remove the ASM-IF-SP (document feeder cable) (2 of 2)

ENWW

Document feeder

161

ASY-HNG-L-SP (document feeder left hinge)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Remove the ASY-HNG-L-SP (document feeder left hinge)
▲

Remove four screws and then remove the hinge.
Figure 2-99 Remove the ASY-HNG-L-SP (document feeder left hinge)

162

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-HNG-R-SP (document feeder right hinge)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Remove the ASY-HNG-R-SP (document feeder right hinge)
▲

Remove five screws and then remove the hinge.
Figure 2-100 Remove the ASY-HNG-L-SP (document feeder right hinge)

ENWW

Document feeder

163

ASY-FAN-SP (document feeder fan)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Remove the ASY-FAN-SP (document feeder fan)
▲

Disconnect all connectors from the document feeder PCA and lift the cable guide to provide access
to the screw (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the document feeder fan
(callout 2).
Figure 2-101 Remove the ASY-FAN-SP (document feeder fan)

164

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-MOT-FE-SP (motor)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Remove the ASY-MOT-FE-SP (motor)
▲

Remove two screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), release one spring (callout
3), and then remove the motor.
Figure 2-102 Remove the ASY-MOT-FE-SP (motor)

2
1
1

3
NOTE: When reassembling, reattach the spring before reinstalling screws.

ENWW

Document feeder

165

ASY-MOT-RE-SP (document feeder motor)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Remove the ASY-MOT-RE-SP (motor)
▲

Remove two screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), release one spring (callout
3), and then remove the motor.
Figure 2-103 Remove the ASY-MOT-RE-SP (motor)

3
NOTE: When reassembling, reattach the spring before reinstalling screws.

166

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-DFSENS-SP (document feeder open sensor)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Remove the ASY-DFSENS-SP (document feeder open sensor)
▲

Remove one screw (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove the sensor.
Figure 2-104 Remove the ASY-DFSENS-SP (document feeder open sensor)

ENWW

Document feeder

167

ASY-GIDREV-SPR-SP (document feeder jam access plate)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Remove the ASY-GIDREV-SPR-SP (document feeder jam access plate)
▲

Remove one stepped screw (callout 1) and then remove the jam access plate (callout 2).
Figure 2-105 Remove the ASY-GIDREV-SPR-SP (document feeder jam access plate)

168

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASY-BASE_SB (base assembly)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover). See ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover)
on page 129.

●

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover). See ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131.

●

ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document feeder jam-access cover). See ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP (document
feeder jam-access cover) on page 153.

●

ASY-FAN-SP (document feeder fan). See ASY-FAN-SP (document feeder fan) on page 164.

●

ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly). See ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP (internal assembly)
on page 157.

Remove the ASY-BASE_SB (base assembly)
▲

Remove seven screws (callout 1) and then release one cable clamp (callout 2). Remove the right
hinge, document feeder PCA, and document feeder open sensor from the base assembly.
Figure 2-106 Remove the ASY-BASE_SB (base assembly)

2
1

ENWW

Document feeder

169

Scanner
Scanner filter cover and scanner filter
1.

Remove the scanner-filter cover (callout 1).
Figure 2-107 Remove the scanner filter (1 of 2)

Remove the filter (callout 1).
Figure 2-108 Remove the scanner filter (2 of 2)

170

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Scanner assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Remove the scanner
1.

Carefully open the scanner.
WARNING! When the document feeder is removed from the product, the scanner opens with
force. Press down on the scanner with one hand when releasing the scanner latch.
Figure 2-109 Remove the scanner assembly (1 of 6)

ENWW

Scanner

171

Lower the jam access cover.
Figure 2-110 Remove the scanner assembly (2 of 6)

Release two scissor hinges (callout 1).
Figure 2-111 Remove the scanner assembly (3 of 6)

172

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Disconnect two connectors (callout 1) and release the safety cable (callout 2).
Figure 2-112 Remove the scanner assembly (4 of 6)

2
1

WARNING! The scanner is no longer secured to the product. To prevent the scanner from
falling from the product, firmly grasp the scanner when opening.
5.

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cable from the cable guides (callout 2).
Figure 2-113 Remove the scanner assembly (5 of 6)

2
1

ENWW

Scanner

173

From the rear of the product, lift the scanner to remove.
Figure 2-114 Remove the scanner assembly (6 of 6)

Scissor hinge assemblies
1.

Open the scanner and then lower the jam access cover.
Figure 2-115 Remove the scissor hinge assembly (1 of 3)

174

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release the top of the two scissor hinges (callout 1).
Figure 2-116 Remove the scissor hinge assembly (2 of 3)

Release the bottom of the two scissor hinges and remove.
Figure 2-117 Remove the scissor hinge assembly (3 of 3)

ENWW

Scanner

175

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
1.

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-118 Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) (1 of 4)

176

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Slide the CP adapter assembly to the left to release.
Figure 2-119 Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) (2 of 4)

ENWW

Scanner

177

Squeeze the retainer to release the cable from the back of the CP adapter assembly.
Figure 2-120 Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) (3 of 4)

CAUTION: After removing the CP adapter assembly from the scanner, be careful not to
damage the ground spring.
Figure 2-121 Remove the S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly) (4 of 4)

178

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

S-PBA-SCB (SCB)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

Remove the S-PBA-SCB (SCB)
CAUTION:
1.

ESD-sensitive part.

Carefully unlatch the top of the zero insertion force (ZIF) connector to release the flat flexible cable
(FFC). Disconnect the FFC.
Figure 2-122 Remove the S-PBA-SCB (SCB) (1 of 2)

ENWW

Scanner

179

Remove five screws (callout 1), disconnect four connectors (callout 2), and then remove the SCB.
Figure 2-123 Remove the S-PBA-SCB (SCB) (2 of 2)

180

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

S-ASM-USB (USB control panel cable)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly). See S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
on page 176

Remove the S-ASM-USB (USB control panel cable)
1.

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-124 Remove the S-ASM-USB (USB control panel cable) (1 of 2)

ENWW

Scanner

181

Remove five screws (callout 1), and then slide the lift plate (callout 2) and remove. Remove the
cable (callout 3).
Figure 2-125 Remove the S-ASM-USB (USB control panel cable) (2 of 2)

182

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

S-HNG-LIFT-R (scanner release assembly)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly). See S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
on page 176.

Remove the S-HNG-LIFT-R (scanner release assembly)
▲

Remove three screws, and then remove the scanner release assembly.
Figure 2-126 Remove the S-HNG-LIFT-R (scanner release assembly)

ENWW

Scanner

183

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly). See S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
on page 176.

Remove the S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top)
▲

Remove eight screws and then remove the tub top.
Figure 2-127 Remove tub top

184

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size
sensor)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly). See S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
on page 176.

●

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT. See S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top) on page 184.

Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size
sensor)
1.

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the inverter cover
to the right to remove.
Figure 2-128 Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size
sensor) (1 of 4)

ENWW

Move the carriage to the center of the scanner.

Scanner

185

Remove the front side shaft.
Figure 2-129 Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size
sensor) (2 of 4)

CAUTION: Grease is applied to the shaft. Avoid removing the grease from the shaft. Keep the
grease away from other parts of the product.
4.

Disconnect two FFCs and one connector.
Figure 2-130 Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size
sensor) (3 of 4)

186

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove three screws (callout 1) and the interconnect board and size sensor (callout 2).
Figure 2-131 Remove the S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size
sensor) (4 of 4)

1
2

ENWW

Scanner

187

S-ASSY-INV (inverter)
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly). See S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
on page 176.

●

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top). See S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top) on page 184.

●

S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size sensor). See S-PBA-TYUKEI
(interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size sensor) on page 185.

Remove the S-ASSY-INV (inverter)
CAUTION:
1.

ESD-sensitive part.

Remove six screws.
NOTE: Make sure to note the locations of each screw type.
Figure 2-132 Remove the S-ASSY-INV (inverter) (1 of 2)

188

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Carefully lift the grounding plate and then remove the inverter.
CAUTION: Do not deform the grounding plate. Deforming the grounding plate can cause the
optical carriage to malfunction.
Figure 2-133 Remove the S-ASSY-INV (inverter) (2 of 2)

ENWW

Scanner

189

S-FAN-MFB-30E-05A-006 (inverter fan)
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly). See S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
on page 176.

●

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top). See S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top) on page 184.

●

S-PBA-TYUKEI (interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size sensor). See S-PBA-TYUKEI
(interconnect board) and S-SNS-EY3A1061–2 (size sensor) on page 185.

●

S-ASSY-INV (inverter). See S-ASSY-INV (inverter) on page 188.

Remove the S-FAN-MFB-30E-05A-006 (inverter fan)
▲

Remove one screw, and then remove the inverter fan.
CAUTION: Check the arrows embossed on the fan frame that indicate air flow direction. When
the fan is reinstalled, the air must flow in the correct direction.
Figure 2-134 Remove the S-FAN-MFB-30E-05A-006 (inverter fan)

190

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly)
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly). See S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
on page 176.

●

S-PBA-SCB (SCB). See S-PBA-SCB (SCB) on page 179.

●

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top). See S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top) on page 184.

Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly)
CAUTION: If removing both shafts, be sure to return each shaft in its original position. The front shaft
has oil applied and rear shaft has grease applied.
CAUTION: Avoid removing the grease and oil from the shafts. Keep the grease and oil away from
other parts of the product.
1.

Remove four screws (callout 1), release two cables (callout 2) from the cable guides, and then
remove the sheet metal box.
Figure 2-135 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (1 of 6)

ENWW

Scanner

191

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then slide the inverter cover
to the right to remove.
Figure 2-136 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (2 of 6)

Move the carriage to the center of the scanner.

Remove one screw (callout 1) and restraint (callout 2). Release the FFC (callout 3) from the tape.
Figure 2-137 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (3 of 6)

1
2

192

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the stop (callout 2).
Figure 2-138 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (4 of 6)

Compress the spring until it locks (callout 1), and then remove the belt (callout 2) from the pulley.
Figure 2-139 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (5 of 6)

ENWW

Scanner

193

Release the belt from the optical assembly and then remove the assembly.
Figure 2-140 Remove the ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly) (6 of 6)

CAUTION: Oil is applied to the shaft. Keep oil away from other parts of the product.

194

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly)
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly). See S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
on page 176.

●

S-PBA-SCB (SCB). See S-PBA-SCB (SCB) on page 179

●

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top). See S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top) on page 184.

●

ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly). See ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068 (optical assembly)
on page 191.

Remove the S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly)
1.

Remove two screws (callout 1) and then release the cables from the cable guides (callout 2).
Figure 2-141 Remove the S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly) (1 of 3)

ENWW

Scanner

195

Remove three screws (callout 1), release two cables (callout 2) from the cable guides, and then
remove the sheet metal box.
Figure 2-142 Remove the S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly) (2 of 3)

Remove five screws, and then remove the motor assembly.
Figure 2-143 Remove the S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT (motor assembly) (3 of 3)

196

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

S-FAN-D06037600G-001 (scanner fan)
●

Control panel. See Control panel on page 100.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly). See S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER (CP adapter assembly)
on page 176.

●

S-PBA-SCB (SCB). See S-PBA-SCB (SCB) on page 179

●

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top). See S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (tub top) on page 184.

Remove the S-FAN-D06037600G-001 (scanner fan)
1.

Remove four screws (callout 1), release two cables (callout 2) from the cable guides, and then
remove the sheet metal box.
Figure 2-144 Remove the S-FAN-D06037600G-001 (scanner fan) (1 of 2)

ENWW

Scanner

197

Remove the foam (callout 1), release the cable from the cable guides (callout 2), and then remove
the fan.
Figure 2-145 Remove the S-FAN-D06037600G-001 (scanner fan) (2 of 2)

CAUTION: When the fan is reinstalled, the air must flow into the product. Check the arrows
embossed on the fan frame that indicate air flow direction.

198

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Internal assemblies
TIP: For clarity, some photos in this chapter show components removed that would not be removed to
service the product. If necessary, remove the components listed at the beginning of a procedure before
proceeding to service the product.

IPTU
Before proceeding, remove the following components
●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

Remove the IPTU
1.

Open the front door and then remove three screws.
Figure 2-146 Remove the IPTU (1 of 5)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

199

Lift the cover up on the right side to clear the pin, lift the paper path, rotate the cover on left side to
release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the inner cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-147 Remove the IPTU (2 of 5)

2
1

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-148 Remove the IPTU (3 of 5)

200

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-149 Remove the IPTU (4 of 5)

Disconnect one connector (callout 1) and then lift (callout 2) and slide the IPTU (callout 3) to
remove.
Figure 2-150 Remove the IPTU (5 of 5)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

201

Cassette feed guide
TIP: If a page is jammed in the product, you might be able to access it by removing this guide.
1.

Open the right-door assembly.
Figure 2-151 Remove the cassette feed guide (1 of 3)

202

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the cassette feed guide (callout 2).
Figure 2-152 Remove the cassette feed guide (2 of 3)

1
NOTE: When reinstalling the cassette feed guide, make sure to correctly align each screw and
pin with the corresponding hole and that the guide fits secure against the chassis.
Figure 2-153 Remove the cassette feed guide (3 of 3)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

203

Secondary transfer assembly
The secondary transfer assembly includes the transfer roller.
1.

Open the right-door assembly.
Figure 2-154 Remove the secondary transfer assembly (1 of 3)

Release one tab and carefully remove the stopper.
NOTE: You might have to slightly lift up on the corner of the assembly to release the stopper pin
from the hole in the chassis.
Figure 2-155 Remove the secondary transfer assembly (2 of 3)

204

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the secondary transfer assembly.
CAUTION:

Do not damage the blue release lever when removing the assembly.

Figure 2-156 Remove the secondary transfer assembly (3 of 3)

Reinstall the secondary transfer assembly
Press and hold the blue release lever when you reinstall the assembly.
Figure 2-157 Reinstall the secondary transfer assembly

ENWW

Internal assemblies

205

Separation pad (Tray 1)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Pickup roller. See Pickup roller (Tray 1) on page 114.

●

Right door assembly. See Right-door assembly on page 145.

Remove the separation pad (Tray 1)
1.

Remove two screws (callout 1) and the cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-158 Remove the separation pad (1 of 6)

Remove two screws (callout 1) and separate Tray 1 (callout 2) from the door assembly.
Figure 2-159 Remove the separation pad (2 of 6)

1
2

206

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release two tabs (callout 1) and slide the locking cap and sub roller toward the edge of the tray.
Figure 2-160 Remove the separation pad (3 of 6)

Release two tabs (callout 1) and slide the locking cap and sub roller toward the edge of the tray.
CAUTION:

Do not damage the flag (callout 2).

Figure 2-161 Remove the separation pad (4 of 6)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

207

Release one tab (callout 1) and slide the pickup-roller holder toward the edge of the tray.
CAUTION: Do not damage the flag (callout 2).
Figure 2-162 Remove the separation pad (5 of 6)

Release one tab (callout 1) and remove the separation pad.
Figure 2-163 Remove the separation pad (6 of 6)

208

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Registration density (RD) sensor assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

Secondary transfer assembly. See Secondary transfer assembly on page 204.

Remove the RD sensor assembly
1.

Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-164 Remove the RD sensor assembly (1 of 7)

1
2

NOTE: When reinstalling the cover, make sure that the tabs are seated correctly.
Figure 2-165 Remove the RD sensor assembly (2 of 7)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

209

Release one tab, and then remove the wire-harness cover.
TIP: Open the front door to make it easier to remove the cover.
Figure 2-166 Remove the RD sensor assembly (3 of 7)

Disconnect three connectors.
Figure 2-167 Remove the RD sensor assembly (4 of 7)

210

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-168 Remove the RD sensor assembly (5 of 7)

Slide the shutter toward the back side of the product. Keep the shutter in this position for the
following step.
Figure 2-169 Remove the RD sensor assembly (6 of 7)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

211

Carefully remove the assembly from the product.
CAUTION: Do not damage the shutter as it passes through the chassis.
Figure 2-170 Remove the RD sensor assembly (7 of 7)

212

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Registration assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

ENWW

●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

Secondary transfer assembly. See Secondary transfer assembly on page 204.

Internal assemblies

213

Remove the registration assembly
NOTE: If a replacement registration assembly is installed, you must use the control-panel menus to
reset the registration-roller count and input the media sensor value. See Service menu on page 625.
1.

Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-171 Remove the registration assembly (1 of 8)

1
2

NOTE: When reinstalling the cover, be sure that the tabs are seated correctly.
Figure 2-172 Remove the registration assembly (2 of 8)

214

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release one tab, and then remove the wire-harness cover.
TIP: To make the cover easier to remove, open the front-door assembly to close the RD-sensor
shutter.
Figure 2-173 Remove the registration assembly (3 of 8)

Disconnect two connectors.
Figure 2-174 Remove the registration assembly (4 of 8)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

215

Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the cassette feed guide (callout 2).
Figure 2-175 Remove the registration assembly (5 of 8)

1
5.

Remove four screws.
Figure 2-176 Remove the registration assembly (6 of 8)

216

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release two pins and the front of the assembly.
Figure 2-177 Remove the registration assembly (7 of 8)

Remove the assembly from the product.
Reinstallation tip When you reinstall the registration assembly, make sure that it is correctly
positioned in the product. The tabs on the assembly must fit into the slots in the product chassis
and the assembly fits securely up against the product chassis.
Figure 2-178 Remove the registration assembly (8 of 8)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

217

Residual-toner-feed motor
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

IPTU. See IPTU on page 199.

●

Delivery fan. See Delivery fan on page 228.

Remove the residual-toner-feed motor
Remove one screw (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and them remove the residualtoner-feed motor (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip When the motor (callout 3) is reinstalled, make sure that the keyed shaft on the
product and motor component are correctly aligned and engaged.
Figure 2-179 Remove the residual-toner-feed motor

218

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Residual-toner duct and feed assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Toner-collection unit. See Toner-collection unit on page 104.

●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

IPTU. See IPTU on page 199.

●

Residual-toner-feed motor. See Residual-toner-feed motor on page 218.

●

Delivery fan. See Delivery fan on page 228.

Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly
1.

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-180 Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly (1 of 4)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

219

Release one tab, and then remove the waste toner duct.
Figure 2-181 Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly (2 of 4)

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-182 Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly (3 of 4)

220

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Push the residual-toner feed assembly into the product and then remove through the print cartridge
cavity.
CAUTION: The waste toner feed assembly contains toner. Place a cloth below the work area to
catch any spilled toner.
Figure 2-183 Remove the residual-toner duct and feed assembly (4 of 4)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

221

Cartridge fan and environmental sensor
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor
1.

Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the sheet-metal plate (callout 2).
Figure 2-184 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (1 of 7)

222

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release one spring.
TIP: Close the front-door assembly to reduce tension in the spring.
Figure 2-185 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (2 of 7)

Release one tab and then slide the fan assembly toward the back of the product.
Figure 2-186 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (3 of 7)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

223

Pull the fan assembly out of the product, and then disconnect two connectors.
TIP: One connector is below the sponge.
Figure 2-187 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (4 of 7)

Release two tabs (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-188 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (5 of 7)

224

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the fan (callout 2).
Figure 2-189 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (6 of 7)

Carefully release one tab, and then remove the environmental sensor.
CAUTION:

ESD-sensitive part.

Figure 2-190 Remove the cartridge fan and environmental sensor (7 of 7)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

225

Toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Toner-collection unit. See Toner-collection unit on page 104.

●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

Remove the toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly
1.

Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the sheet-metal plate (callout 2).
Figure 2-191 Remove the toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly (1 of 3)

226

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Open the front-door assembly, and then remove one screw.
Figure 2-192 Remove the toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly (2 of 3)

Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the toner-collection sensor and scannerthermistor assembly (callout 2).
Figure 2-193 Remove the toner-collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly (3 of 3)

1
2

ENWW

Internal assemblies

227

Delivery fan
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

IPTU. See IPTU on page 199.

Remove the delivery fan
▲

Remove one screw (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2) and then remove the fan
(callout 3).
Figure 2-194 Remove the delivery fan

3
TIP: When the fan is reinstalled, the air must flow into the product. Check the arrows embossed
on the fan frame that indicate air flow direction.

228

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

Remove the Intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover
1.

Open the right door. Release one pry points (callout 1). Slide the duplexing gear cover (callout 2)
to the left to remove. Release two pry points (callout 3) and then release four pry points (callout 4).
Figure 2-195 Remove the intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover (1 of 2)

4
3

ENWW

Internal assemblies

229

Rotate the intermediate cover and remove.
Figure 2-196 Remove the intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover (2 of 2)

230

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Delivery assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Fuser. See Fuser on page 112.

●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

IPTU. See IPTU on page 199.

●

Intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover. See Intermediate cover and duplexing gear cover
on page 229.

Remove the delivery assembly
1.

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-197 Remove the delivery assembly (1 of 4)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

231

Pull one tab out, and then push the tab down to release the bushing.
Figure 2-198 Remove the delivery assembly (2 of 4)

NOTE: When reinstalling, make sure the tab is correctly installed and flush against the chassis.
3.

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-199 Remove the delivery assembly (3 of 4)

232

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the assembly.
Figure 2-200 Remove the delivery assembly (4 of 4)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

233

Reinstall the delivery assembly
▲

Make sure that the solenoid plunger is correctly installed on the replacement assembly.
Figure 2-201 Reinstall the delivery assembly

234

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Duplex-drive assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Fuser. See Fuser on page 112.

●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover). See S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) on page 133.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

IPTU. See IPTU on page 199.

●

Delivery assembly. See Delivery assembly on page 231.

Remove the duplex-drive assembly
▲

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the
assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-202 Remove the duplex-drive assembly

ENWW

Internal assemblies

235

Power-supply fan
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Image scanning power supply unit. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

Remove the power-supply fan
1.

Release the fan cable from the DC controller.
Figure 2-203 Remove the power-supply fan (1 of 2)

236

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the fan (callout 2) from the fan duct.
Reinstallation tip When the fan is reinstalled, the air must flow into the product. Check the
arrows embossed on the fan frame that indicate air flow direction.
Figure 2-204 Remove the power-supply fan (2 of 2)

Image scanner power supply unit (PSU)
Before proceeding, remove the following components

ENWW

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

Internal assemblies

237

Remove the image scanner supply unit (PSU) and fan
1.

Disconnect three connectors (callout 1), remove three screws (callout 2), and then remove the
image scanner supply unit (PSU).
Figure 2-205 Remove the image scanner supply unit (PSU) and fan (1 of 2)

Remove one screw, disconnect one connector, and then remove the fan.
Figure 2-206 Remove the image scanner supply unit (PSU) and fan (2 of 2)

238

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Interconnect board (ICB)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply unit (PSU). See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU)
on page 237.

Remove the ICB
WARNING! Do not remove the ICB from a product and then install it into a different product.
Failure to follow this warning will result in severe damage to that product and cause it to be unusable.
HP recommends that if you remove and replace the ICB, you should destroy the discarded ICB so that it
can not accidentally be installed in a different product.
CAUTION:
1.

ESD-sensitive part.

Remove three screws (callout 1), disconnect one FFC (callout 2), and remove the small cover
(callout 3).
Figure 2-207 Remove the ICB (1 of 2)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

239

Carefully rotate and slide the ICB up and away from the chassis, disconnect one connector, and
then remove the ICB.
Figure 2-208 Remove the ICB (2 of 2)

240

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

DC controller PCA only
NOTE: Use the following procedure to replace only the DC controller PCA. To access components
behind the DC controller, remove the PCA and the sheet-metal backing tray. See DC controller PCA
and tray on page 248.
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Standard output bin. See Standard output bin on page 123.

●

Output bin bezel. See Output bin bezel on page 124.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply unit (PSU). See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU)
on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

Remove the DC controller PCA only
CAUTION:

ESD-sensitive part.

NOTE: To locate DC controller connector locations, see DC controller connector locations
on page 432. There are 34 connectors in all.

ENWW

Internal assemblies

241

▲

Disconnect all the connectors. Remove four screws and then remove the DC controller PCA
Reinstallation tip The connector locations J101 and J102 are not used.
Figure 2-209 Remove the DC controller PCA only

242

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Low-voltage power supply (LVPS)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

Remove the low-voltage power supply
CAUTION:
1.

ESD-sensitive part.

Remove four screws, and then slide the sheet-metal plate toward the back of the product to
remove.
Figure 2-210 Remove the low-voltage power supply (1 of 8)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

243

Disconnect five connectors, and then release the wire harnesses from the guides as necessary.
NOTE: To locate DC controller connector locations, see DC controller connector locations
on page 432.
Figure 2-211 Remove the low-voltage power supply (2 of 8)

Disconnect one connector, and then release the wire harness from the guide.
Reinstallation tip Make sure that you reconnect this connector when the power supply is
reinstalled.
Figure 2-212 Remove the low-voltage power supply (3 of 8)

244

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove three screws.
Figure 2-213 Remove the low-voltage power supply (4 of 8)

Remove three screws.
Figure 2-214 Remove the low-voltage power supply (5 of 8)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

245

Slide the end of the formatter cage away from the product (callout 1) and the slide the cage out of
the product (callout 2).
Figure 2-215 Remove the low-voltage power supply (6 of 8)

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-216 Remove the low-voltage power supply (7 of 8)

246

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Slide and then lift the end of low-voltage power supply until it is free of the product. Remove the
low-voltage power supply.
Figure 2-217 Remove the low-voltage power supply (8 of 8)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

247

DC controller PCA and tray
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

Remove the DC controller PCA and tray
CAUTION:

ESD-sensitive part.

NOTE: To locate DC controller connector locations, see DC controller connector locations
on page 432.
1.

Disconnect all the connectors. There are 34 connectors in all.
Reinstallation tip The connector locations J101 and J102 are not used.
Figure 2-218 Remove the DC controller PCA and tray (1 of 3)

248

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-219 Remove the DC controller PCA and tray (2 of 3)

Disengage three tabs (two along the left edge of the PCA and one at the top-right corner of the
PCA).
Figure 2-220 Remove the DC controller PCA and tray (3 of 3)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

249

High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

Remove the high-voltage power supply lower
CAUTION:
1.

ESD-sensitive part.

Disconnect three connectors.
Figure 2-221 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (1 of 7)

250

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove three screws.
Figure 2-222 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (2 of 7)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

251

Release four locking clips.
NOTE: Squeeze each locking clip to remove.
Figure 2-223 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (3 of 7)

Figure 2-224 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (4 of 7)

252

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release five tabs.
Figure 2-225 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (5 of 7)

Rotate the top of the power supply away from the chassis, and then disconnect two connectors on
the back of the power supply.
NOTE: Do not disconnect the FFC (callout 1). The FFC and the FFC wiring guide are supplied
with the replacement assembly.
Figure 2-226 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (6 of 7)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

253

Disconnect one FFC (callout 1). Release only the wire harnesses from the guide (callout 2) and
then remove the power supply.
Figure 2-227 Remove the high-voltage power supply lower (7 of 7)

Reinstall the high-voltage power supply lower
When you reinstall the power supply, look through the holes in the PCA and make sure that the highvoltage contact springs are correctly seated against the PCA.
Figure 2-228 Reinstall the high-voltage power supply lower

254

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Developing-disengagement motor
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

High-voltage power supply lower. See High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) on page 250.

Remove the developing-disengagement motor
▲

Remove two screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and remove the motor.
Figure 2-229 Remove the developing-disengagement motor

ENWW

Internal assemblies

255

Exhaust fan and fan duct
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

High-voltage power supply lower. See High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) on page 250.

Remove the exhaust fan and fan duct
1.

Remove two screws (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove the exhaust
fan and duct (callout 3) from the product.
Figure 2-230 Remove the exhaust fan and fan duct (1 of 3)

1
3

256

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release five tabs (callout 1) and remove the cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-231 Remove the exhaust fan and fan duct (2 of 3)

Disconnect one connector, and then remove the fan from the duct.
Figure 2-232 Remove the exhaust fan and fan duct (3 of 3)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

257

Reinstall the exhaust fan and fan duct
Be sure that the toroid (callout 1) is correctly aligned in the FFC cable guide before attempting to
reinstall the exhaust fan and duct.
Figure 2-233 Reinstall the exhaust fan and fan duct

258

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Pickup motor
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

Remove the pickup motor
Remove two screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and then remove the motor
(callout 3).
Figure 2-234 Remove the pickup motor

3
1

ENWW

Internal assemblies

259

Lifter-drive assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

260

●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151..

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

High-voltage power supply lower. See High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) on page 250.

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the lifter-drive assembly
1.

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then move the accessory-tray connector (callout 2) to access
the screw behind it.
Reinstallation tip If the product is installed on the optional paper feeder, you must slightly
separate the product and the feeder assembly to install this connector. Open the right door on the
feeder. Use the blue handle to release the product-accessory lock, and then lift up on the edge of
the product to create a slight gap between the product and the accessory.
Figure 2-235 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (1 of 3)

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove two screws (callout 2).
Figure 2-236 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (2 of 3)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

261

Remove the lifter-drive assembly from the product.
CAUTION: The spring on the assembly is not captive. Do not lose the spring when the assembly
is removed.
Figure 2-237 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (3 of 3)

NOTE: Make sure that the lifter-drive assembly moves up and down easily after reinstalling.

262

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Lifter base assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

High-voltage power supply lower. See High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) on page 250.

Remove the lifter base assembly
1.

Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-238 Remove the lifter base assembly (1 of 2)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

263

From inside the Tray 2 cavity, remove four screws, and then remove the lifter base assembly.
NOTE: Pull the assembly straight from the product without tipping to prevent the spring from
falling from the assembly.
Reinstallation tip If the tray does not completely close when reinstalled, push on the lever in
the opening (callout 1) with a flat blade screwdriver to reset the spring in the closing mechanism.
Figure 2-239 Remove the lifter base assembly (2 of 2)

Reinstall the lifter base assembly
If the spring falls from the lifter base assembly, reinstall it in the lifter before reinstalling the lifter base
assembly.
1.

Make sure the black rubber end is seated on the spring.
Figure 2-240 Reinstall the lifter base assembly (1 of 2)

264

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Place the spring in the lifter before installing the assembly on the product.
Figure 2-241 Reinstall the lifter base assembly (2 of 2)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

265

Tray-pickup drive assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Power-supply fan. See Power-supply fan on page 236.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

High-voltage power supply lower. See High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) on page 250.

Remove the tray-pickup drive assembly
NOTE: To remove the pickup motor only, see Pickup motor on page 259.
1.

Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the power-supply fan (callout 2).
Figure 2-242 Remove the tray-pickup drive assembly (1 of 3)

266

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove two screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and then remove the pickup
motor (callout 35).
Figure 2-243 Remove the tray-pickup drive assembly (2 of 3)

3
1

Remove three screws, and then remove the tray-pickup drive assembly.
NOTE: The cams on the main-drive assembly can prevent the tray-pickup drive assembly from
releasing from the product. If you cannot remove the assembly, remove the DC controller and tray
to provide additional space. See DC controller PCA and tray on page 248. You might also need
to remove the wire guide from the main-drive assembly. See Figure 2-280 Remove the main-drive
assembly (4 of 7) on page 295.
Figure 2-244 Remove the tray-pickup drive assembly (3 of 3)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

267

Tray-pickup assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

268

●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Right-rear cover. See Right-rear cover on page 143.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Secondary transfer assembly. See Secondary transfer assembly on page 204.

●

Registration assembly. See Registration assembly on page 213.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

High-voltage power supply lower. See High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) on page 250.

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the tray-pickup assembly
NOTE: This task requires that you remove three feed guides on the right side of the product before
you can remove the tray-pickup assembly.
1.

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then disconnect two connectors (callout 2).
Figure 2-245 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (1 of 11)

2
1

From the front of the product, remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove one tray rail
(callout 2).
Figure 2-246 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (2 of 11)

1
2

ENWW

Internal assemblies

269

From the right side of the product, remove two screws (callout 1) and one cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-247 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (3 of 11)

2
4.

Close the right-door assembly. Push in and then push up on the stopper to release.
Figure 2-248 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (4 of 11)

270

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Open the right-door assembly. Lift the two link arms (callout 1) to release from the product, and
then remove the paper guide (callout 2).
Figure 2-249 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (5 of 11)

Close the right-door assembly. Push the two tabs toward each other, and then push up to release
the feed guide.
Figure 2-250 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (6 of 11)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

271

Open the right-door assembly, and then remove the feed guide.
Figure 2-251 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (7 of 11)

Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove two brackets (callout 2).
Figure 2-252 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (8 of 11)

272

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the feed guide (callout 2) toward the front of the
product to remove.
Figure 2-253 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (9 of 11)

1
2

10. Remove one screw.
Figure 2-254 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (10 of 11)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

273

11. Remove the tray-pickup assembly.
Figure 2-255 Remove the tray-pickup assembly (11 of 11)

274

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

ENWW

●

Toner collection unit. See Toner-collection unit on page 104.

●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Cartridge fan and environmental sensor. See Cartridge fan and environmental sensor
on page 222.

●

Toner collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly. See Toner-collection sensor and scannerthermistor assembly on page 226.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

High-voltage power supply lower. See High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) on page 250.

●

Exhaust fan and fan duct. See Exhaust fan and fan duct on page 256.

Internal assemblies

275

Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M)
NOTE: After installing a new laser/scanner assembly, be sure to calibrate the product. See Calibrate
the product on page 468.
1.

Release one spring.
CAUTION: The spring is not captive. Do not lose the spring when it is removed. Use a pair of
needle-nose pliers to safely retain the spring when it is removed. Do not use a flat blade
screwdriver to remove the spring; the spring could forcibly leave the product and strike you.
Figure 2-256 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (1 of 5)

Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-257 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (2 of 5)

276

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect one FFC (callout 2).
Reinstallation tip When reinstalled, the toroid (callout 3) must be correctly positioned on the
wire guide (in the provided slots) so that the fan duct will fully seat in the product when it is
reinstalled.
Figure 2-258 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (3 of 5)

2
3

CAUTION: The spring is not captive. Do not lose the spring when it is removed. Use a pair of
needle-nose pliers to safely retain the spring when it is removed. Do not use a flat blade
screwdriver to remove the spring; the spring could forcibly leave the product and strike you.
Reinstallation tip When you reinstall the spring, make sure that the laser/scanner fits tightly
up against the product chassis, and make sure that the FFC is fully seated in the connector. The
locator tabs on the front and rear of the scanner must be firmly seated in the slots in the chassis.

ENWW

Internal assemblies

277

Rotate the front of the laser/scanner assembly down (callout 1), and then slide it toward the right
(callout 2). Lower the left corner, and then rotate the left corner out of the product (callout 3).
Reinstallation tip When the scanner is reinstalled, make sure that the tab on the front of the
laser/scanner is inserted in the alignment hole in the product chassis. See callout 1 in Figure
2-260 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (5 of 5) on page 278
Figure 2-259 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (4 of 5).

1
3

Pull the laser/scanner assembly out of the product to remove it.
Reinstallation tip When the scanner is removed, locate the alignment tab (callout 1) on the
front of the laser/scanner. The tab must be inserted in the alignment hole in the product chassis
when the assembly is reinstalled.
Figure 2-260 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) (5 of 5)

278

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

ENWW

●

Toner collection unit. See Toner-collection unit on page 104.

●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Cartridge fan and environmental sensor. See Cartridge fan and environmental sensor
on page 222.

●

Toner collection sensor and scanner-thermistor assembly. See Toner-collection sensor and scannerthermistor assembly on page 226.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

High-voltage power supply lower. See High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) on page 250.

●

Exhaust fan and fan duct. See Exhaust fan and fan duct on page 256.

●

Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M). See Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) on page 275.

Internal assemblies

279

Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk)
NOTE: After installing a new laser/scanner assembly, be sure to calibrate the product. See Calibrate
the product on page 468.
1.

Release one spring (callout 1), and then disconnect one FFC (callout 2).
CAUTION: The spring is not captive. Do not lose the spring when it is removed. Use a pair of
needle-nose pliers to safely retain the spring when it is removed. Do not use a flat blade
screwdriver to remove the spring; the spring could forcibly leave the product and strike you.
Reinstallation tip When you reinstall the spring, make sure that the laser/scanner fits tightly
up against the product chassis, and make sure that the FFC is fully seated in the connector. The
locator tabs on the front of the scanner must be firmly seated in the slots in the chassis.
Figure 2-261 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (1 of 5)

1
2

280

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Disconnect one connector.
Figure 2-262 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (2 of 5)

Remove five screws (callout 1), and then remove the cover (callout 2).
CAUTION: Be careful. The PGC actuators are easily dislodged when the cover is removed. See
Figure 2-266 Reinstall the PGC actuators (1 of 5) on page 283. To reinstall the actuators, see
Reinstall the protective glass cleaner (PGC) actuators on page 283.
Figure 2-263 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (3 of 5)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

281

Release one spring.
CAUTION: The spring is not captive. Do not lose the spring when it is removed. Use a pair of
needle-nose pliers to safely retain the spring when it is removed. Do not use a flat blade
screwdriver to remove the spring; the spring could forcibly leave the product and strike you.
Reinstallation tip When you reinstall the spring, make sure that the laser/scanner fits tightly
up against the product chassis.
Figure 2-264 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (4 of 5)

282

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Rotate the corner of the assembly away from the product until you can see the PCA, and then
remove the assembly from the product.
Reinstallation tip When the laser/scanner is correctly positioned in the chassis, the plastic
parts which protrude at the front and rear of the product will be firmly seated against the locator
tabs on the chassis. Verify that the assembly is correctly seated, and then install the spring.
Figure 2-265 Remove the laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) (5 of 5)

Reinstall the protective glass cleaner (PGC) actuators
1.

The following figure shows a dislodged PGC actuator.
TIP: If the actuator and spring are only slightly dislodged, you might be able to easily push them
back into place.
Figure 2-266 Reinstall the PGC actuators (1 of 5)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

283

Remove the actuator and spring from the product. Install the spring on the actuator.
Figure 2-267 Reinstall the PGC actuators (2 of 5)

Before proceeding, take note of the following:
●

Callout 1: The pin on the actuator will be installed into the slot in the chassis.

●

Callout 2: The pin on the pivot arm will be installed into the slot on the actuator.

●

Callout 3: The end of the spring will be installed onto the tab on the chassis.

Figure 2-268 Reinstall the PGC actuators (3 of 5)

2
1

284

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Place the end of the actuator into the PGC rod, and then use a small flat blade screw driver to
fasten the end of the spring on the tab on the chassis.
Figure 2-269 Reinstall the PGC actuators (4 of 5)

Push down on the actuator to seat it into place. Verify that the actuators is correctly installed. The
PGC actuator must freely move when you push in on the actuator.
Figure 2-270 Reinstall the PGC actuators (5 of 5)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

285

High-voltage power supply upper (HVPS-T)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

DC controller and tray. See DC controller PCA and tray on page 248.

Remove the high-voltage power supply upper
CAUTION:
1.

ESD-sensitive part.

Remove three screws (callout 1), and then release four tabs (callout 2).
Figure 2-271 Remove the high-voltage power supply upper (2 of 2)

1
2

286

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Disconnect one connector (callout 1) and then remove the power supply.Do not disconnect two
connectors (callout 2)
Figure 2-272 Remove the high-voltage power supply upper (1 of 2)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

287

Reinstall the high-voltage power supply upper
When you reinstall the power supply, look through the holes in the PCA and make sure that the highvoltage contact springs are correctly seated against the PCA.
NOTE: For a replacement power supply, remove one wire harness (callout 1) and then install it on
the replacement power supply.
Figure 2-273 Reinstall the high-voltage power supply upper

288

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Yellow, magenta, cyan, and black drum motors
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

DC controller PCA and tray. See DC controller PCA and tray on page 248.

●

High-voltage power supply upper. See High-voltage power supply upper (HVPS-T) on page 286.

Remove the yellow, magenta, cyan, and black drum motors
▲

For each motor, remove three screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and then
remove the motor (callout 3)
Figure 2-274 Remove the yellow, magenta, cyan, and black drum motors

ENWW

Internal assemblies

289

Fuser motor
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

290

●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Image scanner power supply unit (PSU). See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU)
on page 237.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

DC controller PCA. See DC controller PCA and tray on page 248.

●

High-voltage power supply upper. See High-voltage power supply upper (HVPS-T) on page 286.

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the fuser motor
Remove three screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and then remove the motor
(callout 3).
Figure 2-275 Remove the fuser motor

1
2

ENWW

Internal assemblies

291

ITB motor
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

DC controller PCA. See DC controller PCA and tray on page 248.

●

High-voltage power supply upper. See High-voltage power supply upper (HVPS-T) on page 286.

Remove the ITB motor
▲

Remove three screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and then remove the motor
(callout 3).
Figure 2-276 Remove the ITB motor (1 of 2)

1
2

292

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Main-drive assembly
NOTE: Removing the main-drive assembly typically requires more than 2 hours to complete.
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

ENWW

●

Formatter. See Formatter PCA on page 106.

●

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB). See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

●

S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover). See S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear cover) on page 128.

●

Fan cover. See Fan cover on page 134.

●

Lower-left cover. See Lower-left cover on page 136.

●

Left cover. See Left cover on page 137.

●

Rear cover. See Rear cover on page 144.

●

Document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

●

Scanner assembly. See Scanner assembly on page 171.

●

Image scanner power supply. See Image scanner power supply unit (PSU) on page 237.

●

Interconnect board (ICB). See Interconnect board (ICB) on page 239.

●

Low-voltage power supply. See Low-voltage power supply (LVPS) on page 243.

●

DC controller PCA. See DC controller PCA and tray on page 248.

●

High-voltage power supply lower. See High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D) on page 250.

●

Exhaust fan and fan duct. See Exhaust fan and fan duct on page 256.

●

High-voltage power supply upper. See High-voltage power supply upper (HVPS-T) on page 286.

●

Yellow, magenta, cyan, and black drum motors. See Remove the yellow, magenta, cyan, and
black drum motors on page 289.

Internal assemblies

293

Remove the main-drive assembly
1.

Remove one screw and then release the fan from the chassis.
Figure 2-277 Remove the main-drive assembly (1 of 7)

Remove eight connectors (callout 1), and then release the wire harnesses from the guides
(callout 2).
NOTE: Leave the wire harnesses with the product.
Figure 2-278 Remove the main-drive assembly (2 of 7)

294

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove two screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and then remove the
developing-disengagement motor.
NOTE: When the motor is reinstalled, make sure the motor PCA is positioned at the top of the
assembly.
Figure 2-279 Remove the main-drive assembly (3 of 7)

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the wire guide from the main-drive assembly
(callout 2).
NOTE: Leave the wire harnesses connected to the wire guide and attached to the product for
easier reinstallation.
Figure 2-280 Remove the main-drive assembly (4 of 7)

1
2

ENWW

Internal assemblies

295

Remove 10 screws.
Figure 2-281 Remove the main-drive assembly (5 of 7)

Separate the main-drive assembly from the product.
Figure 2-282 Remove the main-drive assembly (6 of 7)

296

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release the wire harness (callout 1) from the guides, and then remove the main-drive assembly
from the product.
Reinstallation tip It might be easier to pass this harness over the edge of the assembly chassis
after the main-drive assembly is reinstalled.
Figure 2-283 Remove the main-drive assembly (7 of 7)

CAUTION: Be careful when you remove the assembly. The cams on the backside of the
assembly can be dislodged. If the cams become dislodged, install them on the shafts as shown in
Figure 2-284 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (1 of 7) on page 298.
The black cam must be installed on the shaft furthest away from the developing-disengagement
motor. The white cams are interchangeable.

ENWW

Internal assemblies

297

Reinstall the main-drive assembly
1.

Locate the cams (callout 1) on the back side of the assembly.
Figure 2-284 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (1 of 7)

Slowly rotate the shaft near the black cam.
WARNING! Do not touch the plastic gears or cams. You must not wipe away any of the grease
that is applied to these components. Always rotate the gears and cams by rotating the metal drive
shaft.
Figure 2-285 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (2 of 7)

298

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Continue to rotate the shaft until the holes in the black-cam gear align as shown below.
When correctly aligned, the bottom-most hole in the gear is aligned with a hole in the sheet-metal
chassis.
NOTE: The holes in the other cam gears have a different alignment. You must make sure that the
holes in the black-cam gear are correctly aligned.
Figure 2-286 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (3 of 7)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

299

Verify that the cams (callout 1) align correctly.
TIP: The second cam in from the right (the white cam to the left of the black cam), should have
the second hole aligned with the hole in the sheet-metal chassis.
The third cam in from the right, should have the third hole aligned with the hole in the sheet-metal
chassis.
The fourth cam in from the right (the cam nearest the developing-disengagement motor), should
have the fourth hole aligned with the hole in the sheet-metal chassis.
If the second, third, or fourth cams do not correctly align, do the following. Hold the long drive
shaft, gently tilt the cam and gear away from the shaft to allow clearance to rotate the gear until
the correct hole in the gear aligns with the hole in the chassis.
Figure 2-287 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (4 of 7)

300

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

When the cams align correctly, they easily fit into the holes in the chassis.
Figure 2-288 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (5 of 7)

When placing the assembly on the chassis, align the holes in the assembly with the holes in the
chassis.
Reinstallation tip If the upper-left corner of the assembly is difficult to seat, you might need to
rotate the ITB motor to align the gear shaft with the hole in the chassis.
Figure 2-289 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (6 of 7)

ENWW

Internal assemblies

301

When the assembly is correctly installed, the tabs are flat against the chassis.
Figure 2-290 Reinstall the main-drive assembly (7 of 7)

TIP: After reassembling the product, use the Diagnostics menu to print a Color Band Test page.
If the test page shows one or more color planes are not printing (usually in the upper left corner of
the page), the cam or cams for the missing color plane are not correctly aligned. Repeat the
reinstall the main-drive assembly procedure.

302

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet
and 3 x 500-sheet)
NOTE: For information about removing the Tray 3, 4, or 5 feed and separation rollers, see Feed and
separation rollers (Trays 2-5) on page 113.
For information about removing the Tray 3, 4, or 5 cassettes, see Tray on page 111.
For information about removing the right door (optional paper feeder), see Right door (optional paper
feeder) on page 307
The following procedures apply to both the 1 x 500-sheet optional paper feeder and the 3 x 500-sheet
optional paper unless specifically noted.

Front door (optional paper feeder)
1.

Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the stopper (callout 2).
Figure 2-291 Remove the front door (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2)

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

303

Release the link arm (callout 1), and then remove the front door (callout 2).
Figure 2-292 Remove the front door (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2)

304

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Rear cover (optional paper feeder)
▲

Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the rear cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-293 Remove the rear cover (optional paper feeder)

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

305

Right-front cover (optional paper feeder)
▲

Open the front and right doors, remove one screw (callout 1), and then lift the right-front cover
(callout 2) to remove.
Figure 2-294 Remove the right-front cover (optional paper feeder)

1
2

306

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Right door (optional paper feeder)
1.

Open the right door, release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the stopper (callout 2)
Figure 2-295 Remove the right door (optional paper feeder) (1 of 3)

Close the right door slightly, and then release the upper link arm.
Figure 2-296 Remove the right door (optional paper feeder) (2 of 3)

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

307

Slide the door to release the lower link arm, and then remove the right door.
Figure 2-297 Remove the right door (optional paper feeder) (3 of 3)

308

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Left cover (optional paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Front door (optional paper feeder). See Front door (optional paper feeder) on page 303.

●

Right-front cover (optional paper feeder). See Right-front cover (optional paper feeder)
on page 306.

Remove the left cover (optional paper feeder)
1.

1 x 500 paper feeder only: Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove two bushings
(callout 2).
Figure 2-298 Remove the left cover (optional paper feeder) (1 of 3)

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

309

1 x 500 paper feeder only: Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the storage
box (callout 2).
Figure 2-299 Remove the left cover (optional paper feeder) (2 of 3)

Release five tabs (callout 1), and then remove the left cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-300 Remove the left cover (optional paper feeder) (3 of 3)

310

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Right cover (optional paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Right door (optional paper feeder). See Right door (optional paper feeder) on page 307.

Remove the right cover (optional paper feeder)
▲

Remove two screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the right cover
(callout 3).
Figure 2-301 Remove the right cover (optional paper feeder)

1
2

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

311

Rear-right cover (optional paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Right door (optional paper feeder). See Right door (optional paper feeder) on page 307.

Remove the rear-right cover (optional paper feeder)
▲

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then lift the rear-right cover (callout 2) to remove.
Figure 2-302 Remove the rear-right cover (optional paper feeder)

312

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Pickup assembly (optional paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Paper feeder right front cover. See Right-front cover (optional paper feeder) on page 306.

●

Paper feeder rear cover. See Rear cover (optional paper feeder) on page 305.

NOTE: The following procedure shows steps for removing the pickup assembly for Tray 3. 3 x 500sheet optional paper feeder only: The steps for removing the pickup assemblies for Tray 4 and
Tray 5 are the same unless noted. You must remove the pickup assemblies in sequence beginning with
the pickup assembly for Tray 5.

Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder)
1.

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the tray rail (callout 2).
Figure 2-303 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (1 of 5)

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

313

1 x 500-sheet optional paper feeder only: Remove three screws (callout 1), disconnect
one connector (callout 2), and then remove the motor assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-304 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (2 of 5)

2
3
1

3 x 500-sheet optional paper feeder only: Remove four screws (callout 1), disconnect two
connector (callout 2), and then remove the motor assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-305 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (3 of 5)

314

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 2-306 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (4 of 5)

2
1

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the pickup assembly (callout 2).
Figure 2-307 Remove the pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) (5 of 5)

2
1

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

315

Lifter assembly (optional paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Rear cover (optional paper feeder). See Rear cover (optional paper feeder) on page 305.

Remove the lifter assembly (optional paper feeder)
1.

Disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 2-308 Remove the lifter assembly (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2)

Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the lifter assembly (callout 2).
Figure 2-309 Remove the lifter assembly (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2)

316

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Lifter-drive assembly (optional paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Rear cover (optional paper feeder). See Rear cover (optional paper feeder) on page 305.

Remove the lifter-drive assembly (optional paper feeder)
1.

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the wire harnesses (callout 3) from the
guides (callout 2).
Figure 2-310 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2)

Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the sheet-metal plate (callout 2). Remove one
spring (callout 3), and then remove the lifter drive assembly.
Figure 2-311 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2)

2
3

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

317

Pickup motor assembly (optional paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Rear cover (optional paper feeder). See Rear cover (optional paper feeder) on page 305.

Remove the pickup motor (optional paper feeder) assembly
1.

1 x 500-sheet optional paper feeder only: Remove three screws (callout 1), disconnect
one connector (callout 2), and then remove the motor assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-312 Remove the pickup motor assembly (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2)

2
3
1

3 x 500-sheet optional paper feeder only: Remove four screws (callout 1), disconnect two
connector (callout 2), and then remove the motor assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-313 Remove the pickup motor assembly (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2)

318

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Controller PCA (optional paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Rear cover (optional paper feeder). See Rear cover (optional paper feeder) on page 305.

Remove the controller PCA (optional paper feeder)
CAUTION:
1.

ESD-sensitive part.

1 x 500-sheet optional paper feeder only: Disconnect four connector (callout 2), and then
remove two screws (callout 1). Release three tabs (callout 3), and then remove the PCA (callout 4).
Figure 2-314 Remove the controller PCA (optional paper feeder) (1 of 2)

2
1
3

ENWW

Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet)

319

3 x 500-sheet optional paper feeder only: Disconnect all connectors, and then remove
two screws (callout 1). Release three tabs (callout 2), and then remove the PCA (callout 3).
Figure 2-315 Remove the controller PCA (optional paper feeder) (2 of 2)

320

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Optional 500-sheet paper feeder assembly
For information about removing the optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500sheet), see Optional paper feeder assemblies (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet) on page 303

Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder)
▲

Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the rear cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-316 Remove the rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder)

1
2

Right-front cover (500-sheet paper feeder)
▲

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then lift the right-front cover (callout 2) to remove.
Figure 2-317 Remove the right-front cover (500-sheet paper feeder)

1
2

ENWW

Optional 500-sheet paper feeder assembly

321

Left cover (500-sheet paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder). See Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder) on page 321.

Remove the left cover (500-sheet paper feeder)
1.

Release three tabs.
Figure 2-318 Remove the left cover (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 2)

Pull the top of the cover out (callout 1), and then press down (callout 2) to remove the cover.
Figure 2-319 Remove the left cover (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 2)

322

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Right cover (500-sheet paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Right front cover (500-sheet paper feeder). See Right-front cover (500-sheet paper feeder)
on page 321.

Remove the right cover (500-sheet paper feeder)
1.

Remove two screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the right cover
(callout 3).
Figure 2-320 Remove the right cover (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 2)

Pull the top of the cover out (callout 1), and then press down (callout 2) to remove the cover.
Figure 2-321 Remove the right cover (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 2)

ENWW

Optional 500-sheet paper feeder assembly

323

Front cover (500-sheet paper feeder)
▲

Remove three screws (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the front cover.
Figure 2-322 Remove the rear-right cover (500-sheet paper feeder)

324

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Right front cover (500-sheet paper feeder). See Right-front cover (500-sheet paper feeder)
on page 321.

●

Right cover (500-sheet paper feeder). See Right cover (500-sheet paper feeder) on page 323

●

Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder). See Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder) on page 321.

Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder)
1.

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the tray rail (callout 2).
Figure 2-323 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 5)

ENWW

Optional 500-sheet paper feeder assembly

325

Remove three screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and then remove the motor
assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-324 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 5)

2
3
1

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then disconnect three connectors (callout 2).
Figure 2-325 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (3 of 5)

2
1

326

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-326 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (4 of 5)

Move the top of the assembly to the right (callout 1) until the post (callout 4) is free of the hole. Lift
the assembly (callout 2), and then pull the bottom of the assembly (callout 3) to remove.
Figure 2-327 Remove the pickup assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (5 of 5)

4
1
2

ENWW

Optional 500-sheet paper feeder assembly

327

Lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder). See Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder) on page 321.

Remove the lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder)
1.

Disconnect one connector (callout 1).
Figure 2-328 Remove the lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 2)

1
2.

Remove four screws (callout 1), and then remove the lifter assembly (callout 2).
Figure 2-329 Remove the lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 2)

328

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Reinstall the lifter assembly
If the spring falls from the lifter assembly, reinstall it in the lifter before reinstalling the lifter assembly.
Reinstall the lifter assembly
▲

Place the spring in the lifter before installing the assembly on the product.
Figure 2-330 Reinstall the lifter assembly (500-sheet paper feeder)

ENWW

Optional 500-sheet paper feeder assembly

329

Lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder). See Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder) on page 321.

Remove the lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet paper feeder)
1.

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the wire harnesses (callout 3) from the
guides (callout 2).
Figure 2-331 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (1 of 2)

2
3
2.

Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the sheet-metal plate (callout 2). Remove one
spring (callout 3), and then remove the lifter drive assembly.
Figure 2-332 Remove the lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet paper feeder) (2 of 2)

3
1

2
330

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Pickup motor assembly (500-sheet paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder). See Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder) on page 321.

Remove the pickup motor (500-sheet paper feeder) assembly
▲

Remove three screws (callout 1), disconnect one connector (callout 2), and then remove the motor
assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-333 Remove the pickup motor assembly (500-sheet paper feeder)

2
3
1

ENWW

Optional 500-sheet paper feeder assembly

331

Controller PCA (500-sheet paper feeder)
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder). See Rear cover (500-sheet paper feeder) on page 321.

Remove the controller PCA (500-sheet paper feeder)
CAUTION:
▲

ESD-sensitive part.

Disconnect all connectors, and then remove two screws (callout 1). Release three tabs (callout 2),
and then remove the PCA (callout 3).
Figure 2-334 Remove the controller PCA (500-sheet paper feeder)

2
3

332

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Stapling mailbox
This section provides stapling mailbox removal and replacement procedures.
NOTE: The stapling mailbox is also referred to as the SSMBM.

Stapling mailbox front cover
▲

Open the stapling mailbox door, remove one screw (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and
then remove the front cover (callout 3).
Figure 2-335 Remove the stapling mailbox front cover

3
2

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

333

Stapling mailbox rear cover
▲

Remove two screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the rear cover (callout
3).
Figure 2-336 Remove the stapling mailbox rear cover

334

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Stapling mailbox door
1.

Remove the following components or assemblies:
●

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the stapling mailbox door (callout 2).
Figure 2-337 Remove the stapling mailbox door

Holder connector
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

ENWW

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

Stapling mailbox

335

Remove the holder connector
▲

Remove one screw, and then remove the holder connector.
Figure 2-338 Remove the holder connector

336

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Top cover
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Stapling mailbox front cover. See Stapling mailbox front cover on page 333.

●

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

Remove the top cover
▲

Remove one screw (callout 1), and then remove the top cover (callout 2).
Figure 2-339 Remove the top cover

2
1

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

337

Output bin 3
1.

Squeeze and pull two stoppers to remove from the output bin.
Figure 2-340 Remove the output bin (1 of 3)

NOTE: When reinstalling the output bin, make sure the two stoppers are installed in the correct
position.
Figure 2-341 Remove the output bin (2 of 3)

338

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release two tabs (callout 1) and slide the output bin (callout 2) to remove.
Figure 2-342 Remove the output bin (3 of 3)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

339

Stapling mailbox PCA
CAUTION:
1.

ESD-sensitive part.

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-343 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (1 of 5)

Remove the PCA cover.
Figure 2-344 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (2 of 5)

340

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release the cables (callout 2) from the cable guide (callout 1).
Figure 2-345 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (3 of 5)

NOTE: Be careful not to damage components (callout 3) on the PCA.
Figure 2-346 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (4 of 5)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

341

Remove two screws (callout 1), disconnect all connectors from the PCA, and then remove the PCA.
Figure 2-347 Remove the stapling mailbox PCA (5 of 5)

NOTE: There is no connection for J460.

342

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Stapler assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Stapling mailbox front cover. See Stapling mailbox front cover on page 333.

Remove the stapler assembly
▲

Remove three screws (callout 1), disconnect two connectors (callout 2), and then remove the
stapler assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-348 Remove the stapler assembly

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

343

Stamp solenoid
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Stapling mailbox front cover. See Stapling mailbox front cover on page 333.

●

Stapling mailbox PCA. See Stapling mailbox PCA on page 340.

●

Stapler assembly. See Stapler assembly on page 343.

Remove the stamp solenoid
1.

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cables (callout 3) from the cable guides
(callout 2).
Figure 2-349 Remove the stamp solenoid (1 of 2)

344

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove the stamp solenoid (callout 2).
Figure 2-350 Remove the stamp solenoid (2 of 2)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

345

Output bin sensor PCA
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Stapling mailbox front cover. See Stapling mailbox front cover on page 333.

Remove the output bin sensor PCA
CAUTION:
1.

ESD-sensitive part.

Remove one screw (callout 1) and disconnect one connector (callout 2).
Figure 2-351 Remove the output bin sensor PCA (1 of 2)

1
2

346

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Release two tabs (callout 1), clear one post (callout 2), and slide the PCA to remove (callout 3).
Figure 2-352 Remove the output bin sensor PCA (2 of 2)

4
2
1

3
CAUTION:
PCA.

Be careful not to damage the flags (callout 4) when removing and installing the

TIP: When reinstalling, make sure the PCA is seated correctly with the tabs (callout 1) and post
(callout 2).

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

347

Stacking panel
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Stapling mailbox front cover. See Stapling mailbox front cover on page 333.

●

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

●

Output bin 3. See Output bin 3 on page 338.

Remove the stacking panel
1.

Remove two screws
Figure 2-353 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (1 of 3)

348

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the PCA cover.
Figure 2-354 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (2 of 3)

Release two tabs (callout 1) and them remove the stacking panel (callout 2).
Figure 2-355 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (3 of 3)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

349

Jogger assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Stapling mailbox front cover. See Stapling mailbox front cover on page 333.

●

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

Remove the jogger assembly
1.

Disconnect two connectors (callout 1).
Figure 2-356 Remove the jogger assembly (1 of 3)

350

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove one screw.
Figure 2-357 Remove the jogger assembly (2 of 3)

Disengage pin and remove the jogger assembly.
Figure 2-358 Remove the jogger assembly (3 of 3)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

351

Flapper guide assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

352

●

Stapling mailbox front cover. See Stapling mailbox front cover on page 333.

●

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

●

Stapling mailbox door. See Stapling mailbox door on page 335.

●

Top cover. See Top cover on page 337.

●

Jogger assembly. See Jogger assembly on page 350.

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the flapper guide assembly
▲

Remove two screws (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the flapper guide
assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-359 Remove the flapper guide assembly (1 of 2)

1
2

1
NOTE: Make sure to reinstall the stepped screw on the left side of the assembly.
NOTE: When reinstalling the assembly, makes sure to correctly reattach the two pieces of the
assembly.
Figure 2-360 Remove the flapper guide assembly (2 of 2)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

353

Flapper assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:

354

●

Stapling mailbox front cover. See Stapling mailbox front cover on page 333.

●

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

●

Stapling mailbox door. See Stapling mailbox door on page 335.

●

Top cover. See Top cover on page 337.

●

Jogger assembly. See Jogger assembly on page 350.

●

Flapper guide assembly. See Flapper guide assembly on page 352.

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove the flapper assembly
▲

Remove one tab (callout 1), release the solenoid arm (callout 2), and then remove the flapper
assembly (callout 3).
Figure 2-361 Remove the flapper guide assembly (1 of 2)

1
3
1

NOTE: When reinstalling the assembly, makes sure to correctly reattach the solenoid and arm.
Figure 2-362 Remove the flapper guide assembly (2 of 2)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

355

MBM output bin assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

●

Stapling mailbox door. See Stapling mailbox door on page 335.

●

Top cover. See Top cover on page 337.

●

Output bin sensor PCA. See Output bin sensor PCA on page 346.

●

Jogger assembly. See Jogger assembly on page 350.

●

Flapper guide assembly. See Flapper guide assembly on page 352.

●

Flapper guide assembly. See Flapper assembly on page 354.

●

Solenoid. See Output bin solenoid on page 361.

Remove the MBM output bin assembly
1.

Remove two screws (callout 1).
Figure 2-363 Remove the MBM output bin assembly (1 of 3)

2
1

356

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Remove two screws.
Figure 2-364 Remove the MBM output bin assembly (2 of 3)

Remove the belt and then the assembly.
Figure 2-365 Remove the MBM output bin assembly (3 of 3)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

357

Output bin 3 drive assembly
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Stapling mailbox front cover. See Stapling mailbox front cover on page 333.

●

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

●

Output bin 3. See Output bin 3 on page 338.

●

Stacking panel. See Stacking panel on page 348.

Remove the output bin drive assembly
1.

Release one spring (callout 1).
Figure 2-366 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (1 of 4)

NOTE: If you cannot reach the spring, lower the tray support until you have clearance as shown
in the next step.

358

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Disconnect two connectors.
Figure 2-367 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (2 of 4)

Using a screwdriver to disengage the gear (callout 1) and then slide the tray support (callout 2) to
remove it.
Figure 2-368 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (3 of 4)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

359

Remove four screws and then remove the output bin 3 drive assembly.
Figure 2-369 Remove the output bin 3 drive assembly (4 of 4)

360

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Output bin solenoid
Before proceeding, remove the following components:
●

Stapling mailbox rear cover. See Stapling mailbox rear cover on page 334.

Remove the output bin solenoid
▲

Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), disconnect the solenoid arm
(callout 3), and then remove the solenoid (callout 4) and bracket (callout 5).
Figure 2-370 Remove the output bin solenoid

5
4
1

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

361

362

Chapter 2 Removal and replacement

ENWW

Solve problems

To use the information in this chapter, you need to have a basic understanding of the HP LaserJet
printing process. Explanations of each mechanical assembly, the printer systems, and the basic theory
of operation are contained in the English-only service manual. Do not perform any of these
troubleshooting processes unless you understand the function of each product component.

ENWW

●

Solve problems checklist

●

Administration Menu Map

●

Troubleshooting process

●

Tools for troubleshooting

●

Clear jams

●

Paper does not feed automatically

●

Product feeds multiple sheets

●

Use manual print modes

●

Solve image-quality problems

●

Clean the product

●

Solve performance problems

●

Solve connectivity problems

●

Service mode functions

●

Preboot menu options

●

Solve fax problems

●

Product updates

363

Solve problems checklist
1.

Make sure that the product control panel is lit and that the product is in Ready state. If the product
is not on, complete these steps:
a.

Check the power-cable connections.

Check that the power is turned on.

Make sure that the line voltage is correct for the product power configuration. (See the label
that is on the back of the product for voltage requirements.) If you are using a power strip
and its voltage is not within specifications, plug the product directly into the wall. If it is
already plugged into the wall, try a different outlet.

If none of these measures restores power, see Power subsystem on page 370.

Check the cabling.
a.

Check the cable connection between the product and the computer or network port. Make
sure that the connection is secure.

Make sure that the cable itself is not faulty by using a different cable, if possible.

Check the network connection. See Solve connectivity problems on page 624.

Check to see if any messages appear on the control-panel display. If any error messages appear,
see Control-panel messages on page 470.

Ensure that the paper that you are using meets specifications.

Print a configuration page. See Configuration pages on page 462. If the product is connected to
a network, an HP Jetdirect page also prints.

If the pages do not print, check that at least one tray contains paper.

If the page jams in the product, see Clear jams on page 581.

If the configuration page prints, check the following items:
a.

If the page does not print correctly, the problem is with the product hardware.

If the page prints correctly, then the product hardware is working. The problem is with the
computer you are using, with the printer driver, or with the program.

Select one of the following options:
Windows: Click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
Double-click the name of the product.
-orMac OS X: Open the Printer Setup Utility and double-click the line for the product.

364

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Verify that you have installed the printer driver for this product. Check the program to make sure
that you are using the printer driver for this product.

Print a short document from a different program that has worked in the past. If this solution works,
then the problem is with the program you are using. If this solution does not work (the document
does not print), complete these steps:
a.

Try printing the job from another computer that has the product software installed.

If you connected the product to the network, connect the product directly to a computer with
a USB cable. Redirect the product to the correct port, or reinstall the software, selecting the
new connection type that you are using.

Solve problems checklist

365

Administration Menu Map
The Administration Menu Map report presents the entire structure of the Administration menu so you
can identify how to navigate to any option.
1.

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Open the following menus:

366

●

Reports

●

Configuration/Status Pages

●

Administration Menu Map

Touch the Print button to print the report.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Troubleshooting process
Determine the problem source
When the product malfunctions or encounters an unexpected situation, the product control panel alerts
you to the situation. This section contains a pre-troubleshooting checklist to filter out many possible
causes of the problem. A troubleshooting flowchart helps you diagnose the root cause of the problem.
The remainder of this chapter provides steps for correcting problems.
●

Use the pre-troubleshooting checklist to evaluate the source of the problem and to reduce the
number of steps that are required to fix the problem.

●

Use the troubleshooting flowchart to pinpoint the root cause of hardware malfunctions. The
flowchart guides you to the section of this chapter that contains steps for correcting the
malfunction.

Before beginning any troubleshooting procedure, check the following issues:
●

Are supply items within their rated life?

●

Does the configuration page reveal any configuration errors?

NOTE: The customer is responsible for checking supplies and for using supplies that are in good
condition.

Pre-troubleshooting checklist
The list below describes basic questions to ask the customer to help quickly define the problem or
problems.
Table 3-1 Pre-troubleshooting checklist
Environment

ENWW

●

Is the product installed on a solid, level surface?

●

Is the product exposed to particle matter or dust?

●

Is the power-supply voltage within ± 10 volts of the
specified power source?

●

Is the power supply plug inserted in the product and
directly to the wall outlet (not a power strip)?

●

Is the operating environment within the specified
parameters, as listed in chapter 1 of this manual?

●

Is the product exposed to ammonia gas, such as that
produced by diazo copiers or office cleaning materials?

●

Is the product exposed to direct sunlight?

Troubleshooting process

367

Table 3-1 Pre-troubleshooting checklist (continued)
Media

●

Does the customer use only supported media?

●

Is the media in good condition (contains no curls, folds,
and so forth)?

●

Is the media stored correctly and within environmental
limits?

●

Is the amount of media in the tray within specifications?

●

Is the media correctly placed in the tray?

●

Are the paper guides aligned with the stack?

●

Is the paper tray correctly installed in the product?

●

Is each print cartridge installed correctly?

●

Are original HP print cartridges installed?

●

Are the cartridges damaged?

●

Are the ITB and fuser correctly installed?

●

Is the ITB or fuser damaged?

Covers

●

Are the right and front doors closed?

Condensation

●

Does condensation occur following a temperature
change (particularly in winter following cold storage)? If
so, wipe the affected area dry or leave the product on
for 10 to 20 minutes.

●

Was a print cartridge installed soon after being moved
from a cold to a warm room? If so, allow the product to
sit at room temperature for one to two hours.

●

Check for and remove any non-HP components (print
cartridges, memory modules, and EIO cards) from the
product.

●

Remove the product from the network, and make sure
that the failure is with the product before beginning
troubleshooting.

●

For any print-quality issues, calibrate the product. See
Calibrate the product on page 468.

Input trays

Print cartridges

ITB and fuser

Miscellaneous

368

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Troubleshooting flowchart
This flowchart highlights the general processes that you can follow to quickly isolate and solve product
hardware problems.
Each row depicts a major troubleshooting step. A “yes” answer to a question allows you to proceed to
the next major step. A “no” answer indicates that additional testing is needed. Proceed to the
appropriate section in this chapter, and follow the instructions there. After completing the instructions,
proceed to the next major step in this troubleshooting flowchart.
Table 3-2 Troubleshooting flowchart
1
Power on

Is the product on and does a readable
message display?
Yes

2
Control panel
messages
3
Event log

Does the message Ready display on the
control panel?
Yes

Open the Troubleshooting menu and print an
event log to see the history of errors with this
product.
Does the event log print?
Yes

Follow the power-on troubleshooting checks. See Power subsystem
on page 370.
After the control-panel display is functional, go to step 2.
If an error message appears, see Control-panel messages
on page 470.
After the errors have been corrected, go to step 3.
If the event log does not print, see Print an event log
on page 570.
If paper jams inside the product, see Clear jams on page 581.
If error messages appear on the control-panel display when you try
to print an event log, see Control-panel messages on page 470.
After successfully printing and evaluating the event log, go to
step 4.

4
Information
pages

Open the Information menu and print the
configuration pages to verify that all of the
accessories are installed.

If accessories that are installed are not listed on the configuration
page, remove the accessory and reinstall it.
After evaluating the configuration pages, go to step 5.

Are all the accessories installed?
Yes
5
Image quality

Does the print quality meet the customer's
requirements?
Yes

6
Interface

ENWW

Compare the images with the sample defects in the image defect
tables. See Print quality examples on page 614.
After the print quality is acceptable, go to step 6.

Can the customer print successfully from the
host computer?

Verify that all I/O cables are connected correctly and that a valid
IP address is listed on the Jetdirect configuration page.

Yes. This is the end of
the troubleshooting
process.

If error messages display on the control panel, see Control-panel
messages on page 470.

When the customer can print from the host computer, this is the
end of the troubleshooting process.

Troubleshooting process

369

Power subsystem
Power-on checks
The basic product functions should start up when the product is plugged into an electrical outlet and the
power switch is pushed to the on position. If the product does not start, use the information in this
section to isolate and solve the problem.
Power-on troubleshooting overview
Turn on the product power. If the control panel display remains blank, random patterns display, or
asterisks remain on the control panel display, perform power-on checks to find the cause of the
problem.
During normal operation, the main cooling fan begins to spin briefly after the product power is turned
on. Place your hand over the holes in the left-side cover, near the formatter. If the fan is operating, you
will feel air passing out of the product. You can also lean close to the product and hear the fans
operating.
After the fans are operating, the engine initializes (unless the right or front cover is open, a jam
condition is sensed, or the paper-path sensors are damaged). You should be able to visually and
audibly determine if the engine has initialized.
If the fans turn on and the engine initializes correctly, the next troubleshooting step is to isolate print
engine, formatter, and control panel problems. Perform an engine test (see Engine-test button
on page 376). If the formatter is damaged, it might interfere with the engine test. If the engine-test
page does not print, try removing the formatter and then performing the engine test again. If the engine
test is then successful, the problem is almost certainly with the formatter, the control panel, or the cable
that connects them.
If the control panel is blank when you turn on the product, check the following items.
1.

Make sure that the product is plugged directly into an active electrical outlet (not a power strip)
that delivers the correct voltage.

Make sure that the power switch is in the on position.

Make sure that the fan runs briefly, which indicates that the power supply is operational.

Make sure that the control panel USB cable is connected.

Make sure that the formatter is seated and operating correctly. Turn off the product and remove
the formatter. Reinstall the formatter, and then verify that the heartbeat LED is flashing.

Remove any HP Jetdirect or other EIO cards, and then try to turn the product on again.

NOTE: If the control panel display is blank, but the main cooling fan runs briefly after the product
power is turned on, try printing an engine-test page to determine whether the problem is with the
control-panel display, formatter, or other product components. See Engine-test button on page 376.

370

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Power-on timing (approximate)
●

0 seconds: Power button initiates power-on sequence

●

2 seconds: Blank control panel screen

●

8 seconds: HP circle logo (without trademark symbol) appears

●

15 seconds: Fans reach full speed

●

18 seconds: HP logo (with trademark symbol) and progress bar appear; stage 1 of 8 begins

●

21 seconds: Stage 2 of 8 begins; warning not to unplug product appears

●

40 seconds: Stage 4 of 8 begins

●

42 seconds: Stage 6 of 8 begins

●

43 seconds: Stage 7 of 8 begins

●

44 seconds: Document feeder and scanner initialize

●

45 seconds: Stage 8 of 8 begins

●

50 seconds: HP logo and activity indicator, with “Checking Hardware” message

●

58 seconds: HP logo and activity indicator, with “Checking Data” message

●

1:02 minutes: HP logo and activity indicator, with “Initializing” message

●

1:55 minutes: Stapling mailbox initializes

●

1:58 minutes: Product engine initializes

●

2:30 minutes: Fans slow down

●

3:05 minutes: Home screen displays

●

3:10 minutes: Control panel enters Ready state

NOTE: If the product does not enter the Ready state within 5 minutes, turn off the product and then
restart it.

ENWW

Troubleshooting process

371

Control-panel checks
The product includes a diagnostic test mode for the control panel. This mode allows you to troubleshoot
issues with the touchscreen, keypad, LEDs and speaker.
Start diagnostic mode
1.

Press and hold the asterisk button (*) and the plus sign (+) key at the same time.

Press the Start

button to initiate diagnostic mode.

Many of the diagnostic tests are for factory use only. You can use the following tests:
●

Calibrate: calibrates the touchscreen

●

Touch Grid: verifies that all areas respond to a touch

●

Keyboard LED: tests the functionality of keys and LEDs

●

Sound: tests the speaker

●

Panel Reset: reboots the control panel

If the touchscreen does not function, use the keypad to navigate:
●

Press the 3 button to move up.

●

Press the 5 button to move left.

●

Press the 6 button to move right.

●

Press the 9 button to move down.

Exit diagnostic mode
▲

372

Do one of the following:
●

Press and hold the asterisk key (*) and the minus key (-) at the same time.

●

Touch the Panel Reset button.

●

Touch the Stop

Chapter 3 Solve problems

button.

ENWW

Scanning subsystem
Calibrate the scanner
Use this procedure to properly position the copied image on the page.
TIP: This adjustment might be required after the scanner or document feeder are replaced.

ENWW

Touch the Device Maintenance button.

Touch the Calibrate/Cleaning button.

Touch the Calibrate Scanner button, and then follow the instructions provided on the screen.

Troubleshooting process

373

Tools for troubleshooting
The section describes the tools that can help you solve problems with your device.

Component diagnostics
LED diagnostics
LED, engine, and individual diagnostics can identify and troubleshoot product problems.
LED indicators
Three LEDs on the formatter indicate that the product is functioning correctly.

Formatter connectivity LED (lit when formatter is correctly seated and scanner cable is properly connected at ICB and
SCB)

HP Jetdirect LEDs

Heartbeat LED

HP Jetdirect LEDs
The embedded HP Jetdirect print server has two LEDs. The yellow LED indicates network activity, and
the green LED indicates the link status. A blinking yellow LED indicates network traffic. If the green LED
is off, a link has failed.
For link failures, check all the network cable connections. In addition, you can try to manually configure
the link settings on the embedded print server by using the product control-panel menus.

374

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Network Settings button, and then touch the Embedded Jetdirect button.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Touch the Link Speed button.

Select the appropriate link speed, and then touch the Save button.

Formatter heartbeat LED
The heartbeat LED indicates that the formatter is functioning correctly. While the product is initializing
after you turn it on, the LED blinks rapidly, and then turns off. When the product has finished the
initialization sequence, the heartbeat LED pulses on and off.

Engine diagnostics
This section provides an overview of the engine diagnostics that are available in the HP Color LaserJet
Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series product. The product contains extensive internal diagnostics that help
in troubleshooting print quality, paper path, noise, component, and timing issues.
Defeating interlocks
Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues. For component or noise isolation, you can
run the diagnostic test when the front and right doors are open. To operate the product with the doors
open, the door switch levers must be depressed to simulate a closed-door position.
WARNING! Be careful when performing printer diagnostics to avoid risk of injury. Only trained
service personnel should open and run the diagnostics with the covers removed or the doors open.
Never touch any of the power supplies when the printer is turned on.
1.

Open the right and front doors.

Use a piece of tape to defeat the right door logic switch.
Figure 3-1 Diagnostic test (1 of 2)

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

375

Insert a folded piece of paper into each slot to defeat the front and right door interlock switches.
Figure 3-2 Diagnostic test (2 of 2)

Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.375 in)
strip with a bend at the end, and insert the strip into the opening at the front of the product to
defeat the front door logic switch.

Disable cartridge check
Use this diagnostic test to print internal pages or send an external job to the product when one or more
print cartridges are removed or exchanged. Consumable supply errors are ignored while the product is
in this mode. When the product is in this mode, you can navigate the menus and print internal pages or
send an external print job to the product. This test can be used isolate problems, such as noise, and to
isolate print-quality problems that are related to individual print cartridges.
NOTE: Color cartridges are not keyed and can be interchanged. The black print cartridge is keyed
and cannot fit into any other position. An error will display on the control panel if a print cartridge is
installed in the wrong position. The Supplies Status menu will explain which print cartridge is
misplaced.
NOTE: Do not remove or exchange print cartridges until after you start the disable cartridge check
diagnostic.
1.

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button, and then touch the Diagnostic Tests button.

Touch the Disable Cartridge Check button.

To exit this diagnostic, touch the Exit Troubleshooting button.
Engine-test button
To verify that the product engine is functioning, print an engine test page. Use a small pointed object to
depress the test-page switch located on the rear of the product. The test page should have a series of

376

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

horizontal lines in the primary colors (CYMK). The test page can use only Tray 2 as the paper source,
so make sure that paper is loaded in Tray 2.
Figure 3-3 Engine-test button

The test functions differently depending on the presence of the formatter or stapler/stacker.
Engine test with the formatter and the stapler/stacker removed
1.

Turn on the product, wait 30 seconds, and then press the test button.

Wait for the product to initialize (approximately 30 more seconds), and then press the test button
a second time to print the test page.

Engine test with the formatter installed and the stapler/stacker removed
1.

Turn on the product, and then wait for the product to enter the Ready state.

Press the test button to print the test page.

Engine test with the stapler/stacker installed and the formatter removed
1.

Turn on the product, wait for the engine and fans to initialize (approximately 40 seconds), and
then press the test button.

Wait for the stapler/stacker to initialize (approximately 40 more seconds), and then press the test
button again to print the test page.

Engine test with the formatter and the stapler/stacker installed

ENWW

Turn on the product, and then wait for the product to enter the Ready state, and then press the test
button.

Because the stapler/stacker rollers will be stopped, the test page will jam at the stapler/stacker
entrance. Open the top cover of the stapler/stacker, and then remove the jammed engine test
page.

Tools for troubleshooting

377

Paper-path test
This diagnostic test generates one or more test pages that you can use to isolate the cause of jams.
To isolate a problem, specify which input tray to use, specify whether to use the duplex path, and
specify the number of copies to print. Multiple copies can be printed to help isolate intermittent
problems. The following options become available after you start the diagnostic feature:
●

Print Test Page. Run the paper-path test from the default settings: Tray 2, no duplex, and one copy.
To specify other settings, scroll down the menu and select the setting, and then scroll back up and
select Print Test Page to start the test.

●

Source. Select Tray 1, Tray 2, or the optional trays.

●

Duplex. Enable or disable 2-sided printing.

●

Copies. Set the number of copies to be printed; the choices are 1,10, 50, 100, or 500.

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button, and then touch the Diagnostic Tests button.

Touch the Paper Path Test button.

Select the paper-path test options for the test you want to run.

Manual sensor test
1.

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button, and then touch the Diagnostic Tests button.

Touch the Manual Sensor Test button.

Select from the list of sensors.
NOTE: When a sensor is selected, a graphic appears on the control-panel display that identifies
the location of the sensor.

Table 3-3 Manual sensor diagnostic tests

378

Sensor or switch name

Sensor or switch number

Sensor or switch test

Front door switch

SW5

See Front-door switch on page 380.

Right door switch

SW6

See Right-door switch on page 381.

Registration sensor

SR20

See Registration sensor on page 382.

Fuser loop 1 sensor

SR14

Fuser loop 2 sensor

SR15

See Fuser loop 1 and 2 sensors
on page 383.

Fuser pressure release sensor

SR7

See Fuser pressure-release sensor
on page 389.

Fuser output sensor

SR5

See Fuser output sensor on page 384.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Table 3-3 Manual sensor diagnostic tests (continued)
Sensor or switch name

Sensor or switch number

Sensor or switch test

Duplexer refeed sensor

SR22

See Duplexer refeed sensor
on page 386.

Developer alienation sensor

SR11

See Developer alienation sensor
on page 388.

ITB alienation sensor

SR9

See ITB alienation sensor on page 390.

IPTU feed sensor

SR27

See IPTU feed sensor on page 392.

IPTU bin full sensor

SR26

See IPTU-bin-full sensor on page 387.

Scanner open sensor

SR28

See Scanner open sensor on page 392.

NOTE: The Developer alienation
sensor can not be manually actuated.
See Developer alienation sensor
on page 388 for information about
testing this sensor.

When performing these tests, watch the control panel for the corresponding sensor to change from
green to clear or clear to green. It can take a few seconds to change.
TIP: The Toggled column indicates how many times a sensor changed state.
Figure 3-4 Manual sensor test

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

379

Front-door switch
1.

Open the front-door assembly to disengage the front-door switch.
Figure 3-5 Test the front-door switch

Close the front-door assembly, and then check the control panel on the product for sensor
response.
TIP: You can leave the front door open and use a slender blade screw driver or pencil to
activate the switch.

380

If there is no response, replace the front-door switch.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Right-door switch
1.

Open the right-door assembly to disengage the right-door switch.
Figure 3-6 Test the right door switch

ENWW

Close the right-door assembly, or use your finger to depress the switch flag, and check the control
panel on the product for sensor response.

If there is no response, replace the right-door switch.

Tools for troubleshooting

381

Registration sensor
1.

Open the right door.

Insert a piece of paper to activate the registration sensor.
Figure 3-7 Test the TOP sensor (1 of 2)

NOTE: Open the registration shutter to verify the paper activates the sensor.
Figure 3-8 Test the TOP sensor (2 of 2)

382

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

If there is no response, replace the registration assembly. See Registration assembly on page 213.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Fuser loop 1 and 2 sensors
Figure 3-9 Fuser loop 1 and 2 sensors location

Open the right door.

Lower the secondary transfer assembly.

Slowly insert a piece of paper at the entrance of the fuser to activate the fuser loop sensors
underneath the fuser.
Figure 3-10 Test the loop sensors

ENWW

Check the control-panel display for a sensor response.

If there is no response, replace fuser. See Fuser on page 112.

Tools for troubleshooting

383

Fuser output sensor
Figure 3-11 Fuser output sensor flag location

Open the right-door assembly.

Lower the secondary transfer assembly.

Remove the fuser, and then verify that the sensor flag on the fuser moves freely. If the sensor flag
does not move freely, replace the fuser. See Fuser on page 112.
Figure 3-12 Test the fuser output sensor (1 of 2)

384

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Insert a piece of paper to activate the fuser output sensor.
Figure 3-13 Test the fuser output sensor (2 of 2)

ENWW

Check the control-panel display for a sensor response.

If there is no response, replace the fuser output sensor.

Tools for troubleshooting

385

Duplexer refeed sensor
1.

Open the right door.

Lift the secondary-transfer assembly.

Press the flag to activate the sensor.
NOTE: The sensor and sensor flag are located on the back side of the registration assembly.
Figure 3-14 Test the duplexer refeed sensor

386

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

If there is no response, replace the registration assembly. See Registration assembly on page 213.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

IPTU-bin-full sensor
NOTE: The IPTU-bin-full sensor is used only when the output tray is present. If the optional stapler/
stacker is installed, the IPTU-bin-full sensor is not used.
1.

Lift the scanner.
Figure 3-15 Test the IPTU-bin-full sensor

ENWW

Move the IPTU-bin-full sensor flag in the output tray to activate the sensor.

Check the control-panel display for sensor response. If the test fails, replace the IPTU.

Tools for troubleshooting

387

Developer alienation sensor
This sensor is located inside the main-drive assembly and cannot be accessed for direct manual testing.
To test this sensor, do the following.
1.

Access the manual-sensor test menu and select sensor test SR11.

Locate the in-line connector J87. Disconnect, and the reconnect the connector. The sensor indicator
on the control-panel display should indicate that the sensor changed state. If it does not, check the
connector J112 on the DC controller PCA.
CAUTION:

ESD sensitive component.

Figure 3-16 Developer alienation sensor connector J87

388

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Fuser pressure-release sensor
1.

Open the right-door assembly.

Lower the secondary transfer assembly.

Remove the fuser.

Insert a piece of paper to activate the fuser pressure-release sensor.
Figure 3-17 Test the fuser pressure-release sensor

ENWW

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

If there is no response, replace fuser pressure-release sensor.

Tools for troubleshooting

389

ITB alienation sensor
NOTE: The document feeder, scanner, and IPTU have been removed for clarity.
1.

Open the right-door assembly.

Lower the secondary transfer assembly, and then remove the fuser and ITB.

Rotate the gear (callout 1) to move the flag (callout 2). If the flag does not move, replace the ITB.
Figure 3-18 Test the ITB alienation sensor (1 of 4)

Figure 3-19 Test the ITB alienation sensor (2 of 4)

390

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

From inside the ITB cavity, press up on the primary-transfer-roller-disengagement flag to activate
the sensor.
Figure 3-20 Test the ITB alienation sensor (3 of 4)

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

If there is no response, verify that the flag is moving.
NOTE: Figure shows the sensor with the IPTU removed.
Figure 3-21 Test the ITB alienation sensor (4 of 4)

ENWW

If the flag moves correctly, replace the sensor.

Tools for troubleshooting

391

IPTU feed sensor
Figure 3-22 IPTU feed sensor test

Lift the scanner.

Activate the sensor.

Check the control-panel display for sensor response. If the test fails, replace the IPTU.

Scanner open sensor

392

Open the scanner and locate the sensor.

Use a folded piece of paper to actuate the sensor and watch the control-panel display for a
response.

If the test fails, replace the IPTU.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Tray/Bin manual sensor test
Use this test to test paper-path sensors and the paper-size switches manually. The following illustrations
and table show the locations of these sensors.
1.

Scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button, and then touch the Diagnostic Tests button.

Touch the Tray/Bin Manual Sensor Test button.

Select from the list of sensors.

Table 3-4 Tray/bin manual sensor test
Sensor or switch name

Sensor or switch number

Sensor or switch test

Tray 1 paper sensor

SR8

See Tray 1 paper sensor on page 395.

Tray 2 paper sensor

SR25

See Tray 2 paper sensor on page 396.

Tray 2 paper surface sensor

SR24

See Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2
sensors on page 397.

Tray 2 paper size switches

SW4

See Tray 2 paper size switches
on page 398.

Tray 3 paper sensor

SR3 (paper feeder)

See Tray 3 paper sensor on page 399.

Tray 3 feed sensor

SR4 (paper feeder)

See Tray 3 feed sensor on page 399.

Tray 3 paper surface sensors

SR2 (paper feeder)

See Tray 3 paper surface 1 and 2
sensors on page 400.

Tray 3 paper size 1 sensor

SW2 (paper feeder)

See Tray 3 paper size switches
on page 401.

Tray 4 paper sensor

SR6 (paper feeder)

See Tray 4 paper sensor on page 401.

Tray 4 feed sensor

SR7 (paper feeder)

See Tray 4 feed sensor on page 402.

Tray 4 paper surface sensors

SR8 (paper feeder)

See Tray 4 paper surface 1 and 2
sensors on page 402.

Tray 4 paper size 1 sensor

SW3 (paper feeder)

See Tray 4 paper size switches
on page 403.

Tray 5 paper sensor

SR11 (paper feeder)

See Tray 5 paper sensor on page 403.

Tray 5 feed sensor

SR10 (paper feeder)

See Tray 5 feed sensor on page 404.

Tray 5 paper surface sensor

SR9 and SR12 (paper feeder)

See Tray 5 paper surface 1 and 2
sensors on page 404.

Tray 3 paper size 2 sensor
Tray 3 paper size 3 sensor

Tray 4 paper size 2 sensor
Tray 4 paper size 3 sensor

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

393

Table 3-4 Tray/bin manual sensor test (continued)
Sensor or switch name

Sensor or switch number

Sensor or switch test

Tray 5 paper size 1 sensor

SW4 (paper feeder)

See Tray 5 paper size switches
on page 405.

Tray 5 paper size 2
Tray 5 paper size 3
Output bin full sensor

SR1

The following items cannot be tested using the manual sensor test.
5 V laser and 24 V interlock switches

SW1 and SW2

Power switch

SW3

See 5V laser and 24V interlock and
logic switches (and power switch)
on page 406.

New ITB sensor

SR10

See New ITB sensor on page 410.

Tray 3, 4, and 5 right door switch

SW1 (paper feeder)

See Tray 3, 4, and 5 right door switch
on page 412.

To perform these tests, do the following:
●

Remove the appropriate tray.

●

Test each switch or sensor individually.

●

Watch the control panel for the corresponding sensor to change from green to clear or clear to
green. It can take a few seconds to change.
TIP: The Toggled column indicates how many times a sensor changed state.
Figure 3-23 Tray/Bin sensor test

394

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Tray 1 paper sensor
1.

Open Tray 1.

Toggle the Tray 1 paper-present sensor flag.
Figure 3-24 Test the Tray 1 paper sensor

ENWW

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

If there is no response, replace the right door assembly. See Right-door assembly on page 145.

Tools for troubleshooting

395

Tray 2 paper sensor
1.

Remove Tray 2 and locate the sensor.
Figure 3-25 Tray 2 paper sensor location

Toggle the Tray 2 paper-present sensor flag.
Figure 3-26 Test the Tray 2 paper-present sensor

396

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

If there is no response, replace the cassette-pickup assembly. See Tray-pickup assembly
on page 268.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors
NOTE: Only paper surface sensor 2 can be tested.
1.

Remove the tray and locate the sensor flag.
Figure 3-27 Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors location

In the tray cavity, press the tray-closed tab to release the flag, and then toggle the flag.
Figure 3-28 Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2

ENWW

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

If there is no response, replace the cassette-pickup assembly. See Tray-pickup assembly
on page 268.

Tools for troubleshooting

397

Tray 2 paper size switches
NOTE: These three switches also detect cassette presence. If these switches fail, the message Tray
open could appear on the control-panel display.
1.

Remove the tray. From inside the tray cavity, push any of the three switches.
Figure 3-29 Test the Tray 2 paper size switches

398

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

If there is no response, replace the lifter base assembly. See Lifter base assembly on page 263.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Tray 3 paper sensor
Figure 3-30 Tray 3 paper sensor location

See Tray 2 paper sensor on page 396.
Tray 3 feed sensor
1.

Remove the tray and locate the sensor.
Figure 3-31 Tray 3 feed sensor location

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

399

Insert a piece of paper between the rollers to activate the feed sensor.
TIP: Use stiff paper when performing this test (for example a business card or index card).
Figure 3-32 Test the Tray 3 feed sensor

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

If no response, replace the cassette-pickup assembly. See Tray-pickup assembly on page 268.

Tray 3 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors
Figure 3-33 Tray 3 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors location

See Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors on page 397.

400

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Tray 3 paper size switches
Figure 3-34 Tray 3 paper size switches location

See Tray 2 paper size switches on page 398.
Tray 4 paper sensor
Figure 3-35 Tray 4 paper sensor location

See Tray 2 paper sensor on page 396.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

401

Tray 4 feed sensor
Figure 3-36 Tray 4 feed sensor location

See Tray 3 feed sensor on page 399.
Tray 4 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors
Figure 3-37 Tray 4 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors location

See Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors on page 397.

402

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Tray 4 paper size switches
Figure 3-38 Tray 4 paper size switches location

See Tray 2 paper size switches on page 398.
Tray 5 paper sensor
Figure 3-39 Tray 5 paper sensor location

See Tray 2 paper sensor on page 396.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

403

Tray 5 feed sensor
Figure 3-40 Tray 5 feed sensor location

See Tray 3 feed sensor on page 399.
Tray 5 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors
Figure 3-41 Tray 5 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors location

See Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2 sensors on page 397.

404

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Tray 5 paper size switches
Figure 3-42 Tray 5 paper size switches location

See Tray 2 paper size switches on page 398.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

405

5V laser and 24V interlock and logic switches (and power switch)
Location and testing
NOTE: When a door is opened, the 5V interlock switch prevents the lasers from operating (no
power). When a door is opened, the 24V interlock switch prevents the motors and high-voltage power
supply from operating (no power).
The front and right door each have a logic switch that indicates when a door is open.
1.

Press the power switch to turn the product off then on to test the switch function.

Remove the right-front cover. See Right-front cover on page 138.

Locate the link arms (callout 1) on the front and right doors (and access ports in the covers; callout
2) that actuate the front- and right-door interlock switchs (behind the right-front cover).

406

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Open and close the doors to make sure that the interlock switches are correctly functioning. The
following figures show the interlock switch positions with the front and right doors closed and
open.

Defeating
●

Front-door interlock switch
◦

ENWW

Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.
375 in) strip, and then wedge the strip into the opening at the front of the product.

Tools for troubleshooting

407

●

Front-door logic switch
◦

●

Right-door interlock switch
◦

408

Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.
375 in) strip with a bend at the end, and insert the strip into the opening at the front of the
product.

Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a 10 mm (.
375 in) strip, and then insert the strip into the opening at the right of the product.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

●

Right-door logic switch
◦

Use masking tape to keep the switch flag depressed.
TIP: You might have to use two pieces of tape to overcome the tension return spring on the
flag.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

409

New ITB sensor
NOTE: This sensor cannot be tested, but you can inspect the sensor, actuator, and the flag on the ITB
for damage.
1.

Remove the existing ITB.

Inspect the new ITB sensor. Press the actuator on the sensor toward the black print cartridge to
verify that the actuator moves.
Figure 3-43 Test the new ITB sensor

410

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

On the new ITB, locate and inspect the new ITB flag (callout 1).
TIP: The new ITB flag is only present prior to installation. To see the flag on a previously installed
ITB, insert the end of a paperclip in the hole just below the handle (callout 2) and then rotate the
ITB alienation gear (callout 3).
Figure 3-44 Test the new ITB sensor

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

411

Tray 3, 4, and 5 right door switch
NOTE: There is no manual sensor test for this sensor.
1.

Open the paper feeder right door. Check the control-panel display for the Close lower right
door message. If the message does not display, open the door and inspect the flag for damage
(callout 1).

Insert a piece of paper to activate the sensor. If there is no response, replace the switch.
NOTE: Make sure that the door flag (callout 1) is not damaged or missing.
Figure 3-45 Test the right door switch

412

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Paper-path sensors test
This test displays the status of each paper-path sensor and allows viewing of sensor status while printing
internal pages.
1.

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button, and then touch the Diagnostic Tests button.

Touch the Paper Path Sensors button.

Touch the Start Test button and observe the sensors change state as the test page prints.

Table 3-5 Paper-path sensors diagnostic tests
Sensor name

Sensor number

Registration sensor

SR20

Fuser loop 1 sensor

SR14

Fuser loop 2 sensor

SR15

Fuser pressure release sensor

SR7

Fuser output sensor

SR5

Duplexer refeed sensor

SR22

Developer alienation

SR11

ITB alienation sensor

SR9

IPTU feed sensor

SR27

IPTU bin full sensor

SR26

NOTE: The IPTU bin full sensor is only active if the stapler/
stacker is removed.

When performing these tests, watch the control panel for the corresponding sensor to change from
green to clear or clear to green. It can take a few seconds to change.
Figure 3-46 Paper path sensors

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

413

Print/stop test
Use this diagnostic test to isolate the cause of problems such as image-formation defects and jams
within the engine. During this test you can stop the paper anywhere along the product paper path. The
test can be programmed to stop printing internal pages or an external print job when the paper
reaches a certain position. The test can also be programmed to stop from 0 to 60,000 ms. If the timer
is set to a value that is greater than the job-print time, you can recover the product in one of two ways.
1.

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button.

Touch the Diagnostic Tests button.

Scroll to and touch the Print/Stop Test button.

Enter a range, and then touch the OK button.

●

After the print job is completed press OK button to return to the Troubleshooting menu before the
timer times out.

●

After the timer times out, touch the Stop button. Activate the door switch to restart the engine and
return it to a normal state.

NOTE: Do not try to perform a print/stop test while the product is calibrating, because you be
required to power-cycle the product. If a jam message displays on the control panel during testing,
activate the door switch.

Scanner tests
This test activates individual document feeder and scanner parts independently to isolate problems.
Scanner tests

414

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button, and then touch the Diagnostic Tests button.

Touch the Scanner Tests button.

Select the document feeder or scanner component test option you want to run, and then touch the
OK button.

Press the Stop

button to stop the test.

Component

Actions

Document feeder LED indicator

This test turns the green input tray (on the document feeder) on
and off. If the test fails, replace the document feeder. See
Document feeder on page 151. If the problem continues,
replace the SCB. See S-PBA-SCB (SCB) on page 179.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Component

Actions

Document feeder input motor

This test runs the motor in either the forward or reverse
direction. If you do not hear noise when the motor is
activated, replace the document feeder. See Document feeder
on page 151. If the problem continues, replace the SCB. See
S-PBA-SCB (SCB) on page 179.

Document feeder read motor

Lower lamp

This test turns the lamp, inverter fan, and the scanner fan. If
the flatbed lamp and fans fail to turn on, replace the scanner.
See Scanner assembly on page 171. If the problem continues,
replace the SCB. See S-PBA-SCB (SCB) on page 179.

Flatbed Motor

This test moves the optics to the right, and then back to the
home position. If the scanner optics fail to move, replace the
scanner. See Scanner assembly on page 171. If the problem
continues, replace the SCB. See S-PBA-SCB (SCB)
on page 179.

Scanner sensor tests

ENWW

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button, and then touch the Diagnostic Tests button.

Touch the Scanner Tests button.

Touch the Sensors button, and then touch the OK button.

Select from the list of sensors.

Sensor or switch name

Sensor or switch test

Document feeder paper present sensor

SeeDocument feeder paper present sensor on page 416.

Document feeder Y (length) sensor

See Document feeder Y (length) sensor on page 416.

Document feeder jam cover sensor

See Document feeder jam cover sensor on page 417.

Flatbed Y (length) sensor

See Flatbed Y (length) sensor on page 418.

Flatbed cover angle sensor

See Flatbed cover angle sensor on page 419.

Flatbed cover sensor

See Flatbed cover sensor on page 420.

Tools for troubleshooting

415

Document feeder paper present sensor
1.

Open the jam-access cover and locate the document feeder paper present sensor.
TIP: To help locate the sensor, find the black paper present flag on the rear of the cover.
Figure 3-47 Document feeder paper present sensor test

Use a folded piece of paper to toggle the sensor and watch the control-panel display for a
response. If the test fails, replace the document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Document feeder Y (length) sensor
1.

416

Locate the sensor on the input tray.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Place a finger over the sensor, and then watch the control-panel display for a response. If the test
fails, replace the document feeder. See Document feeder on page 151.

Document feeder jam cover sensor
1.

Open the jam-access cover and locate the sensor.
TIP: To help locate the sensor, find the white sensor flag on the top of the cover.
Figure 3-48 Document feeder jam cover sensor test

ENWW

Use a folded piece of paper to actuate the sensor.

Check the control-panel display for sensor response. If the test fails, replace the document feeder.
See Document feeder on page 151.

Tools for troubleshooting

417

Flatbed Y (length) sensor
1.

Lift the scanner and locate the sensor.

418

Block the sensor by placing a piece of paper on the glass and watch the control-panel display for
a response.

Check the control-panel display for sensor response. If the test fails, replace the scanner. See
Scanner assembly on page 171.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Flatbed cover angle sensor
1.

Lift the scanner and locate the sensor.
NOTE: The flatbed cover angle and the flatbed cover open sensors use the same sensor
assembly.
The sensor changes state when the scanner is raised approximately 50 mm (2 in).

ENWW

Actuate the sensor by closing and then slowly opening the scanner.

Check the control-panel display for sensor response. If the test fails, replace the document feeder.
See Document feeder on page 151.

Tools for troubleshooting

419

Flatbed cover sensor
1.

Open the scanner and locate the sensor.
NOTE: The flatbed cover angle and the flatbed cover open sensors use the same sensor
assembly.
The sensor changes state when the scanner is raised approximately 150 mm (6 in).
Figure 3-49 Flatbed cover sensor test

420

Actuate the sensor and watch the control-panel display for a response.

Check the control-panel display for sensor response. If the test fails, replace the document feeder.
See Document feeder on page 151.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Document feeder registration sensor
1.

Lift the document feeder and locate the sensor.

Actuate the sensor by inserting a stiff piece of paper, like a business card, into the paper path.

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

Document feeder exit sensor

ENWW

Lift the document feeder and locate the sensor.

Actuate the sensor by inserting a stiff piece of paper, like a business card, into the paper path.

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

Tools for troubleshooting

421

Document feeder read sensor
1.

Lift the document feeder and locate the sensor.

Actuate the sensor by inserting a stiff piece of paper, like a business card, into the paper path.

Check the control-panel display for sensor response.

Component tests
Control-panel tests
Open the following menus:
●

Administration

●

Troubleshooting

●

Diagnostic Tests

Available control-panel tests
●

LEDs: test the LEDs on the control panel.

●

Display: sequence through display tests.

●

Buttons: tests the key pad and other buttons.

●

Touchscreen: tests the control-panel touchscreen.

For more control-panel diagnostics, see Control-panel checks on page 372.
Component test (special-mode test)
This test activates individual parts independently to isolate problems.

422

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Each component test can be performed once or repeatedly. If you select Continuous from the dropdown menu as the repeat option, the test cycles the component on and off. This process continues for
two minutes, and then the test terminates.
NOTE: The front or side door interlocks must be defeated to run the component tests. Some tests may
require that the ITB and print cartridges be removed. The control panel display prompts you to remove
some or all cartridges during certain tests.
1.

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button, and then touch the Diagnostic Tests button.

Touch the Component Test button.

Select the component you want to test, and then touch the OK button.

Table 3-6 Component test details
Component test

Motor or solenoid number

Comments

Transfer Motors

Activates four drum motors and the ITB
motor (M1).

M3
M4
M5
M6
Belt Only

Activates the ITB motor.

Cartridge Motors

M3: yellow

Activates each drum motor sequentially
(K, C, M, Y).

M4: magenta
M5: cyan
M6: black
Fuser Motor

Activate the fuser motor at a specified
speed for 10 seconds.

Fuser Pressure Release Motor

M2 reverse

Reverses the fuser motor and
pressurizes or depressurizes the fuser.

Alienation Motor

M10

Activates CMYK developer alienation
in the following sequence: All colors
engaged, all colors alienated, K-only
engaged, and K alienated.

ITB Contact/Alienation

Activates the fuser motor and primary
transfer solenoid to cycle through the
ITB alienation stages.

SL1
TCU Motor

ENWW

M12

Activates the motor at a specified
speed for 10 seconds.

Tools for troubleshooting

423

Table 3-6 Component test details (continued)
Component test

Motor or solenoid number

Comments

Tray Pickup Motor

Tray 2: M13

Tray 2: Activates the pickup motor in
reverse for 10 seconds.

Tray 3: M2
Tray 4: M2
Tray 5: M2
Tray Pickup Solenoid

Tray 1: SL3

Trays 3-5: Activates the motor in the
paper-feeder assembly and drives the
separation roller for each tray in
reverse.
Activates the solenoid for 10 seconds.

Tray 2: SL4
Tray 3: SL1
Tray 4: SL2
Tray 5: SL3
Duplexer Pickup Motor

M11: Duplex reverse motor

Activates the motor at a specified
speed for 10 seconds.

Black Laser Scanner

Activates the black/cyan scanner
motor for 10 seconds.

Cyan Laser Scanner

Activates the black/cyan scanner
motor for 10 seconds.

Magenta Laser Scanner

Activates the yellow/magenta scanner
motor for 10 seconds.

Yellow Laser Scanner

Activates the yellow/magenta scanner
motor for 10 seconds.

Repeat

Allows you to specify whether or not
the product repeats the test sequences.

Stapler/stacker
There are no component or sensor tests for the stapler/stacker. The stapler/stacker initializes when the
product power is turned on.
Stapler/stacker initialization:
●

The jogger moves out toward the front of the stapler/stacker, and then moves back.

●

The bin-3 flapper raises up, and then down.

The product power must be turned off before the stapler/stacker is removed or installed. If the stapler/
stacker is removed when the product power is on, the following messages appear on the control-panel
display.

424

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Stapler/stacker error messages:
●

65.80.A1 Output accessory disconnected
This error message appears if the stapler/stacker is removed while the product power is on and
the product is at the Ready state. Turn the power off, reinstall the stapler/stacker, and then turn the
power on again.

●

49.21.49 The device has a detection problem. Turn off the device…
This error message appears if the stapler/stacker is removed while the product power is on and
the product in the Sleep state. Turn the power off, reinstall the stapler/stacker, and then turn the
power on again.

●

Staple Cartridge very low
This error message appears if the staple cartridge in the stapler/stacker is very low on staples.
This error message also displays if the top cover of the stapler/staker is closed and a staple
cartridge is not installed. If a staple cartridge is not installed, printed pages are delived to the
output bin without being stapled.

If the stapler/stacker is defective, the product configure the product to operate without it until a
replacement is obtained.
1.

Turn the power off.

Remove the defective stapler/stacker.

Install the output bezel and output bin.
NOTE: The output bin full sensor is only activated when the product power is on and the
stapler/stacker is not installed. You must install the output bezel. The output bin full sensor flag is
part of the bezel.

ENWW

Turn the power on.

Tools for troubleshooting

425

Diagrams
Block diagrams
Figure 3-50 Product cross section
1

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

426

22 21 20 19

Item

Description

Item

Description

ITB delivery roller

RD sensor

ITB

Media sensor

IPTU feed roller 2

Registration shutter

IPTUB feed roller 1

MP tray pickup roller

Primary transfer roller

MP tray separation pad

Duplex flapper

Registration roller

Duplex reverse roller

Cassette separation roller

Pressure roller

Cassette feed roller

Fuser

Cassette pickup roller

Fuser sleeve

Photosensitive drum

Duplex feed roller

Cassette

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Item

Description

Item

Description

Secondary transfer roller

Laser/scanner assembly

ITB drive roller

Figure 3-51 Optional paper feeder (1 x 500-sheet)
1
2
5

ENWW

Item

Description

Pickup roller

Feed roller

Separation roller

Storage space

Cassette

Tools for troubleshooting

427

Figure 3-52 Optional paper feeder (3 x 500-sheet)
1
2
4

428

Item

Description

Pickup roller

Feed roller

Separation roller

Cassette

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-53 Stapler/stacker
13
12
1
11
2
3
4
10

ENWW

Item

Description

Output bin 1 delivery roller

Output bin 2 delivery roller

Output bin flapper

Stapler/stacker feed roller 1

Inlet flapper

Stapler/stacker feed roller 2

Alignment roller

Output bin 3 upper delivery roller

Output bin 3 lower delivery roller

Output bin 3

Jogger guide

Output bin 2

Output bin 1

Tools for troubleshooting

429

Plug/jack locations

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

430

Hi-speed USB 2.0 printing port

Foreign interface harness for connecting third-party devices

Local area network (LAN) Ethernet (RJ-45) network port

USB port for connecting external USB devices

Fax port (RJ-11)

EIO interface expansion slot

Slot for a cable-type security lock

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-54 Formatter PCA

1
4

3
Table 3-7 Formatter PCA

ENWW

Item

Description

Fax card

Internal hard drive

USB ports

EIO slot

Tools for troubleshooting

431

Location of connectors
DC controller connector locations
NOTE: The DC controller has 34 connectors: Six are for FFCs, 26 are for wire harnesses, and two
are not used.
Figure 3-55 DC controller connector locations

J128

J140

J116

J113

J123
J127

J129

J120

J106
J121

J162

J154

J160

J101
J155

J130

J102
J145

J131
J148
J105

J147
J108
J152

J107

J103
J151
J112

J115

J126

J110

J153
J114

J101: not used

432

J111

J150

J161

J115: SL4, SL23, SL24, SL25, and
HVPS lower

J145: top of page (TOP) sensor (SR20)

J102: not used

J116: HVPS upper (FFC)

J147: right-door switch (SW6)

J103: laser scanner temperature sensor
(TH4)

J120: yellow drum motor (M3) and
magenta drum motor (M4)

J148: MP-tray-media-presence sensor
(SR8) and MP-tray pickup solenoid (SL3)

J105: interconnect board (ICB) (FFC)

J121: cyan drum motor (M5) and black
drum position (M6)

J150: LVPS

J106: IPTU

J123: fuser motor (M2)

J151: LVPS

Chapter 3 Solve problems

Top of page (TOP) sensor (SR20),
duplex re-pickup sensor (SR22), and
duplex re-pickup clutch (CL1)

ENWW

J107: Tray 3, 4, and 5 lifter motors
(M7), and cassette paper size switch
(SW4)

J126: memory tag connector

J152: 5V interlock switch (SW1)

J108: environmental sensor

J127: pre-exposure LEDs (rear), fuser
delivery sensor (SR5), New ITB sensor
(SR10)

J153: power supply fan (FM1)

J110: YM laser (FFC)

J128: Delivery tray media full sensor
(SR6), Fuser pressure release sensor
(SR7), and pre-exposure LEDs (front)
(SR9)

J154: image scanner power supply unit
(PSU)

J111: CK laser (FFC)

J129: front-door switch (SW5)

J155: Residual toner-feed motor (M12)
and delivery fan (FM3)

J112: cyan/black scanner motor (M8),
yellow/magenta scanner motor (M9),
and developing disengagement sensor
(SR11)

J130: registration density (RD) sensors
(front and rear)

J160: fuser

J113: 24 v to high-voltage power
supply (HVPS) upper (FFC)

J131: media sensors

J161: LVPS

J114: HVPS lower (FFC)

J140: ITB motor (M1), yellow drum
home-position sensor (SR1), magenta
drum home-position sensor (SR2), cyan
drum home-position sensor (SR3), black
drum home-position sensor (SR4), and
primary transfer roller disengagement
solenoid (SL1)

J162: fuser

Tools for troubleshooting

433

Controller PCA (1 x 500-sheet and 3 x 500-sheet optional paper feeders)
Figure 3-56 Controller PCA connectors

J410
J409

J408
J404

J407
J401
J406

J402

J405
J403

Table 3-9 Controller PCA connectors
J401: not used
J402: lifter motor 3 signal
J403: cassette media presence 3
J404: right door open sensor
J405: lifter motor 2 signal
J406: cassette media presence 2
J407: lifter motor 1 signal
J408: cassette media presence 1
J409: pickup motor
J410: communication (command)

434

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Stapler/stacker PCA

J464

J463

J465
J450
J467
J461
J452
J451
J460
J453
J458
J454

J459

J466

J462

J455
J456

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

435

IPTU PCA

J555

J553

J552
J554

J550
J551

436

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Locations of major components
Figure 3-57 External panels, covers, and doors; identification and location

1
2

7
8

ENWW

9
10

11
12

Item

Description

Item

Description

ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover) (see
ASY-CVR-F-SP (document feeder front cover)
on page 129)

Right-door assembly (see Right-door assembly
on page 145)

Control-panel assembly (see Control panel
on page 100).

Rear top cover (see S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear
cover) on page 128

Front-door assembly (see Front-door assembly
on page 140)

Fan cover (see Fan cover on page 134)

Tray (see Tray on page 111)

Rear cover (see Rear cover on page 144)

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover) (see
ASY-CVR-F-R-SP (document feeder rear cover)
on page 131)

Lower-left cover (see Lower-left cover on page 136)

Right-rear cover (see Right-rear cover
on page 143)

S-CVR-LEFT (scanner left cover) (see S-CVR-LEFT
(scanner left cover) on page 133)

Right-front cover (see Right-front cover
on page 138)

Left cover (see Left cover on page 137)

Tools for troubleshooting

437

Figure 3-58 Major component locations (1 of 4)

1
6

2
4
3

438

Item

Description

Main drive assembly

Fuser

Registration assembly

Toner collection unit

Laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk)

Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M)

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-59 Major component locations (2 of 4)

8
7

6
2

ENWW

Item

Description

Item

Description

Duplex-drive assembly

Tray-pickup assembly

MP tray assembly

Cartridge fan

Delivery assembly

Residual toner full sensor

RD sensor assembly

Residual-toner-feed motor

Tools for troubleshooting

439

Figure 3-60 Major component locations (3 of 4)

1
6
5

4
3

440

Item

Description

Fuser-drive assembly

Tray-pickup drive assembly

Secondary transfer assembly

ITB

Lifter-drive assembly

Lifter base assembly

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-61 Major component locations (4 of 4)

1
2
9
3

6
5

ENWW

item

Description

Exhaust fan

ICB assembly

Sub power supply assembly

Power supply fan

Rear right frame

Delivery assembly

Tools for troubleshooting

441

item

Description

Left rear frame

Low voltage assembly

IPTU

Figure 3-62 Motors, fans, and rollers component locations

1
16

2
15

4
5
6

13
8

12
11

9
10

442

Ite
m

Description

Ite
m

Description

Fuser motor

Tray 2 feed roller

Pickup motor

Tray 2 separation roller

Tray 1 separation pad

Tray 2 pickup roller

Yellow drum motor

Secondary transfer roller

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Ite
m

Description

Ite
m

Description

Magenta drum motor

Black drum motor

Cyan drum motor

Developing-disengagement motor

ITB motor

Tray 1 pickup roller

Power supply fan

Exhaust fan

Figure 3-63 PCA component locations

4
5

ENWW

Item

Description

Item

Description

Interconnect board (ICB)

High-voltage power supply upper (HVPS-T)

Tools for troubleshooting

443

Item

Description

Item

Description

DC controller PCA

High-voltage power supply lower (HVPS-D)

Low-voltage power supply

Environment sensor PCA

Figure 3-64 Stapler/stacker component locations (1 of 3)

5
2

444

item

Description

Top cover

Front cover

Rear cover

Stapler/stacker door

Output bin 3

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-65 Stapler/stacker component locations (2 of 3)

1
2
3
7

ENWW

item

Description

Jogger assembly

Paddle motor

Stapler/stacker feed motor

Output bin solenoid

Stage top unit

Inlet solenoid

Output bin 3 driver assembly

Tools for troubleshooting

445

Figure 3-66 Stapler/stacker component locations (3 of 3)

6
1

2
3

446

item

Description

Stage assembly

Stapler/stacker PCA

Stamp solenoid

Stapler assembly

Output bin

Output bin sensor

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-67 Optional paper feeder (1 x 500-sheet) component locations (1 of 2)

1
8

ENWW

Item

Description

Item

Description

Rear-right cover

Rear cover

Right door

Right front cover

Right cover

Front door

Left cover

Tray 3

Tools for troubleshooting

447

Figure 3-68 Optional paper feeder (1 x 500-sheet) component locations (2 of 2)

1
2

4
3

448

Item

Description

Item

Description

Lifter-drive assembly

Controller PCA

Pickup motor

Lifter base assembly

Pickup assembly

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-69 Optional paper feeder (3 x 500-sheet) component locations (1 of 2)

1
7

3
6

ENWW

Item

Description

Item

Description

Rear right cover

Rear cover

Right door

Right front cover

Right cover

Trays 3, 4, and 5

Left cover

Tools for troubleshooting

449

Figure 3-70 Optional paper feeder (3 x 500-sheet) component locations (2 of 2)

1
2

4
3

450

Item

Description

Item

Description

Lifter-drive assembly (Trays 3, 4, and 5)

Controller PCA

Pickup motor

Lifter base assembly (Trays 3, 4, and 5)

Pickup assembly (Trays 3, 4, and 5)

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

25 Secondary transfer bias

24 Primary transfer bias K

23 Primary transfer bias C

22 Primary transfer bias M

21 Primary transfer bias Y

20 Developing bias K

19 Developing bias C

18 Developing bias M

17 Developing bias Y

16 Primary charging bias K

15 Primary charging bias C

14 Primary charging bias M

13 Primary charging bias Y

12 Pickup motor

11 ITB motor

10 K drum motor

9 C drum motor

8 M drum motor

7 Y drum motor

6 TOP signal

5 Scanner motor

4 Fixing motor

3 Fixing delivery sensor

2 TOP sensor

1 Cassette pickup solenoid

Operation

Print command
STBY

INTR

LSTR

STBY

General timing chart
Figure 3-71 General timing chart

Tools for troubleshooting

451

Circuit diagrams
Figure 3-72 General circuit diagram (1 of 2)
6

J82L
TA G (Bk)

J82DH

TO IPTU & SS
1

J81L

SR6

TAG (Y)

J47

J19

J85DH

11 10 9

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

J81DH

TAG (M)

SR9

J82D
2

TA G (C)

LED5

1
2

LED6

LED7

J46

LED8

SR7

TH4
2

1
1

J85D

9 10 11

J60L
J60D
J60DH

1
2

PREEXP4

+5VB

PREEXP3

+5VB

PREEXP2

+5VB

+5VB
1
2
3
4
5

J107

6
7

J55DB

J55D

J10 8

1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6

J115

7
8
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
1
2
3
4

J130

1
3
5

2
6
7
8

1
2

14 13 12 11 10 9

1
2
3
4
5
1

J36

SL4
RD-SNS

SGND

RDOORSN S

SW6

1
2
3

J4L

J147

J43

1
2
3

RD-SNS

1
2
3
2
3

1
4
5
6

3
4

J55DA

SR23

SR24

SR25

1
2
3
7

J114

14 13 12 11 10 9

SW4
M7

1
2
3

J261
J260

12 11 10

1
2

J153

321

RDSFGAIN0

J3L

FM1

RDSFGAIN1

Chapter 3 Solve problems

DSFSR

452

+5VB
DSFDR

RDSFLED

J4D
J4DH

+5VB

J68L

DSRSR
DSRDR

29 HVTDA TA1

J3D
J3DH

28 HVTCLK

J68DH
J68D

14 13 12 11 10 9

GND

27 HVDACLK

RT4_S

RDSRLED

J83D
J83DH

+5V

26 /DEV1CNT

SGND

RDSRGAIN1

J83L

25 HVDALD

24 /DEV2CNT

5VC

SGND

RDSRGAIN0

J2L

J2D
J2DH

CSTSL

SGND

23 /HVRESET

VDO41

GND

RT3_S

22 /DEV3CNT

21 FEEDMPHA 21

20 /DEV4CNT

/VDO41

J511

19 FEEDMI0A

LD4CTRL0

J1L

TONER EMP

LD4CTRL1

J1D
J1DH

LD4CTRL2

GND

RT1_S

+5V

18 TONLED

17 FEEDMI1A

J263

VDO42

12 11 10 9

GND

/VDO42

RT2_S

+5V

16 WTSSNS

J66L

24VB

WTSSNS
+5V

15 FEEDMIDWN 15

14 RTS1SNS

+5V

13 FEEDMI1B

WTSLED
D

SGND 10

12 RTS2SNS

+24V

SGND 13

11 FEEDMI0B

J66DH
J66D

5VC 14

FAN2LK

VDO31 15

GND

J59H
J59D
J59L

9
10

J510

FEEDMPHB

10 RTS3SNS

CSTPS1

/VDO31 16

CSTPEN
D

LD3CTRL0 17

3.3VS
SGND

HVT-D

TCU FULL SNS

FM2

RTS4SNS

FM4

DEVMPHA

FAN2PWM

LD3CTRL1 18

LD3CTRL2 19

VDO32 20

J65L

J65DH
J65D

321

DEVMI0A

J58D

CSTPS2

J58L
J58LH

FAN2LK

+24V

DEVMI0B

GND

DEVMPHB

5VB

FAN5LK

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

PGND

SGND

PSNS_PCB

321

FAN1LK

4
1
2
3
4

M
M

M13

J201

ENV
-SNS

J116

M10

24VB

PGND

FAN5LK

FAN1PWM

1
2
3
4
5
6

J112

7
8

1
2
4
2
3

11 10 9

1
3
4

M
M

M8
SR11

J501

Laser Scanner Unit (Y/M)

24VB

PGND

J250

PGND

FEEDMOUT0B

J503

24 VA
PGND

J79H
J79D
J79L

J37

J111

Laser Scanner Unit (C/Bk)

FEEDMOUT1B

/BD41 23

FEEDMOUT1A

/VDO32 21

LD4PDOUT 11

3.3V
J67DH
J67D

FEEDMOUT0A

LD3PDOUT 22

SGND

J38

12 L_LOW_PWR 12

DEVMOUT0B

DEVMOUT1A

I2CSCK

I2CSD A

24 VA

DEVMOUT0A

J264

5VC

J67L

SGND

VDO21

INPOPOT

/VDO21

INPOPI N

LD2CTRL0

INPOPCLK

INPOPTMG

LD2CTRL1

3.3V

LD2CTRL2

LUON

SGND

J251

VDO2 2

17
18

DEVMOUT1B

+24VB

+24VA

J56DH

/VDO2 2

SGND 10

2TRCL
K

LD2PDOUT 11

12 L_LOW_PWR 12

SGND 13

J110

5VC 14

DUPSL

VDO11O 15

SGND

/VDO11O 16

DUPMPHA

CSTSIZE0

LD1CTRL0 17

DUPMI0A

LD1CTRL1 18

CSTSIZE2

DUPMI1A

J57D

LD1CTRL2 19

HVT-T

DUPMI1B
DUPMIDWN

PGND

VDO12O 20

DUPMI0B

10 9

/VDO12O 21

LD1PDOUT 22

/BD21 23

3
1

J56D

J56L

J39

M11

DUPMPHB

10 /2TRNCNT

11 2TRCNT

J87D

12 2TRS

J87L
J87LH

SL2

DUPM_
A

13 HVTCLK

DUPM_/A

14 1TR3S

15 1TR4S

16 1TR2S

DUPM_
B

CSTSIZE1

J200

17 1TR1S

DEVHP

J72D

DUPM_/B

+24VB

19 HVDACLK2 19

J202

20 HVDALD2

DUP_SL

21 /HVRESET2 21

J72L
J72LH

J69D
6

PGND
24VB

PREEXP1

J57LH
J57L

J34
J69L

J128

J69DH
2

5VB

3.3V S
SGND

PGND

18 HVDATA 2

J41

J42

/SCN2DEC

24VB

24VA
/SCN2ACC

J113

PGND

J40

SGND

/SCN1DEC

24VA
/SCN1ACC

J71D

3.3VS

17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

DC Controller PCA

J71L
J71LH

SGND

FPRESS

3.3VS

SGND

PAPFUL L

3.3VS

SGND

ITBHPSNS

VIN

VSS1

VIN

VSS2
4

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

J126

VIN

VSS3

VIN

VSS4
8

OPT_EX Z

+24V A

GND

CAN_H

CAN_L

GND
6

J106

JLPWRON

GND

+24V A

+3.3V

GND

+3.3V

GND

IPTUCMD

IPTUCLK

IPTUSTS

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

J103

SCN_TH

GND

J81D

ENWW

Figure 3-73 General circuit diagram (2 of 2)
2
J3 Scanner
26PIN

P2 Control
Panel USB

1
2

1
2
3
4

1
2
3

5
6
7
8

10 9

+12V

GND

LED_O N

PWRSWON

PWRON

AWAKE

SGND

JLPWRON

CAN_L

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

J601

1
2
3

TB202

J607

TB201

1
2
3

HEA
TER1

1
2

HEA
TERC

3
2

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

J120

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
1

2
3

J50LB

1
2
3
1
2
3

1
2
3
4
6
7

J350

J50LA

4
5
6
7
8

J121

M6
1
2

17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

M
M

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10 9
1
2

1
2
3

J10

SGND

FSR TH2

SGND

FSR TH1

/FSRNE W 5

SR15
TH2
1

TH1
1

2
2

FU1

MEDIA-SNS

J20S

NPLED

J77LS

1
2
3
1
2

1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

2
1

J11

J27S

SR14
6

J351

J51D
7

10 9

J23S

SR20

10 9

J51L
J51DH

J352

J12

FSRSNS 7

J50DA

SGND
3.3VS

J50DB

N.C.

J160

B
1

TB2 TP1 TB1

J50L

10 9

H1
1

J25M

J25F

J162

ACL

J604A

TH3

FSLP2

FSLP1

FSR TH3

SGND

IL201

+3.3V

200V

J604

IOTR

N.C.

SGND

/DRM3FG

IOTT

/DRM3DE C

MD0

2 1

DRMFR
/DRM3ACC

MD2

PGND

P80

J50D
J101

PGND

P81

+24VA

TCK

/DRM4FG

PSTYP100

PGND
DRMKFR
/DRM4ACC

SW_LED
SGND

J102

PGND

PWROF
F

+24VA

CHK24V

ACH

J18
+24VA

24VB

/DRM1FG

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

FSRSAFE2
/FSRMSTOP

/DRM1DEC

6 5 4
J74LS

CAN_H

FSRSAFE1

Registration Unit (Simplex model)

/BD1O

FSR_CURRMS

INL_CURRMS

/BD2O

/RLD

/DRM1ACC

J161

/BD3O

/BD4O

SGND

/TOPO

/VCRST

SGND

PGND
DRMFR

100V
IL101

SGND

/VD021

VD021

SW2

J92L
J92LH
J92D

1
6
7
8
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

J93L
J93LH
J93D

1
2
3
4
5

J32

2
3
4

3
1
2
3

J29
J31

SR3
SR4

J94L
J94LH
J94D

1
2

J28

SR1
SR2
1
2
3

J140

SL1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

/VDO11I

VDO11I

/VD022

/VDO12I

VD022

VDO12I

/VDO41

VDO41

/VDO42

VDO42

/VDO31

VDO31

/VDO32

VDO32

CLEI

SGND

/VDOEN

ENGON

CLEO

SGND
5VB

5VC

SGND

11 10 9

FSRD1

PGND

TB502

TB501

ZEROX

PFCRMT

FDOORSNS

11
1

SGND

1
3

+24VA

Power Supply Unit

SL3

2
J52L

+24VA

10 9

J52D
J52DH

/DRM2FG

J16

SR22

J22

J75L

24VB

SR8

J148

MPTPEND
SGND

NPLED

J75DH
J75D

MPTSL

J23

J74L

SR20 J20

J21

3.3V S

SGND

REFEEDS

/DRM2DEC

/DRM4DE C

CL1

NPTRLED

MEDIA-SNS

3.3V

J145

3.3V S

/DRM2ACC

+24VA

TOPI
SGND

PGND
PGND

J53 L
2

10 9

24VB

3.3VS

SGND

2
6

FM3

J53D
J53DH

CHK24V
RMCL

J74D
J74D H

ENWW

J2 7

12 11 10 9

PGND

Registration Unit
(Duplex model)

+24VA

DRMFR

J15

J77L

J64DH
J64D

NPLED

321

NPSL_EN

NPSL_DATA

NPSTART

/NPRST

5VA

J131

NPSD_OUT

SOLD31

10 9

SGND

M12

J77DH
J77D
NPCLK

NPSD_RD

SOLD30

J62L CT-3
J62DH
J62D CT-3

FAN3PWM

3.3V F

4
8

+24VA

24RMT
PWRSWON
3.3V F

1
J17

J603

TB401

5VB

/BMFG

J150

/BMDEC

TB402

5VB

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

+24VB

/BMACC

J63L
2

CT-5

J155

FAN3LK

TB403

+24VA

J48

SR5

PGND

TB404
+24VA

3.3V S
SGND
DRMHP4

J44

WTMSNS
+24VB

TB405

+24VB

J14

J63D
J63DH

TB406

PGND

DRMHP3

PGND

SR10

LED 1

3.3V S

J127

LED 2

3.3V S
SGND
DRMHP2

SGND

J151

SGND

LED 3

+5VB
PREEXP4

+5VB
PREEXP3

LED 4

11 10 9

14 13 12 11 10 9

+5VB
PREEXP2

3.3V S

1
PREEXP1

+24VA

J78L

J61F J61M

1TRSL

DRMHP1

J78D
J78D H

FT1

PGND

3
+24VB

SGND

4
+24VB

3.3VS

PGND

J54DH

+24VB

J123

PGND

POUTSN S

J54L

/FSMACC

3.3VS

J54D
2

/FSMDE C

J13

/FSMFG

SGND

J84

J152

FSMFR

+5VB

SW3
1

J105

ITBLKSNS

+12V

J129

FT2

PGND

SW1

J45

Power SW
1

SW5
2

Formatter A1

Inter Connect Board

Control
Panel

Tools for troubleshooting

453

J17L

J15L

BOUT2

J13L

J13D

J13LH

+3.3U

J408

T3_PICK_SL

+24V

J18D

J18LH

J18L

J10LB

1x500 PD Controller PCA

9 10

J407

DCC I/F

J410

J10L

J10LA

BOUT1

GND

AOUT2

+24V

T3_LIFT_MTR

T3_SIZE3

GND

T3_SIZE2

T3_PATHS

AOUT1

J14

T3_SIZE1

J11D

+3.3U

T3_PSNS

J11L

GND

SL1

GND

SR4

+24V

J12

T3_PLVL_P

SR3

GND

SR2

+3.3V

SR1

HRD_TMG

CLK

J11LH

J15D

J17D

7
6
5
4
3

T3_PLVL_A

J15DH

J17LH

J16

4
3
2
1

J409

Chapter 3 Solve problems
STS

454
CMD

Figure 3-74 Paper feeder circuit diagram (1 X 500-sheet)

J401

1
2
3
4

ENWW

M1
M

SW2

J23

J20D

J25LH

2
3

1
2
3
4

J25D

4
2

J24D
J24DH

J24L

J15L

J22D

J21D

J26
J25L

J21L

4
3
2

BOUT1
BOUT2

+3.3V

+24V

T4_LIFT_MTR

T4_SIZE3

GND

T4_SIZE2

T4_SIZE1

+3.3U

GND

T4_PSNS

T4_PLVL_P

T4_PLVL_A

+3.3U

GND

T4_PATHS

+24V

T4_PICK_SL

DOPEN

J19

J14

AOUT2

+24V

T3_LIFT_MTR

T3_SIZE3

GND

T3_SIZE2

T3_SIZE1

AOUT1

J15D

J17D

J150DH

J17LH

M2
J22LH

J21LH

J22L

J20L

SW2
SL2

J20LH

4
1

SR6
SR8

J16

J17L

SR5

4
SR1

J11LH
J11D

GND
3

J30D

J13D

T5_PATHS

+24V

SR10

J33

J32LH
J32L

SR11

J31L

J31LH

J31D

GND

J32D

+3.3U
3

T5_PLVL_A

T5_PLVL_P

T5_PSNS

J403

GND

SL3

12 11 10 9

+3.3U

J18D

SR9

J410

SR12

J36

J35L

J35D

SW4

J35LH

J402
6

J10L

J10LA

T5_SIZE1

J10LB

T5_SIZE2

9 10

J18LH

J18L

GND

T3_PICK_SL

3x500 PD Controller PCA

T5_SIZE3

SL
1

T5_LIFT_MTR

J30L

J408

+24V

J30LH

T3_PSNS

J13L

T3_PLVL_P

J11L

T3_PLVL_A

GND

T3_PATHS

+3.3U

+24V

GND

J12

+24V

J13LH
1

DCC I/F

GND

+3.3V

SL1

HRD_TMG

SR4

CLK

SR3

STS

SR2

SW3

3
1

SR7

M1
2

M
2
1

3
2
1

1
5

J401

4
3
2
1
2
1

SW1

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
3

J407
J409
J404

2
1
2
1
9 10 11
8

2
7

1
6

J406

1
5

4
4

3
3

2
2

1
1

2
6

4
1
5

3
4
4

2
3
3

1
2

J405

CMD

ENWW
1
2

J34D
J34DH
J34L

Figure 3-75 Paper feeder circuit diagram (3 X 500-sheet)

T5_PICK_SL

Tools for troubleshooting

455

Figure 3-76 IPTU circuit diagram

PCA

456

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-77 Stapler/stacker circuit diagram

Stapler/stacker Controller PCA

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

457

Internal print-quality test pages
Print-quality-troubleshooting pages
Use the built-in print-quality-troubleshooting pages to help diagnose and solve print-quality problems.
1.

Scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Scroll to and touch the Troubleshooting button.

Touch the Print Quality Pages button.

Touch the Print PQ Troubleshooting Pages button.

Touch the Print button.

The product returns to the Ready state after printing the print-quality-troubleshooting pages. Follow the
instructions on the pages that print out.
Figure 3-78 Print-quality troubleshooting procedure
Print Quality Troubleshooting

458

Chapter 3 Solve problems

HP Color LaserJet CM4540 MFP

Page 1

ENWW

Figure 3-79 Yellow print-quality troubleshooting page

Yellow

Green

Figure 3-80 Yellow comparison page

Green

Yellow

Yellow cannot be easily seen unless combined with cyan, so half of each page is yellow and the other
half is an amplified version of yellow problems (green half). Compare the yellow on page one with the
corresponding green on page two for defects. You can also check the cyan page for defects.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

459

Figure 3-81 Black print-quality troubleshooting page

1. Grids

The grids are in inches and millimeters. They are label with
letters and numbers so that defects can be described by
position and by distance between repeats.

2. Color plane registration (CPR) bars

After printing, the box with no extra color in each area on
each page shows how far off the CPR of that color is. Each
page has two process direction areas and three scan
direction areas that are labeled x and y and 1–11. The page
should be fed by the long edge. Each square from the center
equals 42 microns.

3. Color ramp patches

Used to detect offset for the OPC or developer in the image
drum or offset in the fuser.

NOTE: To get further assistance in print quality troubleshooting, go to www.hp.com/support/
cljcm4540mfp and select PQ Troubleshooting Tools.

460

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Diagnostics page
Use the diagnostics page to evaluate problems with color plane registration, EP parameters, and print
quality.
1.

Scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Scroll to and touch the Troubleshooting button.

Touch the Print Quality Pages button.

Touch the Diagnostics Page button.

Touch the Print button.

Diagnostics Page

HP Color LaserJet CM4540 MFP

1
4

Page 1

DD MMM YYYY XX:XX

ENWW

Calibration information

Parameters

Color density

Color plane registration

Primary colors

Secondary colors

Temperature values (22M)

Humidity values (22N)

Tools for troubleshooting

461

Cleaning page
Use the cleaning page to remove paper dust and toner that accumulates on the pressure roller or heat
sleeve.
Create and use the cleaning page
1.

Scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Scroll to and touch the Calibrate/Cleaning button.

Touch the Process Cleaning Page button.

Configuration pages
Depending on the model, up to three pages print. In addition to the main configuration page, an
embedded Jetdirect configuration page prints.
Configuration page
Use the configuration page to view current product settings, to help troubleshoot product problems, or
to verify installation of optional accessories, such as memory (DIMMs), paper trays, and printer
languages.
1.

Scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Open the following menus:

●

Reports

●

Configuration/Status Pages

●

Configuration Page

Touch the Print button to print the report, or touch the View button to view the report on the screen.
The report consists of several pages.
NOTE: The product IP address or host name is listed on the Jetdirect Page.

NOTE: If the product is configured with EIO cards (for example, an HP Jetdirect Print Server) or an
optional hard-disk drive, an additional configuration page will print that provides information about
those devices.

462

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-82 Configuration page
Configuration Page

HP Color LaserJet CM4540 MFP

Page 1

4
5
6

2
7
8

Printer information

Installed personalities and options

Color density

Calibration information

Memory

Event log

Security
NOTE:

ENWW

The support key is intended for factory use only.

Paper trays and options

Tools for troubleshooting

463

HP embedded Jetdirect page
The second configuration page is the HP embedded Jetdirect page, which contains the following
information:
Figure 3-83 HP embedded Jetdirect page
Jetdirect Page

HP Color LaserJet CM4540 MFP

Page 1

2
5
3

HP Jetdirect Configuration indicates the product status, model number, hardware firmware version, port select, port
configuration, auto negotiation, manufacturing identification, and manufactured date.

Security Settings information

Network Statistics indicates the total packets received, unicast packets received, bad packets received, framing
errors received, total packets transmitted, unsendable packets, transmit collisions, and transmit late collisions.

TCP/IP information, including the IP address

IPv4 information

IPv6 information

Always make sure the status line under the HP Jetdirect configuration lines indicates "I/O Card Ready".

464

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Embedded protocol page
The embedded protocol page contains the following information:
Figure 3-84 Embedded protocol page
Embedded Protocol Page

HP Color LaserJet CM4540 MFP

Page 1

4
2

ENWW

IPX/SPX

Novell/NetWare

AppleTalk

DLC/LLC

Tools for troubleshooting

465

Finding important information on the configuration pages
Certain information, such as the firmware date codes, the IP address, and the e-mail gateways, is
especially helpful while servicing the product. This information is on the various configuration pages.
Table 3-10 Important information on the configuration pages
Type of information

Specific information

Configuration page

Firmware date codes

DC controller

When you use the remote firmware upgrade
procedure, all of these firmware components
are upgraded.

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Device Information.”

Firmware datecode

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Device Information.”

Embedded Jetdirect firmware version

Look on the embedded Jetdirect page,
under “HP Jetdirect Configuration.”

Accessories and internal storage

External disk (optional)

All optional devices that are installed on the
product should be listed on the main
configuration page.

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Installed Personalities and
Options.” Shows model and capacity.

Embedded HP Jetdirect

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Installed Personalities and
Options.” Shows model and ID.

Total RAM

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Memory.”

Duplex unit

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Paper Trays and Options.”

Additional 500-sheet feeders

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Paper Trays and Options.”

Engine cycles and event logs

Engine cycles

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Device Information.”

Pages since last maintenance (print engine
maintenance count)

Pages since last maintenance (print
engine maintenance count)

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Device Information.”

Event-log information

Look on the main configuration page,
under “Event log.”

In addition, separate pages print for the
optional paper handling devices and the fax
accessory. These pages list more-detailed
information for those devices.

Total page counts and maintenance kit
counts are important for ongoing product
maintenance.
The configuration page lists only the three
most recent errors. To see a list of the 50
most recent errors, print an event log from
the Diagnostics menu.

Color-band test
The color-band test page shows bands of colors that can indicate whether or not the product is
producing colors correctly.

466

Scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Touch the Troubleshooting button.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Touch the Print Quality Pages button.

Touch the Color Band Test button.

Touch the Print Test Page button.

Touch the Print button.

Print-quality troubleshooting tools
Repetitive defects ruler
If defects repeat at regular intervals on the page, use this ruler to identify the cause of the defect. Place
the top of the ruler at the first defect. The marking that is beside the next occurrence of the defect
indicates which component needs to be replaced.
Figure 3-85 Repetitive defects ruler
0 mm

27 mm
32 mm

44 mm
48 mm
51 mm
55 mm

63 mm

76 mm
80 mm

96 mm
101 mm

ENWW

Distance between defects

Product components that cause the defect

27 mm

Print cartridge

32 mm

Print cartridge

44 mm

Transfer unit

48 mm

Print cartridge

51 mm

Transfer roller

Tools for troubleshooting

467

Distance between defects

Product components that cause the defect

55 mm

Print engine

63 mm

Transfer unit

76 mm

Print cartridge

76 mm

Fuser

80 mm

Fuser

96 mm

Print engine

101 mm

Print engine

Calibrate the product
Calibration is a product function that optimizes print quality. If you experience any image-quality
problems, calibrate the product.
1.

From Home screen, scroll to and touch the Device Maintenance button.

Touch the Calibrate/Cleaning button.

Touch the Full Calibration or the Quick Calibration button, and then touch the Start button.
●

Full Calibration: takes about three minutes and performs color plane registration, drum speed
adjustment, and Dmax and Dhalf adjustments. UseFull Calibration if colors are misaligned or
appear blurry. Full Calibration runs automatically after a new transfer belt is installed. Full
Calibration must be run manually after a laser scanner is replaced.

●

Quick Calibration: takes approximately 1 minute and performs Dmax and Dhalf calibrations.
Use Quick Calibration if colors are wrong, highlights are missing, or if colors are too dark or
too light.

Calibrate the scanner to compensate for offsets in the scanner imaging system (carriage head) for
document feeder and flatbed scans. Because of mechanical tolerances, the scanner's carriage head
might not read the position of the image accurately. During the calibration procedure, scanner offset
values are calculated and stored. The offset values are then used when producing scans so that the
correct portion of the document is captured.
Scanner calibration should be carried out only if you notice offset problems with the scanned images.
The scanner is calibrated before it leaves the factory. It needs to be calibrated again only rarely.
Before calibrating the scanner, print the calibration target.

468

Place letter- or A4-size paper in Tray 1, and adjust the side guides.

From Home screen, scroll to and touch the Device Maintenance button.

Touch the Calibrate/Cleaning button.

Touch the Calibrate Scanner button.

Follow the steps displayed on the control panel to calibrate the scanner.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Control panel menus
Navigate the Administration menu
From the Home screen, touch the Administration button to open the menu structure. You might need to
scroll to the bottom of the Home screen to see this feature.
The Administration menu has several sub-menus, which are listed on the left side of the screen. Touch
the name of a menu to expand the structure. A plus sign (+) next to a menu name means that it contains
sub-menus. Continue opening the structure until you reach the option that you want to configure. To
return to the previous level, touch the Back button.
To exit the Administration menu, touch the Home

button in the upper-left corner of the screen.

CAUTION: This product includes a Backup/Restore menu. Data backup and restoration is the
responsibility of the customer/administrator of the product. Service personnel should not back up or
restore customer data under any circumstances.
NOTE: You can perform basic product setup by using the Administration menu. Use the HP
Embedded Web Server for more advanced product setup. To open the HP Embedded Web Server,
enter the product IP address or host name in the address bar of a Web browser.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

469

Interpret control-panel messages
Control-panel message types
Four types of control-panel messages can indicate the status of or problems with the product.
Message type

Description

Status messages

Status messages reflect the current state of the product. They inform you of normal product operation
and require no interaction to clear them. They change as the state of the product changes. Whenever
the product is ready, not busy, and has no pending warning messages, the status message Ready
appears if the product is online.

Warning messages

Warning messages inform you of data and print errors. These messages typically alternate with the
Ready or status messages and remain until you touch the OK button. Some warning messages are
clearable. If the Clearable Warnings setting is set to Job on the product Device Behavior menu, the
next print job clears these messages.

Error messages

Error messages communicate that some action must be performed, such as adding paper or clearing
a jam.
Some error messages are auto-continuable. If the Auto-Continue setting is set on the menus, the
product will continue normal operation after an auto-continuable error message appears for 10
seconds.
NOTE: Pressing any button during the 10-second auto-continuable error message overrides the
auto-continue feature, and the button function takes precedence. For example, pressing the Stop
button pauses printing and offers the option to cancel the print job.

Critical-error messages

Critical error messages inform you of a product failure. Some of these messages can be cleared by
turning the product off and then on. These messages are not affected by the Auto-Continue setting. If
a critical error persists, service is required.

Control-panel messages
Clear All Blocked Numbers
Description
This message is displayed while the list of blocked numbers is cleared. The product exits the menus
when finished.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Clear Event Log
Description
This message is displayed while the event log is cleared. The product exits the menus when the event
log has been cleared.

470

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Replace Supplies
Description
At least two supplies on the product have reached the At very low condition and the user has set the
Very Low Settings menu item to Stop.
Recommended action
Press the OK button to see which supplies need to be replaced. Or, configure the product to continue
printing by using the Manage Supplies menu.
Cleaning Page
Description
The product is generating a fuser cleaning page.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
10.00.70 Printing past very low
Event log error message
10.00.70
Description
The product indicates when at least one cartridge is past very low.
NOTE: Ignore product calibration failures which occur in the event log after this message. The
calibration patterns that are written to the ITB might be missing becuase of a very low cartridge.
You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable.
HP recommends that the customer have a replacement supply available to install when print quality is
no longer acceptable.
The product can be configured to stop when the supply level is very low. The supply might still be able
to produce acceptable print quality.
NOTE: When an HP supply has reached its approximated end of life, the HP Premium Protection
Warranty on that supply ends.
Recommended action
If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace the indicated print cartridge.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

471

10.0X.90 Replace
Description
The product displays this error when there is a toner replenishment malfunction for a specific print
cartridge.
Recommended action
1.

Open the front door.

Remove the old print cartridge.

Remove the orange cover and install the new cartridge.
CAUTION: Do not touch the shiny green drum.

Close the front door.

10.0X.Y0 Supply memory error
Event log error message
10.0X.Y0
Description
The product is unable to read the print cartridge data. The print cartridge is present but defective.
When this error occurs, a question mark appears on the gas gauge of the supply or supplies with the
error.
If multiple supplies have this error, a 10.0X.Y0 error for the first supply detected with the error will be
shown. After the user resolves the error that corresponds to the first supply, another 10.0X.Y0 error
displays for the next supply. This continues for all supplies memory errors.
Memory error
◦

10.00.00 (event code): Black print cartridge

◦

10.01.00 (event code): Cyan print cartridge

◦

10.02.00 (event code): Magenta print cartridge

◦

10.03.00 (event code): Yellow print cartridge

E-label missing

472

◦

10.00.10 (event code): Black print cartridge

◦

10.01.10 (event code): Cyan print cartridge

◦

10.02.10 (event code): Magenta print cartridge

◦

10.03.10 (event code): Yellow print cartridge

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
1.

Open the front door and remove the print cartridge, and then reinsert it.

Close the front door. If the message reappears, turn the product off and then on.

If the error persists, replace the print cartridge.

10.XX.69 very low To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
10.XX.69
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is very low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. Consider
having a replacement print cartridge available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable. You
do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless the print quality is no longer acceptable.
NOTE: After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold, the HP Premium Protection Warranty
for that supply has ended.
◦

10.00.69 (event code): Black print cartridge very low

◦

10.01.69 (event code): Cyan print cartridge very low

◦

10.02.69 (event code): Magenta print cartridge very low

◦

10.03.690 (event code): Yellow print cartridge very low

Recommended action
If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace the print cartridge.
10.YY.60 cartridge low
Event log error message
10.YY.60
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is low. Actual print cartridge life might vary. You do not
need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable.

ENWW

◦

10.00.60 (event code): Black print cartridge

◦

10.01.60 (event code): Cyan print cartridge

◦

10.02.60 (event code): Magenta print cartridge

◦

10.03.60 (event code): Yellow print cartridge

Tools for troubleshooting

473

Recommended action
If print quality is no longer acceptable, replace the print cartridge. Consider purchasing a replacement
cartridge so it is available when the installed cartridge has reached the end of its estimated life.
11.00.YY Internal clock error To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
11.00.YY
Description
The product real-time clock has experienced an error.
◦

XX = 01: Clock battery failed

◦

XX = 02: Real-time clock failed

Recommended action
Whenever the product is turned off and then turned on again, set the time and date at the control
panel. See the user guide for more information.
13.WX.EE Door open jam
Event log error message
13.WX.EE
Description
This error occurs when a door is opened during printing.
◦

13.AA.EE: Lower right door

◦

13.BA.EE: Right door

◦

13.EA.EE: Scanner cover
NOTE: This jam can occur if the scanner cover is not securely latched. The sensor is located on
the front of the IPTU, and the flag is located on the bottom of the scanner.

◦

13.8A.EE: Stapler/stacker

◦

13.FF.EE: Multiple doors

Recommended action
Clear the jam and firmly close the door when finished. For instructions on clearing the jam, see Clear
jams on page 581.
13.WX.FF Jam
Event log error message
13.WX.FF

474

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Description
This error indicated paper in the path at power on or after a door is closed.
◦

13.A3.FF: Tray 3 feed sensor

◦

13.A4.FF: Tray 4 feed sensor

◦

13.A5.FF: Tray 5 feed sensor

◦

13.B2.FF: Registration sensor

◦

13.B9.FF: Fuser output sensor

◦

13.D3.FF: Duplex re-feed sensor

◦

13.E2.FF: IPTU feed sensor

◦

13.E5.FF: IPTU bin full sensor

◦

13.AF.FF: Multiple feed sensors

◦

13.BF.FF: Registration and fuser output sensor

◦

13.EF.FF: IPTU feed and output sensors

◦

13.FF.FF: multiple sensors across areas

Recommended action
Clear the jam. For instructions on clearing the jam, see Clear jams on page 581.
13.WX.YZ Fuser Area Jam
Event log error message
13.B9.DZ or 13.B9.DD
Description
The product has experienced a jam in the fuser output sensor area.
◦

13.B2.AZ: Z = source tray 1–5
This jam occurs when picking from tray , SR20 sensor triggered, but the fuser output SR5 is
not triggered.

◦

13.B2.AD:
This jam occurs when picking from duplexer, SR20 sensor triggered, but the fuser output SR5 is
not triggered.

◦

13.B9.AZ: Z Fuser Mode
This jam occurs when the paper stays at fuser output SR5.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

475

Recommended action
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the product is in use. Use caution. Wait for the fuser to cool
before handling it.
For instructions on clearing the jam, see Clear jams in the right door on page 591.
13.WX.YZ Fuser wrap jam
Event log error message
13.B9.CZ
Description
Media in the product is wrapping around the fuser.
The paper triggered fuser output SR5 and then un-triggered it unexpectedly.
Recommended action
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the product is in use. Use caution. Wait for the fuser to cool
before handling it.
For instructions on clearing the jam, see Clear jams in the right door on page 591.
13.WX.YZ Jam below control panel Clear jam, then touch "OK"
Event log error message
13.B2.9Z or 13.E2.DZ or 13.E5.DZ or 13.E5.AZ or 13.E2.CZ
Description
A jam has occurred in the area below the product's control panel.
◦

13.B2.9Z: Jam at duplex switchback
The paper has stopped in the duplex switchback area on top of the IPTU.

◦

13.E2.DZ: Late to IPTU feed jam
The paper has triggered the fuser output SR5 but IPTU feed SR27 has not been triggered.

◦

13.E5.DZ: Late to IPTU feed jam
The paper IPTU feed SR27 has IPTU bin full SR26 has not been triggered.

◦

13.E5.AZ: Stopped at IPTU feed jam
The paper stays at IPTU feed SR27.

◦

13.E2.CZ: IPTU wrap jam
This jam occurs when the paper leaves the IPTU feed SR27 before the designated amount of time
after it has reached the IPTU feed SR27.

476

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
1.

Open the top cover below the control panel.

Remove all paper found, and then close the top cover.

13.WX.YZ Jam in left cover
Event log error message
13.80.AZ or 13.80.DZ or 13.80.FZ or 13.85.AZ or 13.85.DZ or 13.85.FZ
Description
A jam has occurred below the product's left cover.
◦

13.80.AZ: Stopped at stapler/stacker jam
This jam occurs when the paper stops at the stapler/stacker lower bin on the way to destination
bin 'Z'.

◦

13.80.DZ: Late to stapler/stacker jam
This jam occurs when the paper is late to the stapler/stacker lower bin on the way to destination
bin 'Z'.

◦

13.80.FZ: Power on or residual stapler/stacker jam
This jam occurs when the product is turned on with paper in the lower bin on the way to
destination bin 'Z' (power on jam). This jam can also occur if the stapler/stacker cover is closed
with paper still at the sensor (residual jam).

◦

13.85.AZ: Stopped at stapler/stacker jam
This jam occurs when the paper stops at the stapler/stacker upper bin on the way to destination
bin 'Z'.

◦

13.85.DZ: Late to stapler/stacker jam
This jam occurs when the paper stops at the stapler/stacker upper bin on the way to destination
bin 'Z'.

◦

13.85.FZ: Power on jam at stapler/stacker
This jam occurs when the paper stops at the stapler/stacker upper bin on the way to destination
bin 'Z'.

Recommended action

ENWW

Open the left cover.

Remove all paper found, and then close the left cover.

Tools for troubleshooting

477

13.WX.YZ Jam in lower bin area
Event log error message
13.84.A3
Description
A jam has occurred below the product's lower bin area.
Recommended action
1.

Remove all paper from lower bin.

Open the left cover.

Remove all paper found, and then close the left cover.

13.WX.YZ Jam in top cover area
Description
A jam has occurred in the top cover of the product.
Recommended action
1.

Open the top cover.

Remove all paper found, and then close the top cover.

13.WX.YZ Jam in Tray 1 Clear jam, then touch "OK"
Description
The product has a jam in Tray 1.
Recommended action
For instructions on clearing the jam, see Clear jams in Tray 1 on page 594.
13.WX.YZ Jam in Tray
Event log error message
13.WX.YZ

478

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Description
The product has a page jammed in tray .
◦

13.B2.D2: Misfeed jam from Tray 2
This jam occurs when the paper does not reach the SR20 feed sensor in a designated amount of
time from the start of paper pick-up at printing from Tray 2 and duplex printing.

◦

13.A3.D3: Misfeed jam from Tray 3
This jam occurs when the paper does not reach the SR4 feed sensor of the tray in a designated
amount of time after the start of paper pickup.

◦

13.A4.D4: Misfeed from Tray 4
This jam occurs when the paper does not reach the SR7 feed sensor in a designated amount of
time.

◦

13.A5.D5: Misfeed from Tray 5
This jam occurs when the paper does not reach the SR10 feed sensor in a designated amount of
time.

◦

13.B2.16: Misfeed jam from Tray 1
This jam occurs when the paper does not reach the SR20 feed sensor in a designated amount of
time after the start of paper pickup.

◦

13.B2.D1: Misfeed jam from Tray 1
This jam occurs when the paper does not reach the feed sensor of each tray in a designated
amount of time after the start of paper pickup.

Recommended action
Clear the jam.
13.WX.YZ Jam inside lower right door
Description
The product has a jam accessible from the lower right door.
Recommended action
1.

Open the lower right door.

Remove all paper found and close the right door.

13.WX.YZ Jam inside output accessory bridge
Description
A jam has occurred inside the output accessory bridge.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

479

Recommended action
Remove the output accessory, clear the jam, and then reinstall the output accessory.
13.WX.YZ Jam inside right door
Event log error message
13.B2.D3 or 13.D3.DZ or 13.B2.DD or 13.E2.DZ
Description
The product has a jam accessible from the right door.
◦

13.B2.D3:
This jam occurs when the paper is picked from Tray 3 and SR4 is triggered, but SR20 is not
triggered. Paper might also be in the fuser area.

◦

13.D3.DZ: Late to duplex re-feed jam
This jam occurs when the paper is coming from the duplexer, and the fuser output SR5 is
triggered, but the duplex re-feed SR22 is not triggered. Paper might also be in the fuser area.

◦

13.B2.DD: Late to registration jam, from duplexer
This jam occurs when the paper is coming from the duplexer, and the duplex refeed SR22 is
triggered, but the SR20 sensor is not triggered. Paper might also be in the fuser area.

◦

13.E2.DZ: Late to IPTU feed jam
This jam occurs when the fuser output SR5 is triggered, but the IPTU feed SR27 sensor is not
triggered. Paper might also be in the fuser area.

Recommended action
For instructions on clearing the jam, see Clear jams in the right door on page 591.
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the product is in use. Use caution. Wait for the fuser to cool
before handling it.
13.WX.YZ Jams inside lower right door
Event log error message
13.B2.DX or 13.A3.DX or 13.A4.A4 or 13.A5.A5 or 13.A3.A4 or 13.A3.A5

480

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Description
The product has experienced a jam accessible from the lower right door.
◦

13.B2.D4: Late to registration jam, from tray 4
This jam occurs when the product is picking from Tray 4 and SR7 is triggered, but SR20 sensor is
not triggered.

◦

13.B2.D5: Late to registration jam, from tray 5
This jam occurs when the product is picking from Tray 5 and SR10 is triggered, but SR20 sensor is
not triggered.

◦

13.A3.D4: Late to tray path jam, from tray 4
This jam occurs when the product is picking from Tray 4 and SR7 is triggered, but SR4 sensor is
not triggered.

◦

13.A3.D5: Late to tray path jam, from tray 5
This jam occurs when the product is picking from Tray 5 and SR10 is triggered, but SR4 sensor is
not triggered.

◦

13.A4.A4: Stopped at tray path jam, from tray 4
This jam occurs when the product is picking from Tray 4 and paper stays at SR7.

◦

13.A5.A5: Stopped at tray path jam, from tray 5
This jam occurs when the product is picking from Tray 5 and paper stays at SR10.

◦

13.A3.A4: Stopped at tray path jam, from tray 4
This jam occurs when the product is picking from Tray 4 and paper stays at SR4.

◦

13.A3.A5: Stopped at tray path jam, from tray 5
This jam occurs when the product is picking from Tray 5 and paper stays at SR4.

Recommended action
For instructions on clearing the jam, see Clear jams in the lower-right door (Trays 3, 4, or 5)
on page 597.
13.WX.YZ Jams inside right door
Event log error message
13.B2.AZ or 13.B2.AD

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

481

Description
Paper stopped at the registration jam, from the tray indicated.
◦

13.B2.AZ: Z = source tray 1–5
The product is picking from the indicated tray, and the paper stays at SR20. Paper might also be
in the fuser area.

◦

13.B2.AD:
The product is picking from the duplexer, and the paper stays at SR20. Paper might also be in the
fuser area.

Recommended action
For instructions on clearing the jam, see Clear jams in the right door on page 591.
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the product is in use. Use caution. Wait for the fuser to cool
before handling it.
13.WX.YZ Staple jam inside left cover
Event log error message
13.89.33
Description
A jam has occurred in the staple cartridge.
Recommended action
1.

Open the left cover.

Replace the staple cartridge.

Close left cover.

20.00.00 Insufficient memory: To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
20.00.00
Description
The product does not have enough memory to print the page.
The product received more data than can fit in the available memory. You might have tried to transfer
too many macros, soft fonts, or complex graphics.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to print the transferred data. Some data might be lost. Reduce the page
complexity or add product memory.

482

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

21.00.00 Page Too Complex To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
21.00.00
Description
The product displays this message to indicate that the page decompression process was too slow for
the product.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to continue. There may be some data loss on the page that was being formatted
when the error occurred.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.06
Description
The product experienced a scanner fan error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again. If the message remains, turn the product off, check the fan, and
reconnect any loose cables.
If the error persists, replace the fan or the scanner control board.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.08
Description
The scanner failed to return to home position.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again.
Observe the movement of the optics assembly.
If the error persists, replace the optics assembly, scanner motor, or entire scanner.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.14

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

483

Description
The scanner experienced a scanner control board EEPROM error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again.
If the error persists, replace the scanner control board.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.15
Description
The scanner failed to be initialized due to an internal error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again.
If the error persists, replace the scanner.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.18
Description
The scanner experienced an error with the internal optical sensor.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again.
If the error persists, replace the optics or entire scanner unit.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.19
Description
The scanner experienced an error with the internal lamp sensor.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again.
If the error persists, replace the optics or entire scanner unit.

484

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.23
Description
The scanner experienced an error during the scanner calibration process.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again.
After the product warms up, repeat the calibration process.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.41
Description
The product experienced an internal communication error involving the copy processor board (CPB).
The CPB is part of the formatter.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again.
If the error persists, turn the product off, remove the formatter, and then reinstall the formatter.
If the error persists, replace the formatter.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.36
Description
The product experienced an error during the scanner firmware upgrade.
Recommended action
Resend the scanner firmware upgrade.
If the error persists, replace the scanner control board.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.42

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

485

Description
The product experienced an internal communication error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again. If the message remains, turn the product off, and then check the
cables connecting the scanner control board.
If this error occurs after a formatter, fax card or hard disk has been replaced, check that the formatter is
fully seated and the "smiley face" is illuminated. Check the fax card for proper seating on the formatter.
If it is not properly seated, it can prevent the formatter from seating properly.
If the error persists, replace the scanner control board.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.43
Description
There was a scan memory error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again. If the message remains, turn the product off, remove the formatter,
and then reinstall the formatter.
If the error persists, replace the formatter.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.44
Description
The product experienced an internal communication error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again. If the message remains, turn the product off, check the scanner
cable, remove the formatter, and then reinstall the formatter.
If the error persists, replace the scanner control board or formatter.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.45

486

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Description
The product experienced an internal communication error involving the CPB.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again. If the message remains, turn the product off, remove the formatter,
and then reinstall the formatter.
If the error persists, replace the formatter.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.46
Description
The product experienced an internal communication error involving the CPB.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again. If the message remains, turn the product off, remove the formatter,
and then reinstall the formatter.
If the error persists, replace the formatter.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.48
Description
The scanner control board (SCB) has lost 24v power.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again. If the message remains, check the 24v cable connections at the
SCB and the scanner power supply. This error also can occur if the scanner power supply fan fails.
If the error persists, replace the scanner power supply or the scanner power supply fan.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.49
Description
The product experienced a scanner inverter fan error.
NOTE: The scanner inverter power supply is located inside the scanner.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

487

Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again.
If the error persists, replace the scanner or the scanner control board (SCB).
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.50
Description
The product experienced a scanner control board error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again.
If the error persists, replace the scanner control board.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.10
Description
The product experienced a document feeder fan error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again. If the message remains, turn the product off, check the fan and
cables, and then turn the product on again.
If the error persists, replace the document feeder fan or document feeder.
30.01.YY Scanner Failure
Event log error message
30.01.47
Description
The product experienced a document feeder error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on again. If the message remains, turn the product off, check the document
feeder cables, and then turn the product on again.
If the error persists, replace the document feeder.

488

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

31.01.02 Jam in document feeder
Event log error message
31.01.02
Description
Originals are jammed inside the document feeder top cover.
Recommended action
1.

Open the document feeder top cover.

Remove all media found.

Remove the remaining pages from the document feeder input tray.

Close the document feeder top cover.

Place the jammed page on top of any remaining pages, and reinsert them into the document
feeder.

Align the paper guides with both edges on the paper.

Press the Start button to continue.

If the message remains, check the read and exit sensors.
If the error persists, replace the document feeder.
31.01.03 Document feeder pick error
Event log error message
31.01.03
Description
This message displays when the document feeder cannot pick up media.
Recommended action

ENWW

Open the document feeder top cover.

Remove all media found.

Remove the remaining pages from the document feeder input tray.

Close the document feeder top cover.

Place the jammed page on top of any remaining pages, and reinsert them into the document
feeder.

Align the paper guides with both edges on the paper.

Press the Start button to continue.

Tools for troubleshooting

489

If message remains, check the paper guides, check and clean the rollers and separation pad, and test
the registration sensor.
If the error persists, replace pickup roller assembly, separation pad, or document feeder.
40.00.01 USB I/O buffer overflow To continue, touch “OK”
Description
The USB buffer overflowed during a busy state.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to print the transferred data. Some data might be lost.
Check the host configuration.
40.00.02 Embedded I/O buffer overflow To continue, touch “OK”
Description
Too much data was sent to the embedded HP Jetdirect print server. An incorrect communications
protocol might be in use.
Recommended action
Press the OK button to print the transferred data. Some data might be lost.
Check the host configuration.
40.00.03 EIO buffer overflow To continue, touch “OK”
Description
The product displays this message when the EIO card in the indicated slot has overflowed its I/O buffer
during a busy state.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to continue.
40.00.04 EIO bad transmission To continue, touch “OK”
Description
The product displays this message when a connection with the card in the indicated slot has been
abnormally broken.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to continue.

490

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

40.00.05 Embedded I/O bad transmission To continue, touch “OK”
Description
The product experienced a temporary printing error. The connection between the product and the EIO
card in the specified slot has been broken.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the error message and continue printing.
41.02.00 Error To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
41.02.00
Description
The product experienced an error in the laser/scanner assembly.
Recommended action
Turn the product off and then on.
If the error persists, replace the laser/scanner assembly.
41.03.YZ Unexpected size in tray
Event log error message
41.03.YZ
Description
The product detected a different paper size than expected.

ENWW

◦

Y = 0: Size mismatch. Detected media is longer or shorter than expected.

◦

Y = A: Size mismatch. Detected media too long.

◦

Y = B: Size mismatch. Detected media too short.

◦

Z = 1: Source is Tray 1

◦

Z = 2: Source is Tray 2

◦

Z = 3: Source is Tray 3

◦

Z = 4: Source is Tray 4

◦

Z = 5: Source is Tray 5

◦

Z = 6: Source is Tray 6

Tools for troubleshooting

491

Recommended action
Make sure that the tray is loaded with the correct paper size and that the sliding paper guides are
correctly adjusted.
Use the manual/tray bin sensor test to verify that the cassette media switch is correctly functioning.
If the error persists, replace the lifter assembly.
41.05.YZ Unexpected type in tray
Event log error message
41.05.YZ
Description
The product detected a different paper type than expected.

492

◦

Y = 0: (expected type) Unknown

◦

Y = 1: (expected type) Normal media

◦

Y = 3: (expected type) LBP OHT Y = 4 (expected type) Glossy media

◦

Y = 5: (expected type) Gloss film

◦

Y = 6: (expected type) Non-assured OHT

◦

Y = 7: (expected type) Heavy media

◦

Y = 8: (expected type) Light media

◦

Y = 9: (expected type) Rough media

◦

Y = A: (expected type) Extra heavy glossy media (glossy media 3)

◦

Y = B: (expected type) Heavy glossy media (glossy media 2)

◦

Y = C: (expected type) Heavy media 3

◦

Y = D: (expected type) Heavy media 2

◦

Z = 1: (detected type) Normal media

◦

Z = 3: (detected type) LBP OHT

◦

Z = 4: (detected type) Glossy media

◦

Z = 5: (detected type) Gloss film

◦

Z = 6: (detected type) Non-assured OHT

◦

Z = 7: (detected type) Heavy media

◦

Z = 8: (detected type) Light media

◦

Z = 9: (detected type) Rough media

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

◦

Z = A: (detected type) Extra heavy glossy media (glossy media 3)

◦

Z = B: (detected type) Heavy glossy media (glossy media 2)

◦

Z = C: (detected type) Heavy media 3

◦

Z = D: (detected type) Heavy media 2

Recommended action
Load the tray with the size and type of paper indicated, or use another tray if available.
If this message appears and the tray is loaded with the correct paper type, check the print driver
settings to make sure that they match the tray type settings.
Clean the media sensor.
If the error persists, replace the paper pickup assembly.
41.07.YZ Error To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
41.07.YZ
Description
A media transportation error has occurred.

ENWW

◦

Y = 0: Photo media 1, Photo media 2, Photo media 3, Designated media 2, Designated media 3,
or N/ A, typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = 1: AutoSense (Normal): special case distinguished from typed Normal

◦

Y = 2: Normal: typed (not AutoSense)

◦

Y = 3: Light media 1, 2, or 3: typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = 4: Heavy media 1: typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = 5: Heavy media 2: typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = 6: Heavy media 3: typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = 7: Glossy media 1: typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = 8: Glossy media 2: typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = 9: Glossy media 3: typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = A: Glossy film: typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = B: OHT: typed or AutoSense

◦

Y = C: Label

◦

Y = D: Envelope 1, Envelope 2, or Envelope 3

Tools for troubleshooting

493

◦

Y = E: Rough (designated media 1): typed or AutoSense

◦

Z = 1: Tray 1

◦

Z = 2: Tray 2

◦

Z = 3: Tray 3

◦

Z = 4: Tray 4

◦

Z = 5: Tray 5

◦

Z = 6: Tray 6

◦

Z = D: Duplexer

Recommended action
Turn the product off and then on. If the error persists, replace the DC controller PCA.
42.XX.YY Error
Event log error message
42.XX.YY
Description
An internal system failure error has occurred.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, and then on and retry.
If the error persists, clear the firmware image from the active partition using the Partial Clean item in the
preboot menu.
44.01.XX Error
Event log error message
44.01.XX
Description
A digital send error has occurred.
Recommended action
Try to send the job again.
44.03.XX Error
Event log error message
44.03.XX

494

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Description
A digital send error has occurred.
Recommended action
Try to send the job again.
44.10.XX Error
Event log error message
44.10.XX
Description
A send to e-mail error has occurred.
Recommended action
No action required.
44.34.XX Error
Event log error message
44.34.XX
Description
A fax error has occurred.
Recommended action
Try to send the job again. See the fax troubleshooting sections in the service manual.
44.92.XX Error
Event log error message
44.92.XX
Description
A fax error has occurred.
Recommended action
Try to send the job again. See the fax troubleshooting sections in the service manual.
47.00.XX Error
Event log error message
47.00.XX

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

495

Description
A back channel internal error has occurred.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, and then on. Resend the job.
If the error persists, execute the Partial Clean item in the preboot menu.
47.01.XX Error
Event log error message
47.01.XX
Description
An image transformer internal error has occurred.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, and then on. Resend the job.
If the error persists, execute the Partial Clean item in the preboot menu.
47.02.XX Error
Event log error message
47.02.XX
Description
A job parser internal error has occurred.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, and then on. Resend the job.
If the error persists, execute the Partial Clean item in the preboot menu.
47.03.XX Error
Event log error message
47.03.XX
Description
A print job internal error has occurred.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, and then on. Resend the job.
If the error persists, execute the Partial Clean item in the preboot menu.

496

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

47.04.XX Error
Event log error message
47.04.XX
Description
A print spooler 9100 internal error has occurred.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, and then on. Resend the job.
If the error persists, execute the Partial Clean item in the preboot menu.
47.06.XX Error
Event log error message
47.06.XX
Description
A print app internal error has occurred.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, and then on. Resend the job.
If the error persists, execute the Partial Clean item in the preboot menu.
47.WX.YZ Printer Calibration Failed To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
47.WX.YZ
Description
The product is unable to access or implement one of the image pattern files.
Y = calibration type, Z = event

ENWW

◦

47.FC.00: Color plane registration (CPR) image not found at system initialization

◦

47.FC.01: CPR Store Image failure

◦

47.FC.02: CPR Image not found

◦

47.FC.03: CPR Print engine execution failure

◦

47.FC.10: Consecutive Dmax Dhalf Image not found at system initialization

◦

47.FC.11: Consecutive Dmax Dhalf Store image failure

◦

47.FC.12: Consecutive Dmax Dhalf Image not found

Tools for troubleshooting

497

◦

47.FC.13: Consecutive Dmax Dhalf Print engine execution failure

◦

47.FC.20: Error Diffusion Image not found at system initialization

◦

47.FC.21: Error Diffusion Store image failure

◦

47.FC.22: Error Diffusion Image not found

◦

47.FC.23: Error Diffusion Print engine execution failure

◦

47.FC.30: Drum Speed Adjustment Image not found at system initialization

◦

47.FC.31: Drum Speed Adjustment Store image failure

◦

47.FC.32: Drum Speed Adjustment Image not found

◦

47.FC.33: Drum Speed Adjustment Print engine execution failure

◦

47.FC.40: Pulse Width Modulation Image not found at system initialization

◦

47.FC.41: Pulse Width Modulation Store image failure

◦

47.FC.42: Pulse Width Modulation Image not found

◦

47.FC.43: Pulse Width Modulation Print engine execution failure

Recommended action
Turn the product off and then on.
If the error persists, reload the firmware.
48.01.XX Error
Event log error message
48.01.XX
Description
A job framework internal error has occurred.
Recommended action
No action necessary.
48.03.XX Error
Event log error message
48.03.XX
Description
A job framework internal error has occurred.

498

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
No action necessary.
48.05.XX Error
Event log error message
48.05.XX
Description
A job framework internal error has occurred.
Recommended action
No action necessary.
49.21.49 The device has a detection problem
Event log error message
49.21.49
Description
This error occurs as the product comes out of sleep mode if the optional stapler/stacker is removed
when the product is in sleep mode.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, install the stapler/stacker, and then turn the product on.
49.XX.YY Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
49.XX.YY
Description
A firmware error has occurred. This error can be caused by corrupted print jobs, software applications
issues, non-product specific printer drivers, poor-quality USB or network cables, bad network
connections or incorrect configurations, invalid firmware operations, or unsupported accessories.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

499

Recommended action
1.

Turn the product off, then on.

If the error returns, check the following:
●

The error might be caused by a network connectivity problem, such as a bad interface cable,
a bad USB port, or an invalid network configuration setting.

●

The error might be caused by the print job, such as an invalid printer driver, a problem with
the software application, or a problem with the file you are printing.

●

Upgrading the product firmware might help resolve the error. See the product user guide for
more information.

50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
50.1X.YZ or 50.2X.YZ
Description
The product experienced a fuser error.
◦

X = fuser mode

◦

Y = previous printer sleep state

◦

Z = next printer sleep state

Recommended action
Low fuser temperature and fuser warm-up failure

500

Remove the fuser, and then reinstall the fuser. Make sure that there is no residual paper in the
fuser. Make sure that the product is not located in front of a vent or window where cool air may
interfere with the ability of the fuser to heat up.

Check the product power source. Make sure that the power source meets product requirements.
Make sure that this is the only device using the circuit.

Replace the fuser.

Check the connector (J50) between the fuser and the printer. If it is damaged, replace the fuser
drive assembly or fuser.

If the error persists, replace the low-voltage power supply.

If this product has been previously serviced, check the connectors (J160 and J162) on the DC
controller PCA and the connector (J25) on the power line between the low-voltage power supply
assembly and the fuser.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
50.3X.YZ
Description
The product experienced a fuser error.
◦

X = fuser mode

◦

Y = previous printer sleep state

◦

Z = next printer sleep state

Recommended action
High fuser temperature
1.

Remove the fuser, and then reinstall the fuser.

Check the paper type setting using the product menus and in the printer driver. Make sure that
they match and are correct for the type of media being used.

Replace the fuser.

If the error persists, replace the low-voltage power supply.

If this product has been previously serviced, check the connectors (J160 and J162) on the DC
controller PCA.

50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
50.4X.YZ
Description
The product experienced a fuser error.

ENWW

◦

X = fuser mode

◦

Y = previous printer sleep state

◦

Z = next printer sleep state

Tools for troubleshooting

501

Recommended action
Drive circuit fault
1.

Check the power source. Make sure that the power source meets product requirements.
NOTE: If the power source does not meet the power frequency requirement of 43 to 67Hz, the
fuser temperature control does not work properly and causes this error.

If the error persists, replace the low-voltage power supply.

If this product has been previously serviced, check the connectors (J160 and J162) on the DC
controller PCA.

50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
50.4X.YZ
Description
The product experienced a fuser error.
◦

X = fuser mode

◦

Y = previous printer sleep state

◦

Z = next printer sleep state

Recommended action
1.

Check the power source. Make sure that the power source meets product requirements.

Reconnect the connector (J150) on the DC controller PCA.

If the error persists, replace the low-voltage power supply.

50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
50.7X.YZ
Description
The product experienced a fuser error.

502

◦

X = fuser mode

◦

Y = previous printer sleep state

◦

Z = next printer sleep state

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
Fuser pressure-release mechanism failure
1.

Remove the fuser, and then reinstall the fuser. Make sure that there is no residual paper in the
fuser.

Check the fuser pressure-release sensor flag. If it is damaged, replace the fuser.

Use the sensor test in the manual sensor test to verify that the fuser pressure-release sensor (SR7) is
properly functioning. If it is not, replace the sensor.

Use the fuser pressure-release drive test in the component test to verify that the fuser motor (M2) is
properly functioning. If it is not, replace the fuser motor.

If this product has been previously serviced, check the connector (J128) on the DC controller PCA.

50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
50.8X.YZ
Description
The product experienced a fuser error.
◦

X = fuser mode

◦

Y = previous printer sleep state

◦

Z = next printer sleep state

Recommended action
Low fuser temperature 2

ENWW

Check the product power source. Make sure that the power source meets product requirements.
Make sure that this is the only device using the circuit.

Replace the fuser.

If the error persists, replace the low-voltage power supply.

Check the connector (J50) between the fuser and the product. If it is damaged, replace the fuser
drive assembly or fuser.

If this product has been previously serviced, check the connectors (J160 and J162) on the DC
controller PCA and the connectors (J25) on the power line between the low-voltage power supply
assembly and the fuser.

Tools for troubleshooting

503

50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
50.9X.YZ
Description
The product experienced a fuser error.
◦

X = fuser mode

◦

Y = previous printer sleep state

◦

Z = next printer sleep state

Recommended action
High fuser temperature 2
1.

Remove the fuser, and then reinstall the fuser.

Check the paper type setting using the product menus and in the printer driver. Make sure that
they match and are correct for the type of media being used.

Replace the fuser.

If this product has been previously serviced, check the connectors (J160 and J162) on the DC
controller PCA.

50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
50.AX.YZ
Description
The product experienced a fuser error.
◦

X = fuser mode

◦

Y = previous printer sleep state

◦

Z = next printer sleep state

Recommended action
Low fuser temperature 3

504

Check the product power source. Make sure that the power source meets product requirements.
Make sure that this is the only device using the circuit.

Replace the fuser.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Check the connector (J50) between the fuser and the product. If it is damaged, replace the fuser
drive assembly or fuser.

50.WX.YZ Fuser Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
50.BX.YZ
Description
The product experienced a fuser error.
◦

X = fuser mode

◦

Y = previous printer sleep state

◦

Z = next printer sleep state

Recommended action
High fuser temperature 3
1.

Remove the fuser, and then reinstall the fuser.

Check the paper type setting using the product menus and in the printer driver. Make sure that
they match and are correct for the type of media being used.

Replace the fuser.

Check the connector (J50) between the fuser and the product. If it is damaged, replace the fuser
drive assembly or fuser.

If this product has been previously serviced, check the connectors (J160 and J162) on the DC
controller PCA.

51.00.YY Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
51.00.YY
Description
An error with the laser/scanner assembly has occurred in the product.

ENWW

◦

YY = 00: Laser malfunction

◦

YY = 19: Laser malfunction

◦

YY = 20: Black laser/scanner error

◦

YY = 21: Cyan laser/scanner error

Tools for troubleshooting

505

◦

YY = 22: Magenta laser/scanner error

◦

YY = 23: Yellow laser/scanner error

Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible cable connection at the laser scanner and DC controller.
If the error persists, check the motor connection at the laser scanner assembly.
If the error persists, replace the laser/scanner assembly.
52.00.00 Error To continue turn off then on
Description
The laser/scanner experienced a startup error.
Recommended action
1.

Perform the laser/scanner component tests in the Troubleshooting menu.

Depending on the test results, perform one of the following steps:

●

If the cyan or black component tests showed a startup failure, reconnect the connectors of the
cyan/black scanner motor (J41 and J72) and the DC controller PCA (J111).

●

If the yellow or magenta component tests showed a startup failure, reconnect the connectors
of the yellow/magenta scanner motor (J40 and J71) and the DC controller PCA (J110).

Replace the cyan/black laser scanner unit or the yellow/magenta laser scanner unit. See Laser/
scanner assembly (C/Bk) on page 279 or Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M) on page 275.

52.20.00 Error To continue turn off then on
Description
The laser/scanner experienced a rotational error.
Recommended action
1.

Perform the laser/scanner component tests in the Troubleshooting menu.

Depending on the test results, perform one of the following steps:

506

●

If the cyan or black component tests showed a rotational failure, reconnect the connectors of
the cyan/black scanner motor (J41 and J72) and the DC controller PCA (J111).

●

If the yellow or magenta component tests showed a rotational failure, reconnect the
connectors of the yellow/magenta scanner motor (J40 and J71) and the DC controller PCA
(J110).

Replace the cyan and black laser-scanner assembly or the yellow and magenta laser-scanner
assembly. See Laser/scanner assembly (C/Bk) on page 279 or Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M)
on page 275.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

53.10.0X Unsupported DIMM
Description
An unsupported DIMM is installed.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, and then replace the DIMM that caused the error.
54.XX.YY Error
Event log error message
54.00.03
Description
The product experienced a sensor error.
Recommended action
Environmental sensor failure
1.

Turn the product off and then on.

If the error persists, replace the environment sensor assembly.

If the environment sensor or cartridge fan assembly has been removed or replaced, check the
sensor connector (J36), the inline connector (J67), and the connector (J108) on the DC controller
PCA.

54.XX.YY Error
Event log error message
54.00.06
Description
The product experienced a sensor error.
Recommended action
Registration density sensor failure
1.

Open and close the front door to clean the RD sensor assembly.

Open the right door and check the RD sensors for toner or paper dust.

If the error persists, replace the registration density sensor assembly.

54.XX.YY Error
Event log error message
54.00.35

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

507

Description
The product experienced a sensor error.
Recommended action
Drum speed adjustment abnormal warning
1.

Turn the product off and then on.

54.XX.YY Error
Event log error message
54.01.05
Description
The product experienced a sensor error.
Recommended action
Media sensor is out of calibration range
1.

Turn the product off and then on.

If the error persists, replace the registration assembly.

54.XX.YY Error
Event log error message
54.0X.07
Description
The product experienced a sensor error.
◦

X = 5: Black

◦

X = 6: Cyan

◦

X = 7: Magenta

◦

X = 8: Yellow

Recommended action
Drum home position sensor failure

508

Turn the product off and then on.

If the error persists, replace the main drive assembly.

If the product has had parts removed or replaced, check all the connectors on the main drive
assembly, and check the connector (J140) on the DC controller PCA.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

54.XX.YY Error
Event log error message
54.0X.0B or 54.0X.0C
Description
The product experienced a sensor error.
◦

X = 0: Black

◦

X = 1: Cyan

◦

X = 2: Magenta

◦

X = 3: Yellow

Recommended action
Density sensor out of range error or Dhalf calibration failure
1.

Check the supplies status page to make sure that the print cartridges are not past their useful life.

Check the ITB for damage.

Make sure that the CPR sensor is not contaminated with toner or paper dust. Clean the sensor with
compressed air and a soft brush.

If the error persists, replace the density detect assembly.

54.XX.YY Error
Event log error message
54.0X.0D or 54.0X.0E
Description
The product experienced a sensor error.
◦

X = 0: Black

◦

X = 1: Cyan

◦

X = 2: Magenta

◦

X = 3: Yellow

Recommended action
Optical memory element abnormal or CPR sensor out of range

ENWW

Check the supplies status page to make sure that the print cartridges are not past their estimated
useful life.

Check the ITB for damage.

Tools for troubleshooting

509

Make sure the CPR sensor is not contaminated with toner or paper dust. Clean the sensor with
compressed air and a soft brush.

If the error persists, replace the density detect sensor assembly.

54.XX.YY Error
Event log error message
54.0X.1E or 54.1X.1E or 54.2X.1E
Description
The product experienced a sensor error.
◦

X = 0: Black

◦

X = 1: Cyan

◦

X = 2: Magenta

◦

X = 3: Yellow

Recommended action
Halftone calibration error
1.

Check the supplies status page to make sure that the print cartridges are not past their estimated
useful life.

Check the ITB for damage.

Make sure the CPR sensor is not contaminated with toner or paper dust. Clean the sensor with
compressed air and a soft brush.

If the error persists, replace the density detect sensor assembly.

55.00.05 Engine Firmware RFU Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
55.00.05
Description
The firmware upgrade failed.
Recommended action
Turn the product off and then on.
55.00.YY DC Controller Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
55.00.YY

510

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Description
The communication link between the formatter and DC controller was lost.
◦

55.00.01: DC controller memory error.

◦

55.00.03: DC controller no engine response.

◦

55.00.04: DC controller communications timeout.

Recommended action
Turn the product off and then on.
If the error persists, replace the DC controller.
55.00.YY DC Controller Error To continue turn off then on
Description
The DC controller experienced a communication error.
Recommended action
1.

Turn the product off and then on.

Perform an engine test.

Verify that the connectors on the DC controller are seated correctly.

Replace the DC controller. See DC controller PCA and tray on page 248.

56.00.01 Illegal Input Printer Error To continue turn off then on
Description
The product experienced an illegal input.
Recommended action
1.

Turn the product off and then on.

Remove any third-party hardware.

56.00.YY Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
56.00.01
Description
The product experienced a communication error with the optional paper trays.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

511

If the error persists, remove the optional paper trays and check the connector on the bottom of the
engine and the connector on top of the input tray for damage. If a connector is damaged, replace the
connector.
58.00.04 Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
58.00.04
Description
The product experienced a low voltage power supply unit malfunction.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on. If the error persists, replace the low voltage power supply.
59.00.B0 Cleaning motor error Replace Toner Collection Unit
Description
The cleaning motor is stuck, the waste toner chute is clogged, or the TCU is full.
Recommended action
If the TCU is full, replace the TCU. If the TCU is not full, remove the TCU motor and check the rotation of
the waste toner auger. Replace the TCU motor or the auger.
59.00.YY Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
59.00.YY
Description
The product experienced a printing error.
Recommended action
59.00.00: Paper path malfunction
◦

Turn the product off and then on.

59.00.30 or 59.00.40: Fuser motor (M2) start up error or fuser motor (M2) rotational error
◦

Use the fuser motor (M2) drive test in the component test to verify that the fuser motor is properly
functioning. If it is not, replace the fuser motor assembly.

◦

If the product has been serviced, check the connectors at the fuser motor assembly and the DC
controller. See the circuit diagram for details.
If the error occurred the first time the product was turned on, or after a fuser replacement, check
the fuser bearings for damage.

512

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

59.00.90 or 59.00.A0: ITB motor (M1) start up error or ITB motor (M1) abnormal rotational
error
◦

Remove the ITB and check for damage.

◦

Use the ITB motor (M1) drive test in the component test to verify that the ITB motor is properly
functioning. If it is not, replace the ITB motor assembly.

◦

If the product has been serviced, check the connectors at the ITB motor assembly and the DC
controller. See the circuit diagram for details.

59.00.C0: Developer alienation motor (M10) error
◦

Use the developer engagement and disengagement drive test in the component test to verify that
the disengagement mechanisms are properly functioning. If they are not, replace the developer
alienation motor.

◦

Use the manual sensor test to verify that the developer disengagement sensor (SR11) is properly
functioning. The sensor is located inside the main drive assembly and cannot be reached for
testing. Disconnect the connector (J112) at the DC controller while in manual sensor test mode to
verify the sensor operation. If it is not operating, replace the main drive assembly.

◦

If the product has been serviced, check the intermediate connector (J87) of the developing
disengagement sensor, the connector (J112) on the DC controller PCA, the connector (J38) of the
developing disengagement motor, and the connector (J261) on the high-voltage power supply D
PCA.

59.00.F0: T1 alienation mechanism failure
◦

Make sure that the ITB is correctly installed.

◦

Use the T1 roller alienation sensor (SR9) test in the manual sensor test to verify that the sensor is
properly functioning. If it is not, replace the sensor assembly.

◦

Use the T1 roller engagement and disengagement drive test in the component test to verify that the
T1 roller disengagement mechanism is properly functioning. If it is not, remove the ITB and
manually actuate the alienation mechanism. If it fails, replace the ITB. If the ITB is working
correctly, replace the fuser drive assembly.

◦

If the product has been serviced, check the connector (J128) on the DC controller PCA.

59.0X.50 Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
59.0X.50
Description
The product experienced a drum motor startup error.

ENWW

◦

X= 5: Black

◦

X = 6: Cyan

Tools for troubleshooting

513

◦

X = 7: Magenta

◦

X = 8: Yellow

Recommended action
Each cartridge slot has a drum motor. Use the disable cartridge check and run the drum motor
component test with the print cartridge removed. If the test passes, replace the print cartridge. If the test
fails, replace the drum motor. If the product has been serviced, check the connector at the drum motor
assembly and the DC controller. See the circuit diagram for details.
59.0X.60 Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
59.0X.60
Description
The product experienced a drum motor rotation error.
◦

X= 5: Black

◦

X = 6: Cyan

◦

X = 7: Magenta

◦

X = 8: Yellow

Recommended action
Each cartridge slot has a drum motor. Use the disable cartridge check and run the drum motor
component test with the print cartridge removed. If the test passes, replace the print cartridge. If the test
fails, replace the drum motor. If the product has been serviced, check the connector at the drum motor
assembly and the DC controller. See the circuit diagram for details.
60.00.0Y Tray lifting error
Event log error message
60.00.0Y
Description
The indicated tray has not lifted into the paper feed position.
Recommended action

514

◦

Remove the tray and manually rotate the gear on the rear of the tray to make sure that the lift
mechanism is working.

◦

With the tray removed, pressing any of the paper size switches will cause the tray lift motor to run.
If the motor does not work, replace the lifter assembly.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

◦

Use the manual sensor test to make sure that the paper surface sensor for the tray is working. If
not, replace the paper pickup assembly.

◦

If the product has been serviced, check the connections for the motor and the sensor. See the
circuit diagram for details.

62.00.00 No system To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
62.00.00
Description
The product experienced an internal system failure.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on.
If the error persists, reload the firmware. If the error still persists, perform a firmware upgrade.
If the firmware upgrade does not resolve the problem, replace the hard disk.
65.80.A1 Output accessory disconnected
Description
The product displays this message when the stapler/stacker connection has been interrupted with no
media in the accessory.
Recommended action
1.

Turn the product off.

Make sure that the stapler/stacker is clear of all packing material and other obstructions.

Check the stapler/stacker connection and make sure that it is properly connected.

Turn the product on.

66.80.YY failure
Event log error message
66.80.YY
Description
The stapler/stacker controller on the product has detected a failure.

ENWW

◦

YY = 01: Y-align failure

◦

YY = 02: Jogger failure

◦

YY = 03: Stapler failure

Tools for troubleshooting

515

◦

YY = 21: Lift up failure

◦

YY = 22: Lift down failure

◦

YY = 23: Left sensor failure

◦

YY = 33: Output roller failure

Recommended action
1.

Turn the product off.

Disconnect and then reconnect the stapler/stacker.

Turn the product on.

If the error persists, replace the stapler/stacker.

69.11.YY Error To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
69.11.YY
Description
This message displays to indicate an error during a duplex (2-sided printing) operation.
Recommended action
Turn the product off and then on.
70.00.00 Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
70.00.00
Description
The product experienced a DC controller failure.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on.
If the error persists, replace the DC controller.
79.XX.YY Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
79.XX.YY

516

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Description
This error can be caused by corrupted print jobs, software application issues, non-product-specific
printer drivers, poor-quality USB or network cables, bad network connections, incorrect configurations,
invalid firmware operations, or unsupported accessories.
Recommended action
1.

Turn the product off, then on

If the error persists, check the following items:
●

The error might be caused by a network connectivity problem, such as a bad interface cable,
a bad USB port, or an invalid network configuration setting.

●

The error might be caused by the print job, such as an invalid printer driver, a problem with
the software application, or a problem with the file that you are printing.

●

A firmware upgrade might help resolve the error.

80.0X.YY Embedded JetDirect Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
80.0X.YY
Description
The product experienced an embedded HP JetDirect print server critical error.
Recommended action
Turn the product off, then on.
If the error persists, replace the formatter.
80.YYYY EIO Error To continue turn off then on
Event log error message
81.WX.YY
Description
An external I/O card has failed on the product.
Recommended action
Turn the product off and then on.
If the error persists, replace the EIO card.
98.00.0X Corrupt data in X volume
Event log error message
98.00.0X

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

517

Description
The product has experienced a data corruption in the volume indicated by the error message.
◦

98.00.01 Corrupt data in firmware volume

◦

98.00.02 Corrupt data in solutions volume

◦

98.00.03 Corrupt data in configuration volume

◦

98.00.04 Corrupt data in job data volume

Recommended action
98.00.01 or 98.00.02 or 98.00.03
◦

Turn the product off and then on.

◦

Use the Clean Disk item in the preboot menu.

◦

Reload the firmware.

98.00.04
◦

Turn the product off and then on.

◦

Rerun the file erase function.

99.00.01 Upgrade not performed file is corrupt
Event log error message
99.00.01
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The product experienced an error in the firmware image (bad image).
Recommended action
Download the RFU file and attempt the upgrade again.
99.00.02 Upgrade not performed timeout during receive
Event log error message
99.00.02
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The product experienced an I/O timeout when reading the file header number and size.

518

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
The most common cause is an issue with the network environment. Make sure that there is a good
network connection to the product, and then attempt the upgrade again, or perform the upgrade by
using the walk-up USB port on the product control panel.
99.00.03 Upgrade not performed error writing to disk
Event log error message
99.00.03
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The product encountered a disk error. May indicate a problem or a hard disk failure. It might be
necessary to check the connection to the hard disk or replace the hard disk.
Recommended action
Download the RFU file, and then attempt the upgrade again.
If the error persists, perform the Clean Disk process. You will then need to upload the firmware file from
the preboot menu.
If the error persists, replace the hard disk.
99.00.04 Upgrade not performed timeout during receive
Event log error message
99.00.04
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The product experienced an I/O timeout when reading the rest of the header.
Recommended action
The most common cause is an issue with the network environment. Make sure that there is a good
network connection to the product, and then attempt the upgrade again, or perform the upgrade by
using the walk-up USB port on the product control panel.
99.00.05 Upgrade not performed timeout during receive
Event log error message
99.00.05
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The product experienced an I/O timeout when reading image data.
ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

519

Recommended action
The most common cause is an issue with the network environment. Make sure that there is a good
network connection to the product, and then attempt the upgrade again, or perform the upgrade by
using the walk-up USB port on the product control panel.
99.00.06 Upgrade not performed error reading upgrade
Event log error message
99.00.06
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The product experienced an error when reading header number and size.
Recommended action
Download the RFU file, and then attempt the upgrade again.
If the error persists, replace the hard disk.
99.00.07 Upgrade not performed error reading upgrade
Event log error message
99.00.07
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The product experienced an error when reading the rest of the header.
Recommended action
Download the RFU file, and then attempt the upgrade again.
If the error persists, replace the hard disk.
99.00.08 Upgrade not performed error reading upgrade
Event log error message
99.00.08
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The product experienced an error when reading image data.
Recommended action
Download the RFU file, and then attempt the upgrade again.

520

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

If the error persists, replace the hard disk.
99.00.09 Upgrade canceled by user
Event log error message
99.00.09
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The RFU process was canceled by the user.
Recommended action
Attempt the upgrade again.
99.00.10 Upgrade canceled by user
Event log error message
99.00.10
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The user canceled the job when the upgrade process was reading the header number and size.
Recommended action
Attempt the upgrade again.
99.00.11 Upgrade canceled by user
Event log error message
99.00.11
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The user canceled the job when the upgrade process was reading the rest of the header.
Recommended action
Attempt the upgrade again.
99.00.12 Upgrade not performed the file is invalid
Event log error message
99.00.12

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

521

Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The header number is 1, but the header size does not match the version 1 size.
Recommended action
Download the RFU file again. Make sure that you download the file for the correct product model.
Attempt the upgrade again.
99.00.13 Upgrade not performed the file is invalid
Event log error message
99.00.13
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
Header number is 2 but header size doesn’t match version 2 size.
Recommended action
Download the RFU file again. Make sure that you download the file for the correct product model.
Attempt the upgrade again.
99.00.14 Upgrade not performed the file is invalid
Event log error message
99.00.14
Description
A remote firmware upgrade (RFU) failed.
The file is invalid.
Recommended action
Download the RFU file again. Make sure that you download the file for the correct product model.
Attempt the upgrade again.
99.09.60 Unsupported disk
Event log error message
99.09.60
Description
This message is a preboot menu error.
The hard disk currently installed is not recognized or supported by the product.

522

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
Install the correct hard disk for this product.
99.09.61 Unsupported disk
Event log error message
99.09.61
Description
This message is a preboot menu error.
The hard disk is installed in a product configured for an encrypted hard disk.
Recommended action
Open the preboot menu, and then select the Lock Disk item to lock the disk.
99.09.62 Unknown disk
Event log error message
99.09.62
Description
This message is a preboot menu error.
The installed disk was previously locked in another product.
Recommended action
Install a new disk or use the preboot menu to unlock this disk. If the disk is to be reused in a different
product, execute the Clean Disk procedure from the preboot menu, and then reload the firmware and
lock the disk.
99.09.63 Incorrect disk
Event log error message
99.09.63
Description
A new or blank disk has been installed in a product which previously had an encrypted disk.
Recommended action
Follow the procedure to load firmware on a new hard disk, and then lock it to this product.
99.09.64 Disk malfunction
Event log error message
99.09.64

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

523

Description
The product experienced a fatal hard disk failure.
Recommended action
Replace the hard disk drive.
99.09.65 Disk data error
Event log error message
99.09.65
Description
The product experienced disk data corruption.
Recommended action
Execute the Clean Disk procedure from the preboot menu, and then attempt the firmware upgrade
again.
99.09.66 No disk installed
Event log error message
99.09.66
Description
A disk drive is not installed in the product.
Recommended action
Install a compatible hard disk drive.
99.09.67 Disk is not bootable please download firmware
Event log error message
99.09.67
Description
The product has a non-secure disk (solid state disk) installed as the boot disk, and it has been replaced
with a new service part. A new firmware image needs to be uploaded to the product.
Recommended action

524

Press any key to continue to the main preboot menu.

Press the Help

Select the Administrator menu.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

button to see the help text for the error.

ENWW

NOTE: If there is a password assigned to the administrator, a prompt to enter the password
displays.
4.

Select the Download item.

The user can now upload a new firmware file to the product.

99.09.68 Expecting secondary disk
Event log error message
99.09.68
Description
The product is searching for a secondary disk.
Recommended action
Reinstall the secondary encrypted storage device.
full Remove all paper from bin
Description
The specified output bin on the product is full but is not currently needed for a job.
Recommended action
Remove all paper from the bin.
NOTE: The bin full sensor flag is part of the output bin bezel and is used only when the output bin is
installed. If the stapler/stacker is installed, the bin full sensor is not used by the product.
Check the bin full flag for proper movement.
Replace the stapler/stacker.
destinations received 1 copy
Description
A digital send job was sent to the number of destinations indicated.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Accept bad signature?
Event log error message
99.00.28
Description
The product is performing a remote firmware upgrade, and the code signature is invalid.
ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

525

Recommended action
Download the RFU file again. Make sure that you download the file for the correct product model.
Attempt the firmware upgrade again.
Authentication required
Description
Authentication is enabled for this feature or destination. A user name and password are required.
Recommended action
Type the user name and password, or contact the network administrator.
Authentication required to use this feature
Description
A user name and password are required.
Recommended action
Type the user name and password, or contact the network administrator.
Bad optional tray connection
Description
The optional tray is not connected properly.
Recommended action
1.

Turn the product off.

Remove and reinstall the optional tray.

Turn the product on.

Calibrating...
Description
This message displays during the execution of a calibration. Inline engines perform calibrations on
power-on, waking from sleep, at page-count limits (sometimes restricted to job boundaries), and
environmental changes.
Recommended action
Touch the Hide button to remove this message.
Calibration reset pending
Description
A calibration reset will occur when all jobs are processed.

526

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
To begin the reset sooner, cancel all jobs by pressing the Stop

button.

Card slot device failure To clear touch “OK”
Description
The specified device failed.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
Card slot file system is full
Description
The file system on a card installed in the card slot is full.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
Card slot is write protected
Description
The card slot device is protected, and no new files can be written to it.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
Card slot not initialized
Description
The card slot file system must be initialized before it can be used.
Recommended action
Use the embedded Web server or HP Web Jetadmin to initialize the component.
Cartridge ship mode
Description
Manufacturing use only - should not be seen in field.
Recommended action
Contact HP support for steps to resolve this condition.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

527

Checking engine
Description
The product is checking the engine.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Checking output device
Description
The product is checking the stapler/stacker.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Checking paper path
Description
The engine is checking the rollers for possible paper jams.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Chosen personality not available To continue, touch “OK”
Description
A print job requested a product language (personality) that is not available for this product. The job will
not print and will be cleared from memory.
Recommended action
Print the job by using a printer driver for a different printer language, or add the requested language to
the product (if possible). To see a list of available personalities, print a configuration page.
Cleaning disk % complete Do not power off
Description
A storage device is being sanitized or cleaned.
Recommended action
Do not turn off the product. The product's functions are unavailable. The product will automatically
restart when finished.

528

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Cleaning...
Description
A two-step cleaning page is being processed (after having been created) on the product. Products with
duplexers that create and process the cleaning page in one step also display this message.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Clearing activity log
Description
This message is displayed while the activity log is cleared. The product exits the menus when the log
has been cleared.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Clearing paper path
Description
The product jammed or was turned on and paper was detected where it should not be. It is attempting
to eject these pages automatically.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Clearing paper path
Description
The product is attempting to eject jammed paper.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Close front door
Description
The front door of the product is open.
Recommended action
Close the front door.
Run the switch test in the sensor monitor mode to verify that the front-door switch is functioning properly.
Check the sensor flag on the front-door assembly. If it is damaged, replace the front-door assembly.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

529

If this product has been previously serviced, reconnect the connector (J708) on the 24V interlock switch
and the connector (J121) on the DC controller PCA.
Close lower right door
Description
The optional paper feeder right door is open.
Recommended action
Close the door.
If the error persists, run the manual tray/bin sensor test SW1 right door opening/closing sensor. If the
sensor fails, replace the right door switch.
If the error persists, check the right door sensor flag. If it is damaged, replace the right door.
Close right door
Description
A door on the right side of the product is open.
Recommended action
Close the right door.
If the error persists, run the manual sensor test SP15 right door opening/closing sensor. If the sensor
fails, replace the right door switch.
If the error persists, check the right door sensor flag. If it is damaged, replace the right door.
If this product has been previously serviced, reconnect the connector (J708) on the 24V interlock switch
and the connector (J181) on the DC controller PCA.
Close top cover
Description
The scanner is open. Check the latch behind the control panel.
Recommended action
Use the sensors test to check the sensor located on the front of the IPTU.
Check the sensor flag located on the bottom of the scanner.
Close upper right door
Description
The upper right door is open.

530

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
Close the upper right door.
If the error persists, run the manual sensor test SP15 right door opening/closing sensor. If the sensor
fails, replace the right door switch.
If the error persists, check the right door sensor flag. If it is damaged, replace the right door.
If this product has been previously serviced, reconnect the connector (J708) on the 24V interlock switch
and the connector (J181) on the DC controller PCA.
Code CRC error Send full RFU on port
Description
The product displays this message before the firmware is loaded at startup when an error has occurred
during a firmware upgrade.
Recommended action
Resend the upgrade using either a network cable or the walk-up USB port.
Color RFU failed Send full RFU on port
Description
The product displays this message before the firmware is loaded at startup when an error has occurred
during a firmware upgrade.
Recommended action
Resend the upgrade using either a network port or the walk-up USB port.
Communication Lost
Description
The control panel cannot communicate with the formatter.
Recommended action
◦

Check the control panel USB connection.

◦

Remove the formatter and then reinstall the formatter to make sure that it is seated correctly.

Connect output accessory
Description
The product has no output accessory connected and cannot print.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

531

Recommended action
1.

Turn the product off.

Connect an output accessory and reconnect any loose external accessory cables.

Turn the product on.

NOTE: To continue without an output accessory, turn the product off, remove the output accessory
bridge, and then turn on the product.
Cooling device
Description
This product recently experienced a period of heavy use. In order to maintain a supported operating
temperature, the product cycles through intervals of printing and pausing.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Data received
Description
The product is waiting for more data to continue the print job. To print the remaining data, touch the
Clear button. To close the dialog and wait for the command to print the last page, touch the OK button.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Data received To print last page press “OK”
Description
The product is waiting for the command to print the last page.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to print the last page.
Digital send communication error
Description
A digital send job failed and cannot be delivered.
Recommended action
Touch the Hide button to remove this message.

532

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Digital send communication error
Description
A digital send job failed and cannot be delivered.
Recommended action
Try to send the job again.
Document feeder bin full
Description
Too many pages are in the document feeder.
Recommended action
Remove excess media from document feeder output bin.
Document feeder kit low
Event log error message
10.39.60
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is low.
Recommended action
Replace the document feeder kit.
Document feeder kit very low To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
10.39.70
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is very low.
NOTE: After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold, the HP Premium Protection Warranty
for that supply has ended.
Recommended action
Replace the document feeder kit.
Document feeder top cover open
Description
The document feeder jam access cover is open.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

533

Recommended action
Close the cover.
EIO disk initializing
Description
The specified EIO disk device is initializing.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
EIO disk not functional
Event log error message
82.0X.YY
Description
The EIO disk in the indicated slot is not working correctly.
◦

X = 1: Slot 1

◦

X = 2: Slot 2

Recommended action
Turn the product off and then on. If the message remains, turn the product off, and remove and reseat
the EIO disk.
EIO disk spinning up
Description
The EIO disk product in the indicated slot is spinning up. Jobs that require disk access must wait.
◦

X = 1: Slot 1

◦

X = 2: Slot 2

Recommended action
No action is necessary.
EIO device failure
Description
The EIO device file system must be initialized before it can be used.
Recommended action
Initialize the EIO file system.

534

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

EIO device failure To clear touch “OK”
Description
The specified device failed.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
EIO file operation failed
Description
A PJL file system command attempted to perform an illogical operation, such as downloading a file to a
directory that does not exist.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
EIO file system is full
Description
A PJL file system command attempted to write data to the disk but was unsuccessful due to the disk
being full.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
EIO is write protected
Description
The device is protected and no new files can be written to it.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
EIO not initialized
Description
The EIO disk file system must be initialized before it can be used.
Recommended action
Use the HP Embedded Web Server or HP Web Jetadmin to initialize the component.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

535

Event log is empty
Description
This message displays when the user has attempted to view an empty event log by selecting Show
Event Log from the control panel.
Recommended action
Touch the Hide button to remove this message.
Expected drive missing
Description
The product cannot find the encrypted hard drive during power on.
Recommended action
Insert the encrypted hard drive.
External device initializing
Description
An external accessory is initializing.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Fax is disabled – ignoring call
Description
The product received a call, but the fax feature was not configured with the required settings (country/
region, date/time, company name, fax number, etc.).
Recommended action
Configure the fax with the required settings from the Administration menu on the control panel.
Finisher low on finishing agent
Description
A finishing device on the product is low on its supply material (glue, staples, etc.).
Recommended action
Refill the product finishing device supply.

536

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Finishing process not functional
Description
The finishing device indicates it cannot perform the requested finishing action (like stapling or binding).
Recommended action
The job proceeds without the finishing action being performed.
Flatbed cover open
Description
The scanner cover has been opened to access the glass.
Recommended action
Close the scanner cover.
Fuser Kit Low
Event log error message
10.23.60
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is low.
Recommended action
Replace the fuser kit.
NOTE: After replacing the fuser kit, reset the fuser page counter by selecting the New Fuser Kit item
in the Reset Supplies sub-menu.
Fuser Kit Very Low To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
10.23.70
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is very low.
NOTE: After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold, the HP Premium Protection Warranty
for that supply has ended.
Recommended action
Replace the fuser kit.
NOTE: After replacing the fuser kit, reset the fuser page counter by selecting the New Fuser Kit item
in the Reset Supplies sub-menu.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

537

Gateways failed
Description
The gateway configuration is incorrect.
Recommended action
Check the gateway configuration and correct it if necessary.
Gateways OK
Description
This message appears when gateway test results are satisfactory.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Genuine HP cartridge installed
Description
A new HP cartridge has been installed. This message appears for approximately 6 seconds before the
product returns to the Ready state.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Genuine HP supply installed
Event log error message
10.XX.40
Description
The product displays this message when a new cartridge has been installed and all cartridges and
drums are Genuine HP
◦

10.00.40 (event code): Black print cartridge

◦

10.10.40 (event code): Cyan print cartridge

◦

10.02.40 (event code): Magenta print cartridge

◦

10.03.40 (event code): Yellow print cartridge

Recommended action
Touch the Hide button to remove this message.

538

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

HP Secure drive disabled
Description
The HP high-performance hard disk is disabled, or the product does not recognize the hard disk.
After an encrypted hard disk is paired with a specific product, it cannot be used in another product
unless it is reinitialized.
NOTE: After the encrypted hard disk is paired to the product, all other hard disks are disabled.
Recommended action
Use the embedded Web server to configure the hard disk.
1.

Open the embedded Web server by typing the product IP address into a Web browser.

Click the Digital Sending tab.

Select the Security link from the left navigation menu, and open the Hard Disk and Mass
Storage Security Settings section.

The following options are available:
●

Disk Init: This option does not affect the disk encryption status.

●

NVram Init: This option does not affect the disk encryption status.

●

Disable Hard Disk Encryption and Reboot: This option completely erases the hard
disk including all stored jobs, digital-send settings, and authentication settings. All pre-loaded
fonts, after-market fonts, and other programs must be reloaded.

●

Reinitialize Hard Disk: This option has the same effect as the Disable Hard Disk
Encryption and Reboot, but it does not restart the product.

Incompatible
Event log error message
10.YY.35
Description
A supply has been installed that is intended for another product and printing is not allowed.

ENWW

◦

10.00.35 (event code): Black print cartridge

◦

10.10.35 (event code): Cyan print cartridge

◦

10.02.35 (event code): Magenta print cartridge

◦

10.03.35 (event code): Yellow print cartridge

◦

10.23.35 (event code): Fuser kit

Tools for troubleshooting

539

Recommended action
Replace the incompatible supply.
Incompatible Supplies
Description
Print cartridges or other supply items are installed that were not designed for this product. The product
cannot print with these supplies installed.
Event codes are supply specific.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to identify the incompatible supplies.
Replace the supplies with those that are designed for this product.
Initializing scanner... Please wait
Description
The product is waiting for the scanner to initialize.
Recommended action
No action is necessary. Wait until the Ready message appears on the display.
Initializing...
Description
The product is starting.
Recommended action
No action is necessary. Wait until the Ready message appears on the display.
Install cartridge
Event log error message
10.YY.15
Description
A supply is either not installed or not correctly installed in the product.

540

◦

10.00.15 (event code): Black cartridge

◦

10.01.15 (event code): Cyan cartridge

◦

10.02.15 (event code): Magenta cartridge

◦

10.03.15 (event code): Yellow cartridge

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
Replace or reinstall the print cartridge correctly to continue printing.
Install Fuser Unit
Event log error message
10.23.15
Description
The fuser is either not installed or not correctly installed in the product.
Recommended action
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the product is in use. Use caution. Wait for the fuser to cool
before handling it.
Reseat the fuser.
Install Supplies
Event log error message
10.YY.15
Description
More than one supply is missing or is installed incorrectly.
◦

10.00.15 (event code): Black print cartridge

◦

10.01.15 (event code): Cyan print cartridge

◦

10.02.15 (event code): Magenta print cartridge

◦

10.03.15 (event code): Yellow print cartridge

◦

10.23.15 (event code): Fuser kit

◦

10.31.15 (event code): Toner collection unit

Recommended action
Touch the OK button to identify which supplies need to be replaced.
Touch the OK button a second time for more information about the specific supply.
Insert the supply item or make sure the installed supply item is fully seated.
Install Transfer Unit
Event log error message
10.22.15

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

541

Description
The transfer unit has been removed or installed incorrectly.
Recommended action
Install the transfer unit. If already installed, remove and replace it.
If the product could not find the ITB contact alienation home position, check the ITB alienation sensor
(SR9).
Run the ITB contact alienation test to verify that the ITB alienation mechanism is functioning properly. If it
is not, replace the fuser drive assembly.
If the product has been serviced, reconnect the connector (J128) on the DC controller PCA.
Internal disk device failure To clear touch “OK”
Description
The internal disk failed.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
Internal disk file operation failed
Description
A PJL file system command attempted to perform an illogical operation, such as downloading a file to a
nonexistent directory.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
Internal disk file system is full
Description
A PJL file system command attempted to write data to the internal disk but was unsuccessful due to the
disk being full.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
Internal disk is write protected
Description
The internal disk is protected and no new files can be written to it.

542

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
Internal disk not found
Description
The product cannot find the hard drive.
Recommended action
Check the hard drive cable connections.
Internal disk not functional
Event log error message
82.0X.YY
Description
The product internal disk is not working correctly
Recommended action
Turn off the product, and then remove and reinstall the disk. Turn on the product.
If the error persists, replace the internal hard drive.
Internal disk not initialized
Description
The internal disk file system must be initialized before it can be used.
Recommended action
Initialize the internal file system.
Internal disk spinning up
Description
The internal disk is spinning up its platter. The message usually shows for approximately 15 seconds
when the product comes out of power-save mode. Jobs can still print, but jobs that require disk access,
such as stored jobs, must wait.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

543

Job not stapled due to mixed sizes
Description
This message displays when the job to staple has more than one paper size with different paper width.
Recommended action
Media of different widths cannot be stapled. Use the same width pages for stapled jobs.
Load Tray 1 [Type] [Size]
Description
Tray 1 is not loaded, but there is not another tray available for the user to use instead.
Recommended action
Load the tray with the requested paper.
Load Tray 1 [Type] [Size] To continue, touch “OK”
Description
Tray 1 is empty.
Recommended action
Load Tray 1 with the requested paper. Or, if paper is already in Tray 1, touch the OK button to print.
If paper is in another tray, remove the paper and insert it in Tray 1, and then touch the OK button.
Load Tray 1 [Type] [Size] To use another tray, touch "Options"
Description
This message occurs when Tray 1 is not loaded, but another tray is available for use instead.
Recommended action
Load the tray with the requested paper, or touch the Options button to select another tray.
Load Tray : [Type], [Size]
Description
This message appears even though there is media loaded in the tray.
Recommended action
Use the cassette media present sensor test in the tray/bin manual sensor test to verify that the sensor is
correctly functioning.
Make sure that the sensor flag on the media presence sensor is not damaged and moves freely.

544

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Reconnect the corresponding connector:
◦

MP tray: connector (J736) on the MP tray media out sensor and the connector (J152) on the DC
controller PCA.

◦

Printer cassette: connectors (J739 and J742) on the cassette media out sensor and the connector
(J151) on the DC controller PCA.

◦

1 X 500-sheet paper feeder cassette: connector (J702D) on the paper feeder cassette media out
sensor and the connector (J2003) on the paper feeder controller PCA.

◦

Paper deck cassette 1: connector (J702D) on the paper deck cassette 1 media out sensor and
connector (J2003) on the paper deck controller PCA 1

◦

Paper deck cassette 2: connector (J802D) on the paper deck cassette 2 media out sensor and
connector (J2003B) on the paper deck controller PCA 2.

◦

Paper deck cassette 3: connector (J902D) on the paper deck cassette 3 media out sensor and
connector (J2003C) on the paper deck controller PCA 3.

Load Tray : [Type], [Size] To use another tray, touch "Options"
Description
This message appears when the indicated tray is selected but is not loaded, and other paper trays are
available for use. It also appears when the tray is configured for a different paper type or size than the
print job requires.
Recommended action
Load the correct paper in the tray.
If prompted, confirm the size and type of paper loaded.
Otherwise, touch the OK button to select another tray.
Loading program Do not power off
Description
Programs and fonts can be stored on the product’s file system and are loaded into RAM when the
product is turned on. The number XX specifies a sequence number indicating the current program being
loaded.
Recommended action
No action is necessary. Do not turn the product off.
Manually feed output stack Then touch "OK" to print second side
Description
The first side of a manual duplex job printed and the product is waiting for the user to insert the output
stack to complete the second side. For the normal Manually Feed message, printing continues

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

545

automatically when the paper is reinserted. With this message, printing stops until the user touches the
OK button, which allows time for straightening the output stack.
Recommended action
The even-numbered pages of the two-sided document have printed. Follow the next steps to print the
odd-numbered pages.
1.

Maintaining the same orientation, remove the document from the output bin. Do not discard blank
pages.

Flip the document over so the printed side is up.

Load Tray 1 with the face-up document.

To continue printing, touch the OK button.

Manually feed:
Description
This message appears when the manual feed setting is selected and all trays are empty
Recommended action
Load tray with requested paper.
If paper is already in tray, touch the Help
to print.

button to clear the message, and then touch the OK button

To use another tray, clear paper from Tray 1, touch the Help
touch the OK button.

button to clear the message, and then

Manually feed: To continue, touch “OK”
Description
This message occurs when the job specified is manual feed and Tray 1 is loaded.
Recommended action
Load Tray 1 with requested paper. If paper is already in Tray 1, touch the OK button to print. To use
another tray, clear paper from Tray 1, and then touch the OK button.
Manually feed: To use another tray, press “OK”
Description
This message appears when the manual feed setting is selected, Tray 1 is not loaded, and other trays
are available.
Recommended action
Load tray with requested paper.

546

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

If paper is already in tray, touch the Help
to print.

button to clear the message, and then touch the OK button

To use another tray, clear paper from Tray 1, touch the Help
touch the OK button.

button to clear the message, and then

To override the message, touch the OK button to use the type and size of paper that is available in the
tray.
Moving solenoid To exit press
Description
The solenoid is moving as part of a component test.
Recommended action
To exit, touch the Stop

button.

Moving solenoid and motor To exit press
Description
The solenoid and a motor are moving as part of a component test.
Recommended action
To exit, touch the Stop

button.

Output Bin Full
Description
The output bin is full and must be emptied for printing to continue.
Recommended action
Empty the bin to continue printing.
Paperless Mode
Description
This is a test mode used in manufacturing and should not be seen on a normally operating product.
Recommended action
Contact HP support for steps to resolve this condition.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

547

Paused… Press to Resume
Description
This message displays when the product is paused and shows the job queue. The product is paused,
and there are no error messages pending at the display. The I/O continues receiving data until memory
is full.
Recommended action
Press the Stop

button.

Performing Color Band Test…
Description
The color-band test is being performed.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Performing Paper Path Test…
Description
The product is performing a paper-path test.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Please wait… Canceling test
Description
The product is performing an ITB contact, alienation drive, or fuser pressure release test.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Printing CMYK samples…
Description
The CMYK-samples page is being generated. The product will return to the Ready state when the page
is complete.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.

548

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Printing Color Usage Log...
Description
The color-usage-log page is being generated. The product will return to the Ready state when the page
is complete.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Printing Demo Page...
Description
The demo page is being generated. The product will return to the Ready state when the page is
complete.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Printing Diagnostics Page...
Description
The diagnostics page is being generated. The product will return to the Ready state when the page is
complete.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Printing PQ Troubleshooting…
Description
The print-quality troubleshooting test is being generated. The product will return to the Ready state when
the test completes.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Printing Registration Page…
Description
The product is printing the registration page that is used to adjust image placement.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

549

Printing RGB samples…
Description
The print-quality troubleshooting test is being generated. The product will return to the Ready state when
the test completes.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Printing stopped To continue, touch “OK”
Description
The product displays this message when a print/stop test is run and the time expires.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to continue.
Printing…engine test
Description
This message displays while the engine test page is being printed. This page is triggered by pressing
the test button on the formatter.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Processing...
Description
The product is processing the current job but has not begun to pick up pages yet.
When paper motion begins, this message will be replaced by a message that indicates which tray the
job is being printed from.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Processing... copy of
Description
The product is currently processing or printing collated copies. The message indicates that copy X of Y
total copies is currently being processed.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.

550

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Processing... from tray
Description
The product is processing a job from the tray indicated.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
RAM disk device failure To clear touch “OK”
Description
The specified device failed.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
RAM disk file operation failed To clear touch “OK”
Description
A PJL file system command was received that attempted to perform an illogical operation, such as
downloading a file to a non-existent directory.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
RAM disk file system is full To clear touch “OK”
Description
The disk is full.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
RAM disk is write protected To clear touch “OK”
Description
The device is protected and no new files can be written to it.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
RAM disk not initialized
Description
The RAM disk file system must be initialized before it can be used.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

551

Recommended action
Initialize the RAM disk file system.
Ready
Description
The product is online and ready for data. No status or product attendance messages are pending at the
display.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Reattach output bin
Description
This message displays when the standard output bin is detached at power-up or optional output bin
(stapler/stacker) and does not have the Jetlink cable attached at power-up.
Recommended action
Touch the Hide button to remove this message.
Receiving Upgrade
Description
The product is receiving a firmware update.
Recommended action
Do not turn the product off until the product returns to the Ready state.
Remove all print cartridges To exit press
Description
The product is testing the transfer unit assembly.
Recommended action
To perform the test, remove all the print cartridges. To cancel the test, press the Stop

button.

Remove at least one print cartridge To exit press
Description
The product is testing the print-cartridge motor .
Recommended action
To perform the test, remove at least one print cartridge. To cancel the test, press the Stop

552

Chapter 3 Solve problems

button.

ENWW

Remove shipping sheet
Description
The product displays this message if the user attempts to use the product without removing the transfer
unit shipping sheet.
Recommended action
1.

Open the front door.

Remove the shipping sheet.

Close the front door.

Remove USB accessory
Description
This message displays when an unsupported host USB device is inserted into a host USB port in the
product.
Recommended action
Remove the USB accessory.
Replace DIMM MEM test failure
Description
The listed DIMM is not functioning properly and must be replaced.
Recommended action
Replace the DIMM.
Replace Fuser Kit
Event log error message
10.23.70
Description
The product indicates when the fuser kit is at its estimated end of life. The actual life remaining might be
different than the estimation. Have a replacement fuser kit available to install when print quality is no
longer acceptable.
The fuser kit does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer acceptable.
NOTE: After the fuser kit reaches its approximated end of life, the HP Premium Protection Warranty
on that fuser kit ends.
Recommended action
Replace the fuser kit.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

553

WARNING! The fuser can be hot while the product is in use. Use caution. Wait for the fuser to cool
before handling it.
Open the right door.
Grasp the blue handles on both sides of the fuser and pull straight out to remove it.
Install the new fuser.
Close the right door.
Replace staple cartridge
Description
The staple cartridge is empty.
Recommended action
Replace the staple cartridge located in the stapler/stacker
1.

Open the left cover.

Remove the staple cartridge.

Install a new staple cartridge.

Close the left cover.

Replace Toner Collection Unit
Event log error message
10.31.70
Description
The product indicates when a toner collection unit is at its estimated end of life.
NOTE: After a toner collection unit has reached its end of life, the HP Premium Protection Warranty
on that toner collection unit ends.
Recommended action
Replace the toner collection unit.
If you wish to have the toner collection unit operate past its estimated capacity, configure the product to
continue printing by using the Manage Supplies menu.
NOTE: This is not a recommended option because of the risk of overfilling the toner collection unit,
which could result in the need to service the product.
Replace Transfer Kit
Event log error message
10.22.70

554

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Description
The product indicates when a transfer kit is at its estimated end of life. The actual life remaining might
be different than the estimation. Have a replacement transfer kit available to install when print quality is
no longer acceptable.
The transfer kit does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer acceptable.
NOTE: After a transfer kit has reached its approximated end of life, the HP Premium Protection
Warranty on that transfer kit ends.
Recommended action
Replace the transfer kit. Instructions are included with the transfer kit.
Resend external accessory firmware
Description
An external accessory requires a firmware upgrade. Printing can continue, but jams may occur if the
job uses the external accessory.
Recommended action
Perform a firmware upgrade.
Resend Upgrade
Description
A firmware upgrade did not complete successfully.
Recommended action
Upgrade the firmware again.
Restoring factory settings
Description
The product is restoring the data for the external paper accessory. Either a Restore Factory Settings
reset is selected, or a device number is selected under Restore accessory data for accessory.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Restricted from printing in color
Description
The print job is being forced to print in black either because the product is set to print only in black or
because the user ID and application ID do not have color printing permissions.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

555

Recommended action
To enable color printing for the product, change the Restrict Color setting in the Manage Supplies
menu.
RFU Load Error Send full RFU on port
Description
The product displays this message before the firmware is loaded at startup when an error has occurred
during a firmware upgrade.
Recommended action
Resend the firmware upgrade.
ROM disk device failed To clear touch “OK”
Description
The specified device failed.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
ROM disk file operation failed To clear touch “OK”
Description
A PJL file system command was received that attempted to perform an illogical operation, such as
downloading a file to a non-existent directory.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
ROM disk file system is full To clear touch “OK”
Description
The disk is full.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
ROM disk is write protected To clear touch “OK”
Description
The device is protected and no new files can be written to it.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.

556

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

ROM disk not initialized
Description
The ROM disk file system must be initialized before it can be used.
Recommended action
Initialize the ROM disk file system.
Rotating Motor To exit press
Description
This message displays during the execution of a component test and the component that is moving is a
group of motors representing a color function.
Recommended action
Touch the Hide button to remove this message.
Rotating Motor To exit press
Description
A component test is in progress; the component selected is the indicated cartridge motor.
Recommended action
Press the Stop

button when ready to stop the test.

Rotating Motor
Description
This message displays during the execution of a component test and the component that is moving is a
single motor.
Recommended action
Touch the Hide button to remove this message.
Rotating Motor To exit press
Description
The product is executing a component test and the component selected is a motor.
Recommended action
Press the Stop

ENWW

button when ready to stop the test.

Tools for troubleshooting

557

Sanitizing disk % complete Do not power off
Description
The hard disk is being cleaned.
Recommended action
Contact the network administrator.
Size mismatch in Tray
Description
The media in the listed tray does not match the size specified for that tray.
Recommended action
1.

Load the correct paper.

Verify that the paper is positioned correctly.

Close the tray and verify that the control panel lists the correct paper size and type. Reconfigure
the size and type if necessary.

Sleep mode on
Description
The product is in power-save mode.
Recommended action
The product exits power-save mode when a control-panel button is touched, an error condition occurs,
or printable data is received.
Staple Cartridge low
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is low.
Recommended action
Replace the staple cartridge.
Staple Cartridge very low
Description
The staple cartridge is at its estimated end of life.
Recommended action

558

Open the left cover.

Remove the staple cartridge.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Insert a new staple cartridge.

Close the left cover.

Staple Cartridge very low To continue, touch “OK”
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is very low.
NOTE: After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold, the HP Premium Protection Warranty
for that supply has ended.
Recommended action
Replace the staple cartridge.
Supplies in wrong position
Description
The product displays this message when two or more cartridges are installed in the wrong slots and the
cover is closed.
Recommended action
Install the correct color cartridge in each slot.
From left to right, the print cartridges should be installed in the following order:
◦

Yellow

◦

Magenta

◦

Cyan

◦

Black

Supplies low
Description
Multiple supplies on the product have reached the User Defined Low threshold.
Recommended action
Replace the supply when print quality is no longer acceptable.
Supplies very low To continue, touch “OK”
Description
More than one color supply on the product has reached the At very low condition and the user has set
the Very Low Settings menu item to Continue or Prompt to continue after the user pressed OK when
prompted.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

559

Recommended action
Replace the supply when print quality is no longer acceptable.
To continue printing in color, either replace the supply or reconfigure the product by using the Manage
Supplies menu on the control panel.
The Device Fan Has Failed
Description
The formatter fan has failed.
Recommended action
Check the cabling to the formatter fan.
If the error persists, replace the formatter fan.
Toner collection unit almost full
Event log error message
10.31.60
Description
Toner collection unit bottle is almost full.
Recommended action
Replace the toner collection unit.
Too many jobs in queue
Description
This message displays when the user selects a USB file to print, and 100 files are already in the print
queue.
Recommended action
To select another file, touch the OK button.
Too many pages in job to staple
Description
The stapler/stacker received too many pages to staple.
The pages are ejected, unstapled.
Recommended action
Reduce the amount of pages to be stapled.

560

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Transfer Kit low
Event log error message
10.22.60
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is low.
Recommended action
Replace the ITB kit.
NOTE: After replacing the ITB kit, reset the ITB page counter by selecting the New Transfer Kit item in
the Reset Supplies sub-menu.
Transfer Kit very low To continue, touch “OK”
Event log error message
10.22.70
Description
The product indicates when a supply level is very low.
NOTE: After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold, the HP Premium Protection Warranty
for that supply has ended.
Recommended action
Replace the ITB kit.
NOTE: After replacing the ITB kit, reset the ITB page counter by selecting the New Transfer Kit item in
the Reset Supplies sub-menu.
Tray empty
Description
The indicated tray is empty.
Recommended action
Load paper in the indicated tray.
Tray empty: [Type], [Size]
Description
The specified tray is empty and needs to be loaded, but the current job does not need this tray to print.
Recommended action
Refill the tray at a convenient time.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

561

Tray open
Description
The specified tray is open or not closed completely; the tray is not required to print and is not blocking
the paper path of a tray required for printing.
Recommended action
Close the tray.
NOTE: If this message appears and the lifter-base assembly was removed or replaced, make sure
that the connector on the assembly is correctly connected and fully seated.
Use the manual tray/bin sensor test to test the end/width switches (SW2 ,3 - SW82, 83 - SW92, 93).
If they do not respond, replace the lift drive assembly.
Tray overfilled Remove excess paper
Description
A tray in the product is overfilled with print media. Printing can continue from a different tray.
Recommended action
Remove enough paper so that the paper stack does not exceed the limit for the tray.
NOTE: If this message appears and the paper-pickup assembly was removed or replaced, make sure
that the connector at the back of the assembly is correctly connected and fully seated.
Tray overfilled To use another tray, press “OK”
Description
Too much media was loaded into the indicated tray.
Recommended action
Remove enough paper so that the paper stack does not exceed the limit for the tray or touch the OK
button to use another tray.
NOTE: If this message appears and the paper-pickup assembly was removed or replaced, make sure
that the connector at the back of the assembly is correctly connected and fully seated.
Troubleshooting To exit press
Description
The product is in the troubleshooting process.
Recommended action
Press the Stop

562

button to exit.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Type Mismatch Tray
Description
The specified tray contains a media type that does not match the configured type.
Recommended action
The specified tray will not be used until this condition is addressed. Printing can continue from other
trays.
1.

Load the correct paper in the specified tray.

Verify the paper type configuration.

Unable to Install
Description
The product displays this message when one of the following conditions occurs during a firmware
upgrade.
◦

A file I/O error occurs when there is an interruption while reading the firmware upgrade file.

◦

A firmware installation is already in progress, possibly by a remote service application.

◦

A firmware installation is pending.

◦

An internal system failure has occurred while doing firmware upgrades

◦

An unknown error occurs while doing firmware upgrades.

◦

The memory is full when the user is doing firmware upgrades

◦

The firmware upgrade file does not support this product.

◦

The upgrade file is invalid or corrupted while doing firmware upgrades

Recommended action
Refer to the walk-up help for each of these error conditions for specific instructions on resolving the
error.
Unsupported drive installed
Description
The product has a non-HP encrypted drive that has been encrypted by another device. This drive is
unusable by the product.
Recommended action
Replace the unsupported drive.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

563

Unsupported supply in use
Event log error message
10.XX.41
Description
The product has one or more HP genuine supplies, designed for a different product, in use.
◦

10.00.41 (event code): Black print cartridge

◦

10.10.41 (event code): Cyan print cartridge

◦

10.02.41 (event code): Magenta print cartridge

◦

10.03.41 (event code): Yellow print cartridge

Recommended action
Turn off the product, and then replace the supply with a supply designed for the product.
Unsupported supply installed
Event log error message
10.XX.41
Description
The product has one or more HP genuine supplies, designed for a different product, installed. The
product will either shut down or slow down unless the user acknowledges the condition.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to continue.
Unsupported tray configuration
Description
The product has too many optional trays installed.
Recommended action
Remove the unsupported trays from the product, and then restart the product.
Unsupported USB accessory detected Remove USB accessory
Event log error message
40.00.04
Description
The USB accessory is not recognized and cannot be used by this product.

564

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
Turn off the product, remove the USB accessory, and then turn on the product. To clear this message,
touch the Hide button.
Upgrade complete To continue turn off then on
Description
The firmware upgrade is complete.
Recommended action
Turn the product off and then on.
Upper bin full
Description
The upper bin of the stapler/stacker is full.
Recommended action
Remove pages from the upper bin.
Check the bin full flag for proper movement. Replace the stapler/stacker, if needed.
USB accessory needs too much power Remove USB Accessory and Turn Off then On
Description
Recommended action
Remove the USB accessory, and then restart the product.
Use a USB accessory that uses less power or that contains its own power supply.
USB accessory not functional
Event log error message
40.XX.05
Description
A USB accessory is not working correctly.
Recommended action

ENWW

Turn off the product.

Disconnect the USB accessory, and then replace it with a new USB accessory.

Tools for troubleshooting

565

USB hubs are not fully supported Some operations may not work properly
Description
Some USB hubs require more power than the product has available.
Recommended action
1.

Remove the USB hub.

USB is write protected To clear touch “OK”
Description
The device is protected and no new files can be written to it.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
USB needs too much power
Description
Power requirements for the USB accessory attached to this product are beyond supported limits.
Recommended action
Detach the accessory, and then turn the product off and then on. Try a similar accessory that has its
own power supply or requires less power.
USB not initialized
Description
The USB device file system must be initialized before it can be used.
Recommended action
Use the embedded Web server or HP Web Jetadmin to initialize the component.
USB storage accessory removed Clearing any associated data
Description
This message displays for six seconds after removal of the USB storage accessory.
Recommended action
Touch the Hide button to remove this message.
USB storage device failure To clear touch “OK”
Description
The specified device failed.

566

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
USB storage file operation failed To clear touch “OK”
Description
A PJL file system command was received that attempted to perform an illogical operation, such as
downloading a file to a non-existent directory.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
USB storage file system is full
Description
The file system on a USB device installed in the product is full.
Recommended action
Touch the OK button to clear the message.
Used supply in use
Event log error message
10.XX.33 or 10.XX.34
Description
One or more used supplies have been installed.
Recommended action
1.

Install new supplies.

If you believe you purchased a genuine HP supply, go to www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit. Any
repair required as a result of using used cartridges is not covered under warranty. Supply status
and features depending on supply status are not available.

Used supply installed
Event log error message
10.XX.34

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

567

Description
The product displays this message when a used supply (a remanufactured or refilled genuine HP or
non-HP product) has been installed.
◦

10.00.34 (event code): Black print cartridge

◦

10.01.34 (event code): Cyan print cartridge

◦

10.02.34 (event code): Magenta print cartridge

◦

10.03.34 (event code): Yellow print cartridge

Recommended action
The print cartridge has been previously used. Touch the OK button to continue.
NOTE: If you believe you purchased a genuine HP supply, go to www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit.
Waiting for tray to lift
Description
The tray specified is in the process of lifting the paper to the top of the tray for proper feeding.
Recommended action
No action is necessary.
Windows Login Required to Use this Feature
Description
A Windows login is required.
Recommended action
Enter a Windows login.
Wrong cartridge in slot
Event log error message
10.YY.25
Description
The product displays this message when a cartridge is installed in the wrong slot.
The indicated cartridge is installed in the wrong position:

568

◦

10.00.25 (event code): Black print cartridge

◦

10.01.25 (event code): Cyan print cartridge

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

◦

10.02.25 (event code): Magenta print cartridge

◦

10.03.25 (event code): Yellow print cartridge

Recommended action
From left to right, the print cartridges should be installed in this order:
◦

Yellow

◦

Magenta

◦

Cyan

◦

Black

Reinstall the print cartridges in the correct slots.

ENWW

Tools for troubleshooting

569

Event log messages
This section describes messages that only appear in the event log. For additional numeric messages,
see the control-panel message section in this manual. See Interpret control-panel messages
on page 470.

Print an event log
Print the event log
1.

Touch the Administration button.

Scroll to and touch the Troubleshooting button.

Touch the Event Log button, and then touch the Print button.

Show an event log
View the event log from the control panel

570

Touch the Administration button.

Scroll to and touch the Troubleshooting button.

Touch the Event Log button.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Sample event log
Figure 3-86 Sample event log
Event Log

HP Color LaserJet CM4540 MFP

Page 1

1
2

5 6

Product information

Event number

Date and time

Engine cycles

Event log code

Firmware version number

Description of personality

Clear the event log
Use the Service menu to clear the event log.

ENWW

Touch the Device Maintenance button.

Scroll to and touch the Service button.

Touch the Clear Event Log button.

Tools for troubleshooting

571

Event log message table

572

Event log message

Description

Comments

10.00.00

Black print cartridge

Memory tag is present but is defective.
This condition prevents accurate
authentication.

10.01.00

Cyan print cartridge

Memory tag is present but is defective.
This condition prevents accurate
authentication.

10.02.00

Magenta print cartridge

Memory tag is present but is defective.
This condition prevents accurate
authentication.

10.03.00

Yellow print cartridge

Memory tag is present but is defective.
This condition prevents accurate
authentication.

10.00.10

Black print cartridge

Memory tag is missing but is defective.
This condition prevents accurate
authentication.

10.01.10

Cyan print cartridge

Memory tag is missing but is defective.
This condition prevents accurate
authentication.

10.02.10

Magenta print cartridge

Memory tag is missing but is defective.
This condition prevents accurate
authentication.

10.03.10

Yellow print cartridge

Memory tag is missing but is defective.
This condition prevents accurate
authentication.

10.00.34

Black print cartridge

10.01.34

Cyan print cartridge

10.02.34

Magenta print cartridge

10.03.34

Yellow print cartridge

10.00.40

Black print cartridge

Genuine HP supplies installed.

10.01.40

Cyan print cartridge

Genuine HP supplies installed.

10.02.40

Magenta print cartridge

Genuine HP supplies installed.

10.03.40

Yellow print cartridge

Genuine HP supplies installed.

10.00.41

Black print cartridge

Unsupported supply in use.

10.01.41

Cyan print cartridge

Unsupported supply in use.

10.02.41

Magenta print cartridge

Unsupported supply in use.

10.03.41

Yellow print cartridge

Unsupported supply in use.

10.00.70

Black print cartridge

Supply is printing beyond very low.

10.01.70

Cyan print cartridge

Supply is printing beyond very low.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Event log message

Description

Comments

10.02.70

Magenta print cartridge

Supply is printing beyond very low.

10.03.70

Yellow print cartridge

Supply is printing beyond very low.

10.00.90

Black print cartridge

Print cartridge replacement issue.

10.01.90

Cyan print cartridge

Print cartridge replacement issue.

10.02.90

Magenta print cartridge

Print cartridge replacement issue.

10.03.90

Yellow print cartridge

Print cartridge replacement issue.

10.22.50

The transfer kit life was set above the
replacement threshold.

10.23.50

The fuser kit life was set above the
replacement threshold.

10.23.70

Printing past very low.

10.39.50

New document feeder kit

The document feeder kit has been reset.

10.99.31

Non-HP supply in use

A non-HP supply has been installed.

11.00.01

Internal clock error

Replace clock battery.

11.00.02

Internal clock error

13.80.AZ

●

Z=1 Output bin 1

●

Z=2 Output bin 2

●

X=3 Output bin 3

●

Z=1 Output bin 1

●

Z=2 Output bin 2

●

Z=3 Output bin 3

●

Z=1 Output bin 1

●

Z=2 Output bin 2

●

Z=3 Output bin 3

●

Z=1 Output bin 1

●

Z=2 Output bin 2

●

Z=3 Output bin 3

●

Z=1 Output bin 1

●

Z=2 Output bin 2

●

Z=3 Output bin 3

●

Z=1 Output bin 1

●

Z=2 Output bin 2

●

Z=3 Output bin 3

13.80.DZ

13.80.FZ

13.81.AZ

13.81.DZ

13.81.FZ

ENWW

Jam in the stapler/stacker.

Paper is late arriving to the stapler/
stacker.

Jam in the stapler/stacker.

Paper stopped at the stapler/stacker
upper bin path.

Paper is late arriving to the stapler/
stacker and is jammed.

Jam in the stapler/stacker upper bin
path.

Tools for troubleshooting

573

574

Event log message

Description

Comments

13.83.A3

Paper stopped at stapler/stacker lower
bin path and is jammed.

Density sensor has failed.

13.89.33

Media sensor is out of range.

Staple jam in the stapler/stacker

13.A3.A3

Paper stopped at tray 3 path and is
jammed.

13.A3.A4

Paper stopped at tray 4 path and is
jammed.

13.A3.A5

Paper stopped at tray 5 path and is
jammed.

13.A3.D3

Paper did not feed from tray 3.

13.A3.D4

Late to tray path jam, from tray 4

13.A3.D5

Late to tray path jam, from tray 5

13.A3.FF

Power on or residual jam

13.A4.A4

Stopped at tray path jam, from tray 4

13.A4.FF

Power on or residual jam

13.A5.A5

Stopped at tray path jam, from tray 5

13.A5.D5

Misfeed jam, from tray 5

13.A5.FF

Power on or residual jam

13.AF.FF

Power on or residual jam.

13.B2.9Z

Page at duplex switchback jam,

13.B2.AD

Stopped at registration jam, from
duplexer

13.B2.AZ

Stopped at registration jam, from tray
●

Z=1 Tray 1

●

Z=2 Tray 2

●

Z=3 Tray 3

●

Z=4 Tray 4

●

Z=5 Tray 5

13.B2.D1

Late to registration jam, from tray 1

13.B2.D2

Late to registration jam, from tray 3

13.B2.D3

New registration roller

13.B2.D4

Late to registration jam, from tray 4

13.B2.D5

Late to registration jam, from tray 5

13.B2.DD

Late to registration jam, from duplexer

Chapter 3 Solve problems

Rotary motor error

DCC NVRAM was restored from the
formatter.

ENWW

Event log message

Description

13.B2.FF

Power on or residual jam

13.B9.AZ

Stopped at fuser jam,

13.B9.CZ

Fuser wrap jam,

13.B9.DD

Late to fuser jam, from duplexer

13.B9.DZ

Late to fuser jam, from tray
●

Z=1 Tray 1

●

Z=2 Tray 2

●

Z=3 Tray 3

●

Z=4 Tray 4

●

Z=5 Tray 5

13.B9.FF

Power on or residual jam

13.BF.FF

Power on or residual jam

13.C2.CZ

IPTU wrap jam,

13.C2.DZ

Late to IPTU feed jam

13.C5.AZ

Stopped at IPTU feed jam,

13.C5.DZ

Late to IPTU bin full jam,

13.D3.FF

ENWW

Comments

Duplex re-feed sensor

13.D3.DZ

Late to duplex re-feed jam,

13.E2.FF

IPTU feed sensor

13.E5.FF

IPTU bin full sensor

Power on or residual jam

13.EF.FF

IPTU feed and output sensors

Power on or residual jam

13.FF.FF

Multiple sensors

Power on or residual jam

13.WX.EE

●

WX=AA Lower right door

●

WX=BA Right door

●

WX=EA IPTU door

●

WX=8A Stapler/stacker

●

WX=FF Multiple doors

Door open jam

30.01.06

Scanner fan error, power off/on

Scanner fan error. Power off/on is
required.

30.01.14

Scanner error, power off/on, check SCB

SCB EEPROM error. Power off/on is
required. Condition 2 does not require
checking the lock

Tools for troubleshooting

575

576

Event log message

Description

Comments

30.01.15

Scanner error, power off/on

Scanner internal error. Can’t be
initialized. Power off/on is required.
Condition 2 does not require checking
the lock.

30.01.18

Scanner error, power off/on

Scanner lamp error. Power off/on is
required. Condition 2 does not require
checking the lock.

30.01.19

Scanner lamp error, power off/on.

Scanner lamp error. Power off/on is
required. Condition 2 does not require
checking the lock.

30.01.30

HP image ASIC error

HP Image ASIC error. Power off/on is
required. DC FIFO overrun. Condition 2
does not require checking the lock.

30.01.32

HP image ASIC error

HP Image ASIC error. Power off/on is
required. Corrupt scan. Condition 2
does not require checking the lock.

30.01.36

Upgrade failed, must resend upgrade.

SCB upgrade error. Power off/on is
required. Condition 2 does not require
checking the lock

30.01.41

Scanner error, power off/on

CPB general error. No details to know
where the system crash is. Power off/on
is required. SD detects error with
communication with CPB.

30.01.42

Scanner error, power off/on, check
cables

Scanner cable disconnected. Power off/
on is required. Condition 3 require user
to check the cable.

30.01.43

Scan memory failure, check formatter.

CPB memory failure. Needs to replace
formatter. Power off/on is required.
Condition 2.

30.01.44

Power off/on, check SCP/CPB
connection

SCB communication error. Power off/on
is required. Condition 2.

30.01.45

Scanner error, power off/on, check
formatter

CPB assertion failure. Event log will have
filename (only first and last characters of
a filename) and line number. Power off/
on is required. Condition 2.

30.01.46

Scanner error, power off/on

Formatter can’t find ONYX ASIC. Power
off/on is required. Condition 2.

30.01.48

Scanner error, power off/on

Scanner power is not connected. Power
off/on is required. Condition 2.

30.01.49

Scanner inverter fan error, power off/on

Scanner inverter fan error. Power off/on
is required. Condition 2.

30.01.50

Scanner Control Board error, power off/
on

Scanner flash read/write problem.
Power off/on is required.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Event log message

Description

Comments

31.01.02

Jam in document feeder

The document feeder is jammed or the
sensor failed. Refer to “Jam in document
feeder” message.

31.01.03

Document feeder pick error

An document feeder pick failure
occurred. Refer to the “document feeder
pick error” VHS message.

31.01.10

Document feeder fan error, power off/on

Scanner document feeder fan error.
Power off/on is required

31.01.47

Document feeder not detected

The document feeder is not connected.
User can still use FB to scan. (warning
message only)

40.00.04

USB accessory error

40.XX.05

USB storage accessory removed

41.02.0Y

Beam detected misprint error

41.03.YZ

General misprint error

Size mismatch or multifeed detected.

41.05.YZ

General misprint error

Type mismatch or multifeed detected.

41.07.YZ

Media transportation error

50.1X.YZ

Low temperature error

50.2X.YZ

Fuser warm up error

50.3X.YZ

High temperature error

50.4X.YZ

Fuser PS driving circuit failure

50.7X.YZ

Pressure release failure.

50.8X.YZ

Low temperature error

50.9X.YZ

High temperature error

50.AX.YZ

Low temperature error

50.BX.YZ

High temperature error

51.00.19

Black laser error

51.00.20

Black laser scanner failure

51.00.21

Cyan laser scanner failure

51.00.22

Magenta laser scanner failure

51.00.23

Yellow laser scanner failure

52.00.00

Scanner startup error

52.20.00

Scanner rotation error

52.00.03

Abnormal humidity environmental sensor

54.00.04

Abnormal engine temperature sensor 1

Tools for troubleshooting

577

Event log message

Description

54.00.06

Density sensor out of range

54.00.35

Abnormal drum speed adjustment

54.01.05

Media sensor out of range

54.0X.07

●

X=5 Black

●

X=6 Cyan

●

X=7 Magenta

●

X=8 Yellow

●

X=1 Black

●

X=2 Cyan

●

X=3 Magenta

54.0X.0B

54.0X.0C

54.0X.0E

54.0X.1E

54.1X.1E

578

Halftone calibration errors
●

X=1 Black

●

X=2 Cyan

●

X=3 Magenta

●

X=1 Black

●

X=2 Cyan

●

X=3 Magenta

●

X=4 Yellow

Halftone calibration error
●

X=1 Black

●

X=2 Cyan

●

X=3 Magenta

●

X=4 Yellow

●

X=1 Black

●

X=2 Cyan

●

X=3 Magenta

●

X=4 Yellow

Comments

Media sensor 1 error
Imaging drum phase sensor out of range

Density out of range

Abnormal density measurement

CPR sensor out of range

Halftone data out of range.

Halftone calibration error

54.20.1E

Halftone calibration error

Halftone bad internal data

54.21.1E

Halftone calibration error

Halftone bad internal data

54.22.1E

Halftone calibration error

Halftone memory allocation

54.23.1E

Halftone calibration error

Halftone has no default tables.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Event log message

Description

Comments

54.24.1E

Halftone calibration error

Halftone has bad parameters.

55.00.01

DC controller memory error.

55.01.06

DC controller NVRAM abnormal read/
write

NVRAM memory data error warning.

55.02.06

DC controller NVRAM not accessible

NVRAM memory access error warning.

56.00.01

Selected paper input unavailable

58.00.04

Lower voltage power supply assemble
failure

59.00.B0

TCU auger motor error

59.00.YY

●

YY=00 Paper path

●

YY=30 Fuser motor startup error

●

YY=40 Fuser motor rotational error

●

YY=90 ETB/ITB motor startup error

●

YY=A0 ETB/ITB motor rotated
abnormally

●

X=5 Black image drum

●

X=6 Cyan image drum

●

X=7 Magenta image drum

●

X=8 Yellow image drum

●

X=5 Black image drum

●

X=6 Cyan image drum

●

X=7 Magenta image drum

●

X=8 Yellow image drum

●

Y=2 Tray 2

●

Y=3 Tray 3

●

Y=4 Tray 4

●

Y=5 Tray 5

59.0X.50

59.0X.60

60.00.0Y

61.00.01

Color table error

Motor startup error

Motor rotation error

Lifting motor failure

The color table is not able to read a
table from the disk and the component
reverts to the version in RAM. The file
could be corrupt, missing, or the disk
has failed.

67.XX.00

ENWW

74.00.00

New registration roller

82.73.45

Disk successfully cleaned.

Tools for troubleshooting

579

580

Event log message

Description

Comments

82.73.46

Cleaning disk failure

Check the disk hardware.

82.73.47

Could not verify disks.

99.00.01

The upgrade was not performed. The file
is corrupt.

A corrupted file was received. Do not
replace hardware.

99.00.02

The upgrade was not performed. Error
encountered when receiving.

I/O error encountered when reading the
header number and size. Error indicates
a problem with the network environment,
not the product. Do not replace
hardware.

99.00.03

The upgrade was not performed. Error
encountered when writing to the disk.

Check the connection to the hard disk or
replace it.

99.00.04

The upgrade was not performed.

I/O error encountered when reading the
header.

99.00.06

The upgrade was not performed.

Error encountered when reading the
header number and size.

99.00.07

The upgrade was not performed.

Error encountered when reading the
header.

99.00.14

The upgrade was not performed.

The file is invalid.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Clear jams
Prevent jams
Follow these guidelines to prevent paper from jamming in the product:

ENWW

●

Use only paper that meets HP specifications.

●

Store paper in the original packaging in a controlled environment.

●

Use paper that has not been previously printed on or copied and that is free from cuts, nicks,
tears, or wrinkles.

●

Make sure the tray is loaded correctly, the paper guides are aligned against the stack of paper,
and that the paper stack does not exceed the stack height mark in the tray.

●

Remove the paper, flex it, rotate it 180°, or flip it over. Reload the paper into the input tray.

●

Wait until pages completely settle in the output bin before removing them.

●

If you are using perforated or embossed paper, feed single sheets from Tray 1.

Clear jams

581

Jam locations
Use this illustration to identify locations of jams. In addition, instructions appear on the control panel to
direct you to the location of jammed paper and how to clear it.
NOTE: Internal areas of the product that might need to be opened to clear jams have green handles
or green labels.
WARNING! To avoid electrical shock, remove any necklaces, bracelets, or other metal items before
reaching into the inside of the product.
Figure 3-87 Jam locations

1
2
7

3
4

Document feeder

Right door

Tray 1 area

Tray 2, and optional Trays 3, 4, and 5

Lower-right door

Stapler/stacker

Output bins

The following illustration shows the paper path sensors that determine when the product is experiencing
a paper jam.

582

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Figure 3-88 Paper path sensor locations

3 4

IPTU

5
6
7
8
Tray2

Tray3 (Option Feeder1)

Tray4 (Option Feeder2)

Tray1

9
10
11
12

Tray5 (Option Feeder3)

ENWW

SR26: IPTU bin full sensor

SR27: IPTU feed sensor

Duplex media waiting position 1

SR5: Fuser output sensor

SR14, 15: Fuser loop sensor

Registration stop position

SR20: Registration sensor

SR22: Duplex refeed sensor

Duplex media waiting position 2

SR4: Tray 3 feed sensor

SR7: Tray 4 feed sensor

SR10: Tray 5 feed sensor

Clear jams

583

Clear jams in the document feeder

584

Open the document feeder cover.

Lift the jam-access door, and remove any jammed paper.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Close the document feeder cover.

Clear paper jams in the stapler/stacker assembly
1.

ENWW

Lift the gray latch on the front of the stapler/stacker, and open the stapler cover.

Clear jams

585

586

If jammed paper is visible underneath the paper guide, pull it straight out.

Lift the green jam-access door. If jammed paper is visible under the jam-access door, pull it straight
out,

Close the stapler cover.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Clear staple jams

ENWW

Lift the gray latch on the front of the stapler, and open the stapler cover.

Lift the green tab on the staple cartridge up, and then pull the staple cartridge straight out.

Lift up on the small lever at the back of the staple cartridge.

Remove the jammed staples.

Clear jams

587

588

Close the lever at the back of the staple cartridge. Be sure that it snaps into place.

Insert the staple cartridge into the stapler and push down on the green handle until it snaps into
place.

Close the stapler cover.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Clear jams in the output bin area
1.

If paper is visible from the output bin, grasp
the leading edge and remove it.

Clear jams from under the scanner assembly
1.

Pull the scanner latch forward, and then lift the scanner assembly up.

NOTE: Lift the jam-access cover if it has fallen.

ENWW

Clear jams

589

590

Remove any jammed sheets that are under the scanner assembly.

Close the scanner assembly.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Clear jams in the right door
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the product is in use. Use caution. Wait for the fuser to cool
before handling it.

ENWW

Open the right door.

Gently pull the paper out of the pickup area.

Clear jams

591

If paper is visible entering the bottom of the fuser, gently pull downward to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not touch the rollers on the transfer roller. Contaminants can affect print quality.
4.

If paper is jammed as it enters the output bin, remove the fuser and gently pull the paper
downward to remove it.

Paper could be jammed inside the fuser where it would not be visible. Grasp the fuser handles, lift
up slightly, and then pull straight out to remove the fuser.
CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the product is in use. Use caution. Wait for the fuser to
cool before handling it.

592

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Open the jam-access door. If paper is jammed inside the fuser, gently pull it straight up to remove
it. If the paper tears, remove all paper fragments.
CAUTION: Even if the body of the fuser has cooled, the rollers that are inside could still be hot.
Do not touch the fuser rollers until they have cooled.

ENWW

Close the jam-access door, and push the fuser completely into the product.

Close the right door.

Clear jams

593

Clear jams in Tray 1
1.

If jammed paper is visible in Tray 1, clear the
jam by gently pulling the paper straight out.
Touch the OK button to clear the message.

If you cannot remove the paper, or if no
jammed paper is visible in Tray 1, close Tray
1 and open the right door.

594

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Gently pull the paper out of the pick up area.

Close the right door.

ENWW

Clear jams

595

Clear jams in Trays 2, 3, 4, or 5
CAUTION: Opening a tray when paper is jammed can cause the paper to tear and leave pieces of
paper in the tray, which might cause another jam. Be sure to clear jams before opening the tray.

596

Open the tray and make sure that the paper is stacked correctly. Remove any jammed or
damaged sheets of paper. To access jammed paper from the tray cavity, remove the tray from the
product.

Close the tray.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Clear jams in the lower-right door (Trays 3, 4, or 5)

ENWW

Open the lower-right door.

If paper is visible, gently pull the jammed paper up or down to remove it.

Close the lower-right door.

Clear jams

597

Jam causes and solutions
Jams in the fuser and transfer area
Table 3-12 Causes and solutions for fuser delivery delay jams
Cause

Solution

The fuser-delivery-sensor flag is damaged.

Replace the fuser. See Fuser on page 112.

Poor contact with the fuser-delivery connector.

Reconnect the connectors of the fuser-delivery sensor (J48) and the DC
controller PCA (J127).

The fuser-delivery sensor (SR5) is defective.

Check the fuser-delivery sensor (SR5) with the manual sensor test. See Manual
sensor test on page 378. If the sensor is defective, replace the sensor.

Table 3-13 Causes and solutions for wrapping jams
Cause

Solution

The fuser roller or pressure roller is dirty.

Create and use a cleaning page. See Cleaning page on page 462.

The guide of the fuser delivery unit is dirty.

Clean the guide.

The fuser roller or the pressure roller is worn
or deformed.

Replace the fuser. See Fuser on page 112.

The lever for the output bin full sensor on the
face-down tray is set incorrectly or is
damaged.

Set the lever correctly. If the lever is damaged, replace the delivery assembly.
See Delivery assembly on page 231.

The spring on the lever for the output bin full
sensor on the face-down tray is unhooked.

Reattached the spring.

Table 3-14 Causes and solutions for fuser delivery stationary jams
Cause

Solution

The fuser roller or pressure roller is worn or
deformed.

Replace the fuser. See Fuser on page 112.

The fuser-delivery roller is deformed.
The gear of the fuser-delivery roller is
damaged.

598

The fuser-delivery sensor flag is stuck or
broken.

Check the flag to make sure it moves correctly. See Manual sensor test
on page 378 for information. If the flag is damaged, replace the fuser. See
Fuser on page 112.

Poor contact of the fuser-delivery sensor
connector.

Reconnect connector (J48) of the fuser-delivery sensor and connector (J127) on
the DC controller PCA.

The fuser delivery sensor (SR5) is defective.

Run the sensor test in the sensor monitor mode to verify that the fuser delivery
sensor is functioning properly. If it is not, replace the fuser delivery sensor
(SR5).

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Table 3-15 Causes and solutions for residual media jams
Cause

Solution

The sensor detecting a residual media jam is
not working.

One of the four sensors is reporting a residual jam. Test each sensor using the
manual sensor test. See Manual sensor test on page 378 for information. If the
sensor does not respond, replace the component indicated:

If service was recently performed on the
product, a sensor connector might be
disconnected.

●

TOP sensor (SR20): Replace the registration assembly. See Registration
assembly on page 213.

●

Fuser delivery sensor (SR5): Replace the sensor.

●

Loop sensor 1 or 2 (SR14 and SR15): Replace the fuser. See Fuser
on page 112.

●

Duplex re-pickup sensor (SR22): Replace the registration assembly. See
Registration assembly on page 213.

Run the manual sensor tests to verify which sensor detects the media. See
Manual sensor test on page 378 for information. Reconnect the corresponding
sensor connector:
●

TOP sensor: Connector (J74) and (J145) on the DC controller PCA

●

Fuser delivery sensor: Connector (J48) and connector (J127) on the DC
controller PCA

●

Loop sensor 1 or 2: Connector (J162) on the DC controller PCA

●

Duplex re-pickup sensor: Intermediate connector (J74) and connector
(J145) on the DC controller PCA.

Table 3-16 Causes and solutions for pickup delay jams 2

ENWW

Cause

Solution

Poor contact of the pickup motor drive
connector.

Reconnect the connector (J37) of the pickup motor and connector (J260) of the
DC controller PCA .

The pickup motor is defective.

Execute the pickup-motor driving test in the actuator-drive mode. If the motor is
defective, replace the pickup motor. See Pickup motor on page 259.

The pickup roller is worn or deformed.

Replace the pickup roller. See Feed and separation rollers (Trays 2-5)
on page 113.

The tray 2 separation roller is worn or
deformed.

Replace the separation roller. See Feed and separation rollers (Trays 2-5)
on page 113.

Poor contact of the TOP sensor connector.

Reconnect the intermediate connector (J74) of the TOP sensor and connector
(J145) on the DC controller PCA.

The TOP sensor (SR20) is defective.

Run the manual sensor test to verify that the TOP sensor is functioning properly.
See Manual sensor test on page 378 for information. If it is not, replace the
registration assembly. See Registration assembly on page 213.

Poor contact of the pickup solenoid drive
connector.

Reconnect the connector (J59) of the pickup solenoid and (J115) on the DC
controller PCA.

Clear jams

599

Table 3-16 Causes and solutions for pickup delay jams 2 (continued)
Cause

Solution

The pickup solenoid is defective.

Run the solenoid drive test in the actuator drive mode to verify that the pickup
solenoid is functioning properly. If it is not, replace the tray-pickup drive
assembly. See Tray-pickup drive assembly on page 266.

The pickup motor is defective.

Run the pickup motor drive test in the actuator drive mode to verify that the
pickup motor is functioning properly. If it is not, replace the pickup motor. See
Pickup motor on page 259.

Table 3-17 Causes and solutions for pickup stationary jams
Cause

Solution

Multiple-feed of media

If the tray 2 pickup roller or separation roller are worn or deformed, replace
any defective parts. If the tray 1 pickup roller or separation pad are worn or
deformed, replace any defective parts.

The TOP sensor lever is set incorrectly or
damaged

Check the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace
the registration assembly. See Registration assembly on page 213.

The spring of the TOP sensor lever is
unhooked.

Check the spring and place it in correct position.

Poor contact of the TOP sensor connector

Reconnect intermediate connector (J74) of the TOP sensor and connector
(J145) on the DC controller PCA.

The TOP sensor is defective.

Run the manual sensor test to verify that the TOP sensor (SR20) is functioning
properly. See Manual sensor test on page 378 for information. If it is not,
replace the registration assembly. See Registration assembly on page 213.

Jams in the duplex area
Table 3-18 Causes and solutions for duplexing reverse jams
Cause

Solution

The duplex reverse roller is worn or deformed.

Replace the delivery assembly. See Delivery assembly on page 231.

The duplex feed roller is worn or deformed.

Replace the duplex feed unit.

Poor contact of the duplex reverse-motor
connector

Reconnect the connectors (J39) of the duplex reverse motor, connectors (J202
and J201) on the high-voltage power supply (upper) PCA, and connector
(J113) on the DC controller PCA.

The duplex reverse motor is defective.

Replace the duplex drive assembly. See Duplex-drive assembly on page 235.

Table 3-19 Causes and solutions for duplex repick jams

600

Cause

Solution

The duplex re-pickup sensor lever is set
incorrectly or damaged.

Check the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace
the right door assembly. See Right-door assembly on page 145.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Table 3-19 Causes and solutions for duplex repick jams (continued)
Cause

Solution

The spring of the duplex re-pickup sensor
lever is unhooked.

Check the spring and place it in correct position.

Poor contact of the duplex re-pickup sensor
connector

Reconnect the intermediate connector (J74) and connector (J145) on the DC
controller PCA.

The duplex re-pickup sensor (SR22) is
defective.

Run the manual sensor test to verify that the duplex re-pickup sensor (SR22) is
functioning properly. See Manual sensor test on page 378 for information. If it
is not, replace the right-door assembly. See Right-door assembly on page 145.

Poor contact of the duplex reverse solenoid
connector

Reconnect the connector (J69) of the duplex reverse solenoid, connectors J202
and J201 on the high-voltage power supply (upper), and connector J113 on
the DC controller PCA.

The duplex reverse solenoid is defective.

Replace the duplex-drive assembly. See Duplex-drive assembly on page 235.

The duplex flapper is damaged or
malfunctioning.

Replace the delivery assembly. See Delivery assembly on page 231.

Poor contact of the duplex reverse solenoid
connector

Reconnect the connector (J69) of the duplex reverse solenoid, connectors
(J202) and (J201) on the high-voltage power supply (upper), and connector
(J113) on the DC controller PCA.

The duplex reverse solenoid is defective.

Replace the duplex-drive assembly. See Duplex-drive assembly on page 235.

The duplex flapper is damaged or
malfunctioning.

Replace the delivery assembly. See Delivery assembly on page 231.

The duplex repick roller is worn or damaged.

Replace the registration assembly. See Registration assembly on page 213.

Poor contact of the duplex repick clutch
connector.

Reconnect the intermediate connector (J74) of the duplex repick clutch and
connector (J145) on the DC controller PCA.

The duplex repick clutch is defective.

Run the solenoid drive test in actuator drive mode to verify that the duplex
repick clutch is functioning properly. If it is not, replace the registration
assembly. See Registration assembly on page 213.

Table 3-20 Causes and solutions for residual media jams

ENWW

Cause

Solution

Poor contact of the loop-sensor connector and
loop sensor 1 and 2.

Reconnect the connectors of the loop 1 sensor (1 and 2):
●

Loop 1 (J11, J352, J350, J50) and the DC controller (J139)

●

Loop 2 (J10, J352, J350, J50) and the DC controller (J139)

The loop sensor is defective.

Run the manual sensor test. See Manual sensor test on page 378 for
information. If the sensor is defective, replace fuser. See Fuser on page 112.

The spring of the fuser-delivery-sensor lever is
unhooked.

Check the spring of the fuser and right door and place it in the correct
position.

The fuser-delivery sensor lever is damaged.

Replace the sensor (SR5).

Poor contact of the fuser-delivery sensor
connector.

Reconnect the connectors of the fuser-delivery sensor (J46), intermediate (J95)
and the DC controller PCA (J123).

Clear jams

601

Table 3-20 Causes and solutions for residual media jams (continued)
Cause

Solution

The fuser-delivery sensor is defective.

Run the manual sensor test to make sure the fuser-delivery sensor is functioning
properly. See Manual sensor test on page 378 for information. If the sensor is
defective, replace the fuser. See Fuser on page 112.

The spring of the duplex repickup sensor lever
is unhooked.

Check the spring and place it in the correct position. The sensor is located in
the right door behind the cover close to the engine side.

The duplex pickup sensor lever is damaged.

Replace the right door assembly. See Right-door assembly on page 145.

Poor contact of the duplexing media-reversesensor connector

Reconnect the connectors of the duplexing media-reverse sensor (J8) and (J90)
and the duplexing driver PCA (J107).

The duplex repickup sensor (SR22) is
defective.

Run the manual sensor test to verify that the duplex repickup sensor is
functioning properly. See Manual sensor test on page 378 for information. If
the sensor is defective, replace the duplex repickup sensor.

NOTE: Even if jammed paper is visible in Tray 1, clear the jam from the inside of the product by
opening the right door.

Jams in Tray 1, Tray 2 and internal paper path
Table 3-21 Causes and solutions for pickup delay jam 1: tray pickup

602

Cause

Solution

The tray 1 pick up roller or the tray 1
separation pad is worn or deformed.

Replace the tray 1 pickup roller and separation pad. See Pickup roller (Tray 1)
on page 114. Replace the right door. See Right-door assembly on page 145.

Poor contact of the tray 1 media-presencesensor connector

Reconnect the connectors of the tray media-feed sensor (J7), intermediate
(J85), and DC controller (J107).

Poor contact of the TOP sensor connector.

Reconnect the intermediate connector (J74) of the TOP sensor and connector
(J145) on the DC controller PCA.

The TOP sensor is defective.

Run the manual sensor test to verify that the TOP sensor is functioning
properly. If not, replace the registration assembly. See Registration assembly
on page 213.

Poor contact of the MP-pickup-solenoid drive
connector

Reconnect the connector of the tray pickup solenoid (J52) and the DC
controller PCA (J148).

The MP-pickup solenoid is defective.

Execute the tray-pickup-solenoid driving test in the actuator-drive mode. If the
solenoid is defective, replace the right door assembly. See Right-door
assembly on page 145.

Poor contact of the pickup-motor drive
connector (M13)

Reconnect the connector (J37) and connector (J260) on the DC controller PCA.

The pickup motor is defective.

Execute the pickup-motor driving test in the actuator-drive mode. If the motor is
defective, replace the pickup motor. See Pickup motor on page 259.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Table 3-22 Causes and solutions for pickup stationary jams
Cause

Solution

Multiple feed of media

Replace any worn or deformed parts (tray separation pad, tray feed roller, MP
tray pickup roller or MP tray separation pad). If replacing the MP tray
separation pad, you must replace the right door assembly. See Right-door
assembly on page 145.
Check the separation pad and MP tray separation pad to see if they are firmly
seated and coupled with the torque limiter.
Replace the separation pad and feed roller for Tray 2 and Tray 3.
If the MP tray pickup roller if defective, replace the roller. See Pickup roller
(Tray 1) on page 114. If the MP tray separation pad is defective, replace the
right door assembly. See Right-door assembly on page 145.

The secondary transfer roller is not set
correctly.

Place the secondary-transfer-roller unit in the correct position.

The secondary-transfer roller is worn or
deformed.

Replace the secondary-transfer-roller assembly. See Secondary transfer
assembly on page 204.

Poor contact of the drum 3 drive connector

Reconnect the connectors of the ITB motor (J42) and the DC controller PCA
(J121).

The drum motor 3 is defective.

Execute the drum 3 driving test in the actuator-drive mode. If the motor is
defective, replace the ITB motor.

The ITB does not rotate smoothly.

Replace the ITB. See Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

Jams in Tray 3, 4, and 5
Table 3-23 Causes and solutions for pickup delay and pickup stationary jams
Cause

Solution

The paper-feeder pickup roller is worn or
deformed.

Replace the pickup roller. See Feed and separation rollers (Trays 2-5)
on page 113.

The paper-feeder separation roller is worn or
deformed.

Replace the separation roller. See Feed and separation rollers (Trays 2-5)
on page 113.

The paper-feeder feed roller is worn or
deformed.

Replace the feed roller. See Feed and separation rollers (Trays 2-5)
on page 113.

Poor contact of the paper-feeder media-feed
sensor connector (1, 2, or 3)

●

Tray 3: Reconnect connectors (J408) and (J13)

●

Tray 4: Reconnect connectors (J406) and (J22)

●

Tray 5: Reconnect connectors (J403) and (J32)

A tray feed sensor is defective.

ENWW

Run the manual sensor test to verify that the paper-feeder media feed sensor is
functioning properly. See Tray/Bin manual sensor test on page 393 for
information. If it is not, replace the pickup assembly of the specific tray. See
Pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) on page 313.

Clear jams

603

Table 3-23 Causes and solutions for pickup delay and pickup stationary jams (continued)
Cause

Solution

Poor contact of a paper-feeder pickup
solenoid drive connector (1, 2, or 3)

●

Tray 3: Reconnect connectors (J408) and (J18)

●

Tray 4: Reconnect connectors (J406) and (J20)

●

Tray 5: Reconnect connectors (J403) and (J30)

The paper-feeder pickup solenoid is defective.

Run the solenoid drive test in the actuator drive mode to verify that the paperfeeder pickup solenoid is functioning properly. If it is not, replace the pickup
assembly of the specific tray. See Pickup assembly (optional paper feeder)
on page 313.

Poor contact of paper-feeder pickup motor
drive connector.

Reconnect the connector (J409) on the paper feeder driver PCA and connector
(J14).

The paper-feeder pickup motor is defective.

Run the pickup motor drive test in the actuator drive mode to verify that the
paper-feeder pickup motor is functioning properly. If it is not, replace the
pickup assembly of the specific tray. See Pickup assembly (optional paper
feeder) on page 313.

Multiple feed of media

If the tray 3 pickup roller, separation roller, or feed roller is worn or deformed,
replace any defective parts. See Feed and separation rollers (Trays 2-5)
on page 113.

The paper-feeder media-feed sensor lever is
set incorrectly or damaged.

Check the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace
the paper-feeder assembly.

The spring of the paper-feeder media-feed
sensor lever is unhooked.

Check the spring and place it in correct position.

Poor contact of the paper-feeder media-feed
sensor connector.

Reconnect the connector (J406) on the connector PCA and connector (J22) of
the paper-feeder media feed sensor.

A tray feed sensor is defective.

Run the manual sensor test to verify that the tray feed sensor is functioning
properly. See Tray/Bin manual sensor test on page 393 for information. If it is
not, replace the pickup assembly of the specific tray. See Pickup assembly
(optional paper feeder) on page 313.

Table 3-24 Causes and solutions for residual media jams

604

Cause

Solution

The sensor that detects residual paper jams is
set incorrectly or damaged.

Run the manual sensor test to verify which sensor detects the paper. See Tray/
Bin manual sensor test on page 393 for information. Check the sensor lever to
make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace the corresponding
pickup assembly. See Pickup assembly (optional paper feeder) on page 313.

The spring of the sensor lever that detects
residual paper jams is unhooked.

Run the manual sensor test to verify which sensor detects the paper. See Tray/
Bin manual sensor test on page 393 for information. Check the spring of the
sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Table 3-24 Causes and solutions for residual media jams (continued)
Cause

Solution

Poor contact exists in the sensor that detects
residual paper jams.

Run the manual sensor test to verify which sensor detects the paper. See Tray/
Bin manual sensor test on page 393 for information. Reconnect the following
corresponding sensor connectors:

The sensor that detects residual paper jams is
defective.

●

Tray 3: Reconnect connectors (J408) and (J13)

●

Tray 4: Reconnect connectors (J406) and (J22)

●

Tray 5: Reconnect connectors (J403) and (J32)

Run the sensor test in the sensor monitor mode to verify which sensor detects
the paper. Replace media feed sensor 1, 2 or 3.

Table 3-25 Causes and solutions for IPTU delivery delay jams
Cause

Solution

Poor contact exists in the IPTU media feed
sensor conector.

Reconnect the connector (J553) on the IPTU controller PCA.

The IPTU media feed sensor is defective.

Run a manual sensor test to verify that the IPTU media feed sensor is
functioning properly. If it is not, replace the IPTU media feed sensor.

Poor contact exists in the IPTU feed motor
drive connector.

Reconnect the connector (J551) on the IPTU controller PCA and the connector
(J5) for the IPTU feed motor.

The IPTU feed motor is defective.

Run a manual sensor test for the IPTU feed motor sensor to verify that the IPTU
feed motor is functioning properly. If it is not, replace the IPTU drive assembly.

Poor contact exists in the IPTU media full
sensor connector.

Reconnect the connector (J553) on the IPTU controller PCA.

The IPTU media full sensor is defective.

Run a manual sensor test to verify that the IPTU media full sensor is functioning
properly. If it is not, replace the IPTU media full sensor.

Table 3-26 Causes and solutions for IPTU stationary jams

ENWW

Cause

Solution

The lever for the IPTU media feed sensor is set
incorrectly or damaged.

Check the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace
the IPTU media feed sensor.

The spring of the IPTU media feed sensor lever
is unhooked

Put the spring in the correct position.

Poor contact exists in the IPTU media feed
sensor connector.

Reconnect the connector (J553) on the IPTU controller PCA.

The IPTU media feed sensor is defective.

Run a manual sensor test to verify that the IPTU media feed sensor is
functioning properly. If it is not, replace the IPTU media feed sensor.

The lever for the IPTU media feed sensor is set
incorrectly or damaged.

Check the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace
the IPTU media feed sensor.

The spring of the IPTU media feed sensor lever
is unhooked.

Place the spring in the correct position.

Clear jams

605

Table 3-26 Causes and solutions for IPTU stationary jams (continued)
Cause

Solution

Poor contact exists in the IPTU media feed
sensor connector.

Reconnect the connector (J553) on the IPTU controller PCA.

The IPTU media feed sensor is defective.

Run a manual sensor test to verify that the IPTU media feed sensor is
functioning properly. If it is not, replace the IPTU media feed sensor.

Paper is wrapped around the delivery roller in
the product.

Remove the wrapped paper.

Table 3-27 Causes and solutions for stapler/stacker feed delay jams
Cause

Solution

Poor contact exists in the stapler/stacker
media feed sensor connector (SR1).

Reconnect the connector (J451) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA.

The stapler/stacker media feed sensor (SR1)
is defective.

Replace the stage unit.

Poor contact exists in the inlet solenoid drive
connector.

Reconnect the connector (J462) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA and the
connector (J120) of the inlet solenoid.

The inlet solenoid is defective.

Replace the inlet solenoid.

Poor contact exists in the stapler/stacker
media feed sensor (SR5) connector.

Reconnect the connector (J453) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA.

The stapler/stacker media feed sensor (SR5)
is defective.

Replace the stage top unit.

Poor contact exists in the inlet solenoid drive
connector.

Reconnect the connector (J462) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA and the
connector (J120) of the inlet solenoid.

The inlet solenoid is defective.

Replace the inlet solenoid.

Table 3-28 Causes and solutions for stapler/stacker stationary jams

606

Cause

Solution

The lever for the stapler/stacker media feed
sensor (SR2) is set incorrectly or damaged

Check the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace
the stage unit.

The spring of the stapler/stacker media feed
sensor (SR2) lever is unhooked.

Check the spring and place it in correct position.

Poor contact exists in the stapler/stacker
media feed sensor (SR1) connector.

Reconnect the connector (J451) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA.

The stapler/stacker media feed sensor (SR2)
is defective.

Replace the stage unit.

Poor contact exists in the stapler/stacker feed
motor drive connector.

Reconnect the connector (J461) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA.

The stapler/stacker feed motor is defective.

Replace the stapler/stacker feed motor.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Table 3-28 Causes and solutions for stapler/stacker stationary jams (continued)
Cause

Solution

The lever for the stapler/stacker media feed
sensor (SR5) is set incorrectly or damaged.

Check the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace
the stage top unit.

The spring of the stapler/stacker media feed
sensor (SR5) lever is unhooked.

Check the spring and place it in correct position.

Poor contact exists in the stapler/stacker
media feed sensor (SR5) connector.

Reconnect the connector (J453) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA.

The stapler/stacker media feed sensor (SR5)
is defective.

Replace the stage top unit.

Poor contact exists in the stapler/stacker feed
motor drive connector.

Reconnect the connector (J461) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA.

The stapler/stacker feed motor is defective.

Replace the stapler/stacker feed motor.

The lever for the output bin 3 delivery sensor
(SR1) is set incorrectly or damaged.

Check the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace
the stage unit.

The spring of the output bin 3 delivery sensor
(SR1) lever is unhooked.

Place the spring in the correct position.

Poor contact exists in the output bin 3 delivery
sensor (SR1) connector.

Reconnect the connector (J451) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA.

The output bin 3 delivery sensor (SR1) is
defective.

Replace the stage unit.

Table 3-29 Causes and solutions for stapler/stacker residual paper jams

ENWW

Cause

Solution

The stapler/stacker contains residual paper.

Remove any residual paper.

The sensor detecting the stapler/stacker
residual paper jam is set incorrectly or
damaged.

Check the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly. If it is damaged, replace
the following: Output bin 3 delivery sensor (SR1), stapler/stacker media feed
sensor (SR2), stapler/stacker media feed sensor (SR5), and stage top unit.

The spring of the sensor lever detecting the
stapler/stacker residual paper jam is
unhooked.

Check the spring of the sensor lever to make sure it is set correctly.

Poor connector contact exists in the sensor
detecting the stapler/stacker residual paper
jam.

Reconnect the following: Output bin 3 delivery sensor, connector (J451) on the
stapler/stacker controller PCA stapler/stacker media feed sensor (SR2),
connector (J451) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA stapler/stacker media
feed sensor (SR5), and connector (J453) on the stapler/stacker controller PCA.

The sensor detecting the stapler/stacker
residual paper jam is defective.

Replace the following: Output bin 3 delivery sensor (SR1), stapler/stacker
media feed sensor (SR2): stapler/stacker media feed sensor (SR5), and stage
top unit.

Clear jams

607

Change jam recovery
This product provides a jam recovery feature that reprints jammed pages.
1.

From the Home screen, touch the Administration button.

Open the General Settings menu, and then open the Jam Recovery menu.

Select one of the following options:
●

Automatic — The product attempts to reprint jammed pages when sufficient memory is
available. This is the default setting.

●

Off — The product does not attempt to reprint jammed pages. Because no memory is used to
store the most recent pages, performance is optimal.
NOTE: When using this option, if the product runs out of paper and the job is being
printed on both sides, some pages can be lost.

●

608

On — The product always reprints jammed pages. Additional memory is allocated to store
the last few pages printed. This might cause overall performance to suffer.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Paper does not feed automatically
Paper does not feed automatically

ENWW

Cause

Solution

Manual feed is selected in the software program.

Load Tray 1 with paper, or, if the paper is loaded, touch the
button.
Start

The correct size paper is not loaded.

Load the correct size paper.

The input tray is empty.

Load paper into the input tray.

Paper from a previous jam has not been completely removed.

Open the product and remove any paper in the paper path.

The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray.

Print a configuration page or use the control panel to
determine the paper size for which the tray is configured.

The guides in the tray are not against the paper.

Verify that the paper guides are touching the paper.

The Manually Feed Prompt menu in the Manage Trays menu is
set to the Always setting. The product always prompts for
manual feed, even if the tray is loaded.

Load Tray 1 with paper, or, if the paper is loaded, touch the
Start
button.

The Use Requested Tray menu in the Manage Trays menu is
set to the Exclusively setting, and the requested tray is empty.
The product will not use another tray.

Load the requested tray.

Or, change the manual-feed prompt setting to Unless
Loaded, so that the product prompts for manual feed only
when the tray is empty.

Or, change the setting to First. The product can use other trays
if no paper is loaded in the specified tray.

Paper does not feed automatically

609

Product feeds multiple sheets
Product feeds multiple sheets
Cause

Solution

Print paper is sticking together.

Remove paper, flex it, rotate it 180 degrees or flip it over,
and then reload it into the tray.
NOTE: Do not fan paper. Fanning can cause static
electricity, which can cause paper to stick together.

610

Paper does not meet the specifications for this product.

Use only paper that meets HP paper specifications for this
product.

Trays are not properly adjusted.

Make sure that the paper guides match the size of paper
being used.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Use manual print modes
Try the following multi-purpose (MP) modes to see if they solve the image-quality problems. These
options can be found in the Adjust Paper Types and Optimize submenus under the Print Quality menu
on the control panel.
Table 3-30 MP modes under the Adjust Paper Types sub menu
Print Mode

●

Auto Sense Mode

●

Normal mode

●

Light Mode

●

Light Rough Mode

●

Heavy Mode

●

Extra Heavy Mode

●

Card Stock Mode

●

Heavy Glossy Mode

●

X-Heavy Glossy Mode

●

Card Glossy Mode

●

Rough Mode

●

Transparency Mode

●

Transparency 2 Mode

●

4 mm trans mode

●

Tough Mode

●

Label Mode

●

Envelope Mode

NOTE:
types.

Not all print modes are available for all paper

Resistance Mode

Set to Up to resolve print-quality issues caused by poor
secondary transfer in low-humidity environments with resistive
or rough surface media.

Humidity Mode

With glossy film, set to High when the product is in a highhumidity environment and print-quality defects occur on HP
Tough Paper or Opaque film.
With transparencies, set to High when the product is in a
high-humidity environment and print-quality defects occur on
color transparencies on the first page of a print job.
With all other paper types, set to High when the product is in
a high-humidity environment and light density occurs on the
first page of a print job.

ENWW

Use manual print modes

611

Table 3-30 MP modes under the Adjust Paper Types sub menu (continued)
Pre-Rotation Mode

Set this feature to On if horizontal banding occurs on pages.

Fuser Temp Mode

If you are seeing a faint image of the page repeated at the
bottom of the page or on the following page, first make sure
the Paper Type and Print Mode settings are correct for the
type of paper you are using. If you continue to see ghost
images on your print jobs, set the Fuser Temp feature to one of
the Alternate settings . Try the Alternate 1 setting first and see
if it solves the problem. If you continue to see the problem, try
Alternate 2 and then Alternate 3. Using the Alternate 2 and
Alternate 3 settings might cause an extra delay between jobs.

Paper Curl Mode

Use in high-humidity and high-temperature environments. The
Reduced setting decreases fuser temperature and increases
the interpage gap.

Table 3-31 MP modes under the Optimize submenu

612

Normal Paper

Set toSmooth when printing on smooth paper of normal
weight.

Heavy Paper

Set to Smooth when printing on smooth, heavy media types.

Envelop Control

Set to Reduced Temp if envelopes are sticking due to moisture
in the envelop adhesive.

Environment

Set to Low Temp if the product is operating in a lowtemperature environment and you are having problems with
print quality such as blisters in the printed image.

Line Voltage

Set to Low Voltage if the product is operating in a low-voltage
environment and you are having problems with print quality
such as blisters in the printed image.

Tray 1

Set the mode to Alternate if you are seeing marks on the back
side of the paper when printing from Tray 1. This sets the
product to initiate a clean sequence every time a job finishes
when the product is set for Any Size and Any Type for Tray 1.

Background

Set to Alternate 1 when a background occurs all over the
page. Set to Alternate 2 when thin vertical lines appear on the
page. Set to Alternate 3 when the other alternatives do not
correct the problem.

Uniformity Control

Set to Alternate 1 to improve uniformity on any paper type.
Set to Alternate 2 to improve uniformity on normal and light
paper types. Set to Alternate 3 when the other alternatives do
not correct the problem.

Tracking Control

Improves color stability by adjusting the bias voltage. Make
sure this mode is set to On.

Registration

Set to Alternate when color misregistration occurs.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Table 3-31 MP modes under the Optimize submenu (continued)

ENWW

Transfer Control

Set to Alternate 1 to reduce primary transfer bias and to
resolve low density or blotchy images. Set to Alternate 2 to
resolve ghosting outlines that look like a finger or fingers. Set
to Alternate 3 when the other alternatives do not correct the
problem.

Process Cleaning Page

Generates and processes a fuser cleaning page.

Use manual print modes

613

Solve image-quality problems
This section helps you define print-quality problems and what to do to correct them. Often print-quality
problems can be handled easily by making sure that the product is maintained, using paper that meets
HP specifications, or running a cleaning page.

Print quality examples
The following examples depict letter-size paper that has passed through the product short-edge first.
These examples illustrate problems that would affect all the pages that you print, whether you print in
color or in black only. The topics that follow list the typical cause and solution for each of these
examples.
Problem

Sample

Print is light or faded on entire
page.

Print is light or faded in a
particular color.

Cause

Solution

Poor contacts exist on the ITB
unit and the product
grounding unit.

Clean the grounding contacts. If the
problem remains after cleaning,
check the contacts for damage.
Replace any deformed or damaged
parts.

Poor secondary transfer
contacts exist on the
secondary transfer roller and
the ITB.

Clean the contacts. If the problem
remains after cleaning, check the
contacts for damage. Replace any
deformed or damaged parts.

Poor primary transfer bias
contacts on the ITB unit and
product.

Clean the contacts of the color that
produces the light print. If the
problem remains after cleaning,
check the contacts for damage.
Replace any deformed or damaged
parts.

Poor primary charging bias
contacts with the print
cartridge and product.
Poor developing bias contacts
with the print cartridge and
product.
Image is too dark.

The RD sensor is defective.

Replace the RD sensor. See
Registration density (RD) sensor
assembly on page 209.

Page is blank.

The high-voltage power-supply
lower is defective (no
developing bias output).

Replace the high-voltage powersupply lower. See High-voltage
power supply lower (HVPS-D)
on page 250.

614

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Problem

Cause

Solution

The page is all black or a solid
color.

Poor contact exists in the
primary charging bias or
developing bias contacts
between the print cartridge
and the product.

Clean each contact of the color that
produces the all black or solid color.
If the problem remains after
cleaning, check the contacts for
damage. Replace any deformed or
damaged parts. Replace the
affected print cartridge.

White spots appear in an image

The primary transfer roller is
deformed or has deteriorated.

Replace the ITB. See Intermediate
transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

The secondary transfer roller
is deformed or has
deteriorated.

Replace the secondary-transferroller. See Secondary transfer roller
on page 118.

The secondary transfer roller
is dirty.

Replace the secondary transfer
roller. See Secondary transfer roller
on page 118.

The fuser inlet guide or
separation guide is dirty.

Clean the dirty parts. If the dirt does
not come off, replace the guide.

The pressure roller is dirty.

Run the cleaning page several times.
If the dirt does not come off, send a
fuser cleaning kit. If the issue
persists, replace the fuser. See Fuser
on page 112.

Scratches are present on the
circumference of the
photosensitive drum.

Replace the print cartridge of the
color that matches the defect.

Scratches are present on the
circumference of the fuser
roller.

Replace the fuser. See Fuser
on page 112.

Scratches are present on the
circumference of the ITB.

Replace the ITB. See Intermediate
transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

The back of the page is dirty.

Vertical streaks or bands appear
on the page.

Sample

The ITB drive roller is
deformed or has deteriorated.
The ITB cleaning mechanism is
malfunctioning.

ENWW

Solve image-quality problems

615

Problem

Sample

Vertical white lines appear in a
particular color.

Cause

Solution

The laser beam window is
dirty.

Remove the affected print cartridge
and reinstall it. The PGCs will clean
the glass.

Scratches are present on the
circumference of the
developing cylinder or
photosensitive drum.

Remove the affected print cartridge
and reinstall it. The PGCs will clean
the glass.

White scratch down the page
could mean the scanner glass
needs to be cleaned.

Vertical white lines appear in all
colors.

The laser/scanner-unit mirror
is dirty.

Replace the laser/scanner assembly.
See Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M)
on page 275 or Laser/scanner
assembly (C/Bk) on page 279.

Horizontal scratches on the
fuser roller.

Replace the fuser. See Fuser
on page 112.

Scratches are present on the
circumference of the ITB.

Remove the affected print cartridge
and reinstall it. The PGCs will clean
the glass.

White scratch down the page
could mean the scanner glass
needs to be cleaned.
Horizontal lines appear on the
page.

A horizontal white line appears
on the page.

616

Chapter 3 Solve problems

If the problem persists, replace the
affected print cartridge.

Replace the ITB. See Intermediate
transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

Repetitive horizontal lines
appear.

Use the repetitive defects ruler to
identify the dirty roller. Clean the
roller. If the roller cannot be
cleaned, replace the fuser. See
Fuser on page 112.

Horizontal scratches are
present on the photosensitive
drum.

Replace the print cartridge of the
color that matches the defect.

Horizontal scratches are
present on the fuser roller.

Replace the fuser. See Fuser
on page 112.

Repetitive horizontal white
lines appear.

Use the repetitive defects ruler to
identify the dirty roller. Clean the
roller. If the roller cannot be
cleaned, replace the roller.

Horizontal scratches are
present on the photosensitive
drum.

Replace the print cartridge of the
color that matches the defect.

Scratches are present on the
circumference of the ITB.

Replace the ITB. See Intermediate
transfer belt (ITB) on page 120.

ENWW

Problem
Image in a particular color does
not print in the correct color.

Dropouts appear.

The toner is not fully fused to the
paper.

Sample

Cause

Solution

Poor contact exists in the
primary charging bias or
developing bias contacts
between the print cartridge
and the product.

Clean each contact of the color that
produces the missing color. If the
problem remains after cleaning,
check the contacts for damage.
Replace any deformed or damaged
parts.

The print cartridge (primary
charging roller, developing
roller, or photosensitive drum)
is defective.

Replace the print cartridge of the
color that matches the defect.

The high-voltage power-supply
lower is defective (no primary
charging bias or developing
bias output).

Replace the high-voltage powersupply lower. See High-voltage
power supply lower (HVPS-D)
on page 250.

The laser/scanner unit is
defective.

Replace the laser/scanner assembly.
See Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M)
on page 275 or Laser/scanner
assembly (C/Bk) on page 279.

The secondary transfer roller
is deformed or has
deteriorated.

Replace the secondary-transferroller. See Secondary transfer roller
on page 118.

The primary charging roller,
developing roller, or
photosensitive drum is
deformed or has deteriorated.

Replace the print cartridge of the
color that matches the defect.

The fuser roller is deformed or
has deteriorated.

Replace the fuser.

The high-voltage power-supply
T PCA is defective (no transfer
bias output).

Replace the high-voltage powersupply upper. See High-voltage
power supply upper (HVPS-T)
on page 286.

The fuser roller or pressure
roller is scarred or deformed.

Replace the fuser. See Fuser
on page 112.

The thermistor is defective.

Replace the fuser. See Fuser
on page 112.

The fuser heater is defective.

ENWW

Solve image-quality problems

617

Problem

Sample

Some color is misregistered.

Toner smears appear on the
media.

The printed page contains
misformed characters.

Text or graphics are skewed on
the printed page.

618

Chapter 3 Solve problems

Cause

Solution

The product is incorrectly
calibrated.

Calibrate the product.

The ITB unit is defective.

If the ITB does not rotate smoothly or
a cleaning malfunction occurs (ITB is
dirty), replace the ITB. See
Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
on page 120.

The drive gear of the ITB
motor is worn or chipped.

Check each drive gear between the
ITB drive roller and the ITB motor. If
the gear is worn or chipped,
replace the drive unit.

The RD sensor is defective.

Open and close the front door
several times to clean the RD sensor.
If the problem persists, replace the
RD sensor. See Registration density
(RD) sensor assembly on page 209.

The laser/scanner unit is
defective.

Replace the laser/scanner assembly.
See Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M)
on page 275 or Laser/scanner
assembly (C/Bk) on page 279.

The print cartridge is
defective.

Replace the print cartridge of the
affected color.

The product has residual
media.

Remove the residual media.

The fuser inlet guide is dirty.

Clean the fuser inlet guide.

The product is experiencing
page skew.

See the “Text or graphics are
skewed on the printed page” row in
this table.

The laser/scanner unit is
defective.

Replace the laser/scanner assembly.
See Laser/scanner assembly (Y/M)
on page 275 or Laser/scanner
assembly (C/Bk) on page 279.

The registration shutter spring
is unhooked.

Check the spring and place it in the
correct position.

The registration shutter spring
is deformed.

Replace the secondary transfer
assembly. See Secondary transfer
assembly on page 204.

ENWW

Problem
The printed page contains
wrinkles or creases.

The front of the page is dirty.

Sample

Cause

Solution

The roller or media feed guide
is dirty.

Clean any dirty components.

A feed roller is deformed or
has deteriorated.

Replace any deformed or
deteriorated rollers.

The paper feed guide is
damaged.

Replace the paper-feed-guide unit.

The photosensitive drum is
dirty.

Replace the print cartridge.

The fuser roller or pressure
roller is dirty.

Execute a Pressure roller clean
mode. If the dirt does not come off,
replace the fuser. See Fuser
on page 112.
NOTE: Cleaning the fuser with HP
tough paper provides better results
than with plain paper. You might
need to execute the cleaning
process several times to remove all
contaminates on the fuser.

Repetitive horizontal lines

See repetitive image defect ruler.
Clean the indicated roller. If the
contaminate does not come off,
replace appropriate roller or
assembly.

Pages have flecks of toner

Execute a cleaning page to clean
the contaminate off the fuser. The
cleaning page may need to be run
several time to clean the fuser. Do
not replace the fuser.
NOTE: Cleaning the fuser with HP
tough paper provides better results
than with plain paper. You might
need to execute the cleaning
process several times to remove all
contaminates on the fuser.

Pages have one or more skewed
color planes (can appear on the
right or left side of the page)

ENWW

Remove and then reinstall the print
cartridge associated with the defect.

Solve image-quality problems

619

Clean the product
To clean the product exterior, use a soft, water-moistened cloth.

Clean the paper path
1.

From the Home screen, touch the Device Maintenance button.

Open the following menus:
●

Calibrate/Cleaning

●

Cleaning Page

Touch the Print button to print the page.

The cleaning process can take several minutes. When it is finished, discard the printed page.

Clean the scanner glass
Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white plastic backing, which can
affect performance. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white plastic backing.
1.

620

Use the power switch to turn off the product, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical
socket.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Open the scanner lid.

Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been
moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner. Dry the glass and white plastic backing with a chamois
or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.
CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the product; these can damage the product. Do not place liquids
directly on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the product.
NOTE: Carefully clean the small glass strip to the left of the scanner glass. Small marks on this
glass result in streaks on copies made from the document feeder.

ENWW

Clean the product

621

Plug in the product, and then use the power switch to turn on the product.

Clean the fuser

622

Open Tray 1. Adjust the guides so that they are fully open, then load the appropriate size paper
into the tray so that it fills the space between the guides. Make sure that the guides are fully open,
and that you use the paper supplied in the fuser cleaning kit.

Touch the Device Maintenance button, and then touch the Calibrate/Cleaning button.

Touch the Cleaning Page button. The cleaning process can take up to 1.5 minutes.

Repeat the process 1 to 6 times until the paper comes out clean.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Solve performance problems
Problem

Cause

Solution

Pages print but are totally blank.

The document might contain blank
pages.

Check the document that you are
printing to see if content appears on all
of the pages.

The product might be malfunctioning.

To check the product, print a
Configuration page.

All of the print cartridges might be very
low on toner.

Replace the print cartridges if a
Supplies very low message appears.

Heavier paper types can slow the print
job.

Print on a different type of paper. Proper
fusing may require a slower print speed
to ensure the best print quality.

Complex pages can print slowly.

Simplify the page.

The product might not be pulling paper
correctly.

Make sure paper is loaded in the tray
correctly.

The paper is jamming in the product.

Clear the jam.

The USB cable might be defective or
incorrectly connected.

●

Disconnect the USB cable at both
ends and reconnect it.

●

Try printing a job that has printed
in the past.

●

Try using a different USB cable.

Pages print very slowly.

Pages did not print.

Other devices are running on your
computer.

ENWW

The product might not share a USB port.
If you have an external hard drive or
network switchbox that is connected to
the same port as the product, the other
device might be interfering. To connect
and use the product, you must
disconnect the other device or you must
use two USB ports on the computer.

Solve performance problems

623

Solve connectivity problems
Solve direct-connect problems
If you have connected the product directly to a computer, check the cable.
●

Verify that the cable is connected to the computer and to the product.

●

Verify that the cable is not longer than 2 m (6.5 ft). Replace the cable if necessary.

●

Verify that the cable is working correctly by connecting it to another product. Replace the cable if
necessary.

Solve network problems
Check the following items to verify that the product is communicating with the network. Before
beginning, print a configuration page. See Configuration pages on page 462.
Problem

Solution

Poor physical connection

Verify that the product is attached to the correct network port using a cable of the
correct length.
Verify that cable connections are secure.
Look at the network port connection on the back of the product, and verify that the
amber activity light and the green link-status light are lit.
If the problem continues, try a different cable or port on the hub.

The computer is unable to communicate
with the product.

Use the command prompt to ping the product from your computer. For example:
ping 192.168.45.39
Verify that the ping displays round-trip times, which indicates that it is working.
If the ping command failed, verify that the network hubs are on, and then verify that
the network settings, the product, and the computer are all configured for the same
network.

Incorrect link and duplex settings

Hewlett-Packard recommends leaving this setting in automatic mode (the default
setting).

Incorrect IP address for the product on
the computer

Use the correct IP address. The IP address is listed on the configuration page.

New software programs have caused
compatibility problems.

Verify that any new software programs are correctly installed and that they use the
correct printer driver.

Your computer or workstation is set up
incorrectly.

Check the network drivers, printer drivers, and the network redirection.

The protocol is disabled, or other
network settings are incorrect.

Review the configuration page to check the status of the protocol. Enable it if
necessary.

If the IP address is correct, delete the product, and then add it again.

Verify that the operating system is configured correctly.

Reconfigure the network settings if necessary.

624

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Service mode functions
Service menu
The Service menu is PIN-protected for added security. Only authorized service people have access to
the Service menu. When you select Service from the list of menus, the product prompts you to type an
eight-digit personal identification number (PIN). The PIN for the HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540
MFP Series is 11454010.
NOTE: The product automatically exits the Service menu after about one minute if no items are
selected or changed.
1.

Scroll to and touch the Device Maintenance button.

Touch the Service button.

The drop-down menu shows the User Access Code list item. Select the Service Access Code list
item, and then touch the Access Code text box. The touchscreen numeric keypad appears.

Type the PIN (xxxxxx).

Touch the OK button to save the PIN or the Cancel button to exit the screen.

The PIN displays in the Service use only: text box as ********.

Touch the OK button to open the Service menu or the Cancel button to exit the screen.

The following menu items appear in the Service menu:
Menu item

Sub-menu
item

Description

Event Log

Allows you to print or view the
product event log.

Clear Event Log

Use this item to clear the product
event log.

Cycle Counts

ENWW

Sub-menu item

Total Engine Cycles
Mono Cycle Count

The page count that is stored in
NVRAM and printed on the
configuration page represents the
number of pages that the formatter
has formatted (not including
engine-test prints).

Color Cycle Count

The page count that is stored in
NVRAM and printed on the
configuration page represents the
number of pages that the formatter
has formatted (not including
engine-test prints).

Refurbish Cycle Count

Use this item to record the page
count when the product was
refurbished.

Service mode functions

625

Menu item

Sub-menu item

Sub-menu
item

Description

Document Feeder Count:

Set the total number of pages that
have been fed through the
document feeder.

Document Feeder Kit Interval

Total number of pages since the
document feeder kit was replaced.

ADF Count

Set the total pages fed through the
document feeder.

Flatbed Count

Set the total pages scanned from
the flatbed.

ADF Simplex Count

Set the total single-sided pages fed
through the document feeder.

ADF Duplex Count

Set the total two-sided pages fed
through the document feeder.

Copy Scan Count

Set the total copy pages that have
been scanned.

Send Scan Count

Set the number of scanned pages
sent to e-mail.

Copy Pages Count

Set the number of scanned pages
that have been printed.

Fax Scan Count
Scanner Settings

Set the calibration values.
WARNING! Do not change
these values unless instructed to do
so.

Serial Number

626

Chapter 3 Solve problems

Set the serial number.

ENWW

Menu item

Service ID

Sub-menu item

Sub-menu
item

Description

Use this item to show the date that
the product was first used on the
control panel. This eliminates the
need for users to keep paper
receipts for proof of warranty.
Restore the service ID
If you replace the formatter, the
date is lost. Use this menu item to
reset the date to the original date
that the product was first used. The
date format is YYDDD. Use the
following formula to calculate the
dates:
1.

To calculate YY, subtract
1990 from the calendar year.
For instance, if the product
was first used in 2002,
calculate YY as follows: 2002
- 1990 = 12. YY = 12.

Subtract 1 from 10 (October
is the tenth month of the year):
10 - 1 = 9.
◦

ENWW

Multiply 9 by 30: 9 x 30
= 270 or add 17 to

Service mode functions

627

Menu item

Sub-menu item

Sub-menu
item

Description

270: 270 + 17 = 287.
Thus, DDD = 287.
Convert the service ID to an
actual date
You can use the product Service ID
number to determine whether the
product is still under warranty. Use
the following formula to convert the
Service ID into the installation date
as follows:
1.

Add 1990 to YY to get the
actual year that the product
was installed.

Divide DDD by 30. If there is
a remainder, add 1 to the
result. This is the month.

The remainder from the
calculation in step 2 is the
date.

Using the Service ID 12287 as an
example, the date conversion is as
follows:
1.

12 + 1990 = 2002, so the
year is 2002.

287 divided by 30 = 9 with a
remainder of 17. Since there
is a remainder, add 1 to 9 to
get 10, which represents
October.

The remainder in step 2 is 17,
so that is the date.

The complete date is 17October-2002.

NOTE: A six-day grace period is
built into the date system.
Cold Reset Paper

628

Chapter 3 Solve problems

When you perform a cold reset,
the paper size that is stored in
NVRAM is reset to the default
factory setting. If you replace a
formatter board in a country/
region that uses A4 as the
standard paper size, use this menu
to reset the default paper size to
A4. LETTER and A4 are the only
available values.

ENWW

Menu item

Sub-menu item

Sub-menu
item

Description

New Registration Roller

Reset the counter for the
registration roller after replacing
the registration assembly.

Media Sensor Value

After replacement of the
registration assembly, set the
media sensor values found on the
label of the new registration
assembly.

PTT Test Mode
Hook Operations
Generate Random Data
Generate DTMF Tone Burst
Generate DTMF Continuous Tone
Generate Pulse Burst
Generate Tone Dial Number
Generate Pulse Dial Number
Generate Single Modem Tone
Line Measurements
Fax Transmit Signal Loss

Product resets
Restore factory settings
Use the Resets menu to restore factory settings.
1.

Scroll to and touch the Administration button, and then touch the General Settings button.

Touch the Restore Factory Settings button, and then touch an option. Touch the Select All button to
reset factory settings for all options.

Touch the Reset button to restore factory settings.

The values for each reset are as follows:

ENWW

Service mode functions

629

Restore factory-set defaults values
●

●

630

Calibration
◦

Persisted calibration engine data

◦

Engine color density data

◦

LaserJet engine calibration data

General
◦

Display and sound settings for the control panel

◦

Localization settings (for example, clock format and date format)

◦

Error and warning log behavior

◦

Default media settings

◦

Sleep mode and delay setting

◦

Internal backup file maximum size

◦

Oxp installer solutions, tasks and pending tasks

◦

Http job defaults

◦

Clears the error, warning and info logs

◦

Supported media types

◦

Resets JetLink connected external devices

Print
◦

Print default job, stored job and quick set settings

◦

Some print job usage data

◦

Print system configuration settings

Security
◦

Default Authentication agent

◦

Authentication agents

◦

Policy agents

◦

Color access control

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Preboot menu options
If an error occurs while the product is booting, an error message appears on the control-panel display.
The user can access the preboot menus. The error menu item will not be seen if an error did not occur.
Open the preboot menu
1.

Turn the product on.

Press and hold the Stop

Use the 3 button and the 9 button to highlight one of the menu items listed below, and then press
the 6 to open the selected item.

button when the LED lights are illuminated solid.

Table 3-32 Preboot menu options (1 of 6)
Menu option
Continue

First level

Second level

Third level

Description
Selecting theContinue item exits the preboot menu and continues
the normal boot process.
If a selection is not made in the initial menu within 30 seconds,
the product returns to a normal boot (the same as selecting the
Continue item.
If the user navigates to another menu, the timeout does not
apply.

ENWW

Enter the administrator PIN or service PIN if one is required to
open the preboot menu.

Preboot menu options

631

Table 3-32 Preboot menu options (1 of 6) (continued)
Menu option

First level

Second level

Administrator

Third level

Description
This item navigates to the Administrator sub menus.
If authentication is required (and the user is not already signed
in) the Sign In prompt displays. The user is required to sign in.

Download

This item initiates a preboot firmware download process. A USB
device interface or a network connection can be used to
download firmware.
Network

See Product updates on page 651.

USB

See Product updates on page 651.

Clean Disk

This item reinitializes the disk and cleans all disk partitions.
CAUTION:

Selecting the Clean Disk item removes all data.

A delete confirmation prompt is not provided.
The system is not bootable after this action—a firmware
download must be performed to return the system to a bootable
state.
Partial Clean

This item reinitializes the disk (removing all data except the
firmware repository where the master firmware bundle is
downloaded and saved).
CAUTION: Selecting the Partial Clean item removes all data
except the firmware repository.
A delete confirmation prompt is not provided.
This allows user to reformat the disk by removing the firmware
image from the active directory without having to download new
firmware code (product remains bootable).

632

Change
Password

Select this item to set or change the administrator password.

Clear
Password

Select theClear Password item to remove a password from the
Administrator menu. Before the password is actually cleared, a
message will be shown asking to confirm that the password
should be cleared. Press the 6 button to confirm the action.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Table 3-33 Preboot menu options (2 of 6)
Menu option

First level

Second
level

Third level

Administrator

Manage Disk

Clear Disk

Select the Clear Disk item to enable an external device
for job storage. Job storage is normally enabled only for
the boot device. This item is disabled unless the
99.09.68 error is displayed.

Lock Disk

Select the Lock Disk item to lock (mate) a new secure disk
to this product.

continued

Description

The secure disk already locked to this product will remain
accessible to this product. Use this function to have more
then one encrypted disk accessible by the product when
using them interchangeably.
The data stored on the secure disk locked to this product
always remains accessible to this product.
Leave
Unlocked

Select the Leave Unlocked item to use a new secure disk
in an unlocked mode for single service event. The secure
disk that is already locked to this product will remain
accessible to this product and uses the old disk's
encryption password with the new disk.
The secure disk that is already locked to this product
remains accessible to this product.

Clear
Password

Select the Clear Password item to continue using the nonsecure disk and clear the password associated with the
yet to be installed secure disk.
CAUTION: Data on the missing secure disk will be
permanently inaccessible.

Retain
Password
Boot Device

Select the Retain Password item to use the non-secure disk
for this session only, and then search for the missing
secure disk in future sessions.
Secure Erase

Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data on
the disk and unlock it, if required.
This process might take a long time.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files
are reinstalled. The process is an ATA secure-erase
command one-pass overwrite. This process erases the
entire disk, including firmware. The disk remains an
encrypted disk.

Erase And
Unlock

Select the Erase And Unlock item to cryptographically
erase all data on disk and unlock the disk to allow access
to it from any product.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files
are reinstalled. This process erases the crypto key. The
disk becomes a non-encrypted disk.

Get Status

ENWW

This item provides disk status information if any is
available.

Preboot menu options

633

Table 3-34 Preboot menu options (3 of 6)
Menu option

First level

Second
level

Administrator

Manage Disk

continued

Internal
Device

Third level

Description

Select the Internal Device item to erase the internal device
or view the status of the internal device.
Secure Erase

Erase And
Unlock

Get Status

External
Device

This item provides disk status information if any is
available.
Select the External Device item to erase the external
device or get status about the external device.

Secure Erase

Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data on
the disk and unlock it if required.
This process might take a long time.
NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system files
are reinstalled. The process is an ATA secure-erase
command one-pass overwrite. This process erases the
entire disk, including firmware. The disk remains an
encrypted disk.

Erase And
Unlock

Get Status

634

Chapter 3 Solve problems

This item provides disk status information if any is
available.

ENWW

Table 3-35 Preboot menu options (4 of 6)
Menu option

First level

Administrator

Configure
LAN

continued

Second
level

Third level

Description

Select the Configure LAN item to set the network
settings for the preboot menu firmware upgrade.
The network can be configured to obtain the network
settings from a DHCP server or as static.

ENWW

DHCP

Use this item for automatic IP address acquisition from
the DHCP server.

Static

Use this item to manually assign the network addresses.
IP Address

Use this item to manually enter the IP addresses.

Subnet Mask

Use this item to manually enter the subnet mask.

Default
Gateway

Use this item to manually enter the default gateway.

Save and
Exit

Select the Save and Exit item to save the manual
settings.

Preboot menu options

635

Table 3-36 Preboot menu options (5 of 6)
Menu option

First level

Administrator

Startup
Options

continued

Second
level

Third level

Description

Select the Startup Options item to specify options that
can be set for the next time the product is turned on and
initializes to the Ready state.
Cold Reset

Check the Cold Reset item to clear the IP address and all
customer settings (this item also returns all settings to
factory defaults).
NOTE: Items in the Service menu are not reset.

First Power

Not currently functional: This item allows the product to
initialize as if it is the first time it has been turned on.
For example, the user is prompted to configure first-time
settings like date/time, language, and other settings.
Check this item so that it is enabled for the next time the
product power is turned on.
When the product power is turned on the next time, this
item is unchecked so that the pre-configured settings are
used during configuration, and the first-time setting
prompt is not used.

Skip Plugins

This item allows the product to be started without loading
the third-party applications.
This means that files including Accessible Architecture on
the disk will not be available at boot-up. This is useful for
troubleshooting problems with the hard disk without
having to remove the hard disk. It also applies to flash
file system disks on DIMMs.
In this case, this function will cause the product to
configure the HP firmware first, followed by the thirdparty applications.
NOTE: The files on the disk will be available after the
product enters the Ready state.

Skip Cal

Select the Skip Cal item to initialize the product the next
time the power is turned on without calibrating.

Show Revision

Not currently functional: Check the Show Revision item to
allow the product to initialize and show the firmware
version when the product reaches the Ready state.
Once the product power is turned on the next time, the
Show Revision item is unchecked so that the firmware
revision is not shown.

Lock Service

CAUTION: Select the Lock Service item to lock the
Service menu access (both in the preboot menu and the
Device Maintenance menu).
Service personnel must have the administrator remove
the Lock Service setting before they can open the Service
menu.

636

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Table 3-37 Preboot menu options (6 of 6)
Menu
option

First level

Second
level

Administrator

Startup
Options

Skip Disk
Scan

continued

Third
level

Description

Check the Skip Disk Scan item to allow the
product to initialize without scanning the
disk.
If the product is crashing on step 4/8,
checking this item may allow the problem to
be isolated.
Once the product is turned on the next time,
the Skip Disk Scan item is unchecked and the
disk scan is not skipped.

Embedded
Jetdirect
Off

Service
Tools

ENWW

Check the Embedded Jetdirect Off item to
disable the embedded Jetdirect.
By default this item is unchecked so that
Jetdirect is always enabled.
This item requires the service access code.

Reset
Password

Use this item to reset the administrator
password.

Subsystems

For manufacturing use only. Do not change
these values.

Preboot menu options

637

Solve fax problems
Is your fax set up correctly?
Use the following checklist to help identify the cause of any fax related problems you are encountering:
●

Are you using the phone cord supplied with the fax accessory? This fax accessory
has been tested with the supplied phone cord to meet RJ11 and functional specifications. Do not
substitute another phone cord; the analog-fax accessory requires an analog phone cord. It also
requires an analog phone connection.

●

Is the fax/phone line connector seated in the socket on the fax accessory? Make
sure that the phone jack is well seated in the socket. The connector should be inserted into the
socket until it "clicks."

●

Is the phone wall jack working properly? Verify that a dial tone exists by attaching a
phone to the wall jack. Can you hear a dial tone, and can you make a phone call?

What type of phone line are you using?
●

Dedicated line: A standard fax/phone number assigned to receive or send faxes.
NOTE: The phone line should be for product fax use only and not shared with other types of
telephone devices. Examples include alarm systems that use the phone line for notifications to a
monitoring companies.

●

PBX system: A business-environment phone system. Standard home phones and the fax
accessory use an analog phone signal. Some PBX systems are digital and might not be compatible
with the fax accessory. You need to have access to a standard analog phone line to be able to
send and receive faxes.

●

Roll-over lines: A phone system feature where a new call "rolls over" to the next available line
when the first incoming line is busy. Try attaching the fax accessory to the first incoming phone
line. The fax accessory will answer the phone after it rings the number of times set in the rings-toanswer setting.

NOTE: Roll-over lines can cause problems with the fax accessory's ability to receive faxes. Using rollover lines with this product is not recommended.

Are you using a surge-protection device?
A surge-protection device can be used between the wall jack and the fax accessory to protect the fax
accessory against electrical power passed through the phone lines. These devices can cause some fax
communication problems by degrading the quality of the phone signal. If you are having problems
sending or receiving faxes and are using one of these devices, connect the fax accessory directly to the
phone jack on the wall to determine whether the problem is with the surge-protection device.

638

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Are you using a phone company voice-messaging service or an answering
machine?
If the rings-to-answer setting for the messaging service is lower than the rings-to-answer setting for the
fax accessory, the messaging service answers the call, and the fax accessory is not able to receive
faxes. If the rings-to-answer setting for the fax accessory is lower than that of the messaging service, the
fax accessory answers all calls, and no calls are routed to the messaging service.

Does your phone line have a call-waiting feature?
If the fax telephone line has an activated call-waiting feature, a call-waiting notice can interrupt a fax
call in progress, which causes a communication error. Ensure that a call-waiting feature is not active on
the fax telephone line.

Check fax accessory status
If the analog-fax accessory does not appear to be functioning, print a Configuration Page report to
check the status.
1.

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Open the following menus:

●

Reports

●

Configuration/Status Pages

●

Configuration Page

On the fax accessory page of the configuration page, under the Hardware Information heading, check
the Modem Status. The following table identifies the status conditions and possible solutions.

ENWW

Operational / Enabled1

The analog-fax accessory is installed and ready.

Operational / Disabled1

The fax accessory is installed and operational, however,
HP Digital Sending utility has either disabled the product fax
feature or has enabled LAN fax. When LAN fax is enabled,
the analog-fax feature is disabled. Only one fax feature, either
LAN fax or analog fax, can be enabled at a time.

Non-Operational / Enabled/Disabled1

A firmware failure has been identified. The firmware should
be updated.

Damaged / Enabled/Disabled1

Fax accessory has failed; reseat the fax accessory card and
check for bent pins. If the status is still DAMAGED, replace the
analog-fax accessory card.

ENABLED indicates that the analog fax accessory is enabled, turned on; DISABLED indicates that LAN fax is enabled (analog
fax is turned off).

Solve fax problems

639

Fax feature is not operating
The fax accessory is installed but the icon does not appear on the product main screen.
Cause

Solution

HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration utility has
disabled the analog-fax feature.

Use the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration utility
to enable the analog-fax feature.

The accessory is not operating correctly.

Check the fax accessory status. If the status is
NON-OPERATIONAL, new firmware might need to be
installed.
If the status is DAMAGED and you just installed the card, try
reseating the card and check for bent pins.
If the status is DAMAGED and the card is installed correctly,
the card might need to be replaced.

Faulty formatter board.

Contact your HP service representative for service.

The product is not displaying the fax menus.
Cause

Solution

LAN fax is enabled.

This is normal operation. When the HP Digital Sending
Software enables LAN fax, the analog fax is disabled and the
fax menu, which is used for the analog fax only, does not
open.

General fax problems

640

Problem

Cause

Solution

Fax failed to send.

JBIG is enabled and receiving fax does
not have JBIG capability.

Set JBIG off.

An "Out of Memory" status message
appears on the status message bar.

The product storage disk is full.

Delete some files from the disk, see the
product user guide for information about
managing the disk.

Print quality of a photo is poor or prints
as a gray box.

Wrong Page Content mode setting.

Try setting the Optimize Text/Picture
option to Photograph.

Pressed the Cancel button on the
product keyboard to cancel a fax
transmission and the fax was still sent.

Cancellation takes place after making a
selection in the cancellation menu
(displayed after pressing red Stop
button) and acknowledging with OK.

Cancel faxes using the fax menu.

No fax address book button appears.

The fax address book feature has not
been enabled.

Use the HP MFP Digital Sending
Software Configuration utility to enable
the fax address book feature.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Problem

Cause

Solution

Not able to locate the Fax settings in
HP Web Jetadmin.

Fax settings in HP Web Jetadmin are
located under the device's status page
drop-down menu.

Select Digital Sending and Fax from
the drop-down menu.

The header is being appended to the
top of the page when I have overlay
enabled.

The fax will append the overlay header
to the top of a page when overlay is set,
when the fax has been forwarded.

This is normal operation.

Have a mix of names and numbers in
the recipients box.

This is normal for both names and
numbers to appear, depending on
where they are from, the fax address
book lists names, and all other
databases list numbers.

Normal, no action required.

My one page fax prints as two pages.

The fax header is being appended to
the top of the fax, pushing text to a
second page.

If you want your one page fax to print
on one page, set the overlay header to
overlay mode or adjust the Fit to page
setting.

Document stops feeding in the middle of
faxing.

There might be a jam in the ADF.

If there is a jam, see the product user
guide for instructions on clearing jams.

The volume for sounds coming from the
fax accessory is too high or too low.

The volume setting needs to be adjusted.

Problems with receiving faxes
Incoming fax calls are not being answered by the fax accessory (no fax detected).
Cause

Solution

The rings-to-answer setting might not be set correctly.

Check the rings-to-answer setting.

The phone cord might not be connected properly, or the
phone cord is not working.

Check the installation. Make sure you are using the phone
cord that came with the fax accessory.

The phone line might not be working.

Disconnect the fax accessory from the phone jack, and
connect a phone. Try to make a phone call to ensure the
phone line is working.

A voice-messaging service might be interfering with the fax
accessory's ability to answer calls.

Do one of the following:
●

Discontinue the messaging service.

●

Get a phone line dedicated to fax calls.

●

Decrease the rings-to-answer for the fax accessory to a
number less than the rings-to-answer for the voice mail.

Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly.

ENWW

Cause

Solution

You might be sending or receiving a very complex fax, such
as one with many graphics.

Complex faxes take longer to be sent or received.

Solve fax problems

641

Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly.
Cause

Solution

The receiving fax machine might have a slow modem speed.

The fax accessory only sends the fax at the fastest modem
speed the receiving fax machine can use.

The resolution at which the fax was sent or is being received
is very high. A higher resolution typically results in better
quality, but also requires a longer transmission time.

If you are receiving the fax, call and ask the sender to
decrease the resolution and resend the fax. If you are
sending, decrease the resolution and change the Optimize
Text/Picture option.

If there is a poor phone-line connection, the fax accessory and
the receiving fax machine slow down the transmission to
adjust for errors.

Cancel and resend the fax. Have the phone company check
the phone line.

Faxes are not printing on the product.
Cause

Solution

There is no media in the media input tray.

Load media. Any faxes received while the input tray is empty
are stored and will print after the tray has been refilled.

Schedule Printing of Faxes is set.

If Schedule Printing of Faxes is enabled, faxes will not print
until it is disabled.

The product is either low on toner or has run out of toner.

The product stops printing as soon as it is low on toner or runs
out of toner. Any faxes received are stored in memory and
print after the toner has been replaced. For other product
printing problems, see the product user guide.

Incoming call may be a voice call.

Incoming voice calls usually show up in the call report as a
Communication Error (17) As these are voice calls and
not a fax error, no action is needed to be taken. Ensure that
those calling you have a voice number that is different from
the fax number.

The incoming fax was interrupted.

Verify that the fax telephone line does not have an activated
call-waiting feature. A call-waiting notice can interrupt a fax
call in progress, which causes a communication error.

The Fax Printing Schedule feature is set to Always store faxes.

Change the Fax Printing Schedule setting to Always print
faxes.

Problems with sending faxes

642

Problem

Cause

Solution

Faxes quit during sending.

The fax machine to which you are
sending might be malfunctioning.

Try sending to another fax machine.

Your phone line might not be working.

Disconnect the fax accessory from the
phone jack, and connect a phone. Try to
make a phone call to ensure the phone
line is working.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Problem

Cause

Solution

Your phone line might be noisy or poor
quality

Try using a lower baud rate to improve
the reliability of transmission. See
maximum baud rate setting.

A call-waiting feature might be active

Verify that the fax telephone line does
not have an activated call-waiting
feature. A call-waiting notice can
interrupt a fax call in progress, which
causes a communication error.

If the fax accessory is on a PBX system,
the PBX system might be generating a
dial tone the fax accessory cannot
detect.

Disable the detect dial tone setting.

There might be a poor phone
connection.

Try again later.

The fax machine to which you are
sending might be malfunctioning.

Try sending to another fax machine.

Your phone line might not be working.

Disconnect the fax accessory from the
phone jack, and connect a phone. Try to
make a phone call to ensure the phone
line is working.

Outgoing fax calls keep dialing.

The fax accessory automatically redials
a fax number if the Redial on Busy
option is set to on or if the Redial On No
Answer is set on.

This is normal operation. If you do not
want the fax to retry, set Redial on Busy
to 0 and set Redial On No Answer to 0.

Faxes you send are not arriving
at the receiving fax machine.

The receiving fax machine might be
turned off or might have an error
condition, such as being out of paper.

Call the recipient to make sure the fax
machine is turned on and ready to
receive faxes.

A fax might be in memory because it is
waiting to redial a busy number, or
there are other jobs ahead of it waiting
to be sent.

If a fax job is in memory for either of
these reasons, an entry for the job
appears in the fax log. Print the fax
activity log, and check the Result
column for jobs with a Pending
designation.

The fax accessory is receiving
faxes but is not sending them.

Error codes
If a fax problem occurs which prevents or interrupts sending or receiving of a fax, an error code is
generated that will help in determining the cause of the problem. Error codes show up in the fax activity
log, the fax call report, and the T.30 Protocol Trace. Print one of these three reports to obtain the error
code. A detailed description of the error codes and the appropriate action can be found at
www.hp.com by searching for HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500.

Fax error messages
When an analog fax is sent or received on an HP LaserJet product, any errors that occur during the fax
process will be displayed on the product control panel and entered into the fax reports. Fax errors can
occur for many reasons and often they are due to interruptions or noise on the telephone connection.
ENWW

Solve fax problems

643

Any error that takes place during the fax process regardless of where it originates will be displayed by
the product.
If the fax process is interrupted or an error occurs during a fax transmission or reception, a two part
status/error description is generated by the fax subsystem on the product. Normal or successful faxes
also generate messages indicating success. The message information consists of a text description and
a numeric code (a few messages don’t include numeric codes). Only the text part of the message will
be displayed on the product control panel; however, both the text message and numeric code will be
listed in the fax activity report, fax call report, and the fax T.30 trace (these fax reports can be printed
out individually from the product control panel – under the Administration > Reports > Fax Reports and
Administration > Troubleshooting > Fax > Fax T.30 Trace menus). The numeric code is shown in
parentheses after the text part of the message in the reports. For example, if a communication error
occurred, the control panel display would show Fax Failed: Communication Error. The same error
would be shown in the Result field in the fax activity report as Communication Error (17). For this
example, the numeric code associated with this communication error is ‘17’.
The numeric code is generated by the fax modem. Usually a numeric code of (0) indicates a normal
modem response. Some messages will always display a numeric code of (0), whereas other messages
can have a range of numeric codes depending on the circumstances, and a few messages will have no
numeric code. Usually a numeric code of (0) indicates an error was not associated with the fax modem,
but occurred in another part of the fax subsystem or other product subsystem such as the printing
subsystem. Non-zero error codes give further detail into the particular action or process that the modem
is executing, and they don’t necessarily indicate that there is a problem with the modem.
In the tables that follow, the fax messages with the most common number codes are given with
recommended corrective action. Several messages that are normal or indicate a normal event are also
included in tables. For example, if a fax was not able to be sent to a busy number, a Fail Busy
message will be shown. Nothing is wrong with the fax subsystem; the message indicates the fax was
not completed due to a busy telephone number at the receiving end.
Persistent error messages with numeric codes different than those listed here require assistance of
customer support. A more detailed listing of the last fax call can be printed out before contacting
customer support to help identify the problem. The detailed fax listing is called a fax T.30 trace and
can be printed for the last fax, or it can be set to print whenever a fax error occurs. To print or
configure the fax T.30 trace, touch Administration, Troubleshooting, and then Fax T.30 Trace. You can
then print the report for the last fax or configure when to print the T.30 trace.

644

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Send-fax messages
Table 3-38 Send-fax messages

ENWW

Message

Error No.

Description

Action(s)

Cancelled

Fax was cancelled by user at
control panel of product.

None.

Success

n/a

Fax sent successfully.

None.

Fail Busy

The receiving fax machine is
busy.

The fax will be retired
automatically (if configured),
otherwise try resending fax
later.

No Answer

The receiving fax machine is
not answering the call.

The receiving fax machine
may be disconnected or
turned off; contact the
receiver to check the
machine. Try resending.

Compression Error

Any

Fax may be corrupted or not
sent.

Try resending fax.

No Dial

No dial tone is detected
when sending the fax.

Verify the phone line is
active; set the sending fax to
"not" to detect a dial tone.

Modem Fail

Any

Unexpected or bad response
from the internal fax modem
to product.

Try resending fax; if the error
persists, contact service.
NOTE: This does not
necessarily indicate that the
modem hardware is bad.

Communication Error

17 or 36

Lost telephone connection
between sender and receiver.
May be due to voice calls.

Try resending the fax.

Communication Error

Any besides 17 or 36

General communications
issue where the fax
transmission was interrupted
or did not proceed as
expected.

Try resending fax; if the error
persists, contact service.

Space Fail

Unable to read or write the
fax image file to disk; could
be corrupt product disk or no
space available on the
product's disk.

Try resending fax; if the error
persists, contact service.

Page Fail

Incompatible page width, or
page had too many bad
lines.

Try resending fax; if the error
persists, contact service.

Memory Error

Out of RAM memory on
product.

If error persists, may need to
add RAM to product.

Job Fail

Any

Fax failure; the fax job did
not complete.

Try resending fax; if the error
persists, contact service.

Solve fax problems

645

Table 3-38 Send-fax messages (continued)

646

Message

Error No.

Description

Action(s)

Power Failure

A power failure occurred
during the fax transmission on
the sending fax product.

Try resending the fax.

No Fax Detected

17 or 36

No fax machine was detected
at receiving end. May be due
to voice calls.

Verify fax number and have
receiver verify fax machine is
on and connected; then try
resending fax.

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Receive-fax messages
Table 3-39 Receive-fax messages

ENWW

Message

Error No.

Description

Action(s)

Success

n/a

Fax received ok.

None.

Blocked

n/a

Fax reception was blocked by
receiving fax machine using
blocked number feature.

None.

Modem Fail

Any

Unexpected or bad response
from the internal modem to
the product - example is
trying to send a fax just as
another fax is arriving.

Have fax resent; if the error
persists, contact service.

Communication Error

17, 36

Lost telephone connection or
interruption between sender/
receiver.

Have the sender resend the
fax (if the sending machine
does not automatically retry).

Communication Error

Any besides 17 or 36

General communications
issue where the fax
transmission was interrupted
or did not proceed as
expected.

Have fax resent; if the error
persists, contact service.

Space Fail

Unable to read or write
image file to disk; could be
corrupt product disk or no
space on disk.

Have fax resent; if the error
persists, contact service.

Page Fail

Incompatible page width or
page had too many bad
lines.

Have fax resent; if the error
persists, contact service.

Memory Error

Out of RAM memory on
product.

If error persists, may need to
add additional RAM memory
to product.

Compression Error

Corrupted fax - the received
image file cannot be
decoded.

Have fax resent; enable ECM
(Error Correction Mode) if not
already.

Print Fail

Corrupted fax - the received
image file cannot be
decoded.

Have fax resent; enable ECM
(Error Correction Mode) if not
already.

Poll Invalid

The fax polling feature
attempted to retrieve a fax
from another machine but no
fax was available.

Contact the administrator of
the fax machine being polled
and verify a fax is available,
and then retry.

Job Fail

Any

Fax failure; this includes all
non-specific failures.

Have fax resent; if the error
persists, contact service.

Power Failure

A power failure occurred
during the fax reception.

Have the sender resend the
fax.

No Fax Detected

17, 36

A voice call was made to the
fax.

None

Solve fax problems

647

Fax reports
The following sections list the fax reports available on this product. These reports can be printed or
viewed on the product control panel.
The following fax reports are available on this product:
●

Fax Activity Log

●

Billing Codes Report

●

Blocked Fax List

●

Speed Dial List

●

Fax Call Report

Use the following steps to print or view a fax report:
1.

From the Home screen, scroll to and touch the Administration button.

Open the following menus:
●

Reports

●

Fax Reports

Touch the log or report to print or view.

Touch the Print or View button.

Fax activity log
The fax activity log includes the following information.
●

The fax header information configured on the product.

●

The job number of each fax job.

●

Date and time of all faxes received, sent, or failed to send.

●

The type of fax job; send or receive.

●

Identification (phone number, if available)

●

Duration (off-hook time)

●

Number of pages

●

Result (successfully sent, pending, or failed to send which includes error type and code)

The database stores the most recent 500 fax entries (older faxes are deleted from the log). The
database fax entries include any fax session as an entry. For example, a fax session could be a sent
fax, received fax, or firmware upgrades. Depending on the activity, there might be fewer than 500
entries in the report (unless you sent 500 faxes without receiving any faxes or other completing another
activity).

648

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

If you want to use the log for record keeping purposes, you should print the log periodically (at least
every 500 faxes), and then clear it.

Billing code report
The billing code report is a list of the most recent 500 faxes that were successfully sent, listed by billing
code. The following information is provided in this report.
●

Billing code number

●

Date and time of all faxes that were successfully sent

●

Identification number

●

Duration (off hook time)

●

Number of pages sent

●

Result (success)

The database stores the most recent 500 faxes (older faxes are deleted from the database). If you want
to use the report for record keeping purposes, you should print the report periodically (at least every
500 faxes), and then clear it.

Blocked fax list report
The blocked fax list report contains the list of fax numbers that the product has been configured to not
receive faxes from.

Speed dial list report
A speed dial list report lists the fax numbers assigned to speed dial names.

Fax call report
The fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received.

Clear the fax activity log
To clear the fax activity log, complete the following steps.
1.

On the control panel, touch the Administration button.

Open the following menus:

ENWW

●

Fax Settings

●

Clear fax activity log

Touch the Clear button to clear the fax activity log.

Solve fax problems

649

Service settings
These items in the control-panel menus can help with troubleshooting if the corrective action taken under
the Error Codes section is unsuccessful. They are intended to be used when an HP service
representative is assisting you.

Settings in the Troubleshooting menu
Open the Administration menu, and then select the Troubleshooting menu.
Troubleshooting menu settings

Fax T.30 Trace: The T.30 trace is a printed report which produces a record of all the
communications between the sending and receiving fax machines for the last fax
transmission or reception. The report has many technical details which are usually
beyond the scope of most users. However the report contains detailed error codes and
other information that might be useful in troubleshooting a particular problem related to
sending or receiving a fax. The report contents might be requested by an HP service
representative when trying to determine the cause of a problem and will help to
determine the appropriate action.
Transmit Signal Loss: This selection compensates for phone line signal loss. It is not
recommended to modify this setting unless requested to do so by an HP service
representative as it might render the fax inoperable.
V34: This setting has two values, Normal and Off, that control the modem baud rate. The
Normal setting allows the modem to select any of the supported baud rates up to 33,600
bps. The Off setting sets the baud rate to 14,400 bps. This setting remains set, until
changed.
Speaker Mode: This service setting has two modes, Normal and Diagnostic. In Normal
mode, the modem speaker is turned on during dialing through the initial connection and
then shuts off. For Diagnostic mode, the speaker is turned on and remains on for all fax
communications until the setting is returned to Normal mode.

Settings in the Resets menu
Open the Administration menu, and then select the Resets menu.
Resets menu settings

Restore Factory Telecom Settings or Restore Default Telecom Settings: This selection
resets menu changes back to their default settings. This includes the maximum baud
rate, ring-burst off time, V.34, speaker mode, and transmit signal loss.

Firmware upgrades
The firmware on the fax accessory can be updated. Fax firmware updates occur as part of an overall
product firmware update. See the product user guide for more information.

650

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Product updates
To download the most recent firmware upgrade for the product, go to www.hp.com/go/
cljcm4540mfp_firmware.

Determine the installed revision of firmware
Print a configuration page to determine the installed revision of firmware. See Configuration pages
on page 462.
On the configuration page, look in the section marked Device Information for the firmware datecode
and firmware revision.
Firmware datecode and firmware revision examples
●

20100831 (firmware datecode)

●

103067_104746 (firmware revision)

Perform a firmware upgrade
The firmware bundle is a xxxxxxx.bdl file. This file requires an interactive upgrade method. You
cannot upgrade the product using the traditional FTP, LPR or Port 9100 methods of upgrading. Use one
of the following methods to upgrade the product firmware.

Use the HP Embedded Web Server
1.

Open an browser window.

Enter the product IP address in the URL line.

Click the Troubleshooting tab, and then click the Firmware Upgrade link.
NOTE: If you get a warning screen, follow the instructions for setting an administrator password
from the Security tab.

Browse to the location that the firmware upgrade file was downloaded to, and then select the
firmware file. Click the Install button to perform the upgrade.
NOTE: Do not close the browser window until the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) displays
the confirmation page.

ENWW

Click the Restart Now button on the EWS confirmation page, or turn the product off, and then
on again using the power switch.

Product updates

651

Use a USB storage device with the preboot menu
1.

Copy the firmware update file to a portable USB flash memory storage device (thumb drive).

Turn the product on.

Press and hold the Stop

Press the 9 button to highlight the Administrator menu, and then press the 6 button.

Press the 9 button to highlight the Download menu, and then press the 6 button.

Insert the portable USB storage device with the firmware update file on it.

button when all of the LEDs illuminate solid.

NOTE: If the error message No USB Thumbdrive Files Found appears on the control-panel
display, you might need to connect the storage device to the external USB connection on the
formatter.
7.

Press the 9 button to highlight the USB Thumbdrive menu, and then press the 6 button.

Press the 9 button to highlight the firmware update file, and then press the 6 button.
NOTE: The upgrade process can take up to 10 minutes to complete.
TIP: If there is more than one firmware update file on the storage device, make sure that you
select the correct file for this product.

When the message Complete appears on the control-panel display, press the 5 button three
times.

10. When the message Continue appears on the control-panel display, press the 6 button. The product
will initialize.
11. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

652

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Use a USB storage device with the Device Maintenance menu
1.

Copy the firmware update file to a portable USB flash memory storage device (thumbdrive).

Turn the product on, and then wait until it reaches the Ready state.

Touch the Device Maintenance button.

Touch the USB Firmware Upgrade menu.

Insert the portable USB storage device with the firmware upgrade file on it into the USB port on
the front of the product, and then press the OK button.

Touch the firmware update file, and then touch the Upgrade button.
TIP: If there is more than one firmware upgrade file on the storage device, make sure that you
select the correct file for this product.

When the product prompts you to confirm the upgrade, touch the Upgrade button.
When the upgrade is complete, the product will initialize.
NOTE: The upgrade process can take up to 10 minutes to complete.

ENWW

When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

Product updates

653

654

Chapter 3 Solve problems

ENWW

Parts and diagrams

●

Order parts, accessories, and supplies

●

Part numbers

●

Screws

●

How to use the parts lists and diagrams

●

External covers, panels, and doors

●

Right door assembly

●

Front door assembly

●

Internal components

●

Stapling mailbox

●

500-sheet paper feeder

●

1x500 and 3x500 paper feeders

●

Document feeder/scanner

●

Alphabetical parts list

●

Numerical parts list

655

Order parts, accessories, and supplies
You can obtain the following items directly from HP:

656

●

Replacement parts: To order replacement parts in the U.S., go to partsurfer.hp.com. Outside
the United States, order parts by contacting your local authorized HP service center.

●

Supplies and accessories: To order supplies in the U.S., go to www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies. To
order supplies worldwide, go to www.hp.com/ghp/buyonline.html. To order accessories, go to
www.hp.com/support/cljcm4540mfp.

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Part numbers
The following list of accessories was current at the time of printing. Ordering information and
availability of the accessories might change during the life of the product.

Accessories
Product name

Product number

Part number

HP Color LaserJet 1x500 Paper Feeder
and stand

CC422A

CC493-67902

HP Color LaserJet 3x500 Paper Feeder
and stand

CC423A

CC493-67903

HP Color LaserJet Stapler Stacker MultiBin Mail Box

CC424A

CC424-67901

HP Color LaserJet 1x500 Paper Feeder

CC425A

CC425-67901

HP LaserJet MFP Analog 500 Fax
Accessory

CC487A

CC456-60002

Supplies and maintenance kits
Product name1

Product number

Part number

HP Color LaserJet standard black print
cartridge (8.5K)

CE260A

CE260-67901

HP Color LaserJet high capacity black
print cartridge (18K)

CE264X

CE264-67901

HP Color LaserJet cyan print cartridge

CF031A

CF031-67901

HP Color LaserJet yellow print cartridge

CF032A

CF032-67901

HP Color LaserJet magenta print
cartridge

CF033A

CF033-67901

Toner collection unit

CE265A

CC493-67913

Staple cartridge

C8091A

C8085-60541

Document feeder maintenance kit

CE248A

CE248-67901

Includes:

ENWW

●

Pickup roller/feed roller assembly

●

Separation pad

●

Instructions

Part numbers

657

Product name1

Product number

Part number

Maintenance transfer kit

CE249A

CC493-67910

CE246A

CC493-67911

CE247A

CC493-67912

Includes:
●

ITB

●

Secondary transfer roller

●

Tray 1 pickup roller

●

8 paper feed and separation
rollers

●

Instructions

110V fuser kit
Includes:
●

Fuser assembly, 110 v

●

Instructions

220V fuser kit
Includes:

●

Fuser assembly, 220 v

●

Instructions
For more information, go to www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies

Cables and interfaces

658

Product name

Product number

Enhanced I/O (EIO) card

J7961G

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

Part number

ENWW

Product name

Product number

USB cable 2 meter standard

Q6264A

Power cord

China 220V - 10A: 8121-0943

Part number

Taiwan 110V - 13A: 8121-0964
Korea 220V - 10A: 8121-0731
Japan 110V - 12A: 8121-1143
India 220V - 6A: 8121-0564
Asia Pacific 220V - 10A: 8121-0739
Austrailia/New Zealand 220V - 10A: 8121-0837
Israel 220V - 10A: 8121-1004
Denmark 220V - 10A: 8121-0733
South Africa 220V - 10A: 8121-0737
Switzerland 220V - 10A: 8121-0738
Brazil 110V - 10A: 8121-0734
Argentina 220V - 10A: 8121-0729
North America 110V - 13A: 8121-1141
Israel unique cord: 8120-8913
Switzerland unique cord: 8121-0844
Rest of world standard 2-wire RJ11: 8121-0811

Customer self repair (CSR) parts
Product name

Part number

Document feeder roller cover (ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP)

PF2309K132NI

Formatter assembly kit

CE871-69001

Includes:

ENWW

●

Formatter PCA

●

Formatter tray assembly (face plate)

●

Screws

●

EIO card guide

●

Instructions

Part numbers

659

Product name

Part number

Internal hard-disk drive kit

CC419-67902

Includes:
●

Disk drive cradle

●

Right plastic rail

●

Left plastic rail

●

Encrypted hard drive

●

SATA combo power and data cable

●

Formatter fan

●

Instructions

Fuser cleaning kit

CC468-67919

Includes:
●

50-sheets of HP tough paper

●

Instructions

Output bin bezel service kit

CC419-67904

Includes:
●

Output bin bezel

●

Instructions

Document feeder tray extender service kit

CC419-67903

Includes:
●

ASY-TRY-BASE-SP

●

Instructions

Control panel kit

CC419-67901

Includes:
●

Control panel

●

Instructions

Service manual (this manual)

660

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

CC419-90987

ENWW

Service kits
Table 4-1 Service kits
Product name

Part number

Feed and separation roller kit (Trays 2–5)

CC493-67907

Includes:
●

One each, feed and separation rollers

●

Instructions

Secondary transfer (T2) roller kit

CC493-67908

Includes:
●

Roller

●

Instructions

Tray 1 roller kit

CC493-67906

Includes:
●

Pickup roller

●

Instructions

Repair transfer kit

CC493-67909

Includes:
●

ITB

●

Secondary transfer roller

●

Instructions

Formatter fan

3160-4244

Duplex registration assembly kit

CC493-67917

Includes:

ENWW

●

Registration assembly

●

Instructions

Part numbers

661

Table 4-1 Service kits (continued)
Product name

Part number

Laser/scanner assembly kit

CC493-67914

Includes:
●

Laser/scanner assembly

●

Instructions

Secondary transfer assembly kit

CC492-67901

Includes:

662

●

Secondary transfer assembly

●

Instructions

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Unique components
Use the following tables as a quick reference to identify component part numbers by product voltage.
Table 4-2 110 V and 220 V unique components

ENWW

Item

Part number

Fuser kit, 110 V

CC493-67911

Fuser kit, 220 V

CC493-67912

Low-voltage power supply, 110 V

RM1-5763-000CN

Low-voltage power supply, 220 V

RM1-5764-000CN

Part numbers

663

Screws
NOTE: The screw illustrations in the following table are for reference only. Screws might vary in size
and appearance from those shown in this table.
Table 4-3 Common fasteners
Example

664

Description

Size

Part Number

Screw, D

M3X8

XA9-1671-000CN

Screw, tapping, truss head

M4X10

XB4-7401-005CN

Screw, step

Not applicable

RC3-0912-000CN

Screw, RS

M3X8

XA9-1449-000CN

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

How to use the parts lists and diagrams
The figures in this chapter show the major subassemblies in the product and their component parts. A
parts list table follows each exploded view assembly diagram. Each table lists the item number, the
associated part number, and the description of each part. If a part is not listed in the table, then it is not
a field replacement unit (FRU).
CAUTION: Be sure to order the correct part. When looking for part numbers for electrical
components, pay careful attention to the voltage that is listed in the description column. Doing so will
ensure that the part number selected is for the correct all-in-one model.
NOTE: In this manual, the abbreviation “PCA” stands for “printed circuit-board assembly.”
Components described as a PCA might consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other
parts, such as cables and sensors.

ENWW

How to use the parts lists and diagrams

665

External covers, panels, and doors
Figure 4-1 External covers, panels, and doors
12

3
15

*A01
10

15
6
7
14
2
14
8

Right door
assembly
See figure 4-2

Front door
assembly
See figure 4-3
4

666

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-4 External covers, panels, and doors;

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Grip, left front

RC2-4268-000CN

Grip, left rear

RC2-4269-000CN

Rear cover assembly

RM1-5613-000CN

Cover, right front

RC2-4287-000CN

Cover, right rear

RC2-4273-000CN

Cover, intermediate assembly

RM1-5645-000CN

Cover, left lower

RC2-4300-000CN

Cover, inner

RM1-5520-000CN

Output bezel kit

CC419-67904

Cover, left rear

RC2-8213-000CN

Cover, fan

RC2-4288-000CN

Output bin, left paper delivery assembly

RM1-5632-000CN

Right handle cover assembly

RM1-5507-000CN

External covers, panels, and doors

667

Right door assembly
Figure 4-2 Right door assembly
*A08
*A06

*A04

*A06
*A03
*A07

*A06

*A06
*A05
*A02
*A01

*A09
*A09
*A06
3

668

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-5 Right door assembly

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Right door assembly

RM1-5509-000CN

Cover, M.P. crossmember R

RC2-4747-000CN

Right door assembly

669

Front door assembly
Figure 4-3 Front door assembly

*A16

*A08

*A01

*A09

*A18

*A10

*A04

*A18

*A11

*A13
*A05

*A03

*A17

*A18

*A18
*A15
*A01
*A07
*A07

*A19

670

*A02

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

*A17
*A06

*A14

*A12

ENWW

Table 4-6 Front door assembly

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Front door assembly

RM1-5612-000CN

Front door assembly

671

Internal components
Internal components (1 of 7)
Figure 4-4 Internal components 1 of 7
16

*A01
16
2

*A03
18

16
16

*A07
(J98)

16
15
12
10

(J2)

*A04

Intermediate paper
feed assembly
See Figure 4-16

16
16

*A02
6
8
3

(FM3)
(J62)

PCAs
See Figure 4-19

*A05

1
16

16
*A06

14
16

672

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-7 Internal components (1 of 7)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Scissors hinge assembly, right

RM1-5614-000CN

Scissors hinge assembly, left

RM1-5616-000CN

Guide, interlock cable

RC2-4632-000CN

Stand, scissors hinge, left

RC2-4642-000CN

Image scanner CN cover assembly

RM1-5646-000CN

Lever, release

RC2-4644-000CN

Fan

RK2-2575-000CN

Spring, torsion

RC2-4645-000CN

Stand, scissors hinge, right

RC2-4646-000CN

Cover, high voltage

RC2-4662-000CN

Cover, duplexing gear

RC2-4664-000CN

Guide, crossmember cable, upper

RC2-8206-000CN

IPTU inner cover assembly

RL1-2181-000CN

Holder, door handle, right

RC2-4661-000CN

DC cable assembly

RM1-5827-000CN

Holder, exhaust fan

RC2-4665-000CN

Internal components

673

Internal components (2 of 7)
Figure 4-5 Internal components 2 of 7
26

26
5
3

PCAs
See Figure 4-19

22
PCAs
See Figure 4-19

23
29

21
17

9
24

28
29

(J68)
(J1)

26
27

(J2)

(J3)

26
26

(J4)

1
13

5
3

16
15

26
16
2

*A01

11
12
26

674

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-8 Internal components (2 of 7)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Bushing

RC2-9719-000CN

Lever, CRG. lock

RC2-3986-000CN

Tray, waste toner catch

RC2-4218-000CN

Spring, torsion

RU6-2247-000CN

Spring, grounding

RC2-4469-000CN

Bushing

RC2-4470-000CN

Lifter base assembly

RM1-5913-000CN

Cover

RC2-4403-000CN

Cover

RC2-5962-000CN

Crg. Guide lower assembly

RM1-5486-000CN

Shutter assembly

RM1-5488-000CN

Shutter assembly

RM1-5489-000CN

Shutter arm assembly

RM1-5585-000CN

Shutter arm assembly

RM1-5586-000CN

Internal components

675

Internal components (3 of 7)
Figure 4-6 Internal components 3 of 7

*A04

(J60)

25 *A05

25
7
10

(J82)
(J66)

*A04
1

*A04
9

(SR7)
(J46)

*A01
17
15
(SW5)
(J45)

5
6

(SW3)
(J84)

16
12

(SW2)
(FT1)

(SW1)
(FT2)

Cassette
See Figure 4-11

11
14

19
*A03

25
13
3

25
25

676

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-9 Internal components (3 of 7)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Hinge, front door

RC2-4291-000CN

Hinge, front door

RC2-4292-000CN

Cover

RC2-4467-000CN

Holder, sensor

RC2-4369-000CN

Lever, shutter

RC2-4415-000CN

Spring, compression

RU6-2316-000CN

Front inner cover upper assembly

RM1-5495-000CN

Interlock assembly

RM1-5496-000CN

Toner collection unit (TCU) kit (includes instructions and wipe)

CC493-67913

Waste toner duct assembly

RM1-5519-000CN

Power switch assembly

RM1-5582-000CN

Front inner cover lower assembly

RM1-5598-000CN

Cassette rail right assembly

RM1-6195-000CN

Cassette rail left assembly

RM1-6196-000CN

Lever, crg. pressure, front

RC2-3983-020CN

Spring, tension

RU6-2236-000CN

Spring, grounding

RU6-2237-000CN

Switch

WC4-5303-000CN

Waste toner detect assembly

RM1-5545-000CN

Waste toner paper feed assembly

RM1-5584-000CN

High voltage holder assembly

RM1-6694-000CN

Switch, push

WC2-5637-000CN

Photo interrupter

WG8-5696-000CN

Internal components

677

Internal components (4 of 7)
Figure 4-7 Internal components 4 of 7
10
(SR9)
(J19)

20
11
(J78)

*A02

Delivery assembly
See Figure 4-17
20
3
20

8
*A04

*A01

20
14

(J63)

(SR6)
(J47)

*A03

4
16
6
*A03

(FM2)
(J65)

Fuser assembly
See Figure 4-18
7
15

678

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-10 Internal components (4 of 7)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Spring, tension

RU6-2235-000CN

Cartridge fan assembly

RM1-5589-000CN

Waste toner motor assembly

RM1-5605-000CN

Laser scanner kit (includes instructions and one scanner
assembly)

CC493-67914

Position detect assembly

RM1-5604-000CN

Front light guide assembly

RM1-5492-000CN

Repair transfer kit (includes instructions, ITB, and secondary
transfer roller)

CC493-67909

Internal components

679

Internal components (5 of 7)
Figure 4-8 Internal components 5 of 7
16
16
*A01

*A01

Right door assembly
See Figure 4-2

*A04

15
17
22

19
16

*A03

1
*A02
16
16
6

16
Secondary
transfer assembly
See Figure 4-15

21
22

18
*A03

(J83)

Paper pickup
assembly
See Figure 4-12

16
14

5
16

11
8

680

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

Registration
assembly
See Figure 4-14

ENWW

Table 4-11 Internal components (5 of 7)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Cover, inner

RC2-3981-000CN

Shaft support (included in secondary transfer kit; see Figure 4–
15)

RC2-4162-000CN

Spacer

RC2-4514-000CN

Guide

RC2-4527-000CN

Link, right door

RC2-4726-000CN

Guide, cassette option

RC2-4741-000CN

Holder, duct cable

RM1-5601-000CN

Cassette guide assembly (jam access)

RM1-5504-000CN

Paper feed roller assembly

RM1-5525-000CN

Density detect assembly

RM1-5641-000CN

Cable cover assembly

RM1-6695-000CN

Cover, roller

RC2-4483-000CN

Cover, M.P. crossmember F

RC2-9189-000CN

Arm, door link supporting, right

RC2-4055-000CN

Internal components

681

Internal components (6 of 7)
Figure 4-9 Internal components 6 of 7
15

(M2)
(J13)

15
14

12
15
10

8
(M3),(J18)
(M4),(J17)
(M5),(J16)
(M6),(J15)

*A03
10B

10A

(M10)
(J38)

2
(M11)
(J39)

(SL2)
(J69)

(M1)
(J14)

*A02
1

15
15
11

15
15

15
(M13)15
(J37)

*A01

13
15

9
16

6
(J79)

(J264)

(FM4)
(J79)

682

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-12 Internal components 6 of 7

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Holder, paper pickup connector

RC2-4044-000CN

Duplexing drive assembly

RM1-4973-000CN

Spring, tension

RU6-2468-000CN

Cartridge fan

RK2-2418-000CN

Flexible flat cable assembly (includes two FFCs; DCC to laser/
scanner)

RM1-5498-000CN

Main DC motor assembly

RM1-5521-000CN

Paper pickup drive assembly

RM1-5549-000CN

Main drive kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67915

10A

ITB motor assembly

RM1-5777-000CN

10B

Developing disengaging motor

RK2-2415-000CN

Fuser drive assembly, duplex

RM1-5656-000CN

Lifter assembly

RM1-5914-000CN

Fuser motor assembly

RM1-4983-000CN

Cable, fan

RM1-5821-000CN

Internal components

683

Internal components (7 of 7)
Figure 4-10 Internal components 7 of 7
12

22
(J106)

(J85)

(J154)

(J4)

(J201) (J113)

PCAs
*A05
See Figure 4-19

(J43)

*A01

(J147)
(J261) (J87)

(J103)

A (J57)(J56)
(J55DA)
(J55DB)

(J61)

(J108)

(J115) (J81)
(J107)

(J152)
(J603)

(J38)

(J84)

(J112)

(J71) (J67)
(J72)

(FT1) (FT2)

(J251)
(J58)
(J59)

PCAs
*A05
See Figure 4-19

10
16
5

(J202)
(J39)
(J69)

(J200) (J116)

PCAs
See Figure 4-19

*A05

19
17
20
*A06

(J260)

(J37)

*A03
20
*A02

*A05

(J1)

PCAs
See Figure 4-19

(J605)

13
1

*A04

(SW6)
(J43)

20
7

684

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

20
(FM1)
(J153)

11 3

ENWW

Table 4-13 Internal components 7 of 7

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Fan

RK2-2577-000CN

Cable, flexible flat, H.V.T.

RK2-2603-000CN

Contact assembly

RM1-5502-000CN

Cable, flat flexable (FFC)

RK2-2604-000CN

H.V. power supply cable assembly

RM1-5724-000CN

Lower main cable assembly

RM1-5801-000CN

Switch, push

WC2-5637-000CN

Sub controller cable assembly

RM1-5826-000CN

Sub PS AD cable assembly

RM1-5825-000CN

Connecting cable assembly

RM1-5799-000CN

Duplexing cable assembly, duplex

RM1-5803-000CN

Feed cable assembly

RM1-5804-000CN

Switch cable assembly

RM1-5807-000CN

Sensor cable assembly

RM1-5815-000CN

Interlock switch cable assembly

RM1-5832-000CN

Internal components

685

Cassettes 2-5
Figure 4-11 Cassettes 2-5
*A21

*A13

*A26

*A06

*A24
*A22

*A05

*A18
*A25

*A07

*A14
*A08

*A09

*A16

*A09

*A20

*A17

*A11

*A04

*A23
* A19

*A25
*A09
*A17
*A10
*A02

686

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

*A25
*A03

*A12

*A09
*A15

*A25

*A01

ENWW

Table 4-14 Cassette

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Cassette

RM1-5928-000CN

Internal components

687

Paper pickup assembly
Figure 4-12 Paper pickup assembly
3

*A02

*A09

*A07

*A11

*A03
*A28

*A08
*A10
*A15

*A13
*A12

*A33

(J58)

*A04

*A29

(SL4)
(J59)

*A15
*A06
*A14
*A05
*A30
*A32

*A36

*A19

*A26

*A22

*A31

*A23

*A35
*A16
*A37

*A21

*A25
*A38

*A34
*A20
2

*A18
*A27
*A01

*A24

*A17
2

688

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-15 Paper pickup assembly

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Roller, paper pickup

RL1-2099-000CN

Paper feed roller

RM1-0037-020CN

Paper pickup assembly

RM1-5919-000CN

Internal components

689

Tray 1 paper pickup assembly
Figure 4-13 Tray 1 paper pickup assembly
*A08
*A14
*A18

*A04
*A13
*A01

*A23
*A21

*A10

*A15

1
*A26
*A19

*A09

*A26
2

*A17

*A11

*A33

*A22

*A01
*A13
*A03
*A16

*A20

*A25

(SL3)
(J52)

*A12

*A29

*A26

*A27

*A02

*A31

*A32

*A06
*A05

*A30

*A34
*A32

*A07
(J22)

*A26

(J75)

*A28

(SR8)
(J22)

*A24

690

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-16 Tray 1 paper pickup assembly

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Pickup roller (Tray 1) kit (includes instructions

CC493-67906

Separation pad (Tray 1)

RL1-1937-000CN

Internal components

691

Registration assembly
Figure 4-14 Registration assembly
*A46

*A38

*A09
*A08
*A09
*A08
*A09

*A06

*A19

*A10

*A35
*A42

*A14

*A17
*A20
*A02
*A31
*A03
*A42
*A44

*A11
*A21

*A18

*A42
*A05

*A43
*A35

*A23

*A24
*A04
*A15

*A15
*A44

*A42
*A05

*A27

*A42

*A28

*A12
*A29

*A07

*A45
*A25
*A39

*A30

*A26

*A36

*A33

*A38

*A13

*A05
*A42
*A03
*A32
*A02
*A01
*A40

*A05
*A42

(J74)
(J27)
(J23)
(J53)

*A37

692

*A16

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

(CL1)
(J53)

*A22

(J77)

(J20)
(J21)

*A41

ENWW

Table 4-17 Registration assembly

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Duplex registration assembly kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67917

Internal components

693

Secondary transfer assembly
Figure 4-15 Secondary transfer assembly
*A02
1

*A10
*A11
*A19

*A03

*A09
*A19
*A16

*A01

*A18

*A14

*A21
*A17
*A15
*A08

*A13

*A12
*A07

*A25
*A20

*A04

*A05

*A24
*A06

*A22
2

*A23
*A26

694

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-18 Secondary transfer assembly

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Secondary transfer roller assembly kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67908

Secondary transfer assembly, duplex kit (includes instructions,
and shaft-support clip; RC2-4162-000CN)

CC492-67901

Internal components

695

Intermediate paper transfer unit (IPTU)
Figure 4-16 Intermediate paper transfer unit (IPTU)
1

*A15
11

*A14

9
*A03
*A12

*A02

*A03
*A12
8

*A14
7
*A14
*A04

*A14

*A05
*A06
*A19

(FM7)
(J555)

2
1
*A11

*A14
*A14

(FM6)
(J552)

*A10

*A08
(SR27)
(J2)

(M14)
(J5)

*A14

*A09
*A14
(J70)

*A14

*A17

*A21

*A14

*A14
*A20
PCAs
See Figure 4-19
3
*A18

(J8)

*A13

5
*A14
(J4)

*A01
(J553)
(J2)

(J5)

*A16

696

(J551)

(J550)

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

*A22

*A07

(J3)

ENWW

Table 4-19 Intermediate paper transfer unit (IPTU)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Intermediate paper transfer unit (IPTU)

RM1-5621-000CN

Internal components

697

Delivery assembly
Figure 4-17 Delivery assembly
*A24
*A24

1
*A05
*A24
*A24

*A31
*A25
*A10
*A11
*A08
*A07
*A06
*A16

*A07
*A37
*A36

*A19

*A22
*A17

*A09

*A35

*A23
*A26
*A02
*A34
*A27
*A15

*A18
*A20

*A12

*A32
*A33

*A30

*A13

*A01
*A07

*A21

*A29
*A04

*A15
*A34

*A14
*A28
*A03

698

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-20 Delivery assembly

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Delivery assembly

RM1-5615-000CN

Internal components

699

Fuser assembly
Figure 4-18 Fuser assembly
1

700

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-21 Fuser assembly

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Fuser 110 V assembly kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67911

Fuser 220 V assembly kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67912

Internal components

701

PCAs
Figure 4-19 PCAs
3

4
1

7
7

2
7
7
6
5

702

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-22 PCAs

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

DC controller PCA assembly

RM1-5758-000CN

Low voltage power supply PCA assembly, 110V

RM1-5763-000CN

Low voltage power supply PCA assembly, 220V

RM1-5764-000CN

High voltage power supply PCA, lower (includes FFC; DCC to
HVPS lower)

RM1-5779-000CN

High voltage power supply, upper

RM1-5781-000CN

Image scanner power supply assembly

RM1-5619-000CN

Inner connecting board (ICB) assembly

RM1-5544-020CN

Toner remain PCA assembly

RM1-5771-020CN

Formatter assembly kit (exchange; includes instructions)

CE871-69001

Internal components

703

Stapling mailbox
The stapling mailbox is also referred to as the SSMBM.
Figure 4-20 Stapling mailbox

NOTE: Under warranty, replace the whole unit with customer self repair part number CC424-67901.

704

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

External covers, panels, and doors (SSMBM)
Figure 4-21 External covers, panels, and doors (SSMBM)
8

*A01
7
2
*A01

6
*A01

*A01

9
4

Top door assembly
See Figure 4-41

*A01
5
*A01

*A02
*A01

*A01
3

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

705

Table 4-23 External covers, panels, and doors (SSMBM)

706

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Cover, front (SSMBM)

RC2-5571-000CN

Cover, rear (SSMBM)

RC2-5572-000CN

Panel, stacking (SSMBM)

RL1-1984-000CN

Holder, connector (SSMBM)

RC2-5625-000CN

Top cover assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-6669-000CN

Tray assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5161-000CN

Stopper, tray (SSMBM)

RC2-5576-000CN

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Top door assembly (SSMBM)
Figure 4-22 Top door assembly (SSMBM)
*A01
1

*A02

*A03

*A04

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

707

Table 4-24 Top door assembly (SSMBM)

708

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Top door assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5160-000CN

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Main body (SSMBM; 1 of 2)
Figure 4-23 Main body (SSMBM; 1 of 2)
*A24

*A45

*A41
24

*A02
*A16
*A35

*A40

*A58

*A33
*A52

*A66
*A65
3

*A44
(J453)

*A28

*A15

*A57

*A56

(J451)

*A50

*A14

*A36
*A12 *A11
*A38
*A29

*A60

*A17

*A57
*A39
*A51
*A37

*A52

*A51
*A43
*A04

*A05

A
*A59
*A18

*A56

*A51
*A21

*A42

22
*A19

*A53
*A30

*A34

*A52
*A03

*A06

*A01

(SL1)
(J119)

*A53

*A44

*A46
*A27

(SL2)
(J120)

*A13
(M4)
(J458)

*A12
*A10

*A47
*A20

*A19
21
*A55

*A26

ENWW

(M5)
(J461)

*A46

*A51

*A55

Stapling mailbox

709

Table 4-25 Main body (SSMBM; 1 of 2)

710

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Stamp solenoid assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-6664-000CN

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
Figure 4-24 Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
13

*A51
*A51

(J466)

*A22

(J114)

(SL3)
(J121)

6
*A23
*A53

B
*A48
*A25

*A51

PCAs
See Figure 4-24

*A51
*A64

*A51

*A61

*A32

*A08

*A51

(J455)

*A54
(J454)

*A09

*A63
(J121)

*A62

15
*A31

PCAs
See Figure 4-24
*A51

(J462)
(J120)

(J119)

*A07
11

(J456)

*A51

(J459)

*A51

(J466)
(SW1)
(J490)
(J465)
(J452)

(J108)
(J105)

(J464)
(J463)
(J106)

16
18

ENWW

(J450)

*A49

Stapling mailbox

711

Table 4-26 Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)

712

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Flapper guide assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5153-000CN

Jog assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5155-000CN

Lift tray assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5156-000CN

MBM flapper assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5157-000CN

MBM bin assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-6670-000CN

Stapler assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5166-000CN

Bin solenoid assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5896-000CN

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

PCAs (SSMBM)
Figure 4-25 PCAs (SSMBM)

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

713

Table 4-27 PCAs (SSMBM)

714

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

MBM driver PCA (SSMBM)

RM1-5168-000CN

Bin sensor PCA (SSMBM)

RM1-5894-000CN

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Stapling mailbox

715

500-sheet paper feeder
The 500-sheet paper feeder is referred to as the 1x500-SPF.
Figure 4-26 500-sheet paper feeder

NOTE: Under warranty, replace the whole unit with customer self repair part number CC425-67901.

716

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

External covers, panels, and doors (1x500-SPF)
Figure 4-27 External covers, panels, and doors (1x500-SPF)
2

7
*A02

5
*A01

4
*A01
6

ENWW

500-sheet paper feeder

717

Table 4-28 Paper feeders

718

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Cover, front upper (1x500-SPF)

RC2-5395-000CN

Cover, left (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1314-000CN

Cover, handle, left (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1315-000CN

Cover, right (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1316-000CN

Cover, handle, right (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1317-000CN

Cover, right front (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1318-000CN

Cover, rear (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1319-000CN

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Main body (1x500-SPF)
Figure 4-28 Main body (1x500-SPF)
*A02
*A04

2
(J10LA)
(J10LB)

(J410)

(J408)

12
(J407)
(J409)
(J17D)

(J10LA)
(J10LB)

*A02
*A05
*A11

*A13

1
(J15D)
(J13D)
(J11D)

(J14)
(J18D)

8
*A03
*A07 *A06

*A01
*A02

*A12
(J15L)

*A02

4
*A09

(M2)
(J14)

*A02
11

*A02

*A02
*A08
*A08

*A02

*A10
5
*A10

*A02
9
*A02

ENWW

500-sheet paper feeder

719

Table 4-29 Main body (1x500-SPF)

720

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Lifter base assembly (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5913-000CN

Lifter assembly (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5914-000CN

Paper pickup drive assembly (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5934-000CN

Feeder PCA (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5854-000CN

Paper pickup assembly (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5929-000CN

Cassette (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5928-000CN

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

500-sheet paper feeder

721

1x500 and 3x500 paper feeders
The 1x500 and 3x500 paper feeders are referred to as the 1x500PF and 3x500PF.
NOTE: Under warranty, replace the whole unit with customer self repair part number CC493-67902
(1x500) or CC493-67903 (3x500).

Paper feeders
Figure 4-29 Paper feeders
1x500PF
Cassette 3

3x500PF
Cassette 3

Cassette 4

Cassette 5

722

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-30 Paper feeders

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Cassette (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RM1-5928-000CN

1x500 and 3x500 paper feeders

723

External covers, panels, and doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
Figure 4-30 Paper feeder external covers, panels, and doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
5

*A04

*A02

*A01
6
4

*A01

13
3

*A01

1x500PF
13

1x500PF

15
16

*A05

*A01

*A03
8
*A02
2

*A01

724

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

*A01

3x500PF

*A01

ENWW

Table 4-31 External covers, panels, and doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Cover, rear lower (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5378-000CN

Cover, rear (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5379-000CN

Cover, left (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5393-000CN

Cover, right front, (1x500PF)

RC2-5356-000CN

Cover, right front, (3x500PF)

RC2-5357-000CN

Cover, right rear (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5380-000CN

Cover, right center (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5394-000CN

Right door assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5937-000CN

Right door assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5936-000CN

Door, stock, (1x500PF)

RC2-5377-000CN

1x500 and 3x500 paper feeders

725

Main body (1x500PF)
Figure 4-31 Main body (1x500PF)
2

*A16

*A04

(J10)
(J17)
(J410)
(J409)
(J408)

*A11
3

(J11)
(J15)
(J407)
(J14)
(J18)

*A14

*A28

*A13 *A32

*A26

*A17
*A15

*A16
*A12

*A05

*A20 *A16
*A28

*A28
*A24

*A09

1
*A33

(J15)

*A29

(J13)

*A16

7
(M2)
(J14)

*A08
*A07

*A16

*A16
*A02
*A16

*A25

*A29
*A16

*A03
*A22

*A16
*A01

*A29
*A21
*A06

*A19
*A27

*A23

*A19
*A19
*A27

*A01

Cassette
See Figure 4-11

*A01

*A27
9

*A16

*A10
*A18
*A16
*A31

726

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

*A30

ENWW

Table 4-32 Main body (1x500PF)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Lifter base assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5913-000CN

Lifter assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5914-000CN

Paper pickup drive assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5934-000CN

Feeder PCA assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5854-000CN

Paper pickup assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5929-000CN

1x500 and 3x500 paper feeders

727

Main body (3x500PF)
Figure 4-32 Main body (3x500PF)
1

(J10)

(J410)
(J408)
(J409)

*A15
*A02

*A09

2
*A12

*A15

(J34)

*A14

*A03

*A10

*A07

(J15)
(J24)
(J34)

*A08
*A23

(J30)

(J35)

*A16

*A15

(J32)
(J31)

(J403)

*A26

*A19
*A17
*A08

(J13)

(J11)
(J15)
(J404)
(J14)
(J407)
(J18) (J19)
(J22)
8
(J406) (J25)
(J21)
(J405)
(J24)
(J20)
(J402)

*A11
*A08

(J17)

*A27

*A15

*A17

*A15
6

*A15
13
(M2)
(J14)

*A06
5

*A05

*A15
*A15
4

*A13

*A17

*A15
*A21
*A01
*A18
*A25

*A04

*A17
*A20

*A24

*A18
*A25
*A18

*A01
11

Cassette
See Figure 4-11

728

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

*A01

*A22

*A15

*A25

ENWW

Table 4-33 Main body (3x500PF)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

Lifter base assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5913-000CN

Lifter assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5914-000CN

Paper pickup drive assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5935-000CN

Feeder PCA assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5958-000CN

Paper pickup assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5929-000CN

1x500 and 3x500 paper feeders

729

Document feeder/scanner
NOTE: Under warranty, replace the whole scanner assembly or document feeder with either
replacement part number IR4068-SVPNI (scanner assembly) or PF2309-SVPNI (document feeder
assembly).

Document feeder/scanner assemblies
Figure 4-33 Document feeder/scanner assemblies

730

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-34 Document feeder/scanner assemblies

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

1002

S-SFT-STP-HNG (hinge screw)

IR4068K319NI

1003

S-ASM-ICB-COR (scanner cable)

IR4068K320NI

1004

S-CVR-REAR

IR4068K321NI

1005

S-CVR-LEFT

IR4068K322NI

1202

Scanner assembly (includes SCB and control panel adapter)

IR4068-SVPNI

1203

Document feeder complete assembly

PF2309-SVPNI

Document feeder/scanner

731

Scanner inverter assembly
Figure 4-34 Scanner inverter assembly

732

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-35 Scanner inverter assembly

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

1211

Scanner inverter assembly

IR4068K306NI

1222

S-K-CBP-INV-FFC

IR4068K303NI

1501

ASY-030060NIT

IR4068K341NI

1056

S-FAN-MFB30E-05A-006

IR4068K304NI

1514

ASY-030120FWWS

IR4068K340NI

Document feeder/scanner

733

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
Figure 4-35 Scanner assembly (1 of 6)

734

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-36 Scanner assembly (1 of 6)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

1049

S-ASM-USB (control panel USB cable)

IR4068K301NI

1502

ASY-040100FNBB

IR4068K342NI

1513

ASY-030080FNTP

IR4068K334NI

1052

ASSY-SP-GUIDE-HINGE

IR4068K126NI

1053

S-HNG-LIFT-R

IR4068K302NI

Document feeder/scanner

735

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
Figure 4-36 Scanner assembly (2 of 6)

736

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-37 Scanner assembly (2 of 6)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

1007

S-SNS-EY3A-1061-2

IR4068K305NI

1504

ASY-NS-SCR00027

IR4068K344NI

1211

S-ASSY-INV

IR4068K306NI

1212

S-PBA-TYUKEI

IR4068K307NI

1505

ASY-NS-SCR00023B

IR4068K338NI

Document feeder/scanner

737

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
Figure 4-37 Scanner assembly (3 of 6)

738

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-38 Scanner assembly (3 of 6)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

1507

ASY-030080FNTW

IR4068K335NI

1508

ASY-030060FNTW

IR4068K333NI

1214

S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT

IR4068K309NI

1013

S-SP-GND-SFT-R

IR4068K310NI

1016

S-FAN-D06037600G-01

IR4068K311NI

1217

ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068

IR4068K200NI

1022

ASY-IR4041P021

IR4068K343NI

Document feeder/scanner

739

Scanner assembly (4 of 6)
Figure 4-38 Scanner assembly (4 of 6)

740

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-39 Scanner assembly (4 of 6)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

1219

Scan control board (SCB), S-PBA-SCB

IR4068K312NI

1027

S-FLTR-IN

IR4068K313NI

1028

S-CVR-FAN

IR4068K314NI

Document feeder/scanner

741

Scanner assembly (5 of 6)
Figure 4-39 Scanner assembly (5 of 6)

742

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-40 Scanner assembly (5 of 6)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

1207

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (includes scanner glass)

IR4068K315NI

1503

ASY-NS-SCR00017

IR4068K337NI

1006

S-SP-GND-PLT-LIFT-L

IR4068K345NI

Document feeder/scanner

743

Scanner assembly (6 of 6)
Figure 4-40 Scanner assembly (6 of 6)

744

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-41 Scanner assembly (6 of 6)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

1205

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER

IR4068K316NI

Document feeder/scanner

745

Document feeder assembly (1 of 5)
Figure 4-41 Document feeder assembly (1 of 5)

746

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-42 Document feeder assembly (1 of 5)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

2208

ASY-BASE-SP

PF2309K102NI

2210

ASY-HNG-L-SP

PF2309K104NI

2213

ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP

PF2309K103NI

2225

ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP

PF2309K105NI

2231

ASY-TRY-SP

PF2309K106NI

2232

ASY-CVR-F-SP

PF2309K107NI

2455

ASY-SCR04T100PLA-SP

PF2309K108NI

2402

ASY-030060FNTP

IR4068K332NI

2243

ASM-IF-SP

PF2309K110NI

2407

ASY-TFT-152613N-SP

PF2309K111NI

2408

ASY-TFB-2024RS

PF2309K112NI

2327

ASY-SCR-5-4-DAN-SP

PF2309K113NI

2022

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP

PF2309K114NI

1504

ASY-SCR03T100PLA-SP

PF2309K115NI

2024

ASY-TRY-F-BASE-SP

CC419-67903

Document feeder/scanner

747

Document feeder assembly (2 of 5)
Figure 4-42 Document feeder assembly (2 of 5)

748

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-43 Document feeder assembly (2 of 5)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

2241

ASY-PBA-RELAY-SP

PF2309K118NI

2209

ASY-HNG-R-SP

PF2309K119NI

2456

ASY-NS-SCR00063

IR4068K339NI

2224

ASY-DFSENS-SP

PF2309K121NI

Document feeder/scanner

749

Document feeder assembly (3 of 5)
Figure 4-43 Document feeder assembly (3 of 5)

750

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-44 Document feeder assembly (3 of 5)

ENWW

Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

2411

ASY-SG2481-NY-SP

PF2309K122NI

2401

ASY-030060FDIT

IR4068K331NI

2233

ASY-MOT-FE-SP

PF2309K125NI

2234

ASY-MOT-RE-SP

PF2309K126NI

2099

ASY-FAN-SP

PF2309K127NI

2405

ASY-040200FNWS

IR4068K336NI

2222

ASY-GIDREV-SPR-SP

PF2309K129NI

Document feeder/scanner

751

Document feeder assembly (4 of 5)
Figure 4-44 Document feeder assembly (4 of 5)

752

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-45 Document feeder assembly (4 of 5)
Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

2223

ASY-HLD-REV-PAD-SP

PF2309K133NI

2070

ASY-SP-REV-SPR (spring)

PF2309K135NI

NOTE: Kit CE248-67901 includes a separation pad, roller assembly, and instructions.

ENWW

Document feeder/scanner

753

Document feeder assembly (5 of 5)
Figure 4-45 Document feeder assembly (5 of 5)

754

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-46 Document feeder assembly (5 of 5)
Ref

Description

Part number

Qty

2005

ASY-LVR-FE-EMP-SP

PF2309K130NI

2240

ASY-ROL-FE-FEED-SP

PF2309K131NI

2230

ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP

PF2309K132NI

NOTE: Kit CE248-67901 includes a separation pad, roller assembly, and instructions.

ENWW

Document feeder/scanner

755

Alphabetical parts list
Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list

756

Description

Part number

Table and page

Arm, door link supporting, right

RC2-4055-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

ASM-IF-SP

PF2309K110NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068

IR4068K200NI

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

ASSY-SP-GUIDE-HINGE

IR4068K126NI

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

ASY-030060FDIT

IR4068K331NI

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

ASY-030060FNTP

IR4068K332NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-030060FNTW

IR4068K333NI

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

ASY-030060NIT

IR4068K341NI

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

ASY-030080FNTP

IR4068K334NI

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

ASY-030080FNTW

IR4068K335NI

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

ASY-030120FWWS

IR4068K340NI

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

ASY-040100FNBB

IR4068K342NI

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

ASY-040200FNWS

IR4068K336NI

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

ASY-BASE-SP

PF2309K102NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP

PF2309K114NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-CVR-F-SP

PF2309K107NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP

PF2309K105NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP

PF2309K132NI

Document feeder assembly (5
of 5) on page 755

ASY-DFSENS-SP

PF2309K121NI

Document feeder assembly (2
of 5) on page 749

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Description

Part number

Table and page

ASY-FAN-SP

PF2309K127NI

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP

PF2309K103NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-GIDREV-SPR-SP

PF2309K129NI

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

ASY-HLD-REV-PAD-SP

PF2309K133NI

Document feeder assembly (4
of 5) on page 753

ASY-HNG-L-SP

PF2309K104NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-HNG-R-SP

PF2309K119NI

Document feeder assembly (2
of 5) on page 749

ASY-IR4041P021

IR4068K343NI

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

ASY-LVR-FE-EMP-SP

PF2309K130NI

Document feeder assembly (5
of 5) on page 755

ASY-MOT-FE-SP

PF2309K125NI

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

ASY-MOT-RE-SP

PF2309K126NI

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

ASY-NS-SCR00017

IR4068K337NI

Scanner assembly (5 of 6)
on page 743

ASY-NS-SCR00023B

IR4068K338NI

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

ASY-NS-SCR00027

IR4068K344NI

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

ASY-NS-SCR00063

IR4068K339NI

Document feeder assembly (2
of 5) on page 749

ASY-PBA-RELAY-SP

PF2309K118NI

Document feeder assembly (2
of 5) on page 749

ASY-ROL-FE-FEED-SP

PF2309K131NI

Document feeder assembly (5
of 5) on page 755

ASY-SCR-5-4-DAN-SP

PF2309K113NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-SCR03T100PLA-SP

PF2309K115NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-SCR04T100PLA-SP

PF2309K108NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-SG2481-NY-SP

PF2309K122NI

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

Alphabetical parts list

757

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

758

Description

Part number

Table and page

ASY-SP-REV-SPR (spring)

PF2309K135NI

Document feeder assembly (4
of 5) on page 753

ASY-TFB-2024RS

PF2309K112NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-TFT-152613N-SP

PF2309K111NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-TRY-F-BASE-SP

CC419-67903

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

ASY-TRY-SP

PF2309K106NI

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

Bin sensor PCA (SSMBM)

RM1-5894-000CN

PCAs (SSMBM) on page 714

Bin solenoid assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5896-000CN

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

Bushing

RC2-9719-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Bushing

RC2-4470-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Cable cover assembly

RM1-6695-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Cable, fan

RM1-5821-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Cable, flat flexable (FFC)

RK2-2604-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Cable, flexible flat, H.V.T.

RK2-2603-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Cartridge fan

RK2-2418-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Cartridge fan assembly

RM1-5589-000CN

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

Cassette

RM1-5928-000CN

Cassette on page 687

Cassette (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5928-000CN

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

Cassette (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RM1-5928-000CN

Paper feeders on page 723

Cassette guide assembly (jam access)

RM1-5504-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Cassette rail left assembly

RM1-6196-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Cassette rail right assembly

RM1-6195-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Description

Part number

Table and page

Connecting cable assembly

RM1-5799-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Contact assembly

RM1-5502-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Cover

RC2-4403-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Cover

RC2-5962-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Cover

RC2-4467-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Cover, duplexing gear

RC2-4664-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Cover, fan

RC2-4288-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Cover, front (SSMBM)

RC2-5571-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

Cover, front upper (1x500-SPF)

RC2-5395-000CN

Paper feeders on page 718

Cover, handle, left (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1315-000CN

Paper feeders on page 718

Cover, handle, right (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1317-000CN

Paper feeders on page 718

Cover, high voltage

RC2-4662-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Cover, inner

RM1-5520-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Cover, inner

RC2-3981-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Cover, intermediate assembly

RM1-5645-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Cover, left (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1314-000CN

Paper feeders on page 718

Cover, left (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5393-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Cover, left lower

RC2-4300-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Cover, left rear

RC2-8213-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Cover, M.P. crossmember F

RC2-9189-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Cover, M.P. crossmember R

RC2-4747-000CN

Right door assembly
on page 669

Alphabetical parts list

759

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

760

Description

Part number

Table and page

Cover, rear (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1319-000CN

Paper feeders on page 718

Cover, rear (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5379-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Cover, rear (SSMBM)

RC2-5572-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

Cover, rear lower (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5378-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Cover, right (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1316-000CN

Paper feeders on page 718

Cover, right center (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5394-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Cover, right front

RC2-4287-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Cover, right front (1x500-SPF)

RC3-1318-000CN

Paper feeders on page 718

Cover, right front, (1x500PF)

RC2-5356-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Cover, right front, (3x500PF)

RC2-5357-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Cover, right rear

RC2-4273-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Cover, right rear (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

RC2-5380-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Cover, roller

RC2-4483-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Crg. Guide lower assembly

RM1-5486-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

DC cable assembly

RM1-5827-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

DC controller PCA assembly

RM1-5758-000CN

PCAs on page 703

Delivery assembly

RM1-5615-000CN

Delivery assembly
on page 699

Density detect assembly

RM1-5641-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Developing disengaging motor

RK2-2415-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Description

Part number

Table and page

Document feeder complete assembly

PF2309-SVPNI

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

Door, stock, (1x500PF)

RC2-5377-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Duplex registration assembly kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67917

Registration assembly
on page 693

Duplexing cable assembly, duplex

RM1-5803-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Duplexing drive assembly

RM1-4973-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Fan

RK2-2575-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Fan

RK2-2577-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Feed cable assembly

RM1-5804-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Feeder PCA (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5854-000CN

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

Feeder PCA assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5854-000CN

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

Feeder PCA assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5958-000CN

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

Flapper guide assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5153-000CN

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

Flexible flat cable assembly (includes two FFCs; DCC to laser/
scanner)

RM1-5498-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Formatter assembly kit (exchange; includes instructions)

CE871-69001

PCAs on page 703

Front door assembly

RM1-5612-000CN

Front door assembly
on page 671

Front inner cover lower assembly

RM1-5598-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Front inner cover upper assembly

RM1-5495-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Front light guide assembly

RM1-5492-000CN

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

Fuser 110 V assembly kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67911

Fuser assembly on page 701

Fuser 220 V assembly kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67912

Fuser assembly on page 701

Fuser drive assembly, duplex

RM1-5656-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Alphabetical parts list

761

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

762

Description

Part number

Table and page

Fuser motor assembly

RM1-4983-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Grip, left front

RC2-4268-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Grip, left rear

RC2-4269-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Guide

RC2-4527-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Guide, cassette option

RC2-4741-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Guide, crossmember cable, upper

RC2-8206-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Guide, interlock cable

RC2-4632-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

H.V. power supply cable assembly

RM1-5724-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

High voltage holder assembly

RM1-6694-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

High voltage power supply PCA, lower (includes FFC; DCC to
HVPS lower)

RM1-5779-000CN

PCAs on page 703

High voltage power supply, upper

RM1-5781-000CN

PCAs on page 703

Hinge, front door

RC2-4291-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Hinge, front door

RC2-4292-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Holder, connector (SSMBM)

RC2-5625-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

Holder, door handle, right

RC2-4661-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Holder, duct cable

RM1-5601-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Holder, exhaust fan

RC2-4665-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Holder, paper pickup connector

RC2-4044-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Holder, sensor

RC2-4369-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Image scanner CN cover assembly

RM1-5646-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Image scanner power supply assembly

RM1-5619-000CN

PCAs on page 703

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Description

Part number

Table and page

Inner connecting board (ICB) assembly

RM1-5544-020CN

PCAs on page 703

Interlock assembly

RM1-5496-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Interlock switch cable assembly

RM1-5832-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Intermediate paper transfer unit (IPTU)

RM1-5621-000CN

Intermediate paper transfer unit
(IPTU) on page 697

IPTU inner cover assembly

RL1-2181-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

ITB motor assembly

RM1-5777-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Jog assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5155-000CN

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

Laser scanner kit (includes instructions and one scanner
assembly)

CC493-67914

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

Lever, CRG. lock

RC2-3986-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Lever, crg. pressure, front

RC2-3983-020CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Lever, release

RC2-4644-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Lever, shutter

RC2-4415-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Lift tray assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5156-000CN

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

Lifter assembly

RM1-5914-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Lifter assembly (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5914-000CN

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

Lifter assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5914-000CN

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

Lifter assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5914-000CN

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

Lifter base assembly

RM1-5913-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Lifter base assembly (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5913-000CN

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

Lifter base assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5913-000CN

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

Alphabetical parts list

763

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

764

Description

Part number

Table and page

Lifter base assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5913-000CN

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

Link, right door

RC2-4726-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Low voltage power supply PCA assembly, 110V

RM1-5763-000CN

PCAs on page 703

Low voltage power supply PCA assembly, 220V

RM1-5764-000CN

PCAs on page 703

Lower main cable assembly

RM1-5801-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Main DC motor assembly

RM1-5521-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Main drive kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67915

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

MBM bin assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-6670-000CN

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

MBM driver PCA (SSMBM)

RM1-5168-000CN

PCAs (SSMBM) on page 714

MBM flapper assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5157-000CN

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

Output bezel kit

CC419-67904

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Output bin, left paper delivery assembly

RM1-5632-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Panel, stacking (SSMBM)

RL1-1984-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

Paper feed roller

RM1-0037-020CN

Paper pickup assembly
on page 689

Paper feed roller assembly

RM1-5525-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Paper pickup assembly

RM1-5919-000CN

Paper pickup assembly
on page 689

Paper pickup assembly (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5929-000CN

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

Paper pickup assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5929-000CN

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

Paper pickup assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5929-000CN

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

Paper pickup drive assembly

RM1-5549-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Paper pickup drive assembly (1x500-SPF)

RM1-5934-000CN

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Description

Part number

Table and page

Paper pickup drive assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5934-000CN

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

Paper pickup drive assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5935-000CN

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

Photo interrupter

WG8-5696-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Pickup roller (Tray 1) kit (includes instructions

CC493-67906

Tray 1 paper pickup assembly
on page 691

Position detect assembly

RM1-5604-000CN

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

Power switch assembly

RM1-5582-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Rear cover assembly

RM1-5613-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Repair transfer kit (includes instructions, ITB, and secondary
transfer roller)

CC493-67909

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

Right door assembly

RM1-5509-000CN

Right door assembly
on page 669

Right door assembly (1x500PF)

RM1-5936-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Right door assembly (3x500PF)

RM1-5937-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Right handle cover assembly

RM1-5507-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

Roller, paper pickup

RL1-2099-000CN

Paper pickup assembly
on page 689

S-ASM-ICB-COR (scanner cable)

IR4068K320NI

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

S-ASM-USB (control panel USB cable)

IR4068K301NI

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER

IR4068K316NI

Scanner assembly (6 of 6)
on page 745

S-ASSY-INV

IR4068K306NI

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT

IR4068K309NI

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (includes scanner glass)

IR4068K315NI

Scanner assembly (5 of 6)
on page 743

Alphabetical parts list

765

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

766

Description

Part number

Table and page

S-CVR-FAN

IR4068K314NI

Scanner assembly (4 of 6)
on page 741

S-CVR-LEFT

IR4068K322NI

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

S-CVR-REAR

IR4068K321NI

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

S-FAN-D06037600G-01

IR4068K311NI

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

S-FAN-MFB30E-05A-006

IR4068K304NI

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

S-FLTR-IN

IR4068K313NI

Scanner assembly (4 of 6)
on page 741

S-HNG-LIFT-R

IR4068K302NI

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

S-K-CBP-INV-FFC

IR4068K303NI

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

S-PBA-TYUKEI

IR4068K307NI

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

S-SFT-STP-HNG (hinge screw)

IR4068K319NI

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

S-SNS-EY3A-1061-2

IR4068K305NI

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

S-SP-GND-PLT-LIFT-L

IR4068K345NI

Scanner assembly (5 of 6)
on page 743

S-SP-GND-SFT-R

IR4068K310NI

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

Scan control board (SCB), S-PBA-SCB

IR4068K312NI

Scanner assembly (4 of 6)
on page 741

Scanner assembly (includes SCB and control panel adapter)

IR4068-SVPNI

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

Scanner inverter assembly

IR4068K306NI

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

Scissors hinge assembly, left

RM1-5616-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Scissors hinge assembly, right

RM1-5614-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Secondary transfer assembly, duplex kit (includes instructions,
and shaft-support clip; RC2-4162-000CN)

CC492-67901

Secondary transfer assembly
on page 695

Secondary transfer roller assembly kit (includes instructions)

CC493-67908

Secondary transfer assembly
on page 695

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Description

Part number

Table and page

Sensor cable assembly

RM1-5815-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Separation pad (Tray 1)

RL1-1937-000CN

Tray 1 paper pickup assembly
on page 691

Shaft support (included in secondary transfer kit; see Figure 4–
15)

RC2-4162-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Shutter arm assembly

RM1-5585-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Shutter arm assembly

RM1-5586-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Shutter assembly

RM1-5488-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Shutter assembly

RM1-5489-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Spacer

RC2-4514-000CN

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Spring, compression

RU6-2316-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Spring, grounding

RC2-4469-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Spring, grounding

RU6-2237-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Spring, tension

RU6-2236-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Spring, tension

RU6-2235-000CN

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

Spring, tension

RU6-2468-000CN

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Spring, torsion

RC2-4645-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Spring, torsion

RU6-2247-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Stamp solenoid assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-6664-000CN

Main body (SSMBM; 1 of 2)
on page 710

Stand, scissors hinge, left

RC2-4642-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Stand, scissors hinge, right

RC2-4646-000CN

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

Stapler assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5166-000CN

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

Alphabetical parts list

767

Table 4-47 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

768

Description

Part number

Table and page

Stopper, tray (SSMBM)

RC2-5576-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

Sub controller cable assembly

RM1-5826-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Sub PS AD cable assembly

RM1-5825-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Switch

WC4-5303-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Switch cable assembly

RM1-5807-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Switch, push

WC2-5637-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Switch, push

WC2-5637-000CN

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

Toner collection unit (TCU) kit (includes instructions and wipe)

CC493-67913

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Toner remain PCA assembly

RM1-5771-020CN

PCAs on page 703

Top cover assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-6669-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

Top door assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5160-000CN

Top door assembly (SSMBM)
on page 708

Tray assembly (SSMBM)

RM1-5161-000CN

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

Tray, waste toner catch

RC2-4218-000CN

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Waste toner detect assembly

RM1-5545-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Waste toner duct assembly

RM1-5519-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Waste toner motor assembly

RM1-5605-000CN

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

Waste toner paper feed assembly

RM1-5584-000CN

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Numerical parts list
Table 4-48 Numerical parts list

ENWW

Part number

Description

Table and page

CC419-67903

ASY-TRY-F-BASE-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

CC419-67904

Output bezel kit

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

CC492-67901

Secondary transfer assembly, duplex kit (includes instructions,
and shaft-support clip; RC2-4162-000CN)

Secondary transfer assembly
on page 695

CC493-67906

Pickup roller (Tray 1) kit (includes instructions

Tray 1 paper pickup assembly
on page 691

CC493-67908

Secondary transfer roller assembly kit (includes instructions)

Secondary transfer assembly
on page 695

CC493-67909

Repair transfer kit (includes instructions, ITB, and secondary
transfer roller)

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

CC493-67911

Fuser 110 V assembly kit (includes instructions)

Fuser assembly on page 701

CC493-67912

Fuser 220 V assembly kit (includes instructions)

Fuser assembly on page 701

CC493-67913

Toner collection unit (TCU) kit (includes instructions and wipe)

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

CC493-67914

Laser scanner kit (includes instructions and one scanner
assembly)

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

CC493-67915

Main drive kit (includes instructions)

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

CC493-67917

Duplex registration assembly kit (includes instructions)

Registration assembly
on page 693

CE871-69001

Formatter assembly kit (exchange; includes instructions)

PCAs on page 703

IR4068-SVPNI

Scanner assembly (includes SCB and control panel adapter)

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

IR4068K126NI

ASSY-SP-GUIDE-HINGE

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

IR4068K200NI

ASSY-CRG-UNIT-IR4068

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

IR4068K301NI

S-ASM-USB (control panel USB cable)

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

IR4068K302NI

S-HNG-LIFT-R

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

IR4068K303NI

S-K-CBP-INV-FFC

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

IR4068K304NI

S-FAN-MFB30E-05A-006

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

Numerical parts list

769

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

770

Part number

Description

Table and page

IR4068K305NI

S-SNS-EY3A-1061-2

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

IR4068K306NI

Scanner inverter assembly

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

IR4068K306NI

S-ASSY-INV

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

IR4068K307NI

S-PBA-TYUKEI

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

IR4068K309NI

S-ASSY-MOTOR-UNIT

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

IR4068K310NI

S-SP-GND-SFT-R

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

IR4068K311NI

S-FAN-D06037600G-01

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

IR4068K312NI

Scan control board (SCB), S-PBA-SCB

Scanner assembly (4 of 6)
on page 741

IR4068K313NI

S-FLTR-IN

Scanner assembly (4 of 6)
on page 741

IR4068K314NI

S-CVR-FAN

Scanner assembly (4 of 6)
on page 741

IR4068K315NI

S-ASSY-UPPER-UNIT (includes scanner glass)

Scanner assembly (5 of 6)
on page 743

IR4068K316NI

S-ASSY-CP-ADAPTER

Scanner assembly (6 of 6)
on page 745

IR4068K319NI

S-SFT-STP-HNG (hinge screw)

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

IR4068K320NI

S-ASM-ICB-COR (scanner cable)

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

IR4068K321NI

S-CVR-REAR

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

IR4068K322NI

S-CVR-LEFT

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

IR4068K331NI

ASY-030060FDIT

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

IR4068K332NI

ASY-030060FNTP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

IR4068K333NI

ASY-030060FNTW

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

IR4068K334NI

ASY-030080FNTP

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Part number

Description

Table and page

IR4068K335NI

ASY-030080FNTW

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

IR4068K336NI

ASY-040200FNWS

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

IR4068K337NI

ASY-NS-SCR00017

Scanner assembly (5 of 6)
on page 743

IR4068K338NI

ASY-NS-SCR00023B

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

IR4068K339NI

ASY-NS-SCR00063

Document feeder assembly (2
of 5) on page 749

IR4068K340NI

ASY-030120FWWS

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

IR4068K341NI

ASY-030060NIT

Scanner inverter assembly
on page 733

IR4068K342NI

ASY-040100FNBB

Scanner assembly (1 of 6)
on page 735

IR4068K343NI

ASY-IR4041P021

Scanner assembly (3 of 6)
on page 739

IR4068K344NI

ASY-NS-SCR00027

Scanner assembly (2 of 6)
on page 737

IR4068K345NI

S-SP-GND-PLT-LIFT-L

Scanner assembly (5 of 6)
on page 743

PF2309-SVPNI

Document feeder complete assembly

Document feeder/scanner
assemblies on page 731

PF2309K102NI

ASY-BASE-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K103NI

ASY-FRM-RE-FEED-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K104NI

ASY-HNG-L-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K105NI

ASY-CVR-FE-FEED-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K106NI

ASY-TRY-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K107NI

ASY-CVR-F-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K108NI

ASY-SCR04T100PLA-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K110NI

ASM-IF-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

Numerical parts list

771

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

772

Part number

Description

Table and page

PF2309K111NI

ASY-TFT-152613N-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K112NI

ASY-TFB-2024RS

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K113NI

ASY-SCR-5-4-DAN-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K114NI

ASY-CVR-F-R-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K115NI

ASY-SCR03T100PLA-SP

Document feeder assembly (1
of 5) on page 747

PF2309K118NI

ASY-PBA-RELAY-SP

Document feeder assembly (2
of 5) on page 749

PF2309K119NI

ASY-HNG-R-SP

Document feeder assembly (2
of 5) on page 749

PF2309K121NI

ASY-DFSENS-SP

Document feeder assembly (2
of 5) on page 749

PF2309K122NI

ASY-SG2481-NY-SP

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

PF2309K125NI

ASY-MOT-FE-SP

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

PF2309K126NI

ASY-MOT-RE-SP

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

PF2309K127NI

ASY-FAN-SP

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

PF2309K129NI

ASY-GIDREV-SPR-SP

Document feeder assembly (3
of 5) on page 751

PF2309K130NI

ASY-LVR-FE-EMP-SP

Document feeder assembly (5
of 5) on page 755

PF2309K131NI

ASY-ROL-FE-FEED-SP

Document feeder assembly (5
of 5) on page 755

PF2309K132NI

ASY-CVR-FE-PICK-SP

Document feeder assembly (5
of 5) on page 755

PF2309K133NI

ASY-HLD-REV-PAD-SP

Document feeder assembly (4
of 5) on page 753

PF2309K135NI

ASY-SP-REV-SPR (spring)

Document feeder assembly (4
of 5) on page 753

RC2-3981-000CN

Cover, inner

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RC2-3983-020CN

Lever, crg. pressure, front

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Part number

Description

Table and page

RC2-3986-000CN

Lever, CRG. lock

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RC2-4044-000CN

Holder, paper pickup connector

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RC2-4055-000CN

Arm, door link supporting, right

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RC2-4162-000CN

Shaft support (included in secondary transfer kit; see Figure 4–
15)

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RC2-4218-000CN

Tray, waste toner catch

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RC2-4268-000CN

Grip, left front

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RC2-4269-000CN

Grip, left rear

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RC2-4273-000CN

Cover, right rear

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RC2-4287-000CN

Cover, right front

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RC2-4288-000CN

Cover, fan

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RC2-4291-000CN

Hinge, front door

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RC2-4292-000CN

Hinge, front door

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RC2-4300-000CN

Cover, left lower

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RC2-4369-000CN

Holder, sensor

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RC2-4403-000CN

Cover

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RC2-4415-000CN

Lever, shutter

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RC2-4467-000CN

Cover

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RC2-4469-000CN

Spring, grounding

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RC2-4470-000CN

Bushing

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RC2-4483-000CN

Cover, roller

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

Numerical parts list

773

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

774

Part number

Description

Table and page

RC2-4514-000CN

Spacer

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RC2-4527-000CN

Guide

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RC2-4632-000CN

Guide, interlock cable

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-4642-000CN

Stand, scissors hinge, left

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-4644-000CN

Lever, release

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-4645-000CN

Spring, torsion

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-4646-000CN

Stand, scissors hinge, right

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-4661-000CN

Holder, door handle, right

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-4662-000CN

Cover, high voltage

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-4664-000CN

Cover, duplexing gear

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-4665-000CN

Holder, exhaust fan

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-4726-000CN

Link, right door

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RC2-4741-000CN

Guide, cassette option

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RC2-4747-000CN

Cover, M.P. crossmember R

Right door assembly
on page 669

RC2-5356-000CN

Cover, right front, (1x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

RC2-5357-000CN

Cover, right front, (3x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

RC2-5377-000CN

Door, stock, (1x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

RC2-5378-000CN

Cover, rear lower (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Part number

Description

Table and page

RC2-5379-000CN

Cover, rear (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

RC2-5380-000CN

Cover, right rear (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

RC2-5393-000CN

Cover, left (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

RC2-5394-000CN

Cover, right center (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

RC2-5395-000CN

Cover, front upper (1x500-SPF)

Paper feeders on page 718

RC2-5571-000CN

Cover, front (SSMBM)

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

RC2-5572-000CN

Cover, rear (SSMBM)

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

RC2-5576-000CN

Stopper, tray (SSMBM)

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

RC2-5625-000CN

Holder, connector (SSMBM)

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

RC2-5962-000CN

Cover

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RC2-8206-000CN

Guide, crossmember cable, upper

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RC2-8213-000CN

Cover, left rear

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RC2-9189-000CN

Cover, M.P. crossmember F

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RC2-9719-000CN

Bushing

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RC3-1314-000CN

Cover, left (1x500-SPF)

Paper feeders on page 718

RC3-1315-000CN

Cover, handle, left (1x500-SPF)

Paper feeders on page 718

RC3-1316-000CN

Cover, right (1x500-SPF)

Paper feeders on page 718

RC3-1317-000CN

Cover, handle, right (1x500-SPF)

Paper feeders on page 718

RC3-1318-000CN

Cover, right front (1x500-SPF)

Paper feeders on page 718

RC3-1319-000CN

Cover, rear (1x500-SPF)

Paper feeders on page 718

RK2-2415-000CN

Developing disengaging motor

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

Numerical parts list

775

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

776

Part number

Description

Table and page

RK2-2418-000CN

Cartridge fan

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RK2-2575-000CN

Fan

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RK2-2577-000CN

Fan

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RK2-2603-000CN

Cable, flexible flat, H.V.T.

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RK2-2604-000CN

Cable, flat flexable (FFC)

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RL1-1937-000CN

Separation pad (Tray 1)

Tray 1 paper pickup assembly
on page 691

RL1-1984-000CN

Panel, stacking (SSMBM)

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

RL1-2099-000CN

Roller, paper pickup

Paper pickup assembly
on page 689

RL1-2181-000CN

IPTU inner cover assembly

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RM1-0037-020CN

Paper feed roller

Paper pickup assembly
on page 689

RM1-4973-000CN

Duplexing drive assembly

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RM1-4983-000CN

Fuser motor assembly

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RM1-5153-000CN

Flapper guide assembly (SSMBM)

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

RM1-5155-000CN

Jog assembly (SSMBM)

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

RM1-5156-000CN

Lift tray assembly (SSMBM)

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

RM1-5157-000CN

MBM flapper assembly (SSMBM)

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

RM1-5160-000CN

Top door assembly (SSMBM)

Top door assembly (SSMBM)
on page 708

RM1-5161-000CN

Tray assembly (SSMBM)

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

RM1-5166-000CN

Stapler assembly (SSMBM)

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

RM1-5168-000CN

MBM driver PCA (SSMBM)

PCAs (SSMBM) on page 714

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Part number

Description

Table and page

RM1-5486-000CN

Crg. Guide lower assembly

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RM1-5488-000CN

Shutter assembly

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RM1-5489-000CN

Shutter assembly

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RM1-5492-000CN

Front light guide assembly

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

RM1-5495-000CN

Front inner cover upper assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RM1-5496-000CN

Interlock assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RM1-5498-000CN

Flexible flat cable assembly (includes two FFCs; DCC to laser/
scanner)

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RM1-5502-000CN

Contact assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5504-000CN

Cassette guide assembly (jam access)

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RM1-5507-000CN

Right handle cover assembly

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RM1-5509-000CN

Right door assembly

Right door assembly
on page 669

RM1-5519-000CN

Waste toner duct assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RM1-5520-000CN

Cover, inner

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RM1-5521-000CN

Main DC motor assembly

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RM1-5525-000CN

Paper feed roller assembly

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RM1-5544-020CN

Inner connecting board (ICB) assembly

PCAs on page 703

RM1-5545-000CN

Waste toner detect assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RM1-5549-000CN

Paper pickup drive assembly

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RM1-5582-000CN

Power switch assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RM1-5584-000CN

Waste toner paper feed assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Numerical parts list

777

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

778

Part number

Description

Table and page

RM1-5585-000CN

Shutter arm assembly

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RM1-5586-000CN

Shutter arm assembly

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RM1-5589-000CN

Cartridge fan assembly

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

RM1-5598-000CN

Front inner cover lower assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RM1-5601-000CN

Holder, duct cable

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RM1-5604-000CN

Position detect assembly

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

RM1-5605-000CN

Waste toner motor assembly

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

RM1-5612-000CN

Front door assembly

Front door assembly
on page 671

RM1-5613-000CN

Rear cover assembly

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RM1-5614-000CN

Scissors hinge assembly, right

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RM1-5615-000CN

Delivery assembly

Delivery assembly
on page 699

RM1-5616-000CN

Scissors hinge assembly, left

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RM1-5619-000CN

Image scanner power supply assembly

PCAs on page 703

RM1-5621-000CN

Intermediate paper transfer unit (IPTU)

Intermediate paper transfer unit
(IPTU) on page 697

RM1-5632-000CN

Output bin, left paper delivery assembly

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RM1-5641-000CN

Density detect assembly

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RM1-5645-000CN

Cover, intermediate assembly

External covers, panels, and
doors; on page 667

RM1-5646-000CN

Image scanner CN cover assembly

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RM1-5656-000CN

Fuser drive assembly, duplex

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RM1-5724-000CN

H.V. power supply cable assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5758-000CN

DC controller PCA assembly

PCAs on page 703

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Part number

Description

Table and page

RM1-5763-000CN

Low voltage power supply PCA assembly, 110V

PCAs on page 703

RM1-5764-000CN

Low voltage power supply PCA assembly, 220V

PCAs on page 703

RM1-5771-020CN

Toner remain PCA assembly

PCAs on page 703

RM1-5777-000CN

ITB motor assembly

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RM1-5779-000CN

High voltage power supply PCA, lower (includes FFC; DCC to
HVPS lower)

PCAs on page 703

RM1-5781-000CN

High voltage power supply, upper

PCAs on page 703

RM1-5799-000CN

Connecting cable assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5801-000CN

Lower main cable assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5803-000CN

Duplexing cable assembly, duplex

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5804-000CN

Feed cable assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5807-000CN

Switch cable assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5815-000CN

Sensor cable assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5821-000CN

Cable, fan

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RM1-5825-000CN

Sub PS AD cable assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5826-000CN

Sub controller cable assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5827-000CN

DC cable assembly

Internal components (1 of 7)
on page 673

RM1-5832-000CN

Interlock switch cable assembly

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

RM1-5854-000CN

Feeder PCA (1x500-SPF)

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

RM1-5854-000CN

Feeder PCA assembly (1x500PF)

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

RM1-5894-000CN

Bin sensor PCA (SSMBM)

PCAs (SSMBM) on page 714

RM1-5896-000CN

Bin solenoid assembly (SSMBM)

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

RM1-5913-000CN

Lifter base assembly

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

Numerical parts list

779

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

780

Part number

Description

Table and page

RM1-5913-000CN

Lifter base assembly (1x500-SPF)

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

RM1-5913-000CN

Lifter base assembly (1x500PF)

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

RM1-5913-000CN

Lifter base assembly (3x500PF)

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

RM1-5914-000CN

Lifter assembly

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

RM1-5914-000CN

Lifter assembly (1x500-SPF)

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

RM1-5914-000CN

Lifter assembly (1x500PF)

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

RM1-5914-000CN

Lifter assembly (3x500PF)

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

RM1-5919-000CN

Paper pickup assembly

Paper pickup assembly
on page 689

RM1-5928-000CN

Cassette

Cassette on page 687

RM1-5928-000CN

Cassette (1x500-SPF)

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

RM1-5928-000CN

Cassette (1x500PF and 3x500PF)

Paper feeders on page 723

RM1-5929-000CN

Paper pickup assembly (1x500-SPF)

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

RM1-5929-000CN

Paper pickup assembly (1x500PF)

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

RM1-5929-000CN

Paper pickup assembly (3x500PF)

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

RM1-5934-000CN

Paper pickup drive assembly (1x500-SPF)

Main body (1x500-SPF)
on page 720

RM1-5934-000CN

Paper pickup drive assembly (1x500PF)

Main body (1x500PF)
on page 727

RM1-5935-000CN

Paper pickup drive assembly (3x500PF)

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

RM1-5936-000CN

Right door assembly (1x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

RM1-5937-000CN

Right door assembly (3x500PF)

External covers, panels, and
doors (1x500PF and 3x500PF)
on page 725

RM1-5958-000CN

Feeder PCA assembly (3x500PF)

Main body (3x500PF)
on page 729

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Table 4-48 Numerical parts list (continued)

ENWW

Part number

Description

Table and page

RM1-6195-000CN

Cassette rail right assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RM1-6196-000CN

Cassette rail left assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RM1-6664-000CN

Stamp solenoid assembly (SSMBM)

Main body (SSMBM; 1 of 2)
on page 710

RM1-6669-000CN

Top cover assembly (SSMBM)

External covers, panels, and
doors (SSMBM) on page 706

RM1-6670-000CN

MBM bin assembly (SSMBM)

Main body (SSMBM; 2 of 2)
on page 712

RM1-6694-000CN

High voltage holder assembly

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RM1-6695-000CN

Cable cover assembly

Internal components (5 of 7)
on page 681

RU6-2235-000CN

Spring, tension

Internal components (4 of 7)
on page 679

RU6-2236-000CN

Spring, tension

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RU6-2237-000CN

Spring, grounding

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RU6-2247-000CN

Spring, torsion

Internal components (2 of 7)
on page 675

RU6-2316-000CN

Spring, compression

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

RU6-2468-000CN

Spring, tension

Internal components 6 of 7
on page 683

WC2-5637-000CN

Switch, push

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

WC2-5637-000CN

Switch, push

Internal components 7 of 7
on page 685

WC4-5303-000CN

Switch

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

WG8-5696-000CN

Photo interrupter

Internal components (3 of 7)
on page 677

Numerical parts list

781

782

Chapter 4 Parts and diagrams

ENWW

Service and support

●

Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement

●

HP's Premium Protection Warranty: LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement

●

Color LaserJet Fuser Kit, Transfer Kit, and Roller Kit Limited Warranty Statement

●

Data stored on the print cartridge

●

End User License Agreement

●

OpenSSL

●

Customer self-repair warranty service

●

Customer support

783

Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
HP PRODUCT

DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY

HP Color LaserJet CM4540, CM4540f, CM4540fskm

One-year on-site warranty

HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects
in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If HP receives
notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or replace
products which prove to be defective. Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in
performance to new.
HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date
of purchase, for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when
properly installed and used. If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will
replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects.
HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is
unable, within a reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you
will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product.
HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been
subject to incidental use.
Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or
calibration, (b) software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized
modification or misuse, (d) operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the
product, or (e) improper site preparation or maintenance.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED
AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some
countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty,
so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights
and you might also have other rights that vary from country/region to country/region, state to state, or
province to province.
HP's limited warranty is valid in any country/region or locality where HP has a support presence for
this product and where HP has marketed this product. The level of warranty service you receive may
vary according to local standards. HP will not alter form, fit or function of the product to make it
operate in a country/region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE
YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR
ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED
IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow the
exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may
not apply to you.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY
PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE
MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.

784

Appendix A Service and support

ENWW

HP's Premium Protection Warranty: LaserJet print
cartridge limited warranty statement
This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship.
This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refilled, refurbished, remanufactured or
tampered with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, or
operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or (c) exhibit
wear from ordinary use.
To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description of
the problem and print samples) or contact HP customer support. At HP's option, HP will either replace
products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED
AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE
FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR
OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY
PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE
MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.

ENWW

HP's Premium Protection Warranty: LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement

785

Color LaserJet Fuser Kit, Transfer Kit, and Roller Kit
Limited Warranty Statement
This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship until the printer
provides a low-life indicator on the control panel.
This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refurbished, remanufactured or tampered
with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, or operation outside
of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or (c) exhibit wear from ordinary
use.
To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description of
the problem) or contact HP customer support. At HP’s option, HP will either replace products that prove
to be defective or refund your purchase price.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED
AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE
FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR
OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY
PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE
MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU.

786

Appendix A Service and support

ENWW

Data stored on the print cartridge
The HP print cartridges used with this product contain a memory chip that assists in the operation of the
product.
In addition, this memory chip collects a limited set of information about the usage of the product, which
might include the following: the date when the print cartridge was first installed, the date when the print
cartridge was last used, the number of pages printed using the print cartridge, the page coverage, the
printing modes used, any printing errors that might have occurred, and the product model. This
information helps HP design future products to meet our customers' printing needs.
The data collected from the print cartridge memory chip does not contain information that can be used
to identify a customer or user of the print cartridge or their product.
HP collects a sampling of the memory chips from print cartridges returned to HP's free return and
recycling program (HP Planet Partners: www.hp.com/recycle). The memory chips from this sampling
are read and studied in order to improve future HP products. HP partners who assist in recycling this
print cartridge might have access to this data, as well.
Any third party possessing the print cartridge might have access to the anonymous information on the
memory chip. If you prefer to not allow access to this information, you can render the chip inoperable.
However, after you render the memory chip inoperable, the memory chip cannot be used in an HP
product.

ENWW

Data stored on the print cartridge

787

End User License Agreement
PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT: This End-User License
Agreement (“EULA”) is a contract between (a) you (either an individual or the entity you represent) and
(b) Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”) that governs your use of the software product (“Software”). This
EULA does not apply if there is a separate license agreement between you and HP or its suppliers for
the Software, including a license agreement in online documentation. The term “Software” may include
(i) associated media, (ii) a user guide and other printed materials, and (iii) “online” or electronic
documentation (collectively “User Documentation”).
RIGHTS IN THE SOFTWARE ARE OFFERED ONLY ON THE CONDITION THAT YOU AGREE TO ALL
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS EULA. BY INSTALLING, COPYING, DOWNLOADING, OR
OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THIS EULA. IF YOU DO NOT
ACCEPT THIS EULA, DO NOT INSTALL, DOWNLOAD, OR OTHERWISE USE THE SOFTWARE. IF
YOU PURCHASED THE SOFTWARE BUT DO NOT AGREE TO THIS EULA, PLEASE RETURN THE
SOFTWARE TO YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE WITHIN FOURTEEN DAYS FOR A REFUND OF THE
PURCHASE PRICE; IF THE SOFTWARE IS INSTALLED ON OR MADE AVAILABLE WITH ANOTHER
HP PRODUCT, YOU MAY RETURN THE ENTIRE UNUSED PRODUCT.
1.

THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE. The Software may include, in addition to HP proprietary software (“HP
Software”), software under licenses from third parties (“Third Party Software” and “Third Party
License”). Any Third Party Software is licensed to you subject to the terms and conditions of the
corresponding Third Party License. Generally, the Third Party License is in a file such as
“license.txt” or a “readme” file. You should contact HP support if you cannot find a Third Party
License. If the Third Party Licenses include licenses that provide for the availability of source code
(such as the GNU General Public License) and the corresponding source code is not included with
the Software, then check the product support pages of HP's website (hp.com) to learn how to
obtain such source code.

LICENSE RIGHTS. You will have the following rights provided you comply with all terms and
conditions of this EULA:

788

Use. HP grants you a license to Use one copy of the HP Software. “Use” means installing,
copying, storing, loading, executing, displaying, or otherwise using the HP Software. You
may not modify the HP Software or disable any licensing or control feature of the
HP Software. If this Software is provided by HP for Use with an imaging or printing product
(for example, if the Software is a printer driver, firmware, or add-on), the HP Software may
only be used with such product (“HP Product”). Additional restrictions on Use may appear in
the User Documentation. You may not separate component parts of the HP Software for Use.
You do not have the right to distribute the HP Software.

Copying. Your right to copy means you may make archival or back-up copies of the
HP Software, provided each copy contains all the original HP Software’s proprietary notices
and is used only for back-up purposes.

UPGRADES. To Use HP Software provided by HP as an upgrade, update, or supplement
(collectively “Upgrade”), you must first be licensed for the original HP Software identified by HP as
eligible for the Upgrade. To the extent the Upgrade supersedes the original HP Software, you may
no longer use such HP Software. This EULA applies to each Upgrade unless HP provides other
terms with the Upgrade. In case of a conflict between this EULA and such other terms, the other
terms will prevail.

Appendix A Service and support

ENWW

TRANSFER.
a.

Third Party Transfer. The initial end user of the HP Software may make a one-time transfer of
the HP Software to another end user. Any transfer will include all component parts, media,
User Documentation, this EULA, and if applicable, the Certificate of Authenticity. The transfer
may not be an indirect transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the transfer, the end user
receiving the transferred Software will agree to this EULA. Upon transfer of the HP Software,
your license is automatically terminated.

Restrictions. You may not rent, lease or lend the HP Software or Use the HP Software for
commercial timesharing or bureau use. You may not sublicense, assign or otherwise transfer
the HP Software except as expressly provided in this EULA.

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. All intellectual property rights in the Software and User Documentation are
owned by HP or its suppliers and are protected by law, including applicable copyright, trade
secret, patent, and trademark laws. You will not remove any product identification, copyright
notice, or proprietary restriction from the Software.

LIMITATION ON REVERSE ENGINEERING. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or
disassemble the HP Software, except and only to the extent that the right to do so is allowed under
applicable law.

CONSENT TO USE OF DATA. HP and its affiliates may collect and use technical information you
provide in relation to (i) your Use of the Software or the HP Product, or (ii) the provision of support
services related to the Software or the HP Product. All such information will be subject to HP’s
privacy policy. HP will not use such information in a form that personally identifies you except to
the extent necessary to enhance your Use or provide support services.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. Notwithstanding any damages that you might incur, the entire liability
of HP and its suppliers under this EULA and your exclusive remedy under this EULA will be limited
to the greater of the amount actually paid by you for the Product or U.S. $5.00. TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION,
PERSONAL INJURY, OR LOSS OF PRIVACY) RELATED IN ANY WAY TO THE USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF HP OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND EVEN IF THE ABOVE REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. Some states or other jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

U.S. GOVERNMENT CUSTOMERS. Software was developed entirely at private expense. All
Software is commercial computer software within the meaning of the applicable acquisition
regulations. Accordingly, pursuant to US FAR 48 CFR 12.212 and DFAR 48 CFR 227.7202, use,
duplication and disclosure of the Software by or for the U.S. Government or a U.S. Government
subcontractor is subject solely to the terms and conditions set forth in this End User License
Agreement, except for provisions which are contrary to applicable mandatory federal laws.

10. COMPLIANCE WITH EXPORT LAWS. You will comply with all laws, rules, and regulations (i)
applicable to the export or import of the Software, or (ii) restricting the Use of the Software,
including any restrictions on nuclear, chemical, or biological weapons proliferation.
11. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS. HP and its suppliers reserve all rights not expressly granted to you in
this EULA.
© 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
Rev. 04/09

ENWW

End User License Agreement

789

OpenSSL
This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit
(http://www.openssl.org/)
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product
includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).

790

Appendix A Service and support

ENWW

Customer self-repair warranty service
HP products are designed with many Customer Self Repair (CSR) parts to minimize repair time and
allow for greater flexibility in performing defective parts replacement. If during the diagnosis period,
HP identifies that the repair can be accomplished by the use of a CSR part, HP will ship that part
directly to you for replacement. There are two categories of CSR parts: 1) Parts for which customer self
repair is mandatory. If you request HP to replace these parts, you will be charged for the travel and
labor costs of this service. 2) Parts for which customer self repair is optional. These parts are also
designed for Customer Self Repair. If, however, you require that HP replace them for you, this may be
done at no additional charge under the type of warranty service designated for your product.
Based on availability and where geography permits, CSR parts will be shipped for next business day
delivery. Same-day or four-hour delivery may be offered at an additional charge where geography
permits. If assistance is required, you can call the HP Technical Support Center and a technician will
help you over the phone. HP specifies in the materials shipped with a replacement CSR part whether a
defective part must be returned to HP. In cases where it is required to return the defective part to HP,
you must ship the defective part back to HP within a defined period of time, normally five (5) business
days. The defective part must be returned with the associated documentation in the provided shipping
material. Failure to return the defective part may result in HP billing you for the replacement. With a
customer self repair, HP will pay all shipping and part return costs and determine the courier/carrier to
be used.

ENWW

Customer self-repair warranty service

791

Customer support
Get telephone support for your country/region
Have the product name, serial number, date of purchase, and
problem description ready.

792

Country/region phone numbers are on the flyer that was in
the box with your product or at www.hp.com/support/.

Get 24-hour Internet support

www.hp.com/support/cljcm4540mfp

Get support for products used with a Macintosh computer

www.hp.com/go/macosx

Download software utilities, drivers, and electronic
information

www.hp.com/go/cljcm4540mfp_software

Order additional HP service or maintenance agreements

www.hp.com/go/carepack

www.register.hp.com

Appendix A Service and support

ENWW

Product specifications

●

Physical specifications

●

Electrical specifications

●

Acoustic specifications

●

Environmental specifications

●

Skew specifications

793

Physical specifications
Table B-1 Product dimensions
Product

Height

Depth

Width

Weight

CM4540 MFP

575 mm (22.6 in)

623 mm (24.5 in)

905 mm (35.6 in)

54.8 kg (120.5 lb)

CM4540f MFP

1119 mm (44.1 in)

668 mm (26.3 in)

909 mm (35.8 in)

75.7 kg (166.5 lb)

CM4540fskm MFP

1119 mm (44.1 in)

668 mm (26.3 in)

1072 mm (42.2 in)

88.6 kg (195.0 lb)

Electrical specifications
WARNING! Power requirements are based on the country/region where the product is sold. Do not
convert operating voltages. This can damage the product and void the product warranty.
NOTE: This product has an Energy Star Typical Electricity Consumption (TEC) rating of 8.062 kw-hr/
week.
Table B-2 Power requirements
Specification

110-volt models

220-volt models

Power requirements

100 to 127 volts (± 10%)

220 to 240 volts (± 10%)

50/60 Hz (± 2 Hz)

8.5 Amps

4.5 Amps

Rated current

Table B-3 Power consumption (average, in watts)1246
Product model

Printing

Ready

Sleep

Off

CM4540 MFP model

780 W

91 W

21.5 W

0.3 W

CM4540f MFP model
1
2
3
4
6

Values subject to change. See www.hp.com/go/cljcm4540mfp_regulatory for current information.
Power numbers are the highest values measured using all standard voltages.
Default time from Ready mode to Sleep = 30 minutes.
Heat dissipation in Ready mode = 204.8 BTU/hour.
CM4540 MFP speed is 30 ppm Letter size.

Acoustic specifications
Table B-4 HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series13

794

Sound power level

Declared per ISO 9296

Printing

LWAd= 7.2 Bels (A) [69 dB(A)]

Ready

LWAd= 5.4 Bels (A) [50 dB(A)]

Appendix B Product specifications

ENWW

Table B-4 HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series13 (continued)

1
3

Sound power level

Declared per ISO 9296

Sound pressure level - bystander position

Declared per ISO 9296

Printing

LpAm=54 dB (A)

Ready

LpAm=39 dB (A)

Values are based on preliminary data. See www.hp.com/go/cljcm4540mfp_regulatory for current information.
Configuration tested: CM4540 MFP printer printing on A4-size paper in simplex mode

Environmental specifications
Environmental condition

Recommended

Allowed

Temperature (product and print
cartridge)

15° to 27°C (59° to 80.6°F)

10° to 30°C (50° to 86°F)

Relative humidity

30% to 70% relative humidity (RH)

10% to 80% RH

Altitude

N/A

0 m (0 ft) to 3000 m (9842 ft)

Skew specifications
Table B-5 Media registration and image placement accuracy

ENWW

Cut sheet simplex and automatic duplex1

Envelopes

Skew - vertical

≤ 1.5 mm / 260 mm

≤ 3.3 mm / 220 mm

First line / leading edge position

5.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

10.0 mm ± 3.0 mm

Left margin accuracy

5.0 mm ± 2.0 mm

10 mm ± 2.5 mm

Parallelism

≤ 0.75%

N/A

Image or text stretching - vertical

≤ 1.0 %

N/A

Image or text stretching - horizontal

≤ 1.0 %

N/A

Duplex registration - vertical, horizontal

≤ 2.0 mm

N/A

Xerox 4200 (#20) should be used for measurement.

Environmental specifications

795

796

Appendix B Product specifications

ENWW

Regulatory information

●

FCC regulations

●

Environmental product stewardship program

●

Declaration of Conformity

●

Declaration of Conformity (fax models)

●

Certificate of volatility

●

Safety statements

●

Additional statements for telecom (fax) products

797

FCC regulations
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction
manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a
residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct
the interference at his own expense.
NOTE: Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void
the user’s authority to operate this equipment.
Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class A limits of Part 15 of FCC rules.

798

Appendix C Regulatory information

ENWW

Environmental product stewardship program
Protecting the environment
Hewlett-Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound
manner. This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our
environment.

Ozone production
This product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O3).

Power consumption
Power usage drops significantly while in Ready and Sleep mode, which saves natural resources and
saves money without affecting the high performance of this product. To determine the ENERGY STAR®
qualification status for this product, see the Product Data Sheet or Specifications Sheet. Qualified
products are also listed at:
www.hp.com/go/energystar

Paper use
This product’s optional automatic duplex feature (two-sided printing) and N-up printing (multiple pages
printed on one page) capability can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural
resources.

Plastics
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to
identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product’s life.

HP LaserJet print supplies
It’s easy to return and recycle your HP LaserJet print cartridges after use—free of charge—with
HP Planet Partners. Multilingual program information and instructions are included in every new
HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package. You help reduce the toll on the environment further
when you return multiple cartridges together rather than separately.
HP is committed to providing inventive, high-quality products and services that are environmentally
sound, from product design and manufacturing to distribution, customer use and recycling. When you
participate in the HP Planet Partners program, we ensure your HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled
properly, processing them to recover plastics and metals for new products and diverting millions of tons
of waste from landfills. Since this cartridge is being recycled and used in new materials, it will not be
returned to you. Thank you for being environmentally responsible!
NOTE: Use the return label to return original HP LaserJet print cartridges only. Please do not use this
label for HP inkjet cartridges, non-HP cartridges, refilled or remanufactured cartridges or warranty
returns. For information about recycling your HP inkjet cartridges please go to http://www.hp.com/
recycle.

ENWW

Environmental product stewardship program

799

Return and recycling instructions
United States and Puerto Rico
The enclosed label in the HP LaserJet toner cartridge box is for the return and recycling of one or more
HP LaserJet print cartridges after use. Please follow the applicable instructions below.
Multiple returns (more than one cartridge)
1.

Package each HP LaserJet print cartridge in its original box and bag.

Tape the boxes together using strapping or packaging tape. The package can weigh up to 31 kg
(70 lb).

Use a single pre-paid shipping label.

OR
1.

Use your own suitable box, or request a free bulk collection box from www.hp.com/recycle or
1-800-340-2445 (holds up to 31 kg (70 lb) of HP LaserJet print cartridges).

Use a single pre-paid shipping label.

Single returns
1.

Package the HP LaserJet print cartridge in its original bag and box.

Place the shipping label on the front of the box.

Shipping
For US and Puerto Rico HP LaserJet print cartridge recycling returns, use the pre-paid, pre-addressed
shipping label contained in the box. To use the UPS label, give the package to the UPS driver during
your next delivery or pick-up, or take it to an authorized UPS drop-off center. (Requested UPS Ground
pickup will be charged normal pick-up rates) For the location of your local UPS drop-off center, call
1-800-PICKUPS or visit www.ups.com.
If you are returning the package with the FedEx label, give the package to either the U.S. Postal Service
carrier or FedEx driver during your next pick-up or delivery. (Requested FedEx Ground pickup will be
charged normal pick-up rates). Or, you can drop off your packaged print cartridge(s) at any U.S. Post
Office or any FedEx shipping center or store. For the location of your nearest U.S. Post Office, please
call 1-800-ASK-USPS or visit www.usps.com. For the location of your nearest FedEx shipping center/
store, please call 1-800-GOFEDEX or visit www.fedex.com.
For more information, or to order additional labels or boxes for bulk returns, visit www.hp.com/recycle
or call 1-800-340-2445. Information subject to change without notice.
Residents of Alaska and Hawaii
Do not use the UPS label. Call 1-800-340-2445 for information and instructions. The U.S. Postal
Service provides no-cost cartridge return transportation services under an arrangement with HP for
Alaska and Hawaii.

800

Appendix C Regulatory information

ENWW

Non-U.S. returns
To participate in HP Planet Partners return and recycling program, just follow the simple directions in
the recycling guide (found inside the packaging of your new product supply item) or visit
www.hp.com/recycle. Select your country/region for information on how to return your HP LaserJet
printing supplies.

Paper
This product is capable of using recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the
HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide. This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper
according to EN12281:2002.

Material restrictions
This HP product does not contain added mercury.
This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at end-of-life. The batteries
contained in or supplied by Hewlett-Packard for this product include the following:
HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series
Type

Carbon monofluoride lithium

Weight

0.8 g

Location

On formatter board

User-removable

For recycling information, you can go to www.hp.com/recycle, or contact your local authorities or the
Electronics Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org.

ENWW

Environmental product stewardship program

801

Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the
European Union
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with
your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste equipment by
handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic
equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will
help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health
and the environment. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for
recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop
where you purchased the product.

Chemical substances
HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our
products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No 1907/2006
of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this product can be
found at: www.hp.com/go/reach.

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for supplies containing chemical substances (for example, toner)
can be obtained by accessing the HP Web site at www.hp.com/go/msds or www.hp.com/hpinfo/
community/environment/productinfo/safety.

For more information
To obtain information about these environmental topics:
●

Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products

●

HP’s commitment to the environment

●

HP’s environmental management system

●

HP’s end-of-life product return and recycling program

●

Material Safety Data Sheets

Visit www.hp.com/go/environment or www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment.

802

Appendix C Regulatory information

ENWW

Declaration of Conformity
Declaration of Conformity
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1
Manufacturer's Name:

Hewlett-Packard Company

Manufacturer's Address:

11311 Chinden Boulevard

DoC#: BOISB-0806-01-rel.1.0

Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares, that the product
Product Name:

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP

Regulatory Model Number2)

BOISB-0806-01
Including:
CC422A – 500-sheet paper feeder and cabinet
CC423A – 3x500-sheet paper feeder and stand
CC424A – 900-sheet 3-bin Stapling Mailbox

Product Options:

ALL

Print Cartridges:

CE260A, CE264X, CF031A, CF032A, CF033A

conforms to the following Product Specifications:
SAFETY:

IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1: 2001 +A11
IEC 60825-1:1993 +A1 +A2 / EN 60825-1:1994 +A1 +A2 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)
GB4943-2001

EMC:

CISPR22:2005 +A1/ EN55022:2006 +A1 - Class A1) ,3)
EN 61000-3-2:2006
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1 +A2
EN 55024:1998 +A1 +A2
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class A1) ,3) / ICES-003, Issue 4
GB9254-1998, GB17625.1-2003

ENERGY USE:

Regulation (EC) No. 1275/2008:
ENERGY STAR® Qualified Imaging Equipment Typical Electricity Consumption (TEC) Test Procedure

Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the
EuP Directive 2005/32/EC and carries the CE-Marking

ENWW

accordingly.

Declaration of Conformity

803

This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
1.

The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems.

For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not be confused with the product
name or the product number(s).

The product meets the requirements of EN55022 & CNS13438 Class A in which case the following applies: “Warning – This is a
class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take
adequate measures.”
Boise, Idaho USA
July 6, 2010

For regulatory topics only:
European Contact:

Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQTRE / Standards Europe, Herrenberger Strasse 140, D-71034, Böblingen (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
www.hp.com/go/certificates

USA Contact:

Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, Idaho
83707-0015 (Phone: 208-396-6000)

804

Appendix C Regulatory information

ENWW

Declaration of Conformity (fax models)
Declaration of Conformity
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1
Manufacturer's Name:

Hewlett-Packard Company

Manufacturer's Address:

11311 Chinden Boulevard

DoC#: BOISB-0806-02-rel.1.0

Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares, that the product
Product Name:

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540f MFP
HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540fskm MFP

Regulatory Model Number2)

BOISB-0806-02
Including:
CC422A – 500-sheet paper feeder and cabinet
CC423A – 3x500-sheet paper feeder and stand
CC424A – 900-sheet 3-bin Stapling Mailbox
BOISB-0703-00 – Fax Module

Product Options:

ALL

Print Cartridges:

CE260A, CE264X, CF031A, CF032A, CF033A

conforms to the following Product Specifications:
SAFETY:

IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN60950-1: 2001 +A11
IEC 60825-1:1993 +A1 +A2 / EN 60825-1:1994 +A1 +A2 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)
GB4943-2001

EMC:

TELECOM:

ES 203 021; FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 684)

ENERGY USE:

Regulation (EC) No. 1275/2008:
ENERGY STAR® Qualified Imaging Equipment Typical Electricity Consumption (TEC) Test Procedure

Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the
R&TTE; Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II), the EuP Directive 2005/32/EC and carries the CE-Marking

ENWW

accordingly.

Declaration of Conformity (fax models)

805

The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems.

For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not be confused with the product
name or the product number(s).

Telecom approvals and standards appropriate for the target countries/regions have been applied to this product, in addition to those
listed above.

This product uses an analog fax accessory module which Regulatory Model numbers are: BOISB-0903-00 (US-LIU) or BOISB-0903-01
(EURO LIU), as needed to meet technical regulatory requirements for the countries/regions this product will be sold.

5. This product uses an analog fax accessory module which Regulatory Model number is: BOISB-0703-00 as needed to meet technical
regulatory requirements for the countries/regions this product will be sold.
Boise, Idaho USA
July 6, 2010

For regulatory topics only:
European Contact:

USA Contact:

Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, Idaho
83707-0015 (Phone: 208-396-6000)

806

Appendix C Regulatory information

ENWW

Certificate of volatility
This is a statement regarding the volatility of customer data stored in memory. It also outlines how to
securely erase data from the product.

Types of memory
Volatile memory
The product utilizes volatile memory (a total of 1280 MB) to support the embedded OS and to store
customer data during the printing and copying process. When the product is powered off, this volatile
memory is erased.

Non-volatile memory
The product utilizes non-volatile memory (EEPROM) to store system control data and user preference
settings. No customer print or copy data is stored in non-volatile memory. This non-volatile memory can
be cleared and restored to factory defaults by performing a cold reset or restore factory settings
operation from the control panel.

Hard-disk-drive memory
The product contains an internal hard disk drive that may retain data after the product is powered off.
The product also may contain additional optional compact flash storage, or an external EIO hard disk.
Data stored in these devices may be from incoming/outgoing fax or e-mail files, stored copy or print
jobs, fax or e-mail address books, or third-party solutions. Some of this data can be erased from the
product control panel, but most must be erased using the Secure Disk Erase feature available from the
product BIOS Menu, the Embedded Web Server (EWS) for the product, and from HP Web Jetadmin.
Secure Storage Erase features comply with U.S. NIST Special Publication 800-88 “Guidelines for
Media Sanitization”.

ENWW

Certificate of volatility

807

Safety statements
Laser safety
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has
implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is
mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The device is certified as a “Class 1” laser
product under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance
Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation
emitted inside the device is completely confined within protective housings and external covers, the
laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
WARNING! Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than those
specified in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation.

Canadian DOC regulations
Complies with Canadian EMC Class A requirements.
« Conforme à la classe A des normes canadiennes de compatibilité électromagnétiques. « CEM ». »

VCCI statement (Japan)

Power cord instructions
Make sure your power source is adequate for the product voltage rating. The voltage rating is on the
product label. The product uses either 100-127 Vac or 220-240 Vac and 50/60 Hz.
Connect the power cord between the product and a grounded AC outlet.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the product, use only the power cord that is provided with the
product.

Power cord statement (Japan)

808

Appendix C Regulatory information

ENWW

EMC statement (China)

EMC statement (Korea)

EMI statement (Taiwan)

Laser statement for Finland
Luokan 1 laserlaite
Klass 1 Laser Apparat
HP Color LaserJet CM4540, CM4540f, CM4540fskm, laserkirjoitin on käyttäjän kannalta turvallinen
luokan 1 laserlaite. Normaalissa käytössä kirjoittimen suojakotelointi estää lasersäteen pääsyn laitteen
ulkopuolelle. Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on määritetty standardin EN 60825-1 (2007) mukaisesti.
VAROITUS !
Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjän
turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
VARNING !
Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren utsättas för
osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.
HUOLTO
HP Color LaserJet CM4540, CM4540f, CM4540fskm - kirjoittimen sisällä ei ole käyttäjän
huollettavissa olevia kohteita. Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu
henkilö. Tällaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota väriainekasetin vaihtamista, paperiradan puhdistusta
tai muita käyttäjän käsikirjassa lueteltuja, käyttäjän tehtäväksi tarkoitettuja ylläpitotoimia, jotka voidaan
suorittaa ilman erikoistyökaluja.

ENWW

Safety statements

809

VARO !
Mikäli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan, olet alttiina näkymättömällelasersäteilylle laitteen ollessa
toiminnassa. Älä katso säteeseen.
VARNING !
Om laserprinterns skyddshölje öppnas då apparaten är i funktion, utsättas användaren för osynlig
laserstrålning. Betrakta ej strålen.
Tiedot laitteessa käytettävän laserdiodin säteilyominaisuuksista: Aallonpituus 775-795 nm Teho 5 m W
Luokan 3B laser.

GS statement (Germany)
Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz
vorgesehen. Um störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt
nicht im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.

Substances Table (China)

Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement (Turkey)
Türkiye Cumhuriyeti: EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur

810

Appendix C Regulatory information

ENWW

Additional statements for telecom (fax) products
EU Statement for Telecom Operation
This product is intended to be connected to the analog Public Switched Telecommunication Networks
(PSTN) of European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions.
It meets requirements of EU R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries appropriate CE
conformity marking.
For more details see Declaration of Conformity issued by the manufacturer in another section of this
manual.
However due to differences between individual national PSTNs the product may not guarantee
unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point. Network
compatibility depends on the correct setting being selected by the customer in preparation of its
connection to the PSTN. Please follow the instructions provided in the user manual.
If you experience network compatibility issues, please contact your equipment supplier or HewlettPackard help desk in the country/region of operation.
Connecting to a PSTN termination point may be the subject of additional requirements set out by the
local PSTN operator.

New Zealand Telecom Statements
The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted
that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no
endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it provides
no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted
equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of
Telecom’s network services.
This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected to the
same line.
This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom “111” Emergency Service.
This product has not been tested to ensure compatibility with the FaxAbility distinctive ring service for
New Zealand.

Additional FCC statement for telecom products (US)
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On
the back of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the
format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to the telephone company.
The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices, which may be connected to the telephone line.
Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming
call. In most, but not all, areas, the sum of the RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the
number of devices that may be connected to the line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the
telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area.
This equipment uses the following USOC jacks: RJ11C.

ENWW

Additional statements for telecom (fax) products

811

An FCC-compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This equipment is
designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular
jack, which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment cannot be used on telephone company-provided coin
service. Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs.
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in
advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. If advance notice is not practical,
the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your
right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that
could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide
advance notice in order for you to make the necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted
service.
If trouble is experienced with this equipment, please see the numbers in this manual for repair and (or)
warranty information. If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company
may request you remove the equipment from the network until the problem is resolved.
The customer can do the following repairs: Replace any original equipment that came with the device.
This includes the print cartridge, the supports for trays and bins, the power cord, and the telephone
cord. It is recommended that the customer install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this
device is connected. This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and
other electrical surges.

Telephone Consumer Protection Act (US)
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or
other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless such message clearly
contains, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or individual
sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, or other
entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided cannot be a 900 number or any other number for
which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges).

Industry Canada CS-03 requirements
Notice: The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means the
equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational, and safety requirements
as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document(s). The
Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user’s satisfaction. Before installing
this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be connected to the
facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an
acceptable method of connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with the above
conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations. Repairs to certified equipment
should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made
by the user to this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company
cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment. Users should ensure for their own protection that
the electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe
system, if present, are connected together. This precaution can be particularly important in rural areas.
CAUTION: Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact the
appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate. The Ringer Equivalence
Number (REN) of this device is 0.0.

812

Appendix C Regulatory information

ENWW

Notice: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an indication
of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination
on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum
of the Ringer Equivalence Number of all the devices does not exceed five (5.0). The standard
connecting arrangement code (telephone jack type) for equipment with direct connections to the
telephone network is CA11A.

Japan Telecom Mark
A08-0138004

ENWW

Additional statements for telecom (fax) products

813

814

Appendix C Regulatory information

ENWW

Index

Symbols/Numerics
1x500 and 3x 500 paper feeders
parts lists and diagrams 722
3-bin stapling mailbox
automatic delivery 91
delivery operation 80
electrical components 77
failure detection 79
jam detection 90
mailbox/job separator mode
89
motor control 78
optional, operations 76
output bin 3 lift operation 87
stacker mode 88
staple operation 81
stapler 86
500-sheet paper and heavy media
tray
specifications, physical 793
500-sheet paper feeder
parts lists and diagrams 716
A
AC to DC conversion 14
accessories
ordering 656
part numbers 657
screws 664
accessories installed, information
466
acoustic specifications 794
activity log 648
Administration menu, control
panel 469
after-service checklist 96
AppleTalk information 465
automatic delivery
3-bin stapling mailbox 91

ENWW

B
bands, troubleshooting 615
batteries included 801
beam-detect (BD) failure 22
bias generation
high-voltage power supply 12
billing code report
printing 649
black-only printing mode
developing roller state 33
primary transfer roller state 35
blank pages
troubleshooting 623
blank pages, troubleshooting 614
blocked fax list report
printing 649
buffer overflow errors 490
C
cabinet/stand
specifications, physical 793
cable, USB
part number 659
troubleshooting 623
cables
part numbers 658
calibrate scanner 468
calibration
information, printed 461
call report 649
Canadian DOC regulations 808
cartridges
recycling 799
removing 103
warranty 785
cartridges, print
part numbers 657
cassette
lift operation 46, 67

paper-level detection 46
paper-presence detection 46
pickup assembly (500-sheet
paper feeder), removing 325
pickup assembly (optional
paper feeder), removing 313
pickup operations 44
presence detection 45, 66
Tray 2, removing 111
Tray 3, removing 111
See also trays
cautions iii
characters, troubleshooting 618
checklists
after-service 96
preservice 96
circuit diagrams
fuser temperature-control 17
general 452
high-voltage power supply 12
low-voltage power supply 14
cleaning
fuser 622
paper path 620
product 620
scanner glass 620
cleaning page
printing 462
clearing log/report data 649
clock
error message 474
clutches
DC controller 7
cold reset 628
color
calibration 37
diagnostic test 466
disengagement for black-only
printing 33

Index

815

misregistration control 38
page count, reset 625
primary transfer roller state 35
troubleshooting 461, 617
components
3-bin stapling mailbox 77
cover, locations 437
DC controller 6
diagnostic tests 422
diagrams of 426
duplexing unit 55
engine-control system 5
fuser 16
image formation, use during
24
intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
34
major, locations 438
motor, fan, and roller
locations 442
paper feeder 63
paper feeder (1 x 500-sheet)
447
paper feeder (3 x 500-sheet)
449
PCA locations 443
pickup, feed, and delivery 40
print cartridge 31
protection for 15, 17
stapler/stacker, locations 444
configuration page 374
configuration pages
information 466
printing 462
connectivity
solving problems 624
connectors
controller PCA (optional paper
feeder) 434
DC controller PCA 432
IPTU PCA 436
Stapler/stacker PCA 435
control panel
Administration menu 469
cleaning page, printing 620
messages, numerical list 470
messages, types of 470
removing 100
troubleshooting tests 422

816

Index

controller (500-sheet paper feeder)
PCA (500-sheet paper feeder),
removing 332
controller (optional paper feeder)
PCA (optional paper feeder),
removing 319
PCA, connectors 434
conventions, document iii
cooling
areas and fans 10
copying
quality, troubleshooting 614
counts
color cycle 625
copy pages 626
copy scan 626
document feeder 626
document feeder duplex 626
document feeder simplex 626
flatbed cycle 626
mono cycle 625
page, reset 625
print engine maintenance 466
refurbish cycle 625
reset after replacing formatter
625
send scan 626
See also pages counts
covers
document feeder front cover,
removing 129
document feeder rear cover,
removing 131
document feeder tray extender,
removing 124
fan cover, removing 134
front cover (500-sheet paper
feeder), removing 324
front door (optional paper
feeder), removing 303
front-door assembly, removing
140
identification and location
127, 437
jam-access cover, removing
153
left cover (500-sheet paper
feeder), removing 322
left cover (optional paper
feeder), removing 309

left, removing 137
locations 437
Lower-left cover, removing 136
output bin bezel, removing
124
rear cover (500-sheet paper
feeder), removing 321
rear cover (optional paper
feeder), removing 305
rear, removing 144
rear-right cover (optional paper
feeder), removing 312
right cover (500-sheet paper
feeder), removing 323
right cover (optional paper
feeder), removing 311
right door (optional paper
feeder), removing 307
right-door assembly, removing
145
right-front cover (500-sheet
paper feeder), removing 321
right-front cover (optional paper
feeder), removing 306
right-front, removing 138
right-rear, removing 143
S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear
cover), removing 128
scanner left cover, removing
133
standard output bin, removing
123
creases, troubleshooting 619
crooked pages
troubleshooting 618
current-detection protection circuit
18
customer self repair, part
numbers 659
customer support
online 792
D
dark image, troubleshooting 614
date
codes for firmware 466
manufacture 464
product first used 627
DC controller
clutches 7

ENWW

components 6
fans 10
motors 9
PCA and tray, removing 248
PCA only, removing 241
PCA, connectors 432
sensors 8
solenoids 6
switches 7
temperature controls 17
voltage detection 15
DC motors 9
DC voltages converted from AC
14
defeating
front-door logic switch 408
front-door safety switch 407
interlocks 375
right-door logic switch 409
right-door safety switch 408
defects, repeating 467
delivery assembly
removing 231
delivery operation
3-bin stapling mailbox 80
demo page 374
density control 39
development process 28
diagnostics
component 422
control panel 422
engine 375
LED 374
page, printing 461
See also tests; troubleshooting
diagrams
components 426
disposal, end-of-life 801
DLC/LLC information 465
document conventions iii
document feeder
jam-access cover, removing
153
jams 584
removing and replacing 150
document feeder base assembly
removing and replacing 169
document feeder cable
removing and replacing 160

ENWW

document feeder count
document feeder pages 626
document feeder fan
removing and replacing 164
document feeder internal assembly
removing and replacing 157
document feeder interval 626
document feeder jam access plate
removing and replacing 168
document feeder left hinge
removing and replacing 162
document feeder motor
removing and replacing 165,
166
document feeder open sensor
removing and replacing 167
document feeder PCA
removing and replacing 159
document feeder pick mechanism
document feeder/scanner 75
document feeder right hinge
removing and replacing 163
document feeder/scanner
fan control 71
fan timing sequence 72
image data path 73
jam detection 74
legal detection 72
motor control 71
optical assembly 73
paper path and sensors 74
parts lists and diagrams 730
pick mechanism 75
scanner subsystem 70
document feeder/scanner
assembly 70
doors. See covers
drive circuit
power-supply frequency range
19
drum cleaning 31
duplexer
specifications, physical 793
duplexing gear cover
removing 229
duplexing unit
components 55
duplex-drive assembly,
removing 235
jam causes 600

motors 9
print operation 56
See also pickup, feed, and
delivery
E
EIO cards
buffer overflow 490
part number 658
electrical specifications 794
electrostatic discharge (ESD) 95
embedded protocol page 465
end-of-life disposal 801
energy specifications 794
engine
diagnostics 375
test page 376
engine-control system
components 5
Enhanced I/O card
part number 658
environment, specifications 795
Environmental Product Stewardship
Program 799
error
codes 643
error messages
event log, listed numerically
572
numerical list 470
types of 470
ESD (electrostatic discharge) 95
European Union, waste disposal
802
event log
clear 571, 625
information 466
messages, listed numerically
572
sample 571
view or print 570
exhaust fans 10
F
faded print 614
failure detection
3-bin stapling mailbox 79
drive circuit 19
fuser 19
lasers and scanners 22

Index

817

low-voltage power supply 16
motors 9
See also jams
fan control
document feeder/scanner 71
fan timing sequence
document feeder/scanner 72
fans
cartridge, removing 222
DC controller 10
delivery, removing 228
exhaust 10
exhaust, removing 256
intake 10
locations 442
Power-supply fan, removing
236
scanner, removing 197
fax
feeding problems 640
FCC regulations 798
feed speed control 51
feed, paper. See pickup, feed, and
delivery
feeding problems 640
Finnish laser safety statement 809
firmware
date codes 466
version information 464
firmware upgrades 650
firmware, downloading new 651
flowcharts
troubleshooting 369
formatter
operations 2
PCA, removing 106
resets after replacing 625
formatter lights 374
fuser
components 16
control-circuit function 16
discrepancy detection 19
failure detection 19
identification 19
jam causes 598
jams 591
life detection 20
motor, removing 290
temperature control 17
See also fusing and delivery unit

818

Index

fusing and delivery unit
operations 52
See also fuser; pickup, feed,
and delivery
fusing process 30
H
halftone control 39
hard drive
removing 108
hard drive, removing 108
heartbeat LED 375
heat control for fuser 17
heaters, fuser 16
high-voltage power supply
bias generation 12
circuits 12
operations 12
removing, lower 250
removing, upper 286
HP Customer Care 792
HP Jetdirect print server
configuration page 464
lights 374
humidity requirements 795
I
image data path
document feeder/scanner 73
image placement accuracy 795
image quality issues
examples and solutions 614
image stabilization controls 39
image-formation process
development process 28
drum cleaning 31
fusing process 30
ITB cleaning 31
laser-beam exposure 28
pre-exposure 27
primary charging 27
primary transfer process 29
secondary transfer process 29
separation process 30
steps 26
imaging drums
color drums disengagement
33
diagnostic test 376
initial rotation period 4

input trays
optional, operations 61
installation
date calculation 627
verify for optional accessories
462
intake fans 10
interconnect board (ICB)
removing 239
interface ports
locating 430
interlocks
defeating 375
intermediate cover
removing 229
intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
components 34
home position 35
operations 34
internal clock errors 474
inverter PCA, removing 188
IPTU
PCA, connectors 436
IPv4 information 464
IPv6 information 464
IPX/SPX information 465
ITB
motor, removing 292
ITB cleaning 31
J
jam detection
3-bin stapling mailbox 90
document feeder/scanner 74
jams
detection in paper feeder 68
detection sensors 58
diagnostic test for 378
document feeder 584
document feeder access cover,
removing 153
duplex area 600
fuser 591
fuser area 598
lower-right door 597
output area 585
output bin 589
preventing 581
recovery 608
right door 591

ENWW

scanner 589
stapler 585, 587
Tray 1 594
Tray 1 and Tray 2 602
Tray 3, 4, and 5 603
trays 596
types detected 59
Japanese VCCI statement 808
Jetdirect print server
lights 374
K
Korean EMC statement

809

L
laser safety statements 808, 809
laser-beam exposure 28
laser/scanner
assembly (C/Bk), removing
279
assembly (Y/M), removing
275
failure conditions 22
operations 21
protective-glass cleaners
(PGCs) 22
last rotation period 4
latent image formation 26
LEDs. See lights
left cover, removing 137
legal detection
document feeder/scanner 72
license, software 788
lifter assembly (500-sheet paper
feeder)
removing 328
lifter assembly (optional paper
feeder)
removing 316
lifter base assembly
removing 263
lifter-drive assembly
removing 260
lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet
paper feeder)
removing 330
lifter-drive assembly (optional paper
feeder)
removing 317
light print, troubleshooting 614

ENWW

lights
formatter 374
troubleshooting with 374
lines, troubleshooting 615
log of events
clear 571
messages, listed numerically
572
sample 571
view or print 570
log/report
activity log 648
activity log, clearing 649
billing code report 649
blocked fax list report 649
fax call report 649
speed dial list report 649
loop control 52
loose toner, troubleshooting 617
low-voltage power supply
converted DC voltages 15
failure detection 16
operations 14
protection for components 15
removing 243
safety provided by 15
stops and interruptions 15
See also power supply
lower-right door
jams 597
M
Macintosh
support 792
mailbox/job separator mode
3-bin stapling mailbox 89
main-drive assembly
removing 293
manual print modes 611
material restrictions 801
Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) 802
media registration accuracy 795
memory
information 462
insufficient 482
memory chip, print cartridge
description 787
menus, control panel
Administration 469

mercury-free product 801
messages
event log, listed numerically
572
numerical list 470
types of 470
model number 464
modem speed 641
motor control
3-bin stapling mailbox 78
document feeder/scanner 71
paper feeder 63
motors
3-bin stapling mailbox 77
DC controller 9
developing-disengagement,
removing 255
drum motor, removing 289
failure detection 9
fuser, removing 290
ITB, removing 292
locations 442
paper feeder 63
pickup (500-sheet paper
feeder), removing 331
pickup (optional paper feeder),
removing 318
pickup, removing 259
residual-toner-feed, removing
218
stepping 9
movement of paper through
product. See pickup, feed, and
delivery
multiple paper feed prevention 47
multipurpose tray. See trays
N
networks
HP embedded Jetdirect
configuration page 464
noise specifications 794
notes iii
Novell/NetWare information
465
O
online support 792
operating environment
specifications 795

Index

819

operation sequence 4
optical assembly
document feeder/scanner 73
optical unit
removing 191
ordering
part numbers for 657
supplies and accessories 656
output area
jams 585
output bin
jams 589
output bin 3 lift operation
3-bin stapling mailbox 87
overcurrent or overvoltage
protection 15
P
pages
blank 623
not printing 623
printing slowly 623
skewed 618
pages count
from product copy 626
from product copy scan count
626
from product document feeder
626
from product flatbed 626
from product refurbish date
625
from product send scan 626
reset 625
since last maintenance 466
See also counts
paper
cassette-presence detection
45, 66
default size reset 628
jam detection 68
level detection 46
movement sensors 58
presence detection 46
size detection 66
stop in path for testing 414
wrinkled 619
paper detection 50
paper feeder
cassette lift operation 67

820

Index

component locations 447,
449
controller PCA 434
controller PCA, removing 319,
332
diagrams of 1 x 500-sheet
427
diagrams of 3 x 500-sheet
428
electrical components 63
feed operations 48
feed speed control 51
front cover, removing 324
front door, removing 303
jam detection 68
left cover, removing 309, 322
lifter assembly, removing 316,
328
lifter-drive assembly, removing
317, 330
motor control 63
multifeed prevention 47
optional 1 x 500-sheet 61
optional 3 x 500-sheet 61
paper detection 50
pickup and feed operation 64
pickup assembly, removing
313, 325
pickup motor assembly,
removing 318, 331
rear cover, removing 305,
321
rear-right cover, removing 312
right cover, removing 311,
323
right door, removing 307
right-front cover, removing
306, 321
skew feed prevention 50
See also pickup, feed, and
delivery
paper jams. See jams
paper path
diagnostic test 378
diagnostic test, manual 393
stop movement for testing 414
paper path and sensors
document feeder/scanner 74
paper present flag
removing and replacing 150

paper-path
test, sensors 413
parameters, EP, troubleshooting
461
part numbers
cables 658
fuser 663
print cartridges 657
registration unit 663
screws 664
service kits 661
staple cartridge 657
toner collection unit 657
parts 655
parts lists and diagrams
1x500 and 3x500 paper
feeders 722
cassettes 2–5 686
covers and doors (optional
stapler stacker multi-bin
mailbox) 705
covers, panels, and doors 666
delivery assembly 698
document feeder/scanner 730
front door assembly 670
fuser assembly 700
intermediate paper transfer unit
(IPTU) 696
internal components 672,
674, 676, 678, 684
paper pickup assembly 688
PCAs 702
registration assembly 692
right door assembly 668
scanner assembly 734
secondary transfer assembly
694
stapling mailbox 704
Tray 1 paper pickup assembly
690
using 665
password
Service menu PIN 625
PBX systems troubleshooting 642
PCA, locations 443
periods of the operation
sequence 4
phone lines troubleshooting 642
physical specifications 793

ENWW

pickup roller
removing and replacing 125
pickup roller cover
removing and replacing 125
pickup roller pad
removing and replacing 126
pickup roller spring
removing and replacing 126
pickup, feed, and delivery
components 40
multipurpose tray pickup 47
overview 40
paper-feed operations 48
paper-feeder pickup and feed
64
pickup-and-feed unit
operations 44
See also paper feeder; fusing
and delivery unit; duplexing
unit
pliers, required 95
port configuration information
464
ports
locating 430
post-service tests 97
power cord
part number 659
power specifications 794
power supply
frequency range for drive
circuit 19
troubleshooting 370
See also low-voltage power
supply; high-voltage power
supply
power-save mode. See sleep
settings
pre-exposure process 27
pre-troubleshooting checklist 367
preservice checklist 96
pressure-roller pressurization
control 54
primary charging process 27
print cartridges
components 31
diagnostic test 376
error conditions 33
memory chips 787
operations 32

ENWW

part numbers 657
recycling 799
removing 103
warranty 785
print quality
built-in troubleshooting pages
458
color misregistration control
38
image stabilization controls 39
manual print modes 611
test 97
test pages 458
troubleshooting 614
Print Quality menu options 611
printing
modes, manual 611
period in operation sequence
4
process explained 24
stop for testing 414
troubleshooting 623
problem-solving
messages, types of 470
Q
quality. See print quality
R
recycling
HP printing supplies returns and
environmental program 800
registration assembly
removing 213
regulatory statements
environmental product
stewardship program 799
removing parts
cartridge fan 222
cassette feed guide 202
cautions for 94
checklists 96
control panel 100
controller PCA (500-sheet paper
feeder) 332
controller PCA (optional paper
feeder) 319
DC controller PCA and tray
248
DC controller PCA only 241

delivery assembly 231
delivery fan 228
developing-disengagement
motor 255
document feeder front cover
129
document feeder rear cover
131
document feeder tray
extender 124
drum motors 289
duplex-drive assembly 235
duplexing gear cover 229
environmental sensor 222
exhaust fan 256
fan cover 134
feed and separation rollers
113
formatter PCA 106
front cover (500-sheet paper
feeder) 324
front door (optional paper
feeder) 303
front-door assembly 140
fuser 112
fuser motor 290
hard drive 108
high-voltage power supply
lower 250
high-voltage power supply
upper 286
interconnect board (ICB) 239
intermediate cover 229
intermediate transfer belt 120
ITB motor 292
laser/scanner assembly (C/
Bk) 279
laser/scanner assembly (Y/
M) 275
left cover 137
left cover (500-sheet paper
feeder) 322
left cover (optional paper
feeder) 309
lifter assembly (500-sheet paper
feeder) 328
lifter assembly (optional paper
feeder) 316
lifter base assembly 263
lifter-drive assembly 260

Index

821

lifter-drive assembly (500-sheet
paper feeder) 330
lifter-drive assembly (optional
paper feeder) 317
low-voltage power supply 243
Lower-left cover 136
main-drive assembly 293
output bin bezel 124
pickup assembly (500-sheet
paper feeder) 325
pickup assembly (optional
paper feeder) 313
pickup motor 259
pickup motor (500-sheet paper
feeder) 331
pickup motor (optional paper
feeder) 318
pickup roller (Tray 1) 114
power-supply fan 236
print cartridges 103
rear cover 144
rear cover (500-sheet paper
feeder) 321
rear cover (optional paper
feeder) 305
rear-right cover (optional paper
feeder) 312
registration assembly 213
registration density (RD) sensor
assembly 209
residual-toner and feed
assembly 219
residual-toner-feed motor 218
right cover (500-sheet paper
feeder) 323
right cover (optional paper
feeder) 311
right door (optional paper
feeder) 307
right-door assembly 145
right-front cover 138
right-front cover (500-sheet
paper feeder) 321
right-front cover (optional paper
feeder) 306
right-rear cover 143
S-CVR-REAR (scanner rear
cover) 128
scanner left cover 133

822

Index

secondary transfer assembly
204
secondary transfer roller 118
separation pad (Tray 1) 206
standard output bin 123
toner-collection sensor and
scanner-thermistor assembly
226
toner-collection unit 104
tools, required 95
tray cassette 111
tray-pickup assembly 268
tray-pickup drive assembly
266
repeating defects,
troubleshooting 467
replacing
parts 94
resolution
troubleshooting quality 614
restore factory settings 629
reverse and feed control,
duplexer 55
right door
jams 591
roller
feed and separation roller (Trays
2–5), removing 113
pickup roller (Tray 1),
removing 114
rollers
locations 442
secondary transfer roller,
removing 204
separation pad (Tray 1),
removing 206
ruler, repetitive defect 467
S
safety features
when front door is open 15
safety statements 808, 809
scanner
jams 589
removing and replacing 170
scanner assembly
parts lists and diagrams 734
scanner assembly, removing 171
scanner calibration 468
scanner fan, removing 197

scanner filter, replacing 170
scanner settings 626
scanner subsystem
document feeder/scanner 70
scanner-motor failure 22
screwdrivers, required 95
screws
part numbers 664
replacing 94
secondary transfer processes 29
secondary transfer roller,
removing 118
security settings information 464
security slot
locating 430
sensor tests manual
5V laser and 24V interlock and
logic switches 406
developer alienation sensor
388
duplexer refeed sensor 386
front-door switch 380
fuser loop sensors 383
fuser output sensor 384
fuser pressure-release sensor
389
IPTU-bin-full sensor 387
ITB alienation sensor 390
new ITB sensor 410
right-door switch 381
TOP sensor 382
tray 1 paper sensor 395
tray 2 paper sensor (P) 396
tray 2 paper size switches
398
Tray 2 paper surface 1 and 2
sensors 397
tray 3 feed sensor 399
tray 3 paper 399
tray 3 paper size switches
401
tray 3 paper surface 1 and 2
400
tray 3, 4, and 5 right door
switch 412
tray 4 feed sensor 402
tray 4 paper 401
tray 4 paper size switches
403

ENWW

tray 4 paper surface 1 and 2
402
tray 5 feed sensor 404
tray 5 paper 403
tray 5 paper size switches
405
tray 5 paper surface 1 and 2
404
sensors
3-bin stapling mailbox 77
DC controller 8
diagnostic tests 413
environmental, removing 222
jam detection 58
paper feeder 63
registration density (RD) sensor
assembly, removing 209
tests, manual 378
toner-collection sensor,
removing 226
separation process 30
sequence of operation 4
serial number 626
service
tools, required 95
Service ID
convert to date 627
restore 627
Service menu options 625
service settings 650
settings
restore factory 629
skew-feed prevention 50
skewed pages
troubleshooting 618
Sleep mode
power specifications 794
sleep settings
voltage too high during 15
slow fax reception 641
slow fax transmission 642
smeared toner, troubleshooting
618
software
software license agreement
788
solenoids
3-bin stapling mailbox 77
DC controller 6
paper feeder 63

ENWW

solve problems 363
solving
direct-connect problems 624
network problems 624
space requirements 793
specifications
acoustic 794
electrical 794
operating environment 795
physical 793
speed dial
list report 649
stacker mode
3-bin stapling mailbox 88
standby period 4
staple cartridge
part number 657
staple operation
3-bin stapling mailbox 81
stapler
3-bin stapling mailbox 86
jams 585, 587
stapler stacker multi bin mailbox
parts lists and diagrams 705
Stapler/stacker
PCA, connectors 435
stapler/stacker
diagram 429
specifications, physical 793
stapling mailbox
parts lists and diagrams 704
stapling mailbox, door
removing and replacing 335
stapling mailbox, flapper assembly
removing and replacing 354
stapling mailbox, flapper guide
assembly
removing and replacing 352
stapling mailbox, front cover
removing and replacing 333
stapling mailbox, holder connector
removing and replacing 335
stapling mailbox, jogger assembly
removing and replacing 350
stapling mailbox, MBM output bin
assembly
removing and replacing 356
stapling mailbox, output bin 3
removing and replacing 338

stapling mailbox, output bin 3 drive
assembly
removing and replacing 358
stapling mailbox, output bin sensor
PCA
removing and replacing 346
stapling mailbox, output bin
solenoid
removing and replacing 361
stapling mailbox, PCA
removing and replacing 340
stapling mailbox, rear cover
removing and replacing 334
stapling mailbox, stacking panel
removing and replacing 348
stapling mailbox, stamp solenoid
removing and replacing 344
stapling mailbox, stapler assembly
removing and replacing 343
stapling mailbox, top cover
removing and replacing 337
static precautions 95
status
messages, types of 470
status page 374
status, fax accessory page 639
stepping motors 9
stop printing for test 414
storage cabinet
specifications, physical 793
streaks, troubleshooting 615
subvoltage
low-voltage power supply
circuit 15
supplies
ordering 656
part numbers 657
recycling 799
toner collection unit part
number 657
support
online 792
switches
3-bin stapling mailbox 77
DC controller 7
paper feeder 63, 66
paper-size, diagnostic test 393
T
T.30 Trace report

650

Index

823

Taiwan EMI statement 809
TCP/IP information 464
technical support
online 792
temperature
control for fuser 17
thresholds for fuser
components 17, 19
temperature requirements 795
tests
color band 466
component tests list and
descriptions 423
disable cartridge check 376
engine 376
manual sensor 378
paper path 378
paper-path sensors 413
post-service 97
print-quality 97
print/stop 414
special-mode test 393
text, troubleshooting 618
thermistors
fuser 16, 17
open detection 19
thermopiles
fuser 17
thermoswitches
fuser 16, 17
thresholds
power-supply frequency, drive
circuit 19
temperature, fuser
components 17, 19
timing chart 451
tips iii
toner
image formation, use during
26
loose, troubleshooting 617
patterns for calibration 38
smeared, troubleshooting 618
toner cartridges. See print
cartridges
toner collection unit
part number 657
removing 104
tools, required 95
transfer processes 29

824

Index

tray
pickup assembly, removing
268
pickup drive assembly,
removing 266
Tray 1
jams 594
tray assembly
removing and replacing 155
trays
jam causes 602, 603
jams 596
multipurpose, pickup
operation 47
removing 111
specifications, physical 793
See also cassette
troubleshooting
blank pages 623
checklist 364, 367
cleaning page for 462
color 461
configuration page 374
configuration pages for 462
control panel 422
control panel messages,
numerical 470
control-panel checks 372
demo page 374
direct-connect problems 624
EP parameters 461
event log 374
event log, use for 570
event-log messages, numerical
list 572
flowchart 369
jams in duplex area 600
jams in fuser area 598
jams in Tray 1 and Tray 2
602
jams in Tray 3, 4, and 5 603
lights, using 374
lines, printed pages 615
network problems 624
pages not printing 623
pages printing slowly 623
PBX systems 642
power 370
print quality issues 614
process 367

repeating defects 467
reports and tools 374
scanner calibration 373
scanning subsystem 373
skewed pages 618
slow fax reception 641
slow fax transmission 642
status page 374
text 618
toner smear 618
USB cables 623
wrinkles 619
See also diagnostics
U
updates, downloading product
651
USB port
troubleshooting 623
V
version, hardware firmware 464
vertical lines, troubleshooting 615
voltage detection
DC controller 15
voltage specifications 794
W
waiting period 4
warnings iii
warranty
customer self repair 791
license 788
print cartridges 785
product 784
warranty date information 627
Web sites
customer support 792
Macintosh customer support
792
Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) 802
ordering supplies 656
white spots, troubleshooting 615
wrinkles, troubleshooting 619

ENWW

*CC419-90987*
*CC419-90987*
CC419-90987

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39
Modify Date                     : 2010:12:20 14:00:27-07:00
Create Date                     : 2010:12:20 13:36:35-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2010:12:20 14:00:27-07:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series Service Manual - ENWW
Creator                         : HP LaserJet Information Engineering
Description                     : Cheetah tools build 11.0.1 created on December 14, 2010. 09:53 PM
Subject                         : Edition 1, 10/2010
Document ID                     : uuid:e8f9e98d-a1ca-4b58-a0ac-252dcc7eb097
Instance ID                     : uuid:b8283824-e02e-41fd-80ed-bceb94179125
Keywords                        : Edition 1, 10/2010
Page Count                      : 878
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Author                          : HP LaserJet Information Engineering

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series Service Manual ENWW Laser Jet

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation